• Zum Hauptinhalt springen
  • Zur Haupt-Navigation springen
  • Zur Unternavigation/zum Nebeninhalt springen
  • Zur Suche springen
  • Zur Meta-Navigation springen
  • Zum Footer springen
Universität Luzern
  • Startseite
  • Aktuell ausgewähltSuche
  • Teilen
  • Drucken
  • Zeige Ergebnisse auf English (Treffer)Treffer)

Suchergebnisse für engineering

Filter0

Filtern nach

49 Treffer

    • Dokument

    KVV PolSem FS25

    1 ____________________________ IMPRESSUM Politikwissenschaftliches Seminar der Universität Luzern Titelbild: © Line Rime 2 Willkommen im Frühjahrssemester 2025! Wir freuen uns, Sie am Politikwissenschaftlichen Seminar der Universität Luzern zu begrüßen. Auch dieses Semester erwartet Sie ein spannendes, international ausgerichtetes Angebot mit Vorlesungen und Seminaren, die sowohl die Grundlagen der Politikwissenschaft als auch besondere Highlights bieten – lassen Sie sich diese nicht entgehen! Auf den ersten Seiten dieser Broschüre finden Sie eine Übersicht zu den erforderlichen Credits im Major und Minor sowie Musterstudienpläne für BA und MA. Besonders für neue Studierende bieten die Tabellen zur Studienplanung eine wertvolle Orientierung. Haben Sie schon unsere aktualisierten "Guidelines zum wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten" (Sept. 2023) entdeckt? Zudem liefern unsere "Tipps und Tricks" hilfreiche Infos zu Abschlussarbeiten, inklusive Themenlisten und Beispielarbeiten zur Inspiration. Ein wichtiger Hinweis zu Seminararbeiten: Warten Sie nicht zu lange damit! Sie sind essenziell für die Vorbereitung auf Ihre BA- oder MA-Arbeit. Nutzen Sie den fachlichen Austausch mit Dozierenden und Kommiliton*innen innerhalb der Seminarveranstaltungen, um sich bereits während des Semesters für eine mögliche Seminararbeit vorzubereiten. Durch das Besuchen eines Seminars und das Schreiben einer Seminararbeit lernen Sie die Dozierenden und die Dozierenden Sie besser kennen. Dies ist wichtig, da Dozierende viel bereitwilliger Abschlussarbeiten und mündliche Prüfungen von Studierenden übernehmen, die sie bereits kennen. Und denken Sie daran: Schriftliche Arbeiten, die Sie für den Major Politikwissenschaft anrechnen möchten, müssen von politikwissenschaftlichen Dozierenden betreut werden. Wir freuen uns auf ein inspirierendes Semester mit Ihnen – auf ein gutes gemeinsames Arbeiten und spannende Diskussionen! Prof. Dr. Lena Maria Schaffer Leiterin Politikwissenschaftliches Seminar (FS 25) im Februar 2025 https://www.unilu.ch/fileadmin/fakultaeten/ksf/institute/polsem/Dok/Studium/Guidelines_POLSEM___2023___Deutsch.pdf https://www.unilu.ch/fakultaeten/ksf/institute/politikwissenschaftliches-seminar/tipps-und-tools/ 3 Inhalt Der Studiengang Politikwissenschaft .................................................................................................................................... 7 Musterstudienpläne – Bachelor ............................................................................................................................................. 9 Musterstudienpläne – Master............................................................................................................................................... 13 Studienplanung: Vollzeit – Beginn im HS........................................................................................................................... 15 Studienplanung: Vollzeit – Beginn im FS ........................................................................................................................... 16 Studienaufbau Methoden im politikwissenschaftlichen Studium .................................................................................... 17 Kurzübersicht der Lehrveranstaltungen ..............................................................................................................................18 Detaillierte Beschreibung der Lehrveranstaltungen – Vorlesungen ............................................................................... 20 Einführung in die Schweizer Politik ........................................................................................................................................ 20 Einführung in die Verlgeichende Politikwissenschaft .............................................................................................................. 21 Die Schweiz im Kontext der europäischen Integration ............................................................................................................ 22 Policy Analyse mit Anwendungen in der Energiepolitik ........................................................................................................... 23 Klimapolitik (Master CPEL) .................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vergangene, aktuelle und zukünftige Klimavariabilität (naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen 2. Teil, Master CPEL)................. 25 Detaillierte Beschreibung der Lehrveranstaltungen – Methodenveranstaltungen .................................................. 26 Methodenseminar der empirischen Sozialforschung II ........................................................................................................... 26 Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften – nächste Schritte ...................... 27 Politikwissenschaftliches Methodenseminar I ......................................................................................................................... 28 Inequality and Social Conflict: Research Design and Methods in Quantitative Studies ........................................................... 29 Research Design and Methods in Qualitative Studies ............................................................................................................ 30 Detaillierte Beschreibung der Lehrveranstaltungen – Seminare ……………………………………………………………….31 Proseminar zur Vorlesung «Einführung in die Schweizer Politik» ........................................................................................... 31 Proseminar zur Vorlesung «Einführung in die Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft» ................................................................. 32 Culture and Politics ................................................................................................................................................................ 33 Democracy, Autocratisation and Resistance .......................................................................................................................... 35 Feministische Politische Theorien .......................................................................................................................................... 36 Nationalismus, Demokratie und Friedensförderung ................................................................................................................ 39 Toleranz und ihre Grenzen in der Demokratie ........................................................................................................................ 40 Gender and Politics ................................................................................................................................................................ 41 Gletscher-Initiative und Klimaschutzgesetz: The Making-of – Dr. phil. h.c. Marcel Hänggi ...................................................... 42 Global Political Theory ........................................................................................................................................................... 43 International Climate and Energy Politics ............................................................................................................................... 44 Political Persuasion in a Digital Reality ................................................................................................................................... 45 The Developmental Welfare State .......................................................................................................................................... 46 The Politics of Climate Policy ................................................................................................................................................. 47 Utopian Narratives in Populism: From Historical Contexts to Contemporary Significance ....................................................... 48 Detaillierte Beschreibung der Lehrveranstaltungen – Sonderveranstaltungen ............................................................ 50 Kolloquium BA- und MA-Abschlussarbeiten (quantitative und qualitative, theoretische Arbeiten) ........................................... 50 Tutorat zur Vorlesung «Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II» - Gruppe 1................................................................ 51 Tutorat zur Vorlesung «Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II» - Gruppe 2................................................................ 52 Tutorat zur VL «Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften» - Gruppe 1.................................. 53 Tutorat zur VL «Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften» - Gruppe 2.................................. 54 Tutorat zur VL «Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften» - Gruppe 3.................................. 55 4 Data Mining for Political and Social Sciences using R ............................................................................................................ 56 Introduction to Python ............................................................................................................................................................ 58 Lehrveranstaltungen im Frühjahrssemester 2025………………………………..……………………………………………….59 Blockveranstaltungen im Frühjahrssemester 2025.......................................................................................................... 60 Semesterdaten……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…….………61 Kontakte Universität Luzern Politikwissenschaftliches Seminar Adresse Frohburgstrasse 3, 6002 Luzern Postanschrift Postfach 4466, 6002 Luzern E-Mail polsem@unilu.ch Webseiten www.unilu.ch/polsem www.unilu.ch/wgwp www.unilu.ch/lumacss www.unilu.ch/cpel Telefon 041 229 55 91 Sekretariat Stephanie Deuber Raum 3.B04 Öffnungszeiten MO bis DO stephanie.deuber@unilu.ch 041 229 55 91 Fachstudienberatung und Michael Widmer, BA Raum 3.A53 Mobilitätsberatung michael.widmer@unilu.ch 041 229 55 89 Termine nach Vereinbarung BA / MA Politikwissenschaft MA Dual Degree MA Weltgesellschaft- und Weltpolitik (WG+WP) Dr. Samuel D. Schmid Raum 3.A18 samuel.schmid@unilu.ch 041 229 56 04 Lucerne Master in Computational Social Science (LUMACSS) Michael Keller, MSc Raum 3.A53 michael.keller@unilu.ch 041 229 55 91 Studiengangsmanager MA Climate Politics, Economics, and Law (CPEL) file://unet.unilu.ch/dfsgroups/002350-02/00_Administration/Vorlesungsverzeichnis/22_FS/VV_PolSem_FS2022_20220105.docx#_Toc92289118 http://www.unilu.ch/lumacss 5 Leiterin Prof. Dr. Lena Maria Schaffer Raum 3.B10 Politikwissenschaftliches lena.schaffer@unilu.ch 041 229 55 95 Seminar (stellvertretend Professorin für Politikwissenschaft im FS25) und Professur mit Schwerpunkt Inter- und Transnationale Beziehungen Weitere Professuren von A bis Z Professur und Leiter Prof. Dr. Joachim Blatter Raum 3.B16 Politikwissenschaftliches joachim.blatter@unilu.ch 041 229 55 92 Seminar (abwesend im FS25) Ordentlicher Professor für Politikwissenschaft mit Schwerpunkt Politische Theorie Professur Prof. Dr. Alexander H. Trechsel Raum 3.B12 alexander.trechsel@unilu.ch 041 229 55 90 Ordentlicher Professor für Politik- wissenschaft mit Schwerpunkt Politische Kommunikation Ständiger Lehrbeauftragter Dr. rer. Pol. Stefan Rieder Seidenhofstr. 12 rieder@interface-politikstudien.ch 6003 Luzern 041 226 04 26 Oberassistenz Dr. Álvaro Canalejo-Molero Raum 3.B14 alvaro.canalejo@unilu.ch 041 229 55 85 Dr. Johannes Schulz Raum 3.B11 johannes.schulz@unilu.ch 041 229 55 93 Forschungsmitarbeitende Dr. Maurits Heumann Raum 3.B11 maurits.heumann@unilu.ch 041 229 55 98 (SNF-Projekt) Dr. Reto Bürgisser reto.buergisser@unilu.ch (SNF-Projekt) Wissenschaftlicher Assistent/ Anatolij Gerichhausen Raum 3.B14 Doktorand anatolij.gerichhausen@unilu.ch Studentische Hilfskraft PolSem Matteo Balli Raum 3.A19 matteo.balli@unilu.ch 041 229 57 54 mailto:rieder@interface-politikstudien.ch 6 Weitere studentische Mitarbeitende und Tutoren Maurice Flechtner maurice.flechtner@unilu.ch Angela Baumann angela.baumann@unilu.ch Reto Walpen reto.walpen@unilu.ch Naemi Valdivia Rojas naemi.valdivia@stud.unilu.ch Waris Anita Stocker waris.stocker@stud.phlu.ch Das Kernteam mit seinen studentischen Mitarbeitenden im Oktober 2023 7 Der Studiengang Politikwissenschaft 8 9 Musterstudienpläne – Bachelor BA Politikwissenschaft Major Studienbeginn ab HS 2020 Modul Studienanforderung Beschreibung Credits 180 Assessmentstufe Major Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Demokratietheorien 3 Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Internationalen Beziehungen 3 Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft 3 Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Schweizer Politik 3 Vorlesung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung I 2 Übung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung I 2 Vorlesung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II 2 Übung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II 2 Zwei Proseminare - 8 Zwei Proseminararbeiten - 8 Methodenseminar Methodenseminar I 4 Informationskompetenz Im Rahmen einer ausgewiesenen Lehrveranstaltung Orientierungsgespräch - Hauptstudium Major Methodenseminar Methodenseminar II 4 Methodenseminararbeit Zum Stoffbereich der Methodenseminare I und II 4 Kolloquialvorlesung Grundlagen der multivariaten Statistik 3 Kolloquialvorlesung - 3 Zwei Hauptseminare - 8 Zwei Hauptseminararbeiten - 12 Kolloquium Kolloquium für Bachelorarbeiten 1 Minor1 Studienleistungen - 50 Freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, inklusive Sozialkompetenz (2-6 Cr) - 20 Bachelorverfahren Major BA-Arbeit - 25 BA-Prüfung mündliche Prüfung 5 Minor BA-Prüfung schriftliche Prüfung 5 Der Musterstudienplan entspricht der Wegleitung zur StuPo 2016 vom 29. Juni 2016 (Stand 1. August 2020) - Bachelorstufe. www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 1 Siehe Musterstudienplan des gewählten Minors. http://www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 10 BA Politikwissenschaft Minor Studienbeginn ab HS 2020 Modul Studienanforderung Beschreibung Credits 180 Assessmentstufe Minor Kolloquialvorlesung - 3 Kolloquialvorlesung - 3 Vorlesung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung 1I 2 Übung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung I1 2 Vorlesung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II1 2 Übung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II1 2 Proseminar - 4 Methodenseminar Methodenseminar I oder II 4 Proseminararbeit oder Methodenseminararbeit - 4 Hauptstudium Minor Kolloquialvorlesung - 3 Hauptseminar - 4 Hauptseminararbeit - 6 weitere Studienleistungen weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Politikwissenschaft 11 Major2 Studienleistungen - 75 Freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, inklusive Sozialkompetenz (2-6 Cr) - 20 Bachelorverfahren Major BA-Arbeit - 25 BA-Prüfung mündliche Prüfung 5 Minor BA-Prüfung schriftliche Prüfung 5 Der Musterstudienplan entspricht der Wegleitung Bachelorstufe der Studien- und Prüfungsordnung 2016 vom 29. Juni 2016 (Stand 1. August 2020). www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 1 Studierende, welche die Vorlesungen und Übungen Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung I und II bereits in ihrem Major Studiengang absolvieren müssen, ersetzen diese im Minor durch weitere Studienleistungen im Umfang von 8 ECTS im Fach Politikwissenschaft. 2 Siehe Musterstudienplan des gewählten Majors. Minor http://www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 11 BA Politikwissenschaft Major Studienbeginn ab HS 2022 Modul Studienanforderung Beschreibung Credits 180 Assessmentstufe Major Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Demokratietheorien 3 Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Internationalen Beziehungen 3 Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft 3 Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Schweizer Politik 3 Vorlesung Vorlesung im Bereich Methoden I (einführend) 2 Übung Übung im Bereich Methoden I 2 Vorlesung Vorlesung im Bereich Methoden II (vertiefend) 2 Übung Übung im Bereich Methoden II 2 Zwei Proseminare - 8 Zwei Proseminararbeiten - 8 Methodenseminar Methodenseminar I 4 Informationskompetenz Im Rahmen einer ausgewiesenen Lehrveranstaltung Orientierungsgespräch - Hauptstudium Major Methodenseminar Methodenseminar II 4 Methodenseminararbeit Zum Stoffbereich der Methodenseminare I und II 4 Kolloquialvorlesung Kolloquialvorlesung Grundlagen statistischer Verfahren 3 Kolloquialvorlesung - 3 Zwei Hauptseminare - 8 Zwei Hauptseminararbeiten - 12 Kolloquium Kolloquium für Bachelorarbeiten 1 Minor1 Studienleistungen - 50 Modul Studienanforderung Beschreibung Credits 180 Ganzes Studium freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, davon maximal 6 Credits im freiwilligen Bereich universitäres Engagement - 20 Bachelorverfahren Major BA-Arbeit - 25 BA-Prüfung mündliche Prüfung 5 Minor BA-Prüfung schriftliche Prüfung 5 1 Siehe Musterstudienplan des gewählten Minors. Der Musterstudienplan entspricht der Wegleitung Bachelorstufe der Studien- und Prüfungsordnung 2016 mit Revision (Stand 1. August 2022). Download unter: www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente http://www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 12 BA Politikwissenschaft Minor Studienbeginn ab HS 2022 Modul Studienanforderung Beschreibung Credits 180 Assessmentstufe Minor Kolloquialvorlesung - 3 Kolloquialvorlesung - 3 Vorlesung Vorlesung im Bereich Methoden I (einführend)1 2 Übung Übung im Bereich Methoden I1 2 Vorlesung Vorlesung im Bereich Methoden II (vertiefend)1 2 Übung Übung im Bereich Methoden II1 2 Proseminar - 4 Methodenseminar Methodenseminar I oder II 4 Proseminararbeit oder Methodenseminararbeit - 4 Hauptstudium Minor Kolloquialvorlesung - 3 Hauptseminar - 4 Hauptseminararbeit - 6 weitere Studienleistungen weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Politikwissenschaft 11 Major2 Studienleistungen - 75 Ganzes Studium freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, davon maximal 6 Credits im freiwilligen Bereich universitäres Engagement - 20 Bachelorverfahren Major BA-Arbeit - 25 BA-Prüfung mündliche Prüfung 5 Minor BA-Prüfung schriftliche Prüfung 5 Der Musterstudienplan entspricht der Wegleitung Bachelorstufe der Studien- und Prüfungsordnung 2016 mit Revision (Stand 1. August 2022). Download unter: www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 1 Studierende, welche die Vorlesungen und Übungen im Bereich Methoden I (einführend) & Methoden II (vertiefend) bereits in ihrem Majorstudiengang absolvieren müssen, ersetzen diese im Minor durch weitere Studienleistungen im Umfang von 8 ECTS im Fach Politikwissenschaft 2 Siehe Musterstudienplan des gewählten Majors http://www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 13 Musterstudienpläne – Master MA Politikwissenschaft Major Studienbeginn ab HS 2022 Modul Studienanforderung Beschreibung Credits 120 Major Masterseminar - 4 schriftliche Masterseminararbeit - 6 Masterseminar - 4 schriftliche Masterseminararbeit - 6 weitere Studienleistungen - 14 Minor1 Studienleistungen - 20 freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, davon maximal 6 Credits im freiwilligen Bereich universitäres Engagement im Major oder Minor aus dem MA- Lehrangebot der KSF und/oder dem externen Minor 21 Masterverfahren Major MA-Prüfung mündliche Prüfung 10 MA-Arbeit - 30 Minor MA-Prüfung schriftliche Prüfung 5 Der Musterstudienplan entspricht der Wegleitung Masterstufe der Studien- und Prüfungsordnung 2016 mit Revision (Stand 1. August 2022). Download unter: www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 1 Siehe Musterstudienplan des gewählten Minors. http://www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 14 MA Politikwissenschaft Minor Studienbeginn ab HS 2022 Der Musterstudienplan entspricht der Wegleitung Masterstufe der Studien- und Prüfungsordnung 2016 mit Revision (Stand 1. August 2022). Download unter:www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 1 Siehe Musterstudienplan des gewählten Majors. Modul Studienanforderung Beschreibung Credits 120 Minor Masterseminar - 4 schriftliche Masterseminararbeit - 6 weitere Studienleistungen - 10 Major1 Studienleistungen - 34 freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, davon maximal 6 Credits im freiwilligen Bereich universitäres Engagement im Major oder Minor aus dem MA- Lehrangebot der KSF und/oder dem externen Minor 21 Masterverfahren Major MA-Arbeit - 30 MA-Prüfung mündliche Prüfung 10 Minor MA-Prüfung schriftliche Prüfung 5 http://www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 15 Studienplanung-Vollzeit nach Musterstudienplan 2022 (Beginn im HS) 1 . Semester 2 . Semester 3 . Semester 4 . Semester 5 . Semester 6 . Semester KVL Einf . in d ie Demokrat ie- theor ien und Einf . in d ie In ternat ionale n Bez iehungen 6 KVL Einf . in d ie Schweizer Pol i t ik und Einf . in d ie Verg le ichende Pol i t ikwissen- schaf t 6 KVL 3 KVL 3 Credi ts im freiwi l l igen Bereich universi täres Engagement 2 Hauptseminar 4 Proseminar zur KVL Einf . in d ie Demokrat ie- theor ie Oder Einf . in d ie In tern. Bez iehungen ( ink l . In fo rmat ions- kompetenz)* 4 Proseminar zur KVL Einf . in d ie Schweizer Pol i t ik Oder Einf . in d ie Verg l .PW ( ink l . In fo rmat ions- kompetenz)* 4 Hauptseminar 4 Hauptseminar 4 Hauptseminar 4 Orient ierungs -gespräch Vorlesung und Übung im Bere ich Methoden I (e in führend) 4 Vorlesung und Übung im Bere ich Methoden I I (ver t ie fend) 4 KVL Grundlagen s ta t is t ischer Ver fahren 3 Hauptseminar 4 Kol loquium für BA-Arbeit 1 Methodenseminar Pol i t ikwissenschaft I und I I 8 KVL 3 Mündl . Prüfung 5 Proseminar- arbeit 4 Proseminar- arbeit 4 Methoden- seminararbeit 4 Hauptsemi- nararbe it 6 Hauptsemi- nararbe it * (b is zur Anmeldung zum BA- Verfahren)* * 6 BA-Arbeit 25 18 Credits 22 Credits 22 Credits 17 Credits 16 Credits 30 Credits Zusätz l ich zu erbringen: Studienleis tungen im Minorfach, 55 Cr In den ersten beiden Semestern sollten primär Vorlesungen und Proseminare besucht und Proseminararbeiten geschrieben werden. Schreiben Sie Ihre erste Proseminararbeit im bzw. nach dem ersten Semester! Der Wissenserwerb steht in Vorlesungen im Vordergrund. Ab dem 3. Semester steht die Interaktion in Seminaren im Zentrum. Es sollten dann jeweils ca. zwei schriftliche Arbeiten pro Semester geschrieben werden (eine im Major-, eine im Minorfach). Fangen Sie während der Vorlesungszeit an, da im 5. Semester bereits erhebliche Investitionen für die BA-Arbeit auf dem Programm stehen. Tipp: Schreiben Sie Ihre letzte Hauptseminararbeit zum gleichen Thema wie die Bachelorarbeit. * Die Veranstaltungen zur Informationskompetenz sind nur einmal zu besuchen. ** Zum Zeitpunkt der Anmeldung zum BA-Verfahren müssen dem Dekanat alle Nachweise für schriftliche Arbeiten vorliegen. Bitte beachten Sie, dass dieses Schema nur als Beispiel dient und hier alle freien Studienleistungen im Fach Politikwissenschaft erbracht werden, was nicht zwingend ist. Die zwingend zu erbringenden Studienleistungen sind in den Reglementen der KSF festgelegt und in den Musterstudienplänen ersichtlich. Bei Fragen zur Studienplanung kann ausserdem die Studienberatung des Politikwissenschaftlichen Seminars kontaktiert werden. 16 Studienplanung-Vollzeit nach Musterstudienplan 2022 (Beginn im FS) 1 . Semester 2 . Semester 3 . Semester 4 . Semester 5 . Semester 6 . Semester KVL Einf . in d ie Schweizer Pol i t ik und Einf . in d ie Verg le ichende Pol i t ikwissen- schaf t 6 KVL Einf . in d ie Demokrat ie- theor ien und Einf . in d ie In ter- nat ionalen Bez iehungen 6 KVL 3 KVL 3 Credi ts im freiwi l l igen Bereich universi täres Engagement 2 Proseminar zur KVL Einf . in d ie Schweizer Pol i t ik oder Einf . in d ie Verg l . PW ( ink l . In fo rmat ions- kompetenz)* 4 Proseminar zur KVL Einf . in d ie Demokrat ie- theor ien oder Einf . in d ie In ternat ionalen Bez iehungen ( ink l . In fo rmat ions- kompetenz)* 4 Hauptseminar 4 Hauptseminar 4 Hauptseminar 4 Orient ierungs- gespräch Hauptseminar 4 Vorlesung und Übung im Bere ich Methoden I (e in führend) 4 Vorlesung und Übung im Bere ich Methoden I I (ver t ie fend) 4 KVL Grundlagen s ta t is t ischer Ver fahren 3 Kol loquium für BA-Arbeit 1 Methodenseminar Pol i t ikwissenschaft I und I I 8 Hauptseminar 4 KVL 3 Mündl iche Prüfung 5 Proseminar- arbeit 4 Methoden- seminararbeit 4 Proseminar- arbeit 4 Hauptseminar -arbei t 6 Hauptsemi- nararbe it Major (b is zur Anmeldung zum BA- Verfahren)** 6 BA-Arbeit 25 18 Credits 22 Credits 19 Credits 20 Credits 16 Credits 30 Credits Zusätz l ich zu erbringen: Studienleis tungen im Minorfach, 55 Cr In den ersten beiden Semestern sollten primär Vorlesungen und Proseminare besucht und Proseminararbeiten geschrieben werden. Schreiben Sie Ihre erste Proseminararbeit im bzw. nach dem ersten Semester! Der Wissenserwerb steht in Vorlesungen im Vordergrund. Ab dem 3. Semester steht die Interaktion in Seminaren im Zentrum. Es sollten dann jeweils ca. zwei schriftliche Arbeiten pro Semester geschrieben werden (eine im Major-, eine im Minorfach). Fangen Sie während der Vorlesungszeit an, da im 5. Semester bereits erhebliche Investitionen für die BA-Arbeit auf dem Programm stehen. Tipp: Schreiben Sie Ihre letzte Hauptseminararbeit zum gleichen Thema wie die Bachelorarbeit. * Die Veranstaltungen zur Informationskompetenz sind nur einmal zu besuchen. ** Zum Zeitpunkt der Anmeldung zum BA-Verfahren müssen dem Dekanat alle Nachweise für schriftliche Arbeiten vorliegen. Bitte beachten Sie, dass dieses Schema nur als Beispiel dient und hier alle freien Studienleistungen im Fach Politikwissenschaft erbracht werden, was nicht zwingend ist. Die zwingend zu erbringenden Studienleistungen sind in den Reglementen der Fakultät festgelegt und in den Musterstudienplänen ersichtlich. Bei Fragen zur Studienplanung kann ausserdem die Studienberatung des Politikwissenschaftlichen Seminars kontaktiert werden. 17 Studienaufbau Methoden im politikwissenschaftlichen Studium 1. Semester (Herbst) 2. Semester (Frühling) 3. Semester (Herbst) 4. Semester (Frühling) 5. Semester (Herbst) 18 Kurzübersicht der Lehrveranstaltungen BA MA KVL Arnold: Einführung in die Schweizer Politik Di 08:15 – 10:00 KVL Trechsel: Einführung in die vergleichende Politikwissenschaft Di 12:15 – 14:00 KVL Schaffer: Die Schweiz im Kontext der europäischen Integration Mi 10:15 – 12:00 KVL Rieder: Policy Analyse mit Anwendungen in der Energiepolitik Mo 14:15 – 16:00 KVL Schaffer: Klimapolitik (CPEL) Di 10:15 – 12:00 KVL Burger: Vergangene, aktuelle und zukünftige Klimavariabilität (naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen 2. Teil; CPEL) Mo 16:15 – 18:00 VL Diaz-Bone: Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II Di 10:15 – 12:00 VL Schenk: Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften – nächste Schritte Mi 10:15 – 12:00 MS Schulz: Politikwissenschaftliches Methodenseminar I Mi 14:15 – 16:00 PS Föhn: Proseminar zur KVL «Einführung in die Schweizer Politik» Di 10:15 – 12:00 PS Strijbis / Volpi: Proseminar zur KVL «Einführung in die vergleichende Politikwissenschaft» Di 14:15 – 18:00 HS Canalejo-Molero: Culture and Politics Blockveranstaltung HS Scherz / Mráz: Democracy, Autocratisation and Resistance Blockveranstaltung HS Schulz: Feministische Politische Theorien Di 16:15 – 18:00 HS Bochsler: Nationalismus, Demokratie und Friedensförderung Blockveranstaltung HS Wegenast: Sustainable Rural Development Do 12:15 – 16:00 HS Schlenker: Toleranz und ihre Grenzen in der Demokratie Blockveranstaltung HS Rieder: Policy-Analyse mit Anwendungen in der Energiepolitik Do 14:15 – 16:00 HS El Kassar / Schaffer / Leisibach: Basisseminar Philosophy, Politics and Economics PPE I Di 14:15 – 16:00 HS Gregoratto / Portmann / Schwenkel / Matzat: Basisseminar Philosophy, Politics and Economics PPE II Di 14:15 – 16:00 MAS De Angelis: Data Mining for Political and Social Sciences using R Blockveranstaltung MAS Fraile: Gender and Politics Blockveranstaltung MAS Hänggi: Gletscher-Initiative und Klimaschutzgesetz: The Making-of Mi 10:15 – 12:00 MAS Jaeger: Global Political Theory Blockveranstaltung MAS Hönig / Jansesberger: Inequality and Social Conflict: Research Design and Methods in Quantitative Studies Do 12:15 – 16:00 MAS Bayer: International Climate and Energy Politics Blockveranstaltung MAS Bright: Introduction to Python Blockveranstaltung MAS Kjaer: Political Persuasion in a Digital Reality Blockveranstaltung MAS Siara: The Developmental Welfare State Blockveranstaltung MAS Lopez Uroz: The Politics of Climate Policy Blockveranstaltung MAS Roth: Utopian Narratives in Populism: From Historical Contexts to Contemporary Significance Mo 10:15 – 12:00 KOL Schaffer: Kolloquium BA- und MA-Abschlussarbeiten (quantitative und qualitative, theoretische Arbeiten) Di 18:15 – 20:00 19 Empfohlene Lehrveranstaltungen aus anderen Fachbereichen Code MS Lobina / Bisang / Tunger-Zanetti: Schreibwerkstatt, Wissenschaftliches Schreiben FS251578 HS Hoffmann: Zitat und Zitieren FS251311 Legende KVL / VL Kolloquialvorlesung / Vorlesung RVG Ringvorlesung PS Proseminar HS Hauptseminar MAS Masterseminar MS Methodisches Seminar KOL Kolloquium SV Sonderveranstaltung ÖV öffentlicher Vortrag 20 Detaillierte Beschreibung der Lehrveranstaltungen Lehrveranstaltungen des Politikwissenschaftlichen Seminars Vorlesungen Einführung in die Schweizer Politik Dozent/in: Dr. rer. soc. Tobias Arnold Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquialvorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 08:15 - 10:00, ab 18.02.2025 FRO, 3.A05 Prüfung: Di., 27.05.2025, 08:15 – 09:45 FRO, HS 10 Weitere Daten: Die Wiederholungsprüfungen finden statt am Di. 01.07.2025 und Di. 08.07.2025, jeweils vom 10:15 - 11:45 Uhr (bitte beide Termine freihalten) Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Wie funktioniert das politische System der Schweiz? Was macht den Kern der Schweizer Konsensdemokratie aus? Wie trägt unser politisches System zur konkreten gesellschaftlichen Problembearbeitung bei? Diese Fragen stehen im Zentrum der Vorlesung zur Schweizer Politik. In der Vorlesung werden die Strukturen und die Prozesse des politischen Systems der Schweiz vorgestellt. Die Themen Wahlen und Abstimmungen, Parteien und Parteiensystem, Parlament, Regierung, Verwaltung, Justiz, direkte Demokratie, Föderalismus und Konkordanz werden besprochen. Weiter geht es um die politischen Entscheidungs- und Vollzugsprozesse auf den verschiedenen Staatsebenen. Diese werden anhand von Beispielen aus ausgewählten Politikfeldern vertieft. Schliesslich werden Herausforderungen diskutiert, welche sich der Schweizer Politik aktuell stellen. Lernziele: Vermittlung grundlegender Kenntnisse der Strukturen und der Prozesse des schweizerischen politischen Systems. Voraussetzungen: Keine Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Die Vorlesungsprüfung ist in der letzten Semesterwoche am 27.05.2025 Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete schriftliche Prüfung (3 Cr) Hinweise: Studienschwerpunkt: Schweizer Politik Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: tobias.arnold@doz.unilu.ch Material: Pflichtlektüre und Seminarmaterialien zugänglich auf Online-Plattform OLAT Literatur Pflichtlektüre: - Linder, Wolf/Müller, Sean (2017): Schweizerische Demokratie. Institutionen, Prozesse, Perspektiven, 4., vollständig überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage. Bern: Haupt Verlag. Ausgewählte weitere Literatur: - Freitag, Markus; Vatter, Adrian (2015): Wahlen und Wählerschaft in der Schweiz. Zürich: Verlag Neue Zürcher Zeitung. - Knoepfel, Peter; Papadopoulos, Yannis; Sciarini, Pascal; Vatter, Adrian; Häusermann, Silja (Hrsg.) (2017): Handuch der Schweizer Politik/Manuel de la politique suisse, Zürich. - Lane, Jan Erik (Hrsg.) (2004): The Swiss labyrinth: institutions, outcomes and redesign. London: Routledge. - Milic, Thomas; Rousselot, Bianca; Vatter, Adrian (2014): Handbuch der Abstimmungsforschung. Zürich: Verlag Neue Zürcher Zeitung. - Mueller, Sean; Vatter Adrian (2020): Der Ständerat. Zürich: NZZ Libro - Vatter, Adrian (2020): Das politische System der Schweiz. 4. vollständig aktualisierte Auflage. Baden- Baden: Nomos/UTB. - Vatter, Adrian (2020): Der Bundesrat. Die Schweizer Regierung. Zürich: NZZ Libro 21 Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Alexander H. Trechsel Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquialvorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 12:15 - 14:00, ab 18.02.2025 FRO, HS 8 Prüfung: Di., 27.05.2025, 12:15 – 13:45 FRO, HS 9 Weitere Daten: Die Wiederholungsprüfungen finden statt am Di. 01.07.2025 und Di. 08.07.2025, jeweils vom 10:15 - 11:45 Uhr (bitte beide Termine freihalten) Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Vergleiche anzustellen zwischen Staaten, Parteien und Parteisystemen, Wahlen, Institutionen, politischen Entscheidungsprozessen, sozialen Bewegungen usw. gehört zu den zentralen Anliegen der Politikwissenschaft. Aber warum vergleicht man überhaupt? Und wie konzipiert man einen wissenschaftlichen Vergleich? Der erste Teil dieser Vorlesung befasst sich mit der Rolle und dem politischen Verhalten von Bürgerinnen und Bürgern: wie partizipieren sie in der Politik? Gibt es politische Kulturen und wie können wir diese verstehen? Im zweiten Teil der Vorlesung geht es um grundlegende politische Institutionen, also Wahl- und Regierungssysteme sowie deren historische Herausbildung, ihre Spielregeln und ihren Einfluss auf die Politik. Wie funktioniert die repräsentative Demokratie? Wie unterscheidet sie sich von direktdemokratischen Institutionen? Was sind politische Vetospieler? Der dritte Teil führt die Studierenden in die Methoden der vergleichenden Politikwissenschaft ein, bevor der vierte Teil die intermediären Organisationen zwischen Staat und Gesellschaft genauer unter die Lupe nimmt. Hier werden Parteien, Verbände, neue soziale Bewegungen, Protestbewegungen, populistische Leader und auch die Medien und deren Rolle behandelt. Schliesslich erhalten die Studierenden einen Einblick in eine der grundlegendsten Unterscheidungen von Formen der Demokratie: der Mehrheits- und der Konsensdemokratie. Die Schweiz, die traditionell den paradigmatischen Fall von Konsensdemokratie darstellt, wird in allen Teilen der Vorlesung stark berücksichtigt werden. Diese Vorlesung ist als Einführung in den politikwissenschaftlichen Schwerpunkt «Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft» konzipiert. Die weiterführende Vorlesung in diesem Bereich ist auf dem Wissen der Einführungsvorlesung aufgebaut. Daher ist es sehr empfehlenswert, diese Vorlesung im Grundstudium zu besuchen. Voraussetzungen: Keine Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Die Vorlesungsprüfung ist in der letzten Sitzung, am 27.05.2025 Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete schriftliche Prüfung (3 Cr) Hinweise: Anrechenbar für den Studienschwerpunkt Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft Kontakt: alexander.trechsel@unilu.ch Material: Pflichtlektüre und Seminarmaterialien zugänglich auf Online-Plattform OLAT Literatur - Kriesi, Hanspeter (2007/8): Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft. Eine Einführung, Baden-Baden: Nomos. - Caramani, Daniele (ed.) (2013). Comparative Politics. 3rd edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. - Newton, Kenneth und Jan W. van Deth (2010). Foundations of Comparative Politics. 2nd edition. Cambridge University Press. 22 Die Schweiz im Kontext der europäischen Integration Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Lena Maria Schaffer Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquialvorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 19.02.2025 FRO, 3.A05 Prüfung: Mi., 28.05.2025, 10:15 – 11:45 FRO, HS 1 Weitere Daten: Die Wiederholungsprüfungen finden statt am Di. 03.07.2025 und Di. 10.07.2025, jeweils vom 10:15 - 11:45 Uhr (bitte beide Termine freihalten) Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Einer der zentralen Punkte der Schweizer Aussenpolitik der vergangenen Jahre war die Neuordnung der Beziehungen zur Europäischen Union (EU). Nach dem Abschluss der Verhandlungen im Dezember 2024 zwischen dem Bundesrat und der Europäischen Kommission wird in der Schweiz weiterhin kontrovers über Sinn und Zweck politischer Integration diskutiert. Die Vorlesung stellt das bilaterale Verhältnis zwischen der Schweiz und der EU in den grösseren Kontext der europäischen Integration. Es soll helfen, die EU als ein hochentwickeltes Instrument der transnationalen Problemlösung sowie als besonderes politisches System zu verstehen. Es vermittelt dabei Grundwissen über Geschichte, Institutionen, Verfahren und Politikfelder der EU und bietet einen Einstieg in wichtige Ansätze der Integrationstheorie und der politikwissenschaftlichen Analyse europäischer Integration. Dieses Grundlagenwissen zum politischen System der EU verknüpft die Vorlesung systematisch mit einer Untersuchung der Logik, Entwicklung, und der Perspektive des bilateralen Verhältnisses zwischen der EU und der Schweiz. Lernziele: Die Vorlesung «Europäische Integration» gibt den Studierenden einen Einstieg in die relevanten Fragen der europäischen Integration, im Speziellen mit Bezug auf die Beziehungen Schweiz - EU. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Die Vorlesungsprüfung ist in der letzten Sitzung am 28.05.2025 Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete schriftliche Prüfung (3 Cr) Hinweise: Anrechenbar für den Studienschwerpunkt Internationale Beziehungen. Interessierte MA-Studierende können die Vorlesung besuchen. Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: lena.schaffer@unilu.ch Literatur - Lelieveldt, Herman, and Sebastian Princen (2015) The Politics of the European Union. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. - Heer, Elia, Anja Heidelberger und Marc Bühlmann (Hrsg., 2022). "Schweiz – EU: Königswege, Holzwege, Sonderwege - Die vielfältigen Beziehungen seit dem EWR-Nein". Zürich: NZZ Libro. - Hix, Simon and Bjørn Høyland (2022) The Political System of the European Union, Palgrave Macmillan. 23 Policy Analyse mit Anwendungen in der Energiepolitik Dozent/in: Dr. rer.pol. Stefan Rieder Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquialvorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mo., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 17.02.2025 FRO, 4.B55 Prüfung: Mo., 26.05.2025, 14:15 – 15:45 FRO, HS 8 Weitere Daten: Die Wiederholungsprüfungen finden statt am Di. 01.07.2025 und Di. 08.07.2025, jeweils vom 10:15 - 11:45 Uhr (bitte beide Termine freihalten) Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Die Vorlesung bietet eine Einführung in die Policy-Analyse und deren zentrale Ansätze. Dazu zählen unter anderem das Phasenmodell, der Multiple Stream Ansatz, das Advocacy Coalition Framework, die Policy Diffusion, Netzwerkansätze und weitere Konzepte. Die Ansätze und deren theoretische Fundierung werden erläutert und diskutiert. Die Anwendung wird mittels Beispielen aus verschiedenen Politikfeldern der Schweizer Politik veranschaulicht (Energie- und Umweltpolitik, Sozialpolitik, Gesundheitspolitik etc.). Ziel ist es, einen Überblick über die Konzepte der Policy-Analyse zu geben, die Stärken und Schwächen der Konzepte aufzuzeigen und deren Leistungsfähigkeit für die Analyse von Politikfeldern auszuloten. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Die schriftliche Prüfung findet in der letzten Vorlesungswoche statt am Montag 26.05.2025. Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete schriftliche Prüfung (3 Cr) Hinweise: Studienschwerpunkt: Schweizer Politik Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: rieder@interface-politikstudien.ch Material: Vorlesungsunterlagen und Pflichtlektüre zugänglich auf Online-Plattform OLAT Literatur - Fritz Sager, Karin Ingold und Andreas Balthasar (im Erscheinen): Policy-Analyse in der Schweiz – Besonderheiten, Theorien, Beispiele, NZZ Verlag Zürich - Schubert, Klaus; Bandelow, Nils C. (Hrsg.) (2009): Lehrbuch der Politikfeldanalyse 2.0, in: Reihe (Lehr- und Handbücher der Politikwissenschaft, hrsg. von Arno Mohr). München, Wien: Oldenbourg - Frank Fischer, Gerald J. Miller, Mara S. Sidney (Hrsg.) (2007): Handbook of Public Policy Analysis: Theory, Politics, and Methods, CRC Press, Boca Raton London New York 24 Klimapolitik Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Lena Maria Schaffer Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquialvorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ CPEL Climate Politics, Economics, and Law Studienstufe: Master Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 18.02.2025 FRO, 4.B55 Di., 13.05.2025, 10:15 - 12:00 FRO, 4.B02 Prüfung: Di., 27.05.2025, 10:15 – 11:45 FRO, HS 8 Weitere Daten: Die Wiederholungsprüfungen finden statt am Di. 03.07.2025 und Di. 10.07.2025, jeweils vom 10:15 - 11:45 Uhr (bitte beide Termine freihalten) Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Wöchentlich Inhalt: Diese Grundlagenvorlesung dient als Einführung in die Politik des Klimawandels. Wie kooperieren Regierungen, um globale Umweltprobleme wie den Klimawandel anzugehen und zu lösen? Warum verabschieden einige Länder strengere Klimaschutzpolitiken als andere? Der Kurs kombiniert internationale und vergleichende Ansätze zur Politik des Klimawandels. Er beginnt damit zu untersuchen, wie der Klimawandel in den 1980er Jahren zu einem politischen Thema wurde und wie Regierungen ab den 1990er Jahren Maßnahmen zum Klimaschutz ergriffen haben. Im Laufe des Semesters werden wir uns die Bemühungen zur Klimaschutzregelung auf internationaler, nationaler und lokaler Ebene ansehen. Auf nationaler Ebene interessieren uns beispielsweise Gründe dafür, warum einige Länder ehrgeizige Investitionen in erneuerbare Energien tätigen, während andere immer noch stark den Verbrauch fossiler Brennstoffe subventionieren. Wie kann die öffentliche Meinung solche Unterschiede in den politischen Maßnahmen erklären? Welche Rolle spielen politische Parteien? Lernziele: Das Ziel der Vorlesung ist es, den Studierenden ein solides Verständnis der Politik und der politischen Ökonomie des Klimawandels zu vermitteln. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Die Vorlesungsprüfung ist in der letzten Sitzung am 27.05.2025 Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete schriftliche oder mündliche Prüfung (3 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: lena.schaffer@unilu.ch Material: Wird auf OLAT bereitgestellt. Literatur Wird auf OLAT bereitgestellt. 25 Vergangene, aktuelle und zukünftige Klimavariabilität (naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen 2. Teil) Dozent/in: Dr. Moritz Burger Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquialvorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ CPEL Climate Politics, Economics, and Law Studienstufe: Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mo., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 17.02.2025 FRO, 3.B58 Prüfung: Mo., 26.05.2025, 16:15 – 17:45 FRO, HS 5 Weitere Daten: Die Wiederholungsprüfungen finden statt am Di. 03.07.2025 und Di. 10.07.2025, jeweils vom 10:15 - 11:45 Uhr (bitte beide Termine freihalten) Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Wöchentlich Inhalt: Die zweite Vorlesung im Grundlagen Klimamodul befasst sich mit Variabilität und Veränderung im Klimasystem. Im ersten Teil der Vorlesung wird die vergangene Klimavariabilität von den Eiszeiten über das Optimum der Römerzeit bis zur kleinen Eiszeit im 19. Jahrhundert diskutiert. Dabei wird besprochen, weshalb sich das Klima (immer wieder) verändert hat und was die Konsequenzen für die damals lebenden Bewohner:innen der Erde waren. Im zweiten Teil der Vorlesung rückt die Klimaveränderung seit der industriellen Revolution in den Fokus. Erneut werden die Gründe untersucht und die Konsequenzen für die aktuell lebende Bevölkerung analysiert. Schlussendlich werden Szenarien und mögliche Folgen von zukünftiger Klimavariabilität diskutiert. Lernziele: Grundlegendes Verständnis für die geophysikalischen Prozesse des Klimawandels Prüfung: Die Vorlesungsprüfung ist in der letzten Sitzung am 28.05.2025 Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete schriftliche oder mündliche Prüfung (3 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: moritz.burger@unibe.ch Material: Wird auf OLAT bereitgestellt. Literatur - Klima und Mensch. Eine 12’000-jährige Geschichte. Heinz Wanner. Haupt Verlag. (für 1. Teil der Vorlesung). 26 Methodenveranstaltungen Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Rainer Diaz-Bone Veranstaltungsart: Vorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Soziologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 18.02.2025 FRO, HS 3 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: Die Vorlesung setzt die Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung I aus dem HS 24 fort. Im FS 25 werden die Datenerhebungsmethoden Befragung und Inhaltsanalyse behandelt. Im zweiten Teil folgt eine Einführung in die Deskriptivstatistik. Voraussetzungen: Die VL Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung I (HS 24) soll vorher erfolgreich besucht worden sein. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Hauptklausur / Wiederholungsklausur: Termine sSiehe elektronisches Vorlesungsverzeichnis https://portal.unilu.ch/details?code=FS251460 Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete Prüfung (2 Cr) Hinweise: paralleler Besuch des begleitenden Tutorats Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: rainer.diazbone@unilu.ch Material: wird über OLAT zugänglich gemacht Literatur wird in einem Syllabus (auf OLAT) bekannt gegeben 27 Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften – nächste Schritte Dozent/in: Dr. phil. Patrick Schenk Veranstaltungsart: Vorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Soziologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 19.02.2025 FRO, HS 7 Mi., 28.05.2025, 09:15 - 10:00 FRO, HS 7 Prüfung: Mi., 28.05.2025, 09:15 - 12:00 FRO, HS 5 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: Das Metier der Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften zu beschreiben ist keine einfache Aufgabe. All den unterschiedlichen Zugängen zum Trotz verbindet sie jedoch eines: die Neugierde am Menschen. Sozialwissenschaftlerinnen und -wissenschaftler wollen hinter verschlossene Türen blicken, wollen die verborgenen Strukturen des Zusammenlebens freilegen und die Welt althergebrachter Gewissheiten ins Wanken bringen (wenn auch nur ein bisschen). Dazu brauchen sie die richtigen Werkzeuge. Sie brauchen eine Logik und Methoden für die empirische Sozialforschung. Doch Vorsicht: Methoden sollten Sie nicht als eine Ansammlung toter Worte in dicken Büchern verstehen. Empirische Sozialforschung ist eine praktische Angelegenheit. Es ist eine Kompetenz, eine Fähigkeit, ein Handwerk. So wie Künstlerinnen und Künstler lernen müssen, den Pinsel richtig zu führen, müssen auch Sozialwissenschaftlerinnen und Sozialwissenschaftler lernen, ihre Werkzeuge zu meistern. Dann können sie, so wie die Malerin oder der Maler auch, Neues schaffen, das uns bereichert, voranbringt und hoffentlich auch erfreut. Ihnen den praktischen Sinn und die Kompetenzen für die empirische Sozialforschung zu vermitteln ist das Ziel dieser Vorlesung. Dazu verfolgen wir einen «bottom-up» Ansatz. Anhand konkreter Forschung, darunter Studien zu Algorithmen, Digitalisierung oder künstlicher Intelligenz, besprechen wir die Stärken unterschiedlicher Forschungsansätze, ihre Annahmen, ihre Vorgehensweise, ihre Tücken. Anstatt Methoden nur als Ansammlung fester Regeln zu begreifen, sehen Sie, wie Methoden in der Forschung eingesetzt werden, was man mit ihnen machen kann, wozu sie dienen und bei welchen Fragen sie helfen. Dadurch erhalten Sie eine Einführung in die Logik der Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften und ihren zentralen Verfahren, von qualitativen Interviews, über Inhaltsanalysen, bis zu Experimenten und gross angelegten Befragungen. Diejenigen, die sich diese Kompetenzen aneignen wollen, um ihre Neugierde über die soziale Welt zu stillen, sind herzlich eingeladen. Voraussetzungen: Es gibt keine formalen Voraussetzungen, jedoch ist es von Vorteil, wenn Sie den vorhergehenden Kurs «Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften – erste Schritte» besucht haben. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: - Regelmässige Anwesenheit - Aktive Mitarbeit - Benotete Prüfung in der letzten Vorlesungswoche Eine Prüfungsanmeldung ist nicht erforderlich. Weitere Informationen zu den Prüfungen: www.unilu.ch/ksf/pruefungen Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete Prüfung (Details siehe 'Prüfung') (2 Cr) Hinweise: Der Besuch eines der drei Tutorate ist wärmstens empfohlen. Kontakt: patrick.schenk@unilu.ch Material: Materialien werden auf OLAT zur Verfügung gestellt. Literatur - Diekmann, Andreas. 2005. Empirische Sozialforschung. Grundlagen, Methoden, Anwendungen. Hamburg: Rohwolt. - Schnell, Rainer, Paul B. Hill, and Elke Esser. 2008. Methoden der Empirischen Sozialforschung. 8., unveränd. Aufl. Lehrbuch. München [u.a.]: Oldenbourg. - Rössel, Jörg, and Patrick Schenk. 2018. “Researching the Transformation of Wine Discourse from 1974- 2008 Using Quantitative Content Analysis.” SAGE Research Methods Cases. 28 Politikwissenschaftliches Methodenseminar I Dozent/in: Dr. Tobias Schulz Veranstaltungsart: Methodisches Seminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 19.02.2025 FRO, 3.A05 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: In den zwei politikwissenschaftlichen Methodenseminaren (das zweite findet im HS statt) werden die wichtigsten Forschungsdesigns und Methoden der Politikwissenschaft präsentiert und angewendet. Einerseits werden damit die Erkenntnisse aus den Einführungsvorlesungen «Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung I + II» vertieft und mit Bezug zu politikwissenschaftlichen Fragestellungen angewendet. Zum anderen werden weitere spezifisch politikwissenschaftliche Designs und Methoden präsentiert und umgesetzt. Bereits in der ersten Sitzung werden Arbeitsgruppen (à 3-4 Personen) gebildet. Deswegen ist die Anwesenheit in der ersten Woche zwingend notwendig! Alle Arbeitsgruppen gewinnen bereits in der Vorlesungszeit durch Übungsaufgaben erste Erfahrungen mit allen Methoden. Das bedeutet einen erheblichen Aufwand von mindestens acht Stunden pro Woche für dieses Herzstück der politikwissenschaftlichen Ausbildung. Jede Arbeitsgruppe schreibt im Anschluss an die beiden Seminare zu einer Methode aus dem Frühjahrs- oder aus dem Herbstsemester eine gemeinsame Methodenseminararbeit. Sie erhält dazu umfangreiche Hilfestellungen. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme, schriftliche Hausaufgaben (benotet) (4 Cr) Hinweise: Studienschwerpunkte: Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft und Schweizer Politik/Politische Theorie/Internationale Beziehungen Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: tobias.schulz@doz.unilu.ch Material: wird auf OLAT aufgeschaltet 29 Inequality and Social Conflict: Research Design and Methods in Quantitative Studies Dozent/in: Dr. Anna-Lena Hönig / Dr. Viktoria Anna Jansesberger Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Do., 12:15 - 16:00, ab 20.02.2025 FRO, 4.B02 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: 14-täglich Inhalt: When and why social conflicts - such as riots, terrorism, coups, or even civil wars - occur in different societies is one of the long-standing questions in political science, sociology, and related fields. While inequality, injustice, and marginalization (collectively referred to as "grievances") often lie at their very root, conflicts by no means automatically erupt whenever such injustices exist. This suggests that a complex and intricate set of conditions must be present for inequality to lead to conflict. Inequality manifests in various realms. Individuals and societal groups can be denied equal rights and privileges or are granted far fewer resources than members from other societal, religious or ethnic groups. This seminar addresses under which conditions the various types of inequalities, such as political, social, or economic, affect different forms of social conflict. It does so by introducing students to key concepts and theories in conflict research and by engaging with various sub-strands in the vibrant literature on inequality and conflict. Besides the treatment of the substantive topic, this research seminar will prepare students intensively for writing a research design paper by helping them to adequately design and develop their own research projects. It will focus in detail on a) which datasets different research articles use for measuring inequality and social unrest, and b) which research designs and methods they use (e.g., quantitative large-n studies with observational event datasets, survey research, comparative case studies). In doing so, the seminar repeats core topics of research design and applies them on a specific topic. Through discussions of current research, students will critically assess scientific contributions of existing literature and research designs. Since this course focuses on empirical approaches to study inequality and conflict, participants should have a basic understanding of analytical research and empirical methods. Lernziele: • Students gain an overview of the most important theories and methods to understand inequality and social conflict. • They are able to critique theories and methods and apply them to various cases. • They identify the most important datasets and sources to create research designs suitable to analyze inequality and social conflict. • Students develop their own research question and answer this question in their empirical research design paper according to scientific standards. Voraussetzungen: Research-Masterseminar; Open for advanced BA-students Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Presentation (20%), Peer review (20%), Research design paper (60%) Prüfungsmodus / Credits: aktive Teilnahme/Referat/Essay (benotet) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: viktoria.jansesberger@uni-konstanz.de; anna-lena.hoenig@uni-konstanz.de Material: Available on OLAT Literatur - Albertus, M., Brambor, T., & Ceneviva, R. (2018). Land inequality and rural unrest: Theory and evidence from Brazil. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 62(3), 557-596. - Bartusevicius, H., & van Leeuwen, F. (2022). Poor prospects—not inequality—motivate political violence. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 66(7-8), 1393-1421. - Cederman, L. E., Weidmann, N. B., & Bormann, N. C. (2015). Triangulating horizontal inequality: Toward improved conflict analysis. Journal of Peace Research, 52(6), 806-821. - Collier, P., & Hoeffler, A. (2004). Greed and grievance in civil war. Oxford Economic Papers, 56(4), 563– 595. 30 Research Designs and Methods in Qualitative Studies Dozent/in: Dr. oec. Tobias Schulz Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 19.02.2025 FRO, 3.B47 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: This seminar enables students to design and conduct their own empirical research projects. It provides the necessary foundations and facilitating conditions for writing a method paper (Methodenseminararbeit), an empirical paper (Masterseminararbeit) or the master thesis (Masterarbeit). It introduces the basic elements of a research design, discusses core methods of qualitative studies (different kinds of case studies and different kinds of text analysis), and guides students step by step through the development of an empirical research paper. To that end, the lecturers will provide helpful advice for each step of a research process, including: - formulating a precise and focused research question - scrutinizing the state of the art in order to deduce hypotheses or other expectations - describing the applied method as tool for a systematic approach towards the empirical material - justifying the selection and definition of cases or empirical material - collecting/generating and analyzing/interpreting data, and - answering the research question and reflecting on the wider implications of the findings. The course will be based on text books and encourages the discussion of published articles that apply these research designs and methods. The participants will have to solve short assignments for both families of qualitative research designs. In addition, they will formulate an abstract in which they scrutinize the research design of their own individual project. Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: The students will receive 4 ECTS for the successful participation of the course and another 6 ECTS if they write a research paper afterwards. Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme, Referat (4 Cr) Kontakt: tobias.schulz@doz.unilu.ch Material: All material will be provided on OLAT Literatur - Blatter, J., M. Haverland und M. van Hulst (2016): Introduction. In: Blatter, J., M. Haverland und M. van Hulst (eds.): Qualitative Research in Political Science. Volume I, Los Angeles et al.: SAGE - Blatter, J./M. Haverland (2014): Designing Case Studies. Explanatory Approaches in Small-N Research. Palgrave. - Lindekilde, L. (2014): Discourse and Frame Analysis: In-Depth Analysis of Qualitative Data in Social Movement Research, in: della Porta, D. (Ed.), Methodological Practices in Social Movement Research. Oxford University Press, Oxford, pp. 195-227. - Krippendorff, K. (2019): Content Analysis: An Introduction to its Methodology – 4th edition. Sage, Beverly Hills. 31 Seminare Proseminar zur Vorlesung «Einführung in die Schweizer Politik» Dozent/in: Dr. des. Zora Föhn Veranstaltungsart: Proseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 18.02.2025 FRO, HS 11 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Dieses Proseminar ist als ergänzende Veranstaltung zur Vorlesung „Einführung in die Schweizer Politik“ konzipiert. Ziel ist es, die in der Vorlesung angesprochenen Aspekte thematisch zu vertiefen. Vertieft werden die Themen entlang des Weges einer Initiative von der Konzeption über die Einreichung bis hin zur Abstimmung und Umsetzung. Mittels Textlektüre bereiten sich die Teilnehmenden auf die Sitzungen vor. Im Seminar werden die Texte anhand von konkreten Fragestellungen diskutiert. Ein Schwerpunkt wird dabei auf das Verfassen von schriftlichen Arbeiten gelegt: Was sind gute Fragestellungen? Wie gehe ich vor beim Schreiben einer Arbeit? Wie zitiere ich richtig? Zu diesen und weiteren Fragen erhalten die Studierenden konkrete Hilfestellungen. Der Fokus liegt dabei stets auf Fragestellungen im Themenbereich Schweizer Politik. Voraussetzungen: Das Proseminar sollte begleitend zur Vorlesung Einführung in die Schweizer Politik besucht werden. Sprache: Deutsch Begrenzung: Begrenzung der Teilnehmendenzahl vorbehalten; bevorzugt werden Studierende des Grundstudiums. 30 Teilnehmer Prüfung / Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme/Essay (benotet) (4 Cr) Hinweise: Studienschwerpunkt: Schweizer Politik Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: zora.foehn@doz.unilu.ch Material: Unterrichtsmaterial wird auf OLAT zur Verfügung gestellt. Literatur - Linder, W. & Mueller, S. (2017). Schweizerische Demokratie. Institutionen, Prozesse, Perspektiven (4. Auflage). Bern: Haupt. 32 Proseminar zur Vorlesung «Einführung in die Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft» Dozent/in: Elisa Volpi, PhD, Prof. Oliver Strijbis, PhD Veranstaltungsart: Proseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Di., 25.02.2025, 14:15 - 16:00 FRO, 4.B51 Di., 04.03.2025, 14:15 - 18:00 FRO, 2.A05 Di., 25.03.2025, 14:15 - 18:00 FRO, 2.A05 Di., 08.04.2025, 14:15 - 18:00 FRO, HS14 Di., 15.04.2025, 14:15 - 18:00 INS 10, 214 Di., 29.04.2025, 14:15 - 18:00 INS 10, 214 Di., 13.05.2025, 14:15 - 18:00 INS 10, 214 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Diverse Termine am Dienstagnachmittag Inhalt: The proseminar offers, on the one hand, an in-depth examination of the content and methodology of the lecture “Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft” and, on the other hand, the practical application of the approaches discussed. Building on the thematic focus of the lecture, we will deal with original texts that correspond to the scientific state of the art and discuss the empirical approach and the causal arguments of the approaches. The course thus offers an introduction to the analysis of political science arguments. At the end of the course, students will be able to analyze the causal arguments and empirical approaches of basic texts in comparative politics. With the help of the knowledge they have acquired, students will be able to describe and analyze current political developments and the differences and similarities between the national political systems in Europe today. In addition to imparting elementary specialist knowledge, the aim is to introduce students to “comparative thinking” and to enable them to develop a research design. During the course students will hold a presentation on one of the texts listed in the Syllabus and write a research design. This research design will include a literature review that is developed as a “Recherchebericht” in the context of two sessions on information competence (“Informationskompetenz”) with subject librarian Dr. Daniel Geiger. Voraussetzungen: This seminar should be taken complementary to the lecture “Einführung in die Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft” Sprache: Englisch Begrenzung: Begrenzung der Teilnehmendenzahl vorbehalten; Studierende des Grundstudiums werden bevorzugt. Prüfung: Aktive Teilnahme, Essay (benotet) bzw. Vortrag (4 Cr) Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Research design (40%, graded) including literature review (‘Recherchebericht’, 10%) and presentation (50%, graded) (4 Cr) Hinweise: Studienschwerpunkt: Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft Im Rahmen dieser Lehrveranstaltung findet die Veranstaltung zur Recherche und Verwaltung von wissenschaftlicher Literatur statt (Informationskompetenz). Die Studierenden lernen für ihr Studium die Nutzung von Bibliothekskatalogen, Fachdatenbanken, wissenschaftlichen Suchmaschinen und Literaturverwaltungsprogammen sowie die Auswahl und Bewertung relevanter wissenschaftlicher Literatur kennen. Die Veranstaltung umfasst 6h, inklusive eines vierstündigen Workshops zusätzlich zu der Lehrveranstaltung und wird in Kooperation mit den Mitarbeitenden der Zentral- und Hochschulbibliothek Luzern durchgeführt. Die Veranstaltung inklusive des Workshops ist Teil der Studienleistungen. Anrechenbar für den Studienschwerpunkt Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft Bitte im eVV unter: "Informationskompetenz für Studierende der Politikwissenschaften und PPE mit Pol-major" anmelden. Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: evolpi@fus.edu; elisa.volpi@doz.unilu.ch ostrijbis@fus.edu Material: Pflichtlektüre und Seminarmaterialien zugänglich auf Online-Plattform OLAT Literatur - Caramani, Daniele (2017). Comparative Politics. Oxford University Press. - Newton, Kenneth and Jan W. van Deth (2010). Foundations of Comparative Politics. 2nd edition. Cambridge University Press. 33 Culture and Politics Dozent/in: Álvaro Canalejo-Molero, PhD Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Fr., 28.02.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B02 Fr., 21.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B55 Fr., 11.04.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B55 Sa., 24.05.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 4.B02 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: Content: Why citizens of Eastern Germany are more likely to vote for the radical right? Why do people turn out to vote even if their likelihood of influencing the election outcome is minimal? How is it possible that support for LGBTQi+ policies increases simultaneously with support for conservative parties? Traditional political science accounts focusing on voters' rationality and institutions fall short of explanatory power to answer these and related questions. Instead, cultural explanations are gaining prominence, and the increasing availability of digitalized historical and text data has provided the ground to test them systematically. Following this trend, this course introduces students to the developing subfield of Political Culture, with a particular focus on applications in political behavior topics. The course combines a well-curated reading list with introductory lectures and seminar discussions to foster critical thinking about the role of culture in politics. Students who take this course will acquire the skills to analyze political behavior from a cultural perspective, developing original research ideas and successful designs to test them. The course is organized as a block seminar that will run during the Spring term of 2025. Each block will consist of three/four sessions concentrated on Fridays. The first block will introduce the core conceptual tools in the study of political culture, such as the concepts of social norms, group identity or cultural transmission. The second and third blocks will then delve into specific political behavior topics revisited from a cultural perspective, such as voting preferences, electoral turnout or inter-group relations. We will also investigate the interaction between political and cultural change and assess the conditions under which they may reinforce or contain each other. Finally, students will present original ideas related to the course topics and a research design to test them. Lernziele: By the end of this course, students will be able to: - (knowledge) approach political topics from a cultural perspective. They will have a clear notion of the concepts of social norms, social identity, cultural origins, transmission and persistence. Moreover, they will have a clear overview of the main cultural explanations of political behavior phenomena. - (competence - critical reading) read scientific articles critically, and connect ideas from different fields, such as cultural sociology, historical political economy, and political behavior, in an interdisciplinary manner. - (competence - research skills) develop original ideas, frame them within the relevant literature, turn them into testable hypotheses, and come up with feasible research designs to test them. - (competence - writing skills) write critical response papers to scientific articles on political culture topics. They will also be able to organize a research design plan meeting scientific standards. - (competence - communication) debate in front of and with their colleagues; communicate complex concepts effectively to a broad audience. Voraussetzungen: Advanced level of English. Basic knowledge of statistics and quantitative research design is an asset but it is not required. Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: There is no written exam. The evaluation will take place via response papers to the readings, a written research proposal and an oral presentation of the proposal. To receive the credits, students are expected to fulfil the following criteria: 1. Attend all the sessions 2. Study the mandatory readings before each session 34 3. Participate actively during class 4. Write two response papers 5. Write a research proposal 6. Present their research proposal 7. Serve as discussant of one presentation Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Active participation, Presentation, Research design paper/ 4 Credits (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: alvaro.canalejo@unilu.ch Material: Individual laptop Literatur - This list should be taken as orientative, since it might suffer changes before the beginning of the course: - Henrich, J., Heine, S. J., & Norenzayan, A. (2010). The weirdest people in the world? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 33 (2–3), 61–83, discussion 83–135. - Jared Rubin (2020). Culture in Historical Political Economy. - Henrich, J. (2015). *The Secret of Our Success: How Culture Is Driving Human Evolution, Domesticating Our Species, and Making Us Smarter*. - Lena, J. C., Lizardo, O., McDonnell, T. E., Mische, A., Tavory, I., Wherry, F. F. V., ... & Frye, M. (2019). *Measuring culture*. Columbia University Press. - Bicchieri, C. (2016). Norms in the wild: How to diagnose, measure, and change social norms. Oxford University Press. - Huddy, L. (2001). From Social to Political Identity: A Critical Examination of Social Identity Theory. Political Psychology, 22(1), 127–156. https://doi.org/10.1111/0162-895X.00230 - Axelrod, R. (1997). The dissemination of culture: A model with local convergence and global polarization. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 41(2), 203–226. - Lowes, Sara. (2022).“Culture in Historical Political Economy”. National Bureau of Economic Research, no. w30511. - Ziblatt, D., Hilbig, H., & Bischof, D. (2023). Wealth of Tongues: Why Peripheral Regions Vote for the Radical Right in Germany. American Political Science Review, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0003055423000862 - Domènech, J., & Sánchez-Cuenca, I. (2022). The Long Shadow of Agrarian Conflict: Agrarian Inequality and Voting in Spain. British Journal of Political Science, 52(4), 1668–1688. - Gerber, A. S., Green, D. P., & Larimer, C. W. (2008). Social Pressure and Voter Turnout: Evidence from a Large-Scale Field Experiment. American Political Science Review, 102(1), 33–48. https://doi.org/10.1017/S000305540808009X - Doherty, D., Dowling, C. M., Gerber, A. S., & Huber, G. A. (2017). Are Voting Norms Conditional? How Electoral Context and Peer Behavior Shape the Social Returns to Voting. The Journal of Politics, 79(3), 1095–1100. https://doi.org/10.1086/691689 - Levendusky, M. S. (2018). Americans, Not Partisans: Can Priming American National Identity Reduce Affective Polarization? The Journal of Politics, 80(1), 59–70. https://doi.org/10.1086/693987 - Turnbull-Dugarte, S. J., & López Ortega, A. (2023). Instrumentally Inclusive: The Political Psychology of Homonationalism. American Political Science Review, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0003055423000849 - Valentim, V. (2022). Political Stigmatization and Preference Falsification: Theory and Observational Evidence (SSRN Scholarly Paper 4023263). https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4023263 - Dinas, E., Martínez, S., & Valentim, V. (2023). Social Norm Change, Political Symbols, and Expression of Stigmatized Preferences. The Journal of Politics. https://doi.org/10.1086/726951 - Bau, N. (2021). Can Policy Change Culture? Government Pension Plans and Traditional Kinship Practices. American Economic Review, 111(6), 1880–1917. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20190098 - Tankard, M. E., & Paluck, E. L. (2017). The effect of a Supreme Court decision regarding gay marriage on social norms and personal attitudes. Psychological Science, 28(9), 1334–1344. - Gándara, N. (2023). ‘We are your pack’: Feminist Social Movements on Countering Violence Against Women - Anduiza, E., & Rico, G. (2022). Sexism and the Far-Right Vote: The Individual Dynamics of Gender Backlash. American Journal of Political Science. https://doi.org/10.1111/ajps.12759 35 Democracy, Autocratisation and Resistance Dozent/in: Dr. phil. Antoinette Scherz / Attila Mráz, Ph.D. Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Fr., 07.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Sa., 08.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Fr., 02.05.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B52 Sa., 03.05.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B52 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockseminar Inhalt: After the hopeful waves of democratization in the 1990s and early 2000s, recent decades have witnessed a troubling trend of (re-)autocratization and democratic erosion, both in Europe and across the globe. Democracy remains the gold standard for evaluating the moral evaluation of states and political institutions in public discourse and academic debates. Yet, its current crisis demands a deeper exploration of what democracy truly entails, why it matters, and how we can respond strategically and morally to its decline. This seminar will tackle pressing questions such as: What distinguishes a faltering democracy from an outright autocracy? When does a state cease to be democratic? What are the normative implications of this assessment for its legitimacy and authority? How should domestic and international actors resist autocratization or democratic decline? What responsibilities do citizens have toward a declining democracy or an autocratic state? The seminar critically examines foundational debates on legitimacy, the nature and value of electoral democracy, and the ethics of resistance to injustice, including civil disobedience, in light of the contemporary crises facing democracy. Drawing on key concepts and arguments from political theory, while integrating insights from comparative political science, this course provides a normative perspective on de-democratization and autocratization. Lernziele: The objectives of the seminar are that students: a. are able to reconstruct fundamental concepts and key debates in the normative theories of democracy, autocratization and resistance; b. are able to compare these theories, and related concepts in political theory and comparative political science; c. are able to critically analyse and assess concepts, arguments, theories, and institutional designs presented in demanding theoretical texts; d. are able to synthesize the key terms and arguments of the discussed texts, both orally and in writing. Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: No exam. Active participation, answering of reading questions, podcast episode on one text and response to someone else’s podcast in writing/ 4CR. Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Presentation, Group work and active participation (graded) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: antoinette.scherz@philosophy.su.se; mraz.attila@btk.elte.hu; Material: Wird auf OLAT publiziert Literatur Wird auf OLAT publiziert 36 Feministische Politische Theorien Dozent/in: Dr. phil. Johannes Schulz Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 18.02.2025 FRO, 3.B55 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Wöchentlich Inhalt: Die überraschend deutliche, erneute Wahl von Donald Trump zum Präsidenten der USA hat viele Stimmen auf den Plan gerufen, die von einer Niederlage einer realitätsfremden Elite sprechen, die sich statt um die ökonomischen Sorgen der einfachen Menschen den zunehmend radikalen Projekten linksliberaler Minderheiten verpflichtet hat. Angesichts der deutlichen Mehrheit an Männern, die Trump gewählt haben, ist dabei auch die angebliche Abgehobenheit feministischer Anliegen und Theorien in die Kritik geraten. Genau in einem solchen Moment ist es wichtig, sich auf die Bedeutung dieser Anliegen und den Ursprung dieser Theorien zurückzubesinnen. Hierbei wird nicht nur deutlich, dass viele der zentralen feministischen Anliegen, etwa der Kampf gegen sexuellen Missbrauch, keineswegs realitätsfremd, sondern in der Lebensrealität nicht nur von Frauen und non- binären Personen, sondern auch von Männern, fest verwurzelt sind. Sie gehen deshalb nicht bloss eine kleine Elite, sondern uns alle etwas an. Es soll auch klar werden, dass es sich beim Feminismus keineswegs um eine einheitliche ideologische Gruppierung handelt, sondern um ein Untersuchungsfeld, das genauso pluralistisch und von Auseinandersetzungen geprägt ist wie andere zentrale Felder der Politischen Theorie und Philosophie (und diese methodisch und inhaltlich nachhaltig geprägt hat). In diesem Seminar soll der Fokus deshalb gerade auch auf den Auseinandersetzungen zwischen unterschiedlichen Strömungen liegen: etwa zwischen Kritikerinnen von Prostitution, Pornographie (oder gar jeglicher Form von heterosexuellem Sex) als mit der Emanzipation von Frauen unvereinbar und solchen die emanzipative Potentiale in diesen Praktiken ergründen. Letztlich wird hierbei auch deutlich, dass einige feministische Denkerinnen die Eingangs angedeutete Sorge teilen, dass ein identitätspolitisch eingeengter Feminismus, der nicht ernsthaft versucht den Zusammenhang zwischen der Unterdrückung von Frauen und ökonomischer Ungleichheit und Unsicherheit herzustellen, im schlimmsten Fall das transformative Potential des Feminismus nicht bloss hemmt, sondern in sein Gegenteil verkehrt. Bei alldem besteht kein Anspruch die Fülle feministischer Politischer Theorien zu ergründen. Stattdessen werfen wir ausgewählte Schlaglichter auf ausgewählte Debatten. Wir lesen Texte, unter anderem, von Linda Alcoff, Donna Haraway, Simone de Beauvoir, Carol Pateman, Kate Manne, Amia Srinivasan, Iris M. Young, Chandra T. Mohanty, Judith Butler, Nancy Fraser oder Wendy Brown. Voraussetzungen: Idealerweise sollte bereits (mindestens) ein Proseminar im Bereich Politische Theorie/Philosophie besucht worden sein. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Regelmässige Kommentare zu den gelesenen Texten im OLAT-Forum Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Referat, Essay) (4 Cr) Hinweise: Die Mehrzahl der Texte werden wir in englischer Sprache lesen Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: johannes.schulz@unilu.ch Literatur Wir lesen Texte, unter anderem, von: Linda Alcoff / Donna Haraway / Simone de Beauvoir / Carol Pateman / Kate Manne / Amia Srinivasan / Iris M. Young / Chandra T. Mohanty / Judith Butler / Nancy Fraser / Wendy Brown 37 Nationalismus, Demokratie und Friedensförderung Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Daniel Bochsler Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Do., 22.05.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, HS 14 Fr., 23.05.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B55 Mo., 02.06.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Di., 03.06.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockseminar Inhalt: Nationalismus und Demokratie verbindet eine Hassliebe. Am Ursprung der modernen Demokratie stand die nationale Souveränität im Vordergrund; der Nationalismus stand für die Befreiung des Volkes von autoritärer Herrschaft, stattdessen sollte die nationale Selbstbestimmung treten. Heute wird der Nationalismus aber oft als Feind der liberalen Demokratie apostrophiert: Jüngere Regimetransitionen waren oftmals von ethnonationalischer Mobilisierung und Radikalisierung begleitet, die teilweise in Separatismus, ethnischen Kriegen oder Ethnokratien, und einem Zusammenbruch der Demokratie mündeten. Dieses Seminar beleuchtet einerseits diese Wechselbeziehung von Nationalismus und Demokratie. Andererseits diskutieren wir über Erfolgsmodelle der Demokratisierung von multikulturellen Ländern und Nachkriegsgesellschaften: Welche Instrumente bietet das Peacebuilding und das 'Institutionelle Engineering' an, welche Rolle kommt externen Garantiestaaten zu, und wie verhält sich Transitional Justice zu Friedensverhandlungen? Das Seminar basiert auf verschiedenen politikwissenschaftlichen Perspektiven auf ethnische Politik und multikulturelle Demokratien; insbesondere diskutieren wir Werke zu politischen Regimen und Regimetransitionen, Wahlen und Parteien, sozialen Bewegungen, Modellen der Demokratie, und zum internationalen 'Peacebuilding'. Empirisch führt uns das Seminar durch die Literatur zu ethnisch geteilten Ländern weltweit, und sowohl quantitative als auch qualitative Studien. Lernziele: - Die Studierenden lernen Konzepte der vergleichenden Politik kennen und wenden sie an. - Die Studierenden können politische Regime analysieren. - Die Studierenden erhalten einen Einblick in aktuelle Probleme des Ethno- Nationalismus. - Die Studierenden üben sich in der vergleichenden Forschung, und erhalten ein besseres Verständnis vergleichender Analysen. Voraussetzungen: Interesse an Gesellschaften auch ausserhalb Westeuropas. Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Referat, Essay Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Essay) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: bochslerd@ceu.edu Literatur - Snyder, Jack. 2000. From Voting to Violence: Democratisation and Nationalist Conflict. London: Norton, pp. 15-43. - Centeno, Miguel Angel. 2002. Blood and Debt. War and the Nation-State in Latin America. University Park (PA): Pennsylvania State University Press., pp.1-26 and 217-260. - Onuch, Olga, and Henry E. Hale. 2018. "Capturing ethnicity: the case of Ukraine." Post-Soviet Affairs 34 (2-3): 86-106. - Bochsler, Daniel, Elliott Green, Erin K. Jenne, Harris Mylonas, and Andreas Wimmer. 2021. "Exchange on the quantitative measurement of ethnic and national identity." Nations and Nationalism 27 (1):22-40. - Posner, Daniel N. (2004) 'The Political Salience of Cultural Difference: Why Chewas and Tumbukas Are Allies in Zambia and Adversaries in Malawi', American Political Science Review 98(4): 529-545. 38 - Wilkinson, Steven. 2004. Votes and Violence. Electoral Competition and Ethnic Riots in India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 19-62. - Collier, Paul, & Hoeffler, Anke (2004). Greed and grievance in civil war. Oxford Economic Papers, 56(4), 563–595. - Cederman, Lars-Erik. 2019. Blood for Soil. The Fatal Temptations of Ethnic Politics. Foreign Affairs 98 (2):61-8. - Andeweg, Rudy B. 2015. "Consociationalism." In Encyclopedia of Race, Ethnicity, and Nationalism, ed. J. Stone et al.: Wiley Blackwell, 1-3. - Bochsler, Daniel, and Andreas Juon. 2021. "Power-sharing and the quality of democracy." European Political Science Review 13 (4):411-30. - Reilly, Benjamin (2001) Democracy in Divided Societies. Electoral Engineering for Conflict Management. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.1-26. - Anderson, Liam. 2014. "Ethnofederalism. The Worst Form of Institutional Arrangement?" International Security 39 (1):165-204. - Zürcher, Christoph. 2018. "A theory of democratisation through peace-building." Conflict, Security & Development 18 (4):283-99. - Snyder, Jack and Leslie Vinjamuri (2003) 'Trials and Errors. Principle and Pragmatism in Strategies of International Justice', International Security 28(3): 5-44. 39 Sustainable Rural Development Dozent/in: Dr. Tim Christian Wegenast Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: 14-täglich Do., 12:15 - 16:00, ab 06.03.2025 FRO, 4.B02 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: In Sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia, most of the population still lives in rural areas, with a large share employed in agriculture. However, pressure on land in these regions has intensified due to factors such as large-scale land acquisitions, mineral extraction, industrial expansion, climate change, and urbanization. Development theorists agree that improved land governance is crucial for poverty reduction, addressing climate-related food insecurity, promoting sustainable livelihoods, fostering socio-ecological resilience, and supporting inclusive development. In this course, we will examine how the use and management of agricultural and grazing land impact local communities. Specifically, we will analyze how various governance approaches can either mitigate or worsen risks linked to resource extraction and land use, such as environmental degradation, limited employment opportunities, food insecurity, and social inequality. To promote secure rural livelihoods, we need a deeper understanding of how food systems, agricultural production methods, land governance structures, and institutional contexts shape local sustainable development. The seminar will provide an overview of how property rights and governance systems can influence the efficient and sustainable use of land. Students will be encouraged to think in a transdisciplinary manner, bridging diverse fields and translating evidence-based research into policy recommendations and actionable solutions for contemporary rural challenges. Lernziele: • Learning about policies and institutional conditions capable of producing socially and environmentally more acceptable forms of land use • Encouraging debate and critical thinking on sustainable local livelihoods by highlighting how institutions may shape the production, distribution, and consumption of scarce resources • Understanding distributive struggles over the costs and benefits of land use • Learning to read theoretical literature and empirical contributions • Developing an understanding of transdisciplinary approaches by learning to bridge multiple disciplines and integrate evidence-based research with policy considerations and practical, context-sensitive solutions. Voraussetzungen: Willingness to engage in reading, to actively participate in group work, and contribute to class discussions. Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: • Two presentations in class (30% and 50%) • Participation in class discussions and group work (20%) Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Presentation, group work and active participation (graded) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: tim.wegenast@uni-konstanz.de Material: Wird auf OLAT publiziert Literatur - Antle John M. and Srabashi Ray. 2020. Sustainable Agricultural Development: An Economic Perspective. London: Palgrave Macmillan. - Clapp, Jennifer. 2020. Food. Cambridge: Polity Press, 3rd edition. - FAO. 2017. Strengthening Sector Policies for Better Food Security and Nutrition Results. Rome: Food and Agricultural Organization. Full reading list will be provided in the syllabus via OLAT 40 Toleranz und ihre Grenzen in der Demokratie Dozent/in: PD Dr. Andrea Schlenker Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Fr., 28.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B57 Sa., 29.03.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 3.B57 Fr., 16.05.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B57 Sa., 17.05.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 3.B57 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: "Um tolerant zu sein, muss man die Grenzen dessen, was nicht tolerierbar ist, festlegen" (Umberto Eco). In Zeiten von Hate Speech und vermeintlich zunehmender gesellschaftlicher Polarisierung scheinen sich die Grenzen des Tolerierbaren zu verschieben. Toleranz als grundlegende Norm jeder Demokratie umfasst die Bereitschaft, auch entgegengesetzte oder ungeliebte Meinungen und Eigenschaften sowie die Individuen und Gruppen, die sie vertreten, als gleichberechtigte Teilnehmende am demokratischen Prozess zu betrachten. Doch wo darf oder muss diese Bereitschaft enden? Intoleranz in der einen oder anderen Form nährt Exklusion, Diskriminierung bis hin zu gewaltsamen Konflikten weltweit. Weshalb ist Toleranz ein so zentraler Wert in Demokratien? Was beeinflusst tolerante Einstellungen und tolerantes Verhalten? Wo sind die Grenzen der Toleranz erreicht und welche Werte braucht es in einer Demokratie darüber hinaus? Was ist insbesondere das Verhältnis von Toleranz zu Anerkennung und Vertrauen? Diese Fragen werden im Seminar behandelt. Dabei wird zunächst eine eingehende Konzeptanalyse sowie demokratietheoretische Einordnung vorgenommen, bevor wir uns empirisch vergleichenden Studien, konkreten Einflussfaktoren und einzelnen inhaltlichen Kontroversen zuwenden. Lernziele: Die Studierenden kennen die demokratietheoretische Bedeutung, normative wie konzeptionelle Debatten rund um Toleranz und die Frage, wo diese endet. Mit Blick auf das Ausmaß von Toleranz als empirisches Phänomen sind unterschiedliche Analysedimensionen bekannt und können von anderen Grundwerten einer Demokratie differenziert werden. Die Studierenden kennen zentrale Zusammenhänge, Einflussfaktoren und Spannungen in diesem Themenfeld und können sie an konkreten Beispielen vor allem in europäischen Ländern veranschaulichen. Voraussetzungen: Vorkenntnisse in den Bereichen Politische Theorie, Methoden und Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft sind erwünscht. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Regelmäßige Vorbereitung der Lektüre, aktive Teilnahme an den Diskussionen, Referat / 4CR Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Regelmäsige, aktive Teilnahme, Textfragen, Referat, Essay (benotet) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: Andrea.Schlenker@caritas.de Material: Pflichtlektüre und Seminarmaterialien zugänglich auf Online-Plattform OLAT. Literatur - Forst, Rainer (Hg.) 2000: Toleranz. Philosophische Grundlagen und gesellschaftliche Praxis einer umstrittenen Tugend, Frankfurt am Main. - Honneth, Axel 1992: Kampf um Anerkennung. Zur moralischen Grammatik sozialer Konflikte, Frankfurt/ M. - Galeotti, Anna E. 2006: Identity, Difference, Toleration, in: Dryzek, Honig, Phillips (Hg.) 2006: The Oxford Handbook of Political Theory: 564-580. - Sniderman, Paul M. et al. 1996: The Clash of Rights: Liberty, Equality, and Legitimacy in Pluralist Democracy, New Haven. - Widmalm, S. 2016: Political tolerance in the global south: Images of India, Pakistan and Uganda. London, England: Routledge 41 Gender and Politics Dozent/in: Marta Fraile-Maldonado, Ph.D. Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Do., 12.06.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B47 Fr., 13.06.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B47 Sa., 14.06.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 3.B47 Mo., 16.06.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B47 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: This course focuses on the comparative study of women and politics and on the barriers that women face in obtaining positions of power in the political realm. Historically, politics has been a male-dominated sphere from which women have been largely excluded. The participation of women in politics however has extended over the last decades around the world. Not only women have attained the right to vote and stand for office in many countries, they have also mobilized, organized, affiliated to women’s movement, and have won offices in national, regional, and local governments. Women entering the political realm have contributed to shifting the way politics is done and the type of policies that are given priority across the world. Yet the extent to which this happens greatly varies across countries and regions around the world. What explains these differences? Why have some political systems more fruitfully integrated women into politics than others? Do men and women substantively differ in the way they understand and get involved in politics? Is there a gender gap in political engagement and ambition? Once in power, do women govern differently than men? These are just a few of the questions we will seek to answer in this course through the exploration of research on women in democratic politics. Lernziele: - Familiarizing students with the study of politics from a gender perspective - Learning how to apply a gender perspective to the analysis of politics and power. - Critically analyze the effect of gender and stereotypes on electoral politics, policymaking and the supply and demand for candidates. Voraussetzungen: The course requires knowledge of written and spoken English Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Active participation in the debates guided by Prof. Fraile, oral engagement; short presentation and one response paper Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Active participation, Presentation, Research design paper/ 4 Credits (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: marta.fraile@csic.es (https://sites.google.com/site/martafrailemaldonado/) Material: Available on OLAT Literatur Will be available via OLAT 42 Gletscher-Initiative und Klimaschutzgesetz: The Making-of – Dr. phil. h.c. Marcel Hänggi Dozent/in: Dr. phil. Marcel Hänggi Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Mi., 19.02.2025, 10:15 - 12:00 FRO, HS 12 Wöchentlich Mi., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 26.02.2025 FRO, HS 14 Mi., 19.03.2025, 10:15 - 12:00 FRO, HS 11 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Wöchentlich Inhalt: Um die Klimakrise zu begrenzen, brauchen wir «rapid and far reaching system transitions unprecedented in terms of scale», sagt das IPCC (SR1.5 2018). Wie kann sich eine Gesellschaft demokratisch auf eine solche Transformation verständigen? Taugt die spezifisch schweizerische Form der Demokratie dafür? Am Beispiel der 2019 lancierten Gletscher-Initiative und des 2023 an der Urne angenommenen Klimaschutzgesetzes – des indirekten Gegenvorschlags zur Gletscher-Initiative – wollen wir in diesem Seminar untersuchen, was die direkte Demokratie leisten kann und wo sie an Grenzen stösst. Wie entsteht eine Volksinitiative; wie wird ein Klimagesetz erarbeitet? Was sind die wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen und wie gelangt wissenschaftliche Expertise in die politische Debatte? Welche Rolle spielen Lobbys, welche die Medien? Wie wichtig ist so Hartes wie Geld und so Ephemeres wie persönliche Eitelkeiten, wenn neues Recht entsteht? Müsste Demokratie weiterentwickelt werden – und wie? Marcel Hänggi hat die Gletscher-Initiative lanciert, an der Entstehung des Klimaschutzgesetzes an der Schnittstelle zwischen Wissenschaft und Politik mitgewirkt und beobachtet Klimawissenschaft und Klimapolitik seit zwei Jahrzehnten als Journalist und Buchautor. Lernziele: Sie bekommen einen Einblick in die Mechanismen des Gesetzgebungsprozesses von der Idee bis zur Umsetzung. Sie denken darüber nach, wie demokratische Prozesse weiterentwickelt werden müssten und könnten, um den multiplen Umweltkrisen gerecht zu werden. Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Referat, Protokoll, Aktive Teilnahme Sie gestalten alleine oder zu zweit Seminarsitzung und diskutieren in allen Sitzungen aktiv mit Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Referat) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: mail@mhaenggi.ch Literatur Lesen Sie vorbereitend: - Marcel Hänggi: «Comment j'ai tout plaqué après la COP21 pour pousser la Suisse à respecter l'accord de Paris», in: Heidi, 10. November 2022 - Ders.: «Die Klimakrise bedroht uns in der Existenz. Was hilft da eine Volksinitiative?», in: Republik, 13. Juli 2023, sowie in: Manuel Grebenjak (Hg.): Kipppunkte. Strategien im Ökosystem der Klimabewegung, Unrast Verlag 2024 - Empfohlen (fakultativ): Ders.: Null Öl. Null Gas. Null Kohle. Wie Klimapolitik gelingt. 2. Auflage, Zürich 2019 (das Buch zur Gletscher-Initiative) http://www.mhaenggi.ch/texte/comment-jai-tout-plaque-apres-la-cop21-pour-pousser-la-suisse-a-respecter-laccord-de-paris http://www.mhaenggi.ch/texte/comment-jai-tout-plaque-apres-la-cop21-pour-pousser-la-suisse-a-respecter-laccord-de-paris https://www.republik.ch/2023/07/13/die-klimakrise-bedroht-uns-in-der-existenz-was-hilft-da-eine-volksinitiative http://www.mhaenggi.ch/null-oumll-null-gas-null-kohle.html 43 Global Political Theory Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Hans-Martin Jaeger Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Fr., 02.05.2025, 09:15 - 16:45 FRO, 4.B02 Sa., 03.05.2025, 09:15 - 15:45 FRO, 3.B01 Fr., 09.05.2025, 09:15 - 16:45 FRO, 3.B55 Sa., 10.05.2025, 09:15 - 15:45 FRO, 3.B47 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: With the rise of China and authoritarian-populist politics in the West and elsewhere, the notion of a crisis of liberal international order has become commonplace. The discipline of International Relations typically makes sense of this crisis with reference to established, largely realist and liberal traditions of international thought and practice. However, the question of international or global order, liberal or otherwise, has also been of at least implicit concern in contemporary political thought, as attested by the recent formation of a corresponding field of International or Global Political Theory. The latter typically investigates issues such as war and violence, global poverty and inequality, sovereignty and (global) democracy, or human rights and humanitarian intervention from a normative perspective. While acknowledging the importance of these issues, this course takes a more ontological than normative approach to global political theory focused on questions around the nature of international or global order itself. In inevitably selective fashion, we will investigate four (internally heterogeneous) modes of contemporary political thought (from the early 20th to the early 21st century) with a view to how their proponents theorize the political and the international or global (in very different ways) as anterior and/or contingent conditions for contemporary world order (which as such frame any normative application). The four selected modes of contemporary political thought range from existentialist-phenomenological (Schmitt, Arendt) and liberal-cosmopolitan (Habermas, Beck) to post-/decolonial (Fanon, Mignolo) and new materialist/posthumanist approaches (Latour, Mitchell; Mbembe). Substantively, these approaches address questions of international/global order in relation to international law and constitutionalism, technology and risk, existential and cultural difference, colonialism and violence, leadership and virtual reality, democracy, climate change and postcolonial politics. While largely rooted within Western perspectives, the challenge for the approaches to global political theory discussed in this course is to provide orientation in an increasingly post- Western world. Lernziele: By the end of this course, students should be able to - identify and differentiate the theoretical premises of the selected approaches in contemporary political thought; - describe central concepts and claims of the political thinkers and theories discussed in the course in relation to questions of world order; - understand the significance of these concepts and claims in their respective historical contexts and discuss their relevance to contemporary world politics; - comparatively and critically assess the contributions and limitations of different theories and approaches in contemporary global political theory. - Generally, assignments and class activities are also intended to hone students’ analytical, interpretative, and communication skills in speech and writing. Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Class participation, class presentation, short review essay Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Essay) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: hans-martin_jaeger@carleton.ca Literatur See course syllabus on OLAT 44 International Climate and Energy Politics Dozent/in: Dr. Patrick Bayer Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Mi., 04.06.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Do., 05.06.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Fr., 06.06.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockseminar Inhalt: Despite overwhelming scientific evidence for the need to decarbonise our economies to meet the Paris Agreement’s 1.5°C temperature target and a proliferation of “net zero” targets, hardly any country is on track to meet these commitments. Countries moreover differ vastly in their climate and energy policy choice, be it in terms of promoting renewables, phasing out coal, relying on transition fuels, such as gas, or clinging on to nuclear power as a carbon-free alternative. This class asks why these differences are so persistent and turns to differences in political systems, institutions, and political incentives for explanations. The first two days of the block course teach theoretical foundations derived from theories of political science, political economy, and international relations to help us assess and understand differences in climate and energy politics around the world. We will specifically focus on the role of interests and institutions and how they translate preferences into political outcomes. In doing so, we will seek to answer questions such as these: why are international climate negotiations so difficult? Are democrats better environmental stewards than autocracies? What role does public opinion play for the formulation of climate policies? Do firms always oppose more progressive climate policy? And how do environmental disasters matter for political behaviour? On the third day, we will use the developed knowledge in a simulation exercise in which students will role play country delegations that participate in a UNFCCC climate summit to negotiate an agreement on the global phase-out of fossil fuels. This interactive, group activity will zero in on the importance of interests, institutions, and questions of climate justice. Lernziele: Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - demonstrate an understanding of key political, economic, and environmental aspects of international climate and energy politics; - critically apply appropriate theories and concepts to interpret and explain the complex interactions between climate change, energy transitions, and international relations; - examine the role of interests and institutions within international climate and energy politics; - synthesise arguments and evidence from diverse and reliable sources when composing their own reasoned arguments; - evaluate whether and how climate change and the global energy transition may transform specific aspects of international relations and interactions between states. Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Reading summaries (due before the course); active participation during class; brief reflective report as debrief of classroom simulation. (No exam.) Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Essay) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: patrick.bayer@glasgow.ac.uk Literatur See course syllabus on OLAT 45 Political Persuasion in a Digital Reality Dozent/in: Cathrine Valentin Kjaer, MSc Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Fr., 07.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B55 Sa., 08.03.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 3.B01 Fr., 21.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B52 Sa., 22.03.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 3.B01 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: This course introduces the key arguments about political persuasion within the field of political behavior and will critically assess the relevance of these arguments in a digital context. The first part of the course will introduce the key arguments about political persuasion within the field of political behavior. We will walk through the classical arguments of political persuasion: Which actors have traditionally been understood as influential political actors and why? What are the mechanisms by which these actors are influencing their audience? We will go through the main actors and arguments one by one. This part of the course will introduce the classical arguments for the persuasive power of parties, friends, media, and celebrities. Moreover, it will provide an introduction to traditional theories of influence that explain the persuasive power of each of these actors. In the second part of the course, we will critically assess the relevance of these persuasive mechanisms in a digital context. To do so, we start discussing the structural differences between political persuasion online and offline — and if such a distinction is even meaningful. In this block, students will be introduced to more qualitative and critical contemporary diagnoses of ”the digital.” These texts are meant to introduce key discussions among scholars of the digital space. What is different in a digital space? What are the main discussions? This session will give students a good starting point for further research if they are interested in the digital sphere. In the third part of the course, we will look at more modern digital actors, such as influencers, YouTubers, streamers, etc., and discuss their role in politics. This session will introduce state-of-the-art literature on the persuasive power of modern digital actors. We will discuss how they have been theorized and the persuasive mechanisms driving their influence. Students will hand in a short essay and do a presentation discussing the role of modern digital actors in politics. For example, are the current arguments capturing all the mechanisms at play? If not, which are missing? What are the potentials and disadvantages of modern digital actors in politics? Can all actors utilize the digital space to the same extent? Or is it more suitable for some than others? Lernziele: - Students will be given a toolkit to link policy debates about digital actors to classical arguments in political behavior, giving them a strong foundation to critically reflect upon arguments presented to them and form their own. - Students will be introduced to the key arguments about political persuasion from the literature on political behavior. - Students will be introduced to contemporary diagnoses and debates about the digital sphere from s social science , computational social science and communication studies. - Students will be introduced to state-of-the-art literature on digital actors and their role in politics. - Students will gain experience engaging with research from various disciplines. Voraussetzungen: The course requires knowledge of written and spoken English Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Students will in group hand in a short essay and do a presentation. Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Active participation, Presentation, Research design paper/ 4 Credits (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: CathrineValentin.KJAER@eui.eu Material: Available on OLAT Literatur: See course syllabus on OLAT 46 The Developmental Welfare State Dozent/in: Alissa Siara, MSc., MRes. Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Fr., 14.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B57 Sa., 15.03.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 3.B57 Fr., 04.04.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B55 Sa., 05.04.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 3.B47 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: Despite significant economic progress, today’s low- and middle-income countries host the vast majority of people living in poverty; access to healthcare remains constrained; a considerable segment of the workforce operates within the informal economy; large portions of the urban population reside in squatter settlements; and while some countries approach universal education, student learning outcomes remain low. How are countries in the Global South addressing these issues, and why do responses vary across and within countries? Why are some social welfare programs expanding while others are being scaled back? How effective and inclusive are these policies? This seminar employs a political economy perspective to explore these questions. The seminar is divided into three parts. The first module introduces students to a political economy approach to studying social policy in the Global South. In the second module, we explore prominent social policies in the areas of social assistance, healthcare, labor markets, housing, and education. Applying the political economy framework, we analyze these real-world examples to grasp the political and economic forces that influenced the adoption of these policies and shaped their evolution. We also examine their impact on broader outcomes, including socioeconomic inequality, gender dynamics, and subjective well-being. In the third module, students are required to present a country case study on a social policy in a chosen country that answers the following question: "How have political and economic factors influenced the adoption and evolution of policy Y in country X, and how would you measure the impact this policy has had on outcome Z?" The seminar concludes with a reflection on the future of developmental welfare states. Lernziele: By the end of the course, students will have the necessary knowledge and skills to 1) comprehend the complexities of welfare regimes in the Global South, 2) understand how political and economic processes shape the adoption and evolution of social policy in low- and middle-income countries, and 3) critically engage with scholarly research evaluating the impact of social policies on socioeconomic outcomes such as gender, subjective well- being, and socioeconomic inequality. Voraussetzungen: The course requires knowledge of written and spoken English Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Each student must prepare a 15-minute presentation, during which they will develop a country case study that applies a political economy approach to study a chosen social policy. The presentation will constitute 100% of the final grade / 4CR Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Active participation, Presentation, Research design paper/ 4 Credits (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: alissa.siara@eui.eu Material: Available on OLAT Literatur See course syllabus on OLAT 47 The Politics of Climate Policy Dozent/in: Nina Lopez Uroz, MSc, MRes Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Einführungsveranstaltung: Mi., 26.02.2025, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO, HS 5 Termine: Fr., 14.03.2025, 08:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B55 Sa., 15.03.2025, 09:15 - 15:30 FRO, 4.B02 Do., 03.04.2025, 09:15 - 12:00 FRO, 4.A05 Do., 03.04.2025, 12:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Fr., 04.04.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: In this block seminar, students will gain the necessary knowledge to understand the political aspects of the climate crisis, with a specific focus on climate change mitigation policy. Students will learn about the origins of environmental crises, their effects on political systems, the potentialities and difficulties of finding solutions to them. The first part of the course focuses on understanding contemporary environmental crises through an interdisciplinary social sciences lens, introducing the key concepts of the course, as well as the fundamentals science behind climate change. The second part introduces students to the different ways to conceptualise the climate crisis as a political phenomenon. The third part will go deeper in the political challenges of climate policymaking and decarbonisation, drawing from the newest contributions from comparative politics and political economy. Lernziele: Topic-specific learning objectives include: - mobilising key concepts of climate politics ; - contrasting different approaches to framing the climate crisis and how they matter for policy solutions ; - understanding the policy options to tackling the climate crisis and critically reflecting on their drivers ; - engaging with most recent developments in environmental and climate politics research. More broadly, the course seeks the development of skills relating to: - engaging critically with recent academic scholarship; - identifying key messages in different approaches and weighing them against empirical observations; - preparing and giving oral presentations in English; - engaging with other students in class discussions. Voraussetzungen: The course requires knowledge of written and spoken English Introductory course to political science; Introductory course to public policy (optional) Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Two short response papers (due before the first teaching block); active participation during class; presentation during the second teaching block / 4 credits Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Active participation, Presentation, 4 Credits (4 Cr) Kontakt: nina.lopezuroz@eui.eu Material: Available on OLAT Literatur Available on OLAT 48 Utopian Narratives in Populism: From Historical Contexts to Contemporary Significance Dozent/in: Dr. Lynn Alena Roth Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mo., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 17.02.2025 INS 10, 220 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Wöchentlich Inhalt: This seminar critically investigates utopia as a vital concept in political theory, tracing its historical evolution, contestation, and the claims of its obsolescence within political discourse. Frequently dismissed as an outdated or impractical framework, utopia has faced criticism for its perceived inadequacy in addressing the complexities of modern society. However, this seminar will challenge such dismissals by exploring how utopian thinking remains deeply embedded in, and relevant to, populist movements. This course invites students to critically engage with the theoretical tensions and potential convergences between utopian thought and populism. Thus, the seminar has two main aims: 1. To explore the history of utopia from its origins in classical political theory through to its rejection as an outdated political framework. 2. To analyze and evaluate the persistence of utopian thought within populism, examining how populist movements leverage utopian consciousness and desires while recognizing the tensions that exist between utopian ideals and populist objectives. The seminar takes a dialectical approach: after tracing the historical trajectory of utopian thought, we will reintroduce its relevance and explore its intersections with contemporary populism. Through case studies of various populist movements, we will examine the complex interplay—and often friction—between utopian narratives and populist agendas in today’s political landscape. Lernziele: - Understand Utopian Thought and its Evolution: - Gain a comprehensive understanding of the concept of utopia in political theory, tracing its development from classical political philosophy to contemporary critiques that frame it as impractical or obsolete. - Critically Assess Utopian and Populist Intersections: - Develop the skills to critically analyze how utopian ideals and desires are interwoven within populist movements, including the ideological and practical tensions that arise when populism draws upon utopian narratives. - Evaluate the Relevance of Utopian Thinking in Political Discourse: - Explore the arguments for and against the relevance of utopian thinking today, questioning its role, utility, and limitations within contemporary political theory and practice, especially in the context of societal complexities. - Apply Dialectical Approaches to Political Analysis: - Engage with dialectical methods to examine the dual nature of utopianism within populism, analyzing how utopian aspirations can both inspire and conflict with populist goals, and using this method to understand broader political dynamics. - Develop Case Study Analysis Skills in Political Theory: - Build analytical skills through case studies of populist movements, interpreting the presence of utopian elements, and assessing the impact of utopian consciousness on the goals, narratives, and outcomes of these movements. - Cultivate Critical Thinking on Political Ideals and Real-World Applications: - Reflect on the practical implications of utopian and populist thinking, encouraging students to question the role of idealism in political activism 49 and theory, and to consider how abstract political ideals might address or fail to address contemporary societal issues. Sprache: Englisch Prüfung: Presentation / Active participation (attendance of the seminar, weekly short written comments, active contribution to the sessions) Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Presentation, Group work and active participation (graded) (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: lynn.roth@unilu.ch Material: Handouts und Folien werden auf OLAT bereitgestellt. Literatur Die Literaturliste wird zu Semesterbeginn auf OLAT geladen. 50 Sonderveranstaltungen Kolloquium BA- und MA-Abschlussarbeiten (quantitative und qualitative, theoretische Arbeiten) Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Lena Maria Schaffer Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquium Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 18:15 - 20:00, ab 18.02.2025 FRO, 3.B48 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Wöchentlich Inhalt: Das Kolloquium dient dazu, den Studierenden bei der Vorbereitung ihrer BA- bzw. MA-Arbeit zu helfen. Dazu präsentieren die Studierenden ihr Forschungsprojekt zwei Mal. MA-Studierende, von denen wir davon ausgehen, dass sie bereits angemeldet sind, präsentieren in ihren ersten Vorträgen zu Beginn des Semesters ihr ausgearbeitetes Forschungsdesign. In Ihrer Zweitpräsentation im zweiten Teil des Semesters fokussieren Sie auf Fortschritte und aktuelle Probleme. BA-Studierenden, bei denen wir davon ausgehen, dass sie sich im Laufe des Semesters anmelden, präsentieren in ihren ersten Vorträgen zu Beginn des Semesters eine erste Skizze ihres Forschungsprojektes. In ihrem zweiten Vortrag am Ende des Semesters stellen sie ihr vollständiges Exposé dar. Das Kolloquium ist für alle Studierenden offen. Eine sporadische Teilnahme zu einzelnen Vorträgen ist grundsätzlich möglich. Diejenigen, die sich in der Vorbereitung zur Abschlussarbeit befinden und eine Leistungsbescheinigung für das Kolloquium erhalten möchten, müssen allerdings an allen Sitzungen teilnehmen, zwei Mal ihr Projekt zur Abschlussarbeit präsentieren und ein vollständiges Exposé für die Abschlussarbeit in schriftlicher Form einreichen. Ausserdem müssen sie ein Exposé einer Kommilitonin oder eines Kommilitonen kommentieren. Um den Studierenden einen Einblick in politikwissenschaftliche Forschungsprozesse zu ermöglichen, ist vorgesehen, dass auch Doktorierende und Habilitierende des Politikwissenschaftlichen Seminars ihre aktuellen Forschungsprojekte präsentieren und gemeinsam mit den Dozenten und Studierenden diskutieren. Voraussetzungen: keine Sprache: Deutsch Prüfung: Regelmässige Teilnahme (s. Inhalt) / 2 CP Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Regelmässige Teilnahme (s. Inhalt) (2 Cr) Kontakt: lena.schaffer@unilu.ch Material: Pflichtlektüre und Seminarmaterialien zugänglich auf Online-Plattform OLAT 51 Tutorat zur Vorlesung 'Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II', Gr. 1 Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Rainer Diaz-Bone/ Vanessa Leutner Veranstaltungsart: Übung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Soziologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 08:30 - 10:00, ab 19.02.2025 FRO, 3.B52 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: Die Tutorate vertiefen den Inhalt der Vorlesung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II anhand von zu bearbeitenden Aufgaben. Voraussetzungen: Besuch der Vorlesung "Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II" sowie vorbereitende Bearbeitung der Aufgaben und aktive Mitarbeit im Tutorat. Sprache: Deutsch Begrenzung: Um eine gleichmässige Verteilung der Teilnehmer/innen auf die einzelnen Tutoratsgruppen zu erreichen, ist die Zahl der Teilnehmer/innen pro Tutoratsgruppe auf 15 Personen beschränkt. Eine allfällige Umverteilung wird hierfür vorbehalten. Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Referat) (2 Cr) Kontakt: rainer.diazbone@unilu.ch / vanessa.leutner@unilu.ch Material: wird über OLAT zugänglich gemacht. Literatur 52 Tutorat zur Vorlesung 'Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II', Gr. 2 Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Rainer Diaz-Bone/ Vanessa Leutner Veranstaltungsart: Übung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Soziologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Do., 08:30 - 10:00, ab 20.02.2025 FRO, 3.B55 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: Die Tutorate vertiefen den Inhalt der Vorlesung Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II anhand von zu bearbeitenden Aufgaben. Voraussetzungen: Besuch der Vorlesung "Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II" sowie vorbereitende Bearbeitung der Aufgaben und aktive Mitarbeit im Tutorat. Sprache: Deutsch Begrenzung: Um eine gleichmässige Verteilung der Teilnehmer/innen auf die einzelnen Tutoratsgruppen zu erreichen, ist die Zahl der Teilnehmer/innen pro Tutoratsgruppe auf 15 Personen beschränkt. Eine allfällige Umverteilung wird hierfür vorbehalten. Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Referat) (2 Cr) Kontakt: rainer.diazbone@unilu.ch / vanessa.leutner@unilu.ch Material: wird über OLAT zugänglich gemacht. Literatur 53 Tutorat zur Vorlesung Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften, Gr. 1 Dozent/in: Dr. phil. Patrick Schenk / Lukas Posselt, MA Veranstaltungsart: Übung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Soziologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 19.02.2025 FRO, 4.B47 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: Die Methoden und die Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften sind keine Ansammlung toter Worte in dicken Büchern. Empirische Forschung ist eine praktische Angelegenheit. Es ist eine Kompetenz, eine Fähigkeit, ein Handwerk. So wie Künstlerinnen und Künstler lernen müssen, den Pinsel richtig zu führen, müssen auch Sozialwissenschaftlerinnen und Sozialwissenschaftler lernen, ihre Werkzeuge zu meistern. Dann können sie, so wie die Malerin oder der Maler auch, Neues schaffen, das uns bereichert, voranbringt und hoffentlich auch erfreut. In der Vorlesung «Doing Research» erhalten Sie anhand konkreter Forschung, darunter Studien zu Algorithmen, Digitalisierung oder künstlicher Intelligenz, eine Einführung in die Logik der Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften und ihren zentralen Verfahren, von qualitativen Interviews, über Inhaltsanalysen, bis zu Experimenten und gross angelegten Befragungen. In den Tutoraten haben Sie die Möglichkeit, dieses Wissen einzuüben, es zu stärken, es zu verkörpern. Während Sie in der Vorlesung davon hören, wie andere den Pinsel geführt haben, nehmen Sie in den Tutoraten den Pinsel selbst in die Hand. Dies umfasst dreierlei: Erstens können Sie die Texte und Inhalte zur Vorlesung kritisch diskutieren. Zweitens können Sie Fragen stellen zu den Forschungsbeispielen, den Verfahren und den Argumenten. Drittens können Sie Ihr Wissen anwenden, indem Sie bei der Lösung von Übungsaufgaben mitwirken. Damit ergänzen die Tutorate die Inhalte der Vorlesung, dienen aber auch ihrer Vertiefung und der Vorbereitung auf die Prüfung zur Vorlesung. Sprache: Deutsch Begrenzung: Die Tutorate leben von der aktiven Mitarbeit der Studierenden und ihrer intensiven Betreuung. Um dies zu gewährleisten, streben wir eine möglichst ausgewogene Verteilung der Studierenden über die drei Tutorate an. Deshalb sind die Teilnehmerplätze begrenzt. Prüfung: - Regelmässige Anwesenheit - Aktive Mitarbeit - Regelmässiges Einreichen von Fragen zu den Grundlagentexten Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Details siehe 'Prüfung') (2 Cr) Kontakt: patrick.schenk@unilu.ch Material: Materialien werden auf OLAT zur Verfügung gestellt. Literatur - Diekmann, Andreas. 2005. Empirische Sozialforschung. Grundlagen, Methoden, Anwendungen. Hamburg: Rohwolt. - Schnell, Rainer, Paul B. Hill, and Elke Esser. 2008. Methoden Der Empirischen Sozialforschung. 8., unveränd. Aufl. Lehrbuch. München [u.a.]: Oldenbourg. - Rössel, Jörg, and Patrick Schenk. 2018. “Researching the Transformation of Wine Discourse from 1974- 2008 Using Quantitative Content Analysis.” SAGE Research Methods Cases. 54 Tutorat zur Vorlesung Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften, Gr. 2 Dozent/in: Dr. phil. Patrick Schenk / Christian Mathis Veranstaltungsart: Übung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Soziologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 19.02.2025 FRO, HS 12 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: Die Methoden und die Logik der Forschung in der Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften sind keine Ansammlung toter Worte in dicken Büchern. Empirische Forschung ist eine praktische Angelegenheit. Es ist eine Kompetenz, eine Fähigkeit, ein Handwerk. So wie Künstlerinnen und Künstler lernen müssen, den Pinsel richtig zu führen, müssen auch Sozialwissenschaftlerinnen und Sozialwissenschaftler lernen, ihre Werkzeuge zu meistern. Dann können sie, so wie die Malerin oder der Maler auch, Neues schaffen, das uns bereichert, voranbringt und hoffentlich auch erfreut. In der Vorlesung «Doing Research» erhalten Sie anhand konkreter Forschung, darunter Studien zu Algorithmen, Digitalisierung oder künstlicher Intelligenz, eine Einführung in die Logik der Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften und ihren zentralen Verfahren, von qualitativen Interviews, über Inhaltsanalysen, bis zu Experimenten und gross angelegten Befragungen. In den Tutoraten haben Sie die Möglichkeit, dieses Wissen einzuüben, es zu stärken, es zu verkörpern. Während Sie in der Vorlesung davon hören, wie andere den Pinsel geführt haben, nehmen Sie in den Tutoraten den Pinsel selbst in die Hand. Dies umfasst dreierlei: Erstens können Sie die Texte und Inhalte zur Vorlesung kritisch diskutieren. Zweitens können Sie Fragen stellen zu den Forschungsbeispielen, den Verfahren und den Argumenten. Drittens können Sie Ihr Wissen anwenden, indem Sie bei der Lösung von Übungsaufgaben mitwirken. Damit ergänzen die Tutorate die Inhalte der Vorlesung, dienen aber auch ihrer Vertiefung und der Vorbereitung auf die Prüfung zur Vorlesung. Sprache: Deutsch Begrenzung: Die Tutorate leben von der aktiven Mitarbeit der Studierenden und ihrer intensiven Betreuung. Um dies zu gewährleisten, streben wir eine möglichst ausgewogene Verteilung der Studierenden über die drei Tutorate an. Deshalb sind die Teilnehmerplätze begrenzt. Prüfung: - Regelmässige Anwesenheit - Aktive Mitarbeit - Regelmässiges Einreichen von Fragen zu den Grundlagentexten Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Details siehe 'Prüfung') (2 Cr) Kontakt: patrick.schenk@unilu.ch Material: Materialien werden auf OLAT zur Verfügung gestellt. Literatur - Diekmann, Andreas. 2005. Empirische Sozialforschung. Grundlagen, Methoden, Anwendungen. Hamburg: Rohwolt. - Schnell, Rainer, Paul B. Hill, and Elke Esser. 2008. Methoden Der Empirischen Sozialforschung. 8., unveränd. Aufl. Lehrbuch. München [u.a.]: Oldenbourg. - Rössel, Jörg, and Patrick Schenk. 2018. “Researching the Transformation of Wine Discourse from 1974- 2008 Using Quantitative Content Analysis.” SAGE Research Methods Cases. 55 Tutorat zur Vorlesung Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften, Gr. 3 Dozent/in: Dr. phil. Patrick Schenk / Naemi Valdivia Rojas Veranstaltungsart: Übung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Soziologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Do., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 20.02.2025 FRO, HS 12 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: Die Methoden und die Logik der Forschung in der Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften sind keine Ansammlung toter Worte in dicken Büchern. Empirische Forschung ist eine praktische Angelegenheit. Es ist eine Kompetenz, eine Fähigkeit, ein Handwerk. So wie Künstlerinnen und Künstler lernen müssen, den Pinsel richtig zu führen, müssen auch Sozialwissenschaftlerinnen und Sozialwissenschaftler lernen, ihre Werkzeuge zu meistern. Dann können sie, so wie die Malerin oder der Maler auch, Neues schaffen, das uns bereichert, voranbringt und hoffentlich auch erfreut. In der Vorlesung «Doing Research» erhalten Sie anhand konkreter Forschung, darunter Studien zu Algorithmen, Digitalisierung oder künstlicher Intelligenz, eine Einführung in die Logik der Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften und ihren zentralen Verfahren, von qualitativen Interviews, über Inhaltsanalysen, bis zu Experimenten und gross angelegten Befragungen. In den Tutoraten haben Sie die Möglichkeit, dieses Wissen einzuüben, es zu stärken, es zu verkörpern. Während Sie in der Vorlesung davon hören, wie andere den Pinsel geführt haben, nehmen Sie in den Tutoraten den Pinsel selbst in die Hand. Dies umfasst dreierlei: Erstens können Sie die Texte und Inhalte zur Vorlesung kritisch diskutieren. Zweitens können Sie Fragen stellen zu den Forschungsbeispielen, den Verfahren und den Argumenten. Drittens können Sie Ihr Wissen anwenden, indem Sie bei der Lösung von Übungsaufgaben mitwirken. Damit ergänzen die Tutorate die Inhalte der Vorlesung, dienen aber auch ihrer Vertiefung und der Vorbereitung auf die Prüfung zur Vorlesung. Sprache: Deutsch Begrenzung: Die Tutorate leben von der aktiven Mitarbeit der Studierenden und ihrer intensiven Betreuung. Um dies zu gewährleisten, streben wir eine möglichst ausgewogene Verteilung der Studierenden über die drei Tutorate an. Deshalb sind die Teilnehmerplätze begrenzt. Prüfung: - Regelmässige Anwesenheit - Aktive Mitarbeit - Regelmässiges Einreichen von Fragen zu den Grundlagentexten Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Details siehe 'Prüfung') (2 Cr) Kontakt: patrick.schenk@unilu.ch Material: Materialien werden auf OLAT zur Verfügung gestellt. Literatur - Diekmann, Andreas. 2005. Empirische Sozialforschung. Grundlagen, Methoden, Anwendungen. Hamburg: Rohwolt. - Schnell, Rainer, Paul B. Hill, and Elke Esser. 2008. Methoden Der Empirischen Sozialforschung. 8., unveränd. Aufl. Lehrbuch. München [u.a.]: Oldenbourg. - Rössel, Jörg, and Patrick Schenk. 2018. “Researching the Transformation of Wine Discourse from 1974- 2008 Using Quantitative Content Analysis.” SAGE Research Methods Cases. 56 Data Mining for Political and Social Sciences using R Dozent/in: Dr. Andrea De Angelis Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Master Termine: Do., 20.02.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 3.B58 Fr., 21.02.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B51 Do., 13.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, E.509 Fr., 14.03.2025, 09:15 - 17:00 FRO, 4.B54 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: NOTE: Please register for this course by 10th February 2025 on the UniPortal. After that, if too many students have registered, a draw will be made, and you will get notified whether you can attend the course on 11th February. LUMACSS students are prioritized as this course is mandatory for them. CONTENT: Data analysis increasingly involves mining data from the Internet and using innovative tools to handle large datasets. With the rise of Large Language Models (LLMs) such as ChatGPT, data mining practices are undergoing a significant transformation. This course bridges traditional data mining techniques and the potential of LLMs, equipping students with essential skills to automate and enhance their research workflows. The course employs a self-learning approach where students leverage LLMs to explore, self-learn, and apply tools for data mining. Under the guidance of the instructor, this course provides hands-on experience in collecting and handling web data, developing reproducible workflows, and critically evaluating LLM outputs. Students will gain both technical and analytical skills in a collaborative learning environment. The course is structured in three blocks: 1. An introductory block covers the essential knowledge for working with big data (notions of R programming, developing reproducible code, reporting in automated notebooks, version control, and Git/GitHub; secondary datasets for social science research & MySQL). 2. A data access block focuses on web scraping and related tools (introduction to regular expressions, HTML language, XML, and JSON data structures). 3. A third block introduces more advanced data access concepts, such as API interaction, and allows students to practice with live coding sessions in class. Lernziele: By the end of the course, active participants will: 1. gain proficiency in data analysis, learning to analyze data efficiently and reproducibly. [Data analysis] 2. develop critical skills to evaluate LLM outputs and integrate them into research workflows. [Incorporating LLMs] 3. learn how to develop and debug complex code throughout the data analysis cycle (mining, tidying, analyzing, reporting). [Programming and statistical skills] 4. develop feasible big data research designs. [Research and analytical skills] Voraussetzungen: An intrinsic motivation to learn. Sprache: Englisch Begrenzung: Begrenzung: Only Master students, and priority for LUMACSS students. Prüfung: Active participation and final capstone project Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme, Essay (benotet) (4 Cr) Hinweise: Begrenzung: priority for LUMACSS students. In case of too many registrations by other disciplines, a draw will be made to decide who may 57 remain in the course. The date of the draw is 11th February. Therefore, registration before this date is essential. Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: andrea.deangelis@unimi.it Literatur - QSS: Imai, K. (2017). Quantitative Social Science: An Introduction. Princeton: Princeton University Press. - R4DS: Wickham, H., and G. Grolemund (2014). R for Data Science. O’Reilly Media. The book is also freely available online: https://r4ds.had.co.nz/. - ADCR: Munzert et al. (2014). Automated Data Collection with R: A Practical Guide to Web Scraping and Text Mining. London: Wiley & Sons. https://r4ds.had.co.nz/ 58 Introduction to Phyton Dozent/in: Jonathan Bright Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Politikwissenschaft Studienstufe: Master Termine: Fr., 16.05.2025, 09:15 - 18:00 FRO, 3.B52 Sa., 17.05.2025, 09:15 - 16:30 FRO, 3.B52 Fr., 23.05.2025, 08:15 - 18:00 ZOOM Sa., 24.05.2025, 08:15 - 18:00 ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: Blockveranstaltung Inhalt: NOTE: Please register for this course by 18th February 2025 on the UniPortal. After that, if too many students have registered, a draw will be made, and you will get notified whether you can attend the course on 19th February. LUMACSS students are prioritized as this course is mandatory for them. CONTENT: There is a revolution going on in the social sciences: the rise of computational social science! Huge new sources of data on social behaviour are being combined with new analytical techniques to change the fundaments of how social science takes place. This class is aimed at social scientists who want to learn the basics of one of the key skills in the computational social science toolkit: the python programming language. The class is aimed at complete beginners with no previous programming experience (but with an interest to learn!). During the class, we will learn the fundamentals of the Python programming language, looking at (for example) how to control the flow of code with loops and conditional statements, how to handle input and output to files, how to write functions, and more. Sprache: Englisch Begrenzung: Begrenzung: Only Master students, and priority for LUMACSS students. Prüfung: No exam / active participation / 4 Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Textlektüre) (4 Cr) Hinweise: Begrenzung: priority for LUMACSS students. In case of too many registrations by other disciplines, a draw will be made to decide who may remain in the course. The date of the draw is 19th February. Therefore, registration on the UniPortal before this date is essential. Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: jbright@turing.ac.uk Montag Dienstag Mittwoch Donnerstag Freitag 08:15 - 10:00 Einführung in die Schweizer Politik Arnold / Kolloquialvorlesung Tutorat zur Vorlesung 'Methoden der empirischen Sozial- forschung II', Gruppe 1 Diaz-Bone / Leutner Tutorat zur Vorlesung 'Methoden der em- pirischen Sozialforschung II', Gruppe 2 Diaz-Bone / Leutner 10:15 - 12:00 Utopian Narratives in Pop- ulism: From Historical Contexts to Contemporary Significance" Roth / Masterseminar Proseminar zur Vorlesung Ein- führung in die Schweizer Poli- tik Föhn / Proseminar Klimapolitik Schaffer / Kolloquialvor- lesung (CPEL) Methoden der empirischen Sozialfor- schung II )* Diaz-Bone / Vorlesung Die Schweiz im Kontext der euro- päischen Integra- tion Schaffer / Kolloquialvorlesung Doing Research: Logik der For- schung in den Sozial- und Kom- munikationswis- senschaften – nächste Schritte )* Schenk / Vorlesung Gletscher-Initia- tive und Klima- schutzgesetz: The Making-of / Hänggi Masterseminar 12:15 - 14:00 Einführung in die Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft Trechsel / Kolloquialvorlesung Inequality and So- cial Conflict: Re- search Design and Methods in Quanti- tative Studies)** Hönig / Jansensberger / Masterseminar (14-täglich, alternierend mit Sustainable Rural Development Wegenast / Haupt- seminar (14-täglich, alternie- rend mit 14:15 - 16:00 Policy-Analyse mit Anwen- dungen in der Energiepoli- tik Rieder / Kolloquialvorlesung Proseminar zur Vorle- sung Einführung in die Vergleichende Politik- wissenschaft Strijbis / Volpi Proseminar Termine: 25.2.: Introduction (14:15 – 16:00) 4.3. / 25.3. / 8.4. 15.4. / 29.4. /13.5. Basisse- minar PPE I El Kassar / Schaffer / Leisi- bach Basissemi- nar PPE II Gregoratto / Portmann / Schwenkel / Matazt Politikwissenschaftli- ches Methodensemi- nar I T.Schulz Tutorat zu Doing Research: Lo- gik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissen- schaften – nächste Schritte Gruppe 1 / Schenk / Posselt 16:15 - 18:00 Klimawandel und Klimaan- passung – naturwissen- schaftliche Grundlagen 2. Teil Burger / Kolloquialvorlesung (CPEL) Feministische Politi- sche Theorien J. Schulz / Hauptseminar Research Designs and Methods in Qualitative Studies T. Schulz / Master-Research- Seminar Tutorat zu Doing Research: Lo- gik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissen- schaften – nächste Schritte Gruppe 2 Schenk / Mathis Tutorat zu Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommuni- kationswissenschaften – nächste Schritte / Gruppe 3 Schenk / Tutor 18:15 - 20:00 Kolloquium für BA- und MA-Abschlussarbeiten (quantitative und qualitative Arbeiten) Schaffer Politikwissenschaftliches Semianr - Lehrveranstaltungen im Frühjahrssemester 2025 )* Vorlesung «Doing Research: Logik der Forschung in den Sozial- und Kommunikationswissenschaften – nächste Schritte» ist äquivalent zu Vorlesung «Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung II» )** Masterseminar «Studying Climate Change and Political Unrest (Research Design and Methods in Quantitative Studies) alternierend mit Hauptseminar «Global Governance und Internationale Organisationen» 59 60 Veranstaltungen Dozierende Wochentage, Datum Von Bis Räume Culture and Politics Hauptseminar Canalejo-Molero Einführung Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Fr. 28.02.2025 Block II: Fr. 21.03.2025 Block III: Fr. 11.04.2025 Block IV: Sa. 24.05.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 09:15 09:15 14:00 17.00 15:30 17:00 15:30 HS 5 4.B02 3.B55 3.B55 4.B02 Toleranz und ihre Grenzen in der Demokratie Hauptseminar Schlenker Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Fr. 28.03. + Sa. 29.03.2025 Block II: Fr. 16.05. + Sa. 17.05.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 / 15:30 17:00 / 15:30 HS 5 3.B57 3.B57 Democracy, Autocratisation and Resistance Hauptseminar Scherz / Mráz Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Fr. 07.03. + Sa. 08.03.2025 Block II: Fr. 02.05. + Sa. 03.05.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 / 15:30 17:00 / 15:30 HS 5 4.B54 3.B52 Global Political Theorie Masterseminar Jaeger Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Fr. 02.05. + Sa. 03.05.2025 Block II: Fr. 09.05. + Sa. 10.05.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 / 15:30 17:00 / 15:30 HS 5 4.B02 / 3.B01 3.B55 / 3.B47 International Climate and Energy Politics Masterseminar Bayer Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Mi. 04.06.2025 Block II: Do. 05.06.2025 Block III: Fr. 06.06.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 17:00 17:00 HS 5 4.B54 4.B54 4.B54 Nationalismus, Demokratie und Friedensförderung Hauptseminar Bochsler Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Do. 22.05. + Fr. 23.05.2025 Block II: Mo. 02.06. + Di. 03.06.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 17:00 HS 5 HS 14 / 3.B55 4.B54 Gender and Politics Masterseminar Fraile Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I + II: Do. 12.06. + Fr, 13.06.2025 Block III + IV: Sa. 14.06. + Mo, 16.06.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 15:30 / 17:00 HS 5 3.B47 3.B47 The Developmental Welfare State Masterseminar Siara (EUI) Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Fr. 14.03. + Sa. 15.03.2025 Block II: Fr. 04.04. + Sa. 05.04.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 / 15:30 17:00 / 15:30 HS 5 3.B57 3.B55 / 3.B47 The Politics of Climate Policy Masterseminar Lopez Uroz (EUI) Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Fr. 14.03. + Sa. 15.03.2025 Block II: Do. 03.04.2025 + Fr. 04.04.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 / 15:30 17:00 17:00 HS 5 3.B55 / 4.B02 am: 4.A04 / pm: 4.B54 4.B54 Political Persuasion in a Digital Reality Masterseminar Kjaer (EUI) Einführung: Mi, 26.02.2025 Block I: Fr. 07.03. + Sa. 08.03.2025 Block II: Fr. 21.03. + Sa. 22.03.2025 12:00 09:15 09:15 14:00 17:00 / 15:30 17:00 / 15:30 HS 5 3.B55 / 3.B01 3.B52 / 3.B01 Data Mining for Political and Social Sciences using R Masterseminar (LUMACSS) De Angelis Block I: Do. 20.02. + Fr. 21.02.2025 Block II: Do. 13.03. + Fr. 14.03.2025 09:15 09:15 17:00 17:00 3.B58 / 4.B51 E.509 / 4.B54 Introduction to Phyton Masterseminar (LUMACSS) Bright Block I: Fr. 16.05. + Sa. 17.05.2025 Block II: Fr. 23.05. + Sa. 24.05.2025 09:15 09:15 17:00 / 15:30 17:00 3.B52 ZOOM Blockveranstaltungen im Frühjahrssemester 2025 Semesterdaten Frühjahrssemester 2025 Tag Datum Anlass Mo – Fr 03.02. – 28.02.2025 Anmeldungen zu den Lehrveranstaltungen Mo 17.02.2025 Beginn der Lehrveranstaltungen Do 27.02.2025 Schmutziger Donnerstag (Fasnacht): vorlesungsfrei Mo 03.03.2025 Güdismontag (Fasnacht): vorlesungsfrei Fr 14.03.2025 Diplomfeier KSF Fr-So 18. – 27.04.2025 Osterpause: vorlesungsfrei (Vorlesungen bis Do 17.04.) Do 29.05.2025 Christi Himmelfahrt (nationaler Feiertag): vorlesungsfrei Fr 30.05.2025 Ende der Lehrveranstaltungen . 6161 72 www.unilu.ch/vv www.unilu.ch/polsem 0 . Der Studiengang Politikwissenschaft Studienaufbau Methoden im politikwissenschaftlichen Studium Kurzübersicht der Lehrveranstaltungen Empfohlene Lehrveranstaltungen aus anderen Fachbereichen Detaillierte Beschreibung der Lehrveranstaltungen Titelseite.pdf Der Studiengang Politikwissenschaft Studienaufbau Methoden im politikwissenschaftlichen Studium Kurzübersicht der Lehrveranstaltungen Empfohlene Lehrveranstaltungen aus anderen Fachbereichen Detaillierte Beschreibung der Lehrveranstaltungen Vorlesungen Leere Seite

    Grösse: 2 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 18.02.2025

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Algorithmic Transference: People Overgeneralize Failures of AI in the Government

    indicated “computer science/engineering” and “high-tech” as their field of training or current work.

    Grösse: 1,018 KB

    Erstellungsdatum: 23.02.2023

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Sonderveranstaltung

    Norris, P. (2004). Electoral engineering: Voting rules and political behavior. Cambridge University

    Grösse: 3 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 09.09.2021

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Microsoft Word - Masterarbeit Taser Michel Münger 10052009.doc

    of Minnesota, Biomedical Engineering (zuletzt besucht am 20.04.2009) ●www.spiegel.de/wissenschaft

    Grösse: 398 KB

    Erstellungsdatum: 09.06.2016

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Healthy campus interactive e book 2021

    Healthy Campus FISU HEALTHY CAMPUS Best Practices 2021 Table of Contents Message from the FISU Acting President – Leon Eder 3 Message from the FISU General Secretary – Eric Saintrond 4 World Map - Universities 6 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices 8 Healthy Campus management 9 Physical activity and sport 39 Nutrition 74 Disease prevention 94 Mental and social health 108 Risk behaviour 125 Environment, sustainability & social responsibility 133 PUBLISHED BY Contact FISU HEALTHY CAMPUS DEPARTMENT healthy.campus@fisu.net FISU INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION Quartier UNIL / Bâtiment Synathlon CH-1015 Lausanne - Switzerland Tel: +41 (0)21 692 6400 www.fisu.net ı www.fisu.tv EDITION: FERNANDO PARENTE, AMANDINE VOLPATO, IVO CARVALHOSA & HC UNIVERSITIES GRAPHIC DESIGN: CHRISTOPHE ERHAT PHOTOS: ©FISU ARCHIVES This document is not for public distribution and remains the property of FISU INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ CLICK ON CONTENTS The FISU Healthy Campus project is an initiative that aims to enhance students’ well-being in all aspects. FISU’s objective with this project is to establish an interdisciplinary system dedicated to well-being, a healthy lifestyle & awareness among students regarding these aspects. The idea is also to share knowledge and best practices locally and glo- bally between campuses using common references, and this publication is the first of many to come in the following years. A ‘FISU Healthy Campus Label’ will be awarded to acknowledge the universities’ efforts in improving the quality of life on their campuses, and 27 May 2022 will forever be a historic moment as the first certificates will be handed out to 42 Institutions of Higher Education. FISU thanks all those who have worked and contributed in this programme, and in particular the Pilot Universities where the programme was first tested (University of Johannesburg University of Lausanne, National University of La Matanza, Peking University, RUDN University, University of Torino and University of Western Australia) and the 30 international experts from the 5 continents who validated the Standard, a true reference for quality work in the well-being of the campus communities. Leonz Eder FISU ACTING PRESIDENT The constitution of FISU clearly mentions that FISU has a mission to act “for the health and well- being of students». Through the Healthy Campus programme, we have found a way to extend our activities to all students, not just elite student-ath- letes; we believe that FISU has a very important social responsibility and we want to reach millions of students. After «bringing» the FISU headquarters to the Campus of the University of Lausanne, the Healthy Campus becomes symbolic and represents the ambition and achievement of working with universities as the roots of the development of university sport and well-being in a programme coordinated with our national and continental Member Associations. This publication, with more than 100 Best Practices from the universities already certified with the Healthy Campus label is an excellent example of benchmarking and realises the goal of improving knowledge, and learning and adapting the best of what is done worldwide in all the domains of well-being. Special thanks to the FISU staff and the Healthy Campus teams of all the universities for this excellent contribution to the development of the well-being of the campus communities. Eric Saintrond FISU GENERAL SECRETARY The FISU Healthy Campus programme is designed to help universities develop and improve health and well-being for all campus communities, while sharing global best practices of universities in the seven domains identified by the programme (physical activity and sport, mental health, nutrition, disease prevention, risk behaviour, environment, social responsibility and sustainability). With 93 universities from more than 31 countries registered since 2020, this publication contains the best practices of the first year of operation of Healthy Campus programme and of the Universities already certified. FISU, May 27, 2022 Certified universities Healthy Campus World Map – Universities INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 6 INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 7 Best Practices 2021 Healthy Campus management INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 9 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project State of the art: UNI Santé – Healthy Campus project Description Students and staff use digital devices (cellphones, apps, and computers) to access information, write assessments and make bookings online and for support. UJ created online platforms to ease the workload and enable people to interact seamlessly. Evaluation We have obtained a comprehen- sive final document that gives a good overview of the existing actions on campus. Lessons Learnt We were able to identify our strengths, the main one being that the University of Lausanne is putting a lot of actions in place. We have also uncovered our weaknesses. A lack of coor- dination between all our actions is a fundamental one. Recommandations Communication between departments remains a crucial milestone in the final quality of this type of document. The actors must be integrated into the process and kept informed of the purpose of the document, which will also be made available to them. Main Goals Collecting current practices in relation to defined issues - Explore ways of thinking about achieving Healthy Campus recognition. Motivation & Vision To highlight the shortcomings in terms of operational and strategic health management in order to enter into a continuous improvement process. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #1 The university shall identify existing programmes related to the Healthy Campus scope in order to have an overview of what already exists as a base for implementing the approach. Target & Stakeholders Campus health managers and stakeholders Time & Frame May to December 2020 Team & Staff Service des Sports Universitaires & UNISEP Keywords Collection of practice, state of the art, Health, UNIL Campus UNIVERSTITY OF LAUSANNE website https://www.unil.ch/ contact person sonia matthey email sonia.matthey@unil.ch Project Presentation Project Presentation INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 10 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best PracticesHealthy Campus ISCTE - UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF LISBON website www.iscte-iul.pt contact desporto@iscte-iul.pt Name of the project Strategic Action Plan 2018-2021 Description With the objective of further developing Iscte’s regulation and services, Iscte gives their students and staff the opportunity to contribute to our improvement as a public institution. Evaluation High participation by all of Iscte’s community, which helped us have different perspectives on what processes we can improve and how we can improve them. Lessons Learnt It is crucial to give everyone an opportunity to express their opinion as a multi-perspective approach is essential to define new global objectives. Recommandations Define the process with rigor, encourage everyone to partici- pate (including students through the pedagogical surveys), establish objectives that help to develop your institution and that contribute to create a better environment for everyone. Main Goals To create efficient processes and a positive environment for Iscte’s community. Motivation & Vision Define and achieve new objectives that will contribute for Iscte’s development. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #3 The university shall enable the campus community to express their needs or make comments related to the Healthy Campus scope. Target & Stakeholders Students and Staff Time & Frame 2018-2021 Team & Staff Integrated System of Quality Management (GEPQ) Keywords University, Quality, Well-Being, Students, Staff, Development Strategic Action Plan 2018-2021 Integrated Report of Management and Activities Public Forum Announcement INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 11 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF LEIRIA website www.ipleiria.pt contact sape@ipleiria.pt Name of the project 100% IN Description Multidisciplinary social innovation project carried out in conjunction with the Padre António Vieira Institute to promote comprehensive responses for students with special needs (www.ipleiria.pt/ arquivo/projeto-100-in-e-marca- registada/). Evaluation More than 100 students with special needs got support from this project on its first year (2018/19); several initiatives (e.g., Hackaton 100% IN, Case Manager, Buddy 100% IN) have been strengthening the project. Lessons Learnt It is essential to involve the community in multiple examples of good practices. The actions developed during an initial phase allowed to obtain an effective diagnosis of the situation of students with specific needs. Recommandations The inclusion of students with special needs should be a key area of Universities and Polytechnics, assuming their contribution to Sustainable Development Goal 4 (Quality Education). Main Goals To promote the integral inclusion of students with special educational needs, involving the entire institution and the surrounding community in this mission of finding new solutions that allow to overcome obstacles. Motivation & Vision To find and provide solutions that mobilize the integral inclusion of students with specific special needs and facilitate their subsequent transition to active life. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #4 The university shall identify relevant stakeholders and their activities in relation to the areas of the Healthy Campus approach in order to benefit from synergies or propose new partnerships. Target & Stakeholders Students with special needs Time & Frame Year-round Team & Staff PLeiria, Instituto P. António Vieira, and other stakeholders Keywords Stakeholders, synergies, partnerships, special needs 100% IN Project Presentation (1st slide) Integrated Report of Management and Activities One of Polytechnic of Leiria’s adapted facilities INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 12 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best PracticesHealthy Campus ESTONIAN ACADEMY OF SECURITY SCIENCES website https://www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home contact epp.jalakas@sisekaitse.ee Name of the project Healthy Campus Development Day Description Development Day project included both, preparation activities and the Day. A large number of students and staff got acquainted with the criteria of HC during planning and preparations for the Development Day, and gave feedback on HC topics. Evaluation Development Day materials and preparation activities made EASS participation and Healthy Campus project visible to the whole University community. Over 100 members were involved, including members of the management. Lessons Learnt Asking for opinion from the whole community is nothing to be afraid of. Proposals discussed during Development Day and written into strategic plan matter to the community and help to achieve Healthy Campus criteria. Recommandations Be well prepared – select leaders for different topics and assign someone to take meeting minutes. A good way to organise discussion is breakout rooms with different topics, such as the World Cafe method. Share the official document with everyone. Main Goals Development Day helps to gather good practices that are already used in the academy and find new actions that the community needs. SWOT in all topics of HC and new activities plans were compiled. Motivation & Vision Involve as many members of the community as possible, because they can all benefit from Healthy Campus. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #5 The university leadership shall ensure that the needs of the campus community are identified and prioritised when developing the policy and objectives Target & Stakeholders University students and staff Time & Frame The first months after joining Healthy Campus Team & Staff EASS Healthy Campus steering committee and volunteers Keywords Physical Activity and Well-Being, Involvement, Collaboration Estonian Academy of Security Sciences Healthy Campus Development Day Development Day programme INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 13 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website www.uc.pt contact person filipa godinho email filipa.godinho@uc.pt Name of the project Rector’s Vision aligned with the Healthy Campus goals Description The Rector’s vision is in line with the main goals of the Healthy Campus Project: “People are the most valuable resource at the University of Coimbra and their well-being is one of my personal commitments” (Amílcar Falcão, UC Rector). Evaluation Positive impact reported through monitoring of the action plan carried out for the project. Lessons Learnt Through Healthy Campus it was possible to combine different areas working as one and enlarging the global impact of the project. Recommandations The Healthy Campus goals should be recognized in the rectoral team’s strategy. Main Goals Achieve the objectives that the University of Coimbra proposes under the Healthy Campus programme; Ensuring that sport, physical activity, well-being, risk prevention and sustainability play a central role in the mission of the University of Coimbra. Motivation & Vision Ensure and improve a healthy and active campus. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #6 The university leadership shall demonstrate and communicate its commitment to implement, maintain and improve the Healthy Campus approach Target & Stakeholders Academic community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Rectoral Team Keywords Vision, Healthy Campus main goals, Sport and well-being as a Strategic Pillar Rector of the University of Coimbra University Stadium Panoramic Photo European Universities Games Coimbra INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 14 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best PracticesHealthy Campus POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF LEIRIA website www.ipleiria. pt contact person rui matos email healthy.campus@ipleiria.pt Name of the project Healthy Campus and Quality of Life at Polytechnic of Leiria Campus Description The objectives established for the Healthy Campus of the Polytechnic of Leiria are in line with the strategic direction of the institution, as evident in its Strategic Plan 2030. Evaluation Monitoring is constant. In addition to the annual evaluations, an intermediate evaluation of Healthy Campus is pointed out in 2023. Desirably, in 2025 a projection will be made for 2030, to follow the Strategic Plan 2030 of the Polytechnic of Leiria. Lessons Learnt It is crucial to have a constant dialogue with the Polytechnic of Leiria leadership so that Healthy Campus policy and objectives are compatible with its strategic direction. That is why Leadership representatives make part of Healthy Campus team. Recommandations To maintain a close relationship between Healthy Campus team and Institution Leadership. Main Goals – To have a reference towards the creation of conditions regarding well-being, quality of life and healthy lifestyles on campus – Contribute to the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of the United Nations 2030 Agenda. Motivation & Vision To promote regional and national development through health, sport and well-being, materialized on the creation of a Healthy Campus. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #7 The university leadership shall ensure that the Healthy Campus policy and objectives are established and compatible with the strategic direction of the university Target & Stakeholders Polytechnic of Leiria Community Time & Frame 2021-2025 Team & Staff Healthy Campus Team and Polytechnic Presidence Keywords Healthy Campus, quality of life, Strategic plan Polytechnic of Leiria Strategic Plan 2030 Healthy Campus meeting at Polytechnic of Leiria Healthy Campus on Polytechnic of Leiria web page INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 15 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices TRINITY COLLEGE DUBLIN website www.tcd.ie contact person martina mullin email mullinm1@tcd.ie Name of the project Healthy Trinity Impact Report Description With so many champions and partners taking so many actions across campus, how can make sure management sees the diversity of work ongoing? Healthy Trinity worked together to identify categories for our actions. Evaluation Healthy Trinity published its first impact report in Dec 2021. Link here: www.tcd.ie/healthytrinity/ assets/documents/Impact%20 Report/Healthy%20Trinity%20 2021%20Final.pdf Lessons Learnt Categorising actions under six headings makes it possible to create a report that shows management the breadth of health promotion activities on campus. Recommandations Other campuses might consider using the six headings we’ve identified as a means of classifying their work. Main Goals To categorise the breadth of work delivered by Healthy Trinity under six headings. They are: 1. Events & Interventions, 2. Supportive Environment, 3. Living Lab, 4. Co-/curricular, 5. Funding, 6. Communications. Motivation & Vision Ensure and improve a healthy and active campus. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #8 The university leadership shall ensure the evaluation process and review of the Healthy Campus approach at a frequency adapted according to the evolution of the internal and external context Target & Stakeholders Senior university management Time & Frame Once per annum Team & Staff All 9 Healthy Trinity working groups Keywords Impact, Health, Promotion, Strategy, Evaluation Impact report showing work under six headings Activities completed in 2020/2021 under 6 headings Images of health promotion on campus INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 16 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best PracticesHealthy Campus UNIVERSITY OF MAIA & POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF MAIA website www.ismai.pt/pt and www.ipmaia.pt/pt/ contact healthycampus@maieutica.pt email healthycampus@maieutica.pt Name of the project Board of Directors and Public Presentation Description Following the official creation of the Group, we developed a Strategic Plan which was presented to the Maiêutica Board, Healthy Campus Multidisciplinary Group, together with the whole campus community and key stakeholders. Evaluation All members of the Maieutica Board were involved, and more than 250 students attended the public presentation. The enrolment in the programme of over 500 potential volunteers is an example of its success. Lessons Learnt Involving as many members of the community as possible is a good way to make the programme have an impact. A mobilising kick-off facilitates an effective implementation. Recommandations Invest in advertising and good internal and external communi- cation. Design strategic events that convey the message in an impactful and dynamic way. Main Goals To make the programme public and known to the whole community. To bring all decision-makers together around the programme. Motivation & Vision The programme needed to have an impact on the whole community and bring together all key decision-makers. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #9 The university shall define the long-term vision of Healthy Campus. Target & Stakeholders Maiêutica Board, students, professors, stakeholders Time & Frame 23/02/2022 - Maiêutica Board and Healthy Campus Multidisciplinary Group; 09/03/2022 - Public Presentation to all the campus community and stakeholders Team & Staff Maiêutica Healthy Campus Team, Marketing Department, Events Department, Healthy Campus Volunteers Keywords Public Presentation, commitment UMAIA Rector, Maiêutica Chairman, IPMAIA Chairman Marketing material and volunteers. Maiêutica Healthy Campus Team INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 17 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF MINHO website https://www.uminho.pt/pt contact ddc@sas.uminho.pt email gabriel@sas.uminho.pt Name of the project Designing a Healthy Campus (Projetar UM Campus Saudavel) - FISU Healthy Campus Certification Programme Description Creation of a FISU HC programme certification team and creation of an operational team to implement the outlined actions; Establish a monitoring committee of the FISU HC programme, created to ensure collaboration between the various university bodies. Evaluation The responsible for the FISU Healthy Campus programme shall carry out an audit at the end of the year, to understand the next steps to take in the future, taking into consideration an deep analyse of the positive and negatives in implementation process of the strategy created. Lessons Learnt The HC programme was used as a tool and as a cornerstone to facilitate synergies between public health and sustainable development with the concern of creating healthy exploring, learning, living, sustainable environments for the academic community. Recommandations Promote the cooperation of the various organisational units and services of UMinho, not just as mere consultative elements, but as active partners in the execution of programmes and actions. Develop a marketing and communication plan for promotion and dissemination. Main Goals Certify UMinho activity in terms of well-being and quality of life; Share UMinho best practices in Healthy Campus areas; Develop strategic plan to develop new initiatives; Improve levels of satisfaction/involvement of the academic community in HC activities. Motivation & Vision Promote quality of life/well- being for academic community. Recognize physical activity/ sport to adopt healthy lifestyles. Contribute to internal cohesion of the institution and for the construction of a future based on the principles of sustainability. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #10 The university shall establish and implement the strategy that results from the vision. It shall contain at least one strategic focus for each domain of th... Target & Stakeholders Academic Community and other UMinho services users Time & Frame Academic Year 2021/22 Team & Staff Organisational Units and Services of UMinho; Student association Keywords UMinho, Activities, Certification, Well-being and quality of life, Academic Community UMinho Sports Complex - Braga UMinho Canteen “One Tree for each Athlete” Project INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 18 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best PracticesHealthy Campus POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF LEIRIA website www.ipleiria. pt contact person rui matos email healthy.campus@ipleiria.pt Name of the project Managing a Team Description Healthy Campus has executive coordination and sectorial teams. Of these, the most directly linked to the Coordination and Management of Healthy Campus are the Project Coordination Executive Team and Project Management Team. Evaluation Positive, with the feeling that we are contributing to a healthier Campus through close relationships between Healthy Campus team(s) and Polytechnic of Leiria Leadership. Lessons Learnt Teamwork takes you further! Different teams can reveal unexpected points of view in different fields, allowing for an unusual, while effective, approach strategy. Recommandations Regular contacts are crucial. Share what you have and ask collaboration whenever needed. Main Goals Teams have to: – Coordinate, prepare and submit the application of the Polytechnic of Leiria to the Healthy Campus Programme of FISU – Implement, monitor and improve the Healthy Campus approach, focusing on collaboration and sharing between services. Motivation & Vision A strong and united team focusing on Polytechnic of Leiria’ s well-being, with regular meetings over time. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #12 The university leadership shall identify roles and responsibilities to manage the Healthy Campus approach Target & Stakeholders Healthy Campus Team Time & Frame Healthy Campus Lifetime Team & Staff Healthy Campus Team and Polytechnic Presidency Keywords Executive coordination team, sectorial teams One of the several Healthy Campus Team meetings Order of constitution of the Healthy Campus team Why having such a diverse team on Healthy Campus INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 19 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best PracticesHealthy Campus UNIVERSITY OF RIO VERDE website http://www.unirv.edu.br/ contact joaomario@unirv.edu.br Name of the project Management Committee of the Healthy Campus Program at UniRV - University of Rio Verde Description By joining the FISU Campus Healthy, UniRV identified the need to establish a management committee responsible for the implementation, management, and monitoring the activities to achieve the programmes’s objectives. Evaluation The evaluation of the work of the institutional and operational responsible persons is done annually by the number of criteria achieved and the quality of activities and events, as well by the annual reports produced by FISU. The responsible team will help those two responsible to define other objectives and intermediate goals to better monitor the programme. Lessons Learnt The nomination of the respon- sible staff with the support of representatives of the different groups at the University, will increase personal motivation and a very high sense of institutional cohesion. Recommandations It is important to define the responsibilities, goals and objectives of institutional and operational responsible person and members of the team for its success. As a strategy to improve the role of each one, it is im- portant to create a framework of responsibilities and relationships between team members. Main Goals Appoint a person with institutional political and strategic responsibilities for the internal coordination of the Healthy Campus at UnivRV, and appoint a person with external operational work with FISU in terms of communication and development of the domains and criteria established by the Programme. The coordination team monitors and supports all the work developed by these two people. Motivation & Vision Cohesion between representatives of the University’s top Management and representatives of Professors, Students and Staff is decisive for the successful communication and implementation of the programme. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #13 The university shall name an institutional and operational responsible person to lead and support the Healthy Campus approach. Target & Stakeholders UniRV Leadership, operational and sectoral management of Healthy Campus Time & Frame Since the implementation of the Programme, continuity and mandate of the members of the Commission Team & Staff Institutional Coordinator, Representative of the University Council, Professors, Staff and Students Keywords Leadership, Commitment, Responsibilities, Commission, Global Healthy Campus Development UniRV Rector Prof. Albert Barella University of Rio Verde INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 20 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF DOHA FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY website www.udst.edu.qa contact s&s - udst wellness@cna-qatar.edu.qa / udst.edu.qa Name of the project Healthiest Campus in Qatar Description The Executive seek to position the wellness of students and staff as a distinct priority and differentiator for the university. UDST has enhanced wellness initiatives as part of the Campus Wellness Policy and Strategy designed to achieve the same. Evaluation To secure required resources, data gathering is required to inform evidence based decisions. Staffing cannot be expanded, programmes cannot be enhanced without suitable information to substantiate the initial commitment and longer term sustainability. Lessons Learnt Wellness is important in a post-secondary educational environment given the significant stressors associated with balancing academic and other priorities. Students and employees have different wellness needs. However, both needs should be addressed. Recommandations Leadership needs to be engaged, need to be aware of the value of wellness to the Campus population and they have to advocate for the positioning of wellness as a key component in the strategic direction of the Institution. Main Goals Encourage and engage students & staff to live a healthy, productive and meaningful lifestyle through a comprehensive menu of services and supports to address the current needs while reinforcing a foundation of positive healthy choices going forward. Motivation & Vision UDST strives to be the region’s healthiest university. To achieve that purpose, a number of initiatives have been initiated and related resource commitments have been planned and supported. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #15 The university leadership shall shall ensure the availability of resources for the Healthy Campus approach (human resources, financial resources) Target & Stakeholders Students and Faculty/ Staff members on campus Time & Frame Ongoing – throughout the academic/fiscal year Team & Staff Campus Wide Keywords Healthy Campus, Research, Faculty, Students Presidents Statement on the importance of Wellness Executive support for multiple domains Commitment to diverse wellness interpretation INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 21 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best PracticesHealthy Campus website www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home contact epp.jalakas@sisekaitse.ee Name of the project Fundraising for Healthy Campus activities Description EASS Sports club representatives plan costs and fulfil the applications to get funding for Healthy Campus activities and bigger sports events. Student Council members ask support from the companies for competition awards. Evaluation Cultural Endowment of Estonia has funded EASS Healthy Campus activities twice. Awards have been donated by 21 companies during first year of Healthy Campus programme. Lessons Learnt If you don’t ask support, you don’t get it, but if you ask and can show good reasons to use extra money for students’ health, you might get something for extra costs and widen your list of activities. Recommandations Ask funding in such amount which is notable for extra activ- ities. Be realistic, don’t exagger- ate. Make plan B with less activ- ities and costs if funding is not enough. If you don’t get support, don’t hesitate to ask again from different sources. Main Goals Extra funding creates opportunities for wider projects and more activities, students get experience how to work together with companies for mutual benefits. Motivation & Vision Healthy Campus programme ac- tivities and values need besides voluntary support also material support, which can come from different sources. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #16 In accordance with the Healthy Campus vision and strategy, the university shall plan, implement, evaluate, and improve fundraising processes related to one or several domains of the Healthy Campus scope Target & Stakeholders University community, companies, funds Time & Frame Always when planning future activities Team & Staff EASS Sports club and Student Council Keywords Physical Activity and Well-Being, Fundraising, Volunteers ESTONIAN ACADEMY OF SECURITY SCIENCES Student Council presenting prizes from companies. EASS mascot with sponsors’ prize. Sponsored introduction to new sports. INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 22 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices WATERFORD INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY website www.tcd.ie contact social media platforms: @witvikingssport Name of the project Lets Get Fundraising Description WIT Vikings are responsible for providing opportunities & structures that embeds health & wellbeing into all aspects of campus culture. In accordance with vision and strategy, WIT implements & evaluates fundraising processes annually. Evaluation This has had a positive impact thus far, it has allowed students to understand the fundraising process & has contributed directly into enhancing their programmes. Lessons Learnt Give students the resources and guidance and they will excel. Recommandations An effective marketing campaign is essential. Main Goals To provide students of every level with a positive experience of a healthy campus through Sport & Physical Activity, Mental & Social Health, Nutrition, Disease Prevention, Risk Behaviour & Environ, Sustainability & Social Responsibility initiatives. Motivation & Vision To provide students with the highest standard sport & physical activity facilities to allow them to achieve upmost health and wellbeing. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #16 In accordance with the Healthy Campus vision and strategy, the university shall plan, implement, evaluate, and improve fundraising processes related to one or several domains of the Healthy Campus scope Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame All Year Team & Staff WIT Vikings & Wider WIT Community Keywords Sport, Physical Activity, Positive Experience, Fundraising, Good Health, and Wellbeing INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 23 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF MAIA & POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF MAIA website www.ismai.pt/pt and www.ipmaia.pt/pt/ contact healthycampus@maieutica.pt email healthycampus@maieutica.pt Name of the project Communication Plan Description Using existing resources (e.g., the Marketing Department and the Events Department), we established a set of procedures to create an internal and external communication plan, namely for our stakeholders and students. Evaluation All activities and initiatives directly or indirectly related to Maieutica’s Healthy Campus programme are announced on Campus TVs, posted on official social media, and promoted through an existing mailing list. Lessons Learnt The impact of any event or initiative is greatly enhanced when there is an information dissemination campaign. Without appropriate advertising, the event/initiative can be very limited in its reach. Recommandations Planning initiatives/events in advance allows you to create more appealing and impactful communication materials. Their dissemination through multiple channels requires strategies that need time to have the desired effect. Main Goals To communicate clearly and effectively using formal and digital channels, through a single image (Maiêutica Healthy Campus), leveraging existing resources such as events organisation and marketing. Motivation & Vision A programme depends on a strong image and an effective communication plan. We are committed to setting up a corporate and unique image for Maiêutica Healthy Campus. By creating synergies, we will have a robust implementation and communication. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #18 The university shall implement an appropriate communication policy to internal and external stakeholders. The communications policy shall be relevant to the campus community, delivering with efficiency the right messages, at the right moment, to the right individuals. Target & Stakeholders All Campus community and stakeholders Time & Frame All Year Team & Staff Marketing Department and Events Department Keywords Internal communication, External communication Maiêutica Healthy Campus’ official brand logo Cloud shared with the Marketing Department Landing page on the official website INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 24 Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best PracticesHealthy Campus UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website www.uc.pt contact person filipa godinho email filipa.godinho@uc.pt Name of the project Be Healthy Campaign Description During six weeks a campaign was launched in the six Healthy Campus areas: Physical activity; mental and social health, nutrition, disease prevention, risk behaviour, environment, social responsibility and sustainability. Evaluation The campaign had a very positive impact and some members of the academic community shared pictures on social media performing the challenges. Lessons Learnt Communication and dissemina- tion of the projects are essential to achieve the defined goals. Recommandations Run campaigns that encourage actions, not just the transmission of ideas or sharing of images. Main Goals The campaign aimed to challenge the academic community to change or adjust habits and promote the programme and its areas of activity. The campaign aimed to challenge the academic community to change or adjust habits and promote the programme and its areas of activity. Motivation & Vision Promotion of active and healthy lifestyles; Promote the healthy campus; Implementation of the strategic plan for Healthy Campus UC. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #19 The university shall conduct at least one communication campaign per year for each domain of the Healthy Campus scope Target & Stakeholders Academic community Time & Frame annually Team & Staff UC Healthy Campus Multidisciplinar Team Keywords campaign, be healthy, be active, take care, eat healthy, reduce, reuse and recycle, organise time Be Healthy Campaign Be Healthy Campaign | nutrition Be Healthy Campaign | disease prevention INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 25 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be Name of the project Each department has its own network of external stakeholders Description Each department has its own network of external stakeholders. E.g.: ULB Santé organises 2 awareness days about sexual health in October with its associative partners: “ça m’saoule... j’ai plus de capotes” Evaluation 31 trained students, 300 sensitized students Lessons Learnt Train and raise awareness about sexual health among young people (aged 15-30) through peer education in order to change mentalities and improve behaviour in the long term Recommandations Continue to work with experts’ partners from different area of expertise Main Goals Prevention and promotion of health through an external association network at the university Motivation & Vision The partners train students at the university, creating civic participatory initiatives among students, making them: Citizens Responsible, Assets, Critic and Solidarity Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #21 The university collaborates with external stakeholders in projects regarding the Healthy Campus scope Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame All the year Team & Staff ULB Santé, O’yes, Modus Vivendi, Fares, suicide prevention center, sexual violence management center Keywords ULB Santé, O’yes asbl, Health promotion, education in emotional and sexual relationships Training of students of “Ca m’saoule” project Poster of the event INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 26 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices AUTONOMOUS UNIVERSITY OF BARCELONA website www.uab.cat contact www.uab.cat/rsu & responsabilitat.social@uab.cat Name of the project REUPS (Spanish network of health promoting universities) Description 66 Spanish universities (https:// www.unisaludables.es/es/ miembros) form the Spanish Network of Health Promoting Universities with the aim of sharing experiences and jointly promoting healthy living habits as well as specific actions such as the prevention of addictions, healthy eating or physical exercise. The Network operates with working groups and meets twice a year. In these meetings the advances of the groups are explained and new topics are proposed. Evaluation The network has a sovereign body, the Plenary, which meets twice a year and where the president reports the activity of the network and the application of the agreements. Lessons Learnt Universities have similar problems and joint action helps in developing solutions. Recommandations Promote meetings and conferences where good practices are shared, and working groups that deal with common problems. Main Goals The mission of the network is to become a space for exchange, reflection and analysis of issues that affect the field of health promotion and the development, implementation and evaluation of projects that promote healthy environments. Motivation & Vision To be an organisation recognized as a representative body of the associated universities and for its proactivity in promoting health. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #22 The university shall participate in national networks of universities. Target & Stakeholders University Students and Workers Time & Frame All year Team & Staff 60 Spanish Universities Keywords health promotion, well-being, life quality, university community, healthy campaigns Campaign “Social relationships, source of health” Campaign “Your future is up in the air” Campaign “Dare to break with tobacco” INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 27 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF ANTWERP website https://www.uantwerpen.be/en/ contact internationaloffice@uantwerpen.be Name of the project UAntwerp as a member of international networks Description The central government (IRO) of the university as well as the faculties are the main drivers of new developments, including the creation or joining of networks. A good example is the YUFE partnership, one of Europe’s first new generation universities. Evaluation The evaluation is done regularly with bottom-up as well as top- down and frank appraisals of outcome. Erasmus collaborations e.g. are scrutinized every five years. The networks or contract that haven’t met expectations, are not renewed. Lessons Learnt International relations are a permanent source of learning opportunities. Learning processes vary from assessing the differences in academic approaches, over finding administrative/financial solutions to complex issues, to practical troubleshooting Recommandations Invest enough time in building personal relationships between partner institutions. A network can flourish only on a solid basis. Top-down initiatives seldom work. A broad array of people in every institution should find a “win” in the partnership. Main Goals UAntwerp wishes to be a driver of change in international higher education. Joining forces with likeminded institutions ensures a scale that facilitates change and reinforces positive outcomes. Motivation & Vision UAntwerp is dedicated to providing all its students and staff with international and intercultural competences during their student/staff journey. Being a part of international networks is part of the answer to this challenge. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #23 The university shall participate in international networks of universities Target & Stakeholders international HE-networks, IRO’s of other Universities Time & Frame A continuous cycle of planning, doing, checking and acting Team & Staff Central level IRO+faculties jointly steer internat. policy Keywords international, networks, young universities, education, research, student & staff mobility University of Antwerp Campus University of Antwerp Campus Networking at University of Antwerp INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 28 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSTITY OF LAUSANNE website https://sport.unil.ch/?mid=105 contact person sonia matthey email sonia.matthey@unil.ch Name of the project Jours Santé - Healthy Days Description Since 2016, the University of Lausanne has been organising the Healthy Days event: an event to which the various players in the health sector are invited in order to popularise the information and make it accessible to the university community. In addition, the community has access to new technologies incubated at the Sport and Health Center (Centre Sport et Santé - CSS). Evaluation The number of collaborations around the event continues to grow. Every year, the objectives are achieved and supplemented by new collaborations. The number of participants in the event and in the sessions is constantly increasing. Those respond to a real demand and allow the employees to better manage their health in their work/study environment. Lessons Learnt Universities have similar problems and joint action helps in developing solutions. Recommandations Promote meetings and conferences where good practices are shared, and working groups that deal with common problems. Main Goals To bring together health stakeholders at the same event. Propose health solutions to the community. Make the link with the technologies incubated at the CSS. Motivation & Vision To convey key health messages while promoting information and easy access to the well-being, making the topic of “sustainable health” a common interest. Domain All domains of Healthy Campus Criteria #24 - The university organises for the campus community, at least one annual event, to bring together different areas of the Healthy Campus. Target & Stakeholders The entire university community Time & Frame 1-5 days in the first week of October Team & Staff SSU + health actors UNIL Keywords Healthy days, Sustainable health, federating health stakeholders around a common event, Testing innovation. Amphipole building: participants in front of the “health village” booth. Amphipole building: Swissball session Internef building : Testing Pandafit technology INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 29 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices WATERFORD INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY website www.wit.ie contact @witvikings sport & wit arena social media Name of the project WIT Healthy Campus Beyond The Norm Description Waterford IT organises a number of educational events or workshops that aim to educate the campus population about the different domains that make up the healthy campus. Evaluation All events had a positive impact on campus community members. Students are beginning to engage more with all different aspects of physical health & well-being not just physical activity. Lessons Learnt Introduce topics and then listen to students about how we can improve events & being new ideas. Recommandations Better advertisement & promotional campaign around each event. Main Goals Educate on the different domains - Physical Activity - Nutrition - Disease Prevention - Mental & Social Health - Risk Behaviour Motivation & Vision Provide an array of different events open to all members of the WIT community. Educate and open their minds to all the different aspects of health and well-being. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #25 The university organises, for the campus community, events, workshops, conferences, seminars and/or trainings that cover each domain of the Healthy Campus scope emphasising alignment with SDGs, human rights and related policy at national and international levels. Target & Stakeholders University Students & Staff Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Waterford IT, WIT Vikings Sport, WIT Arena Keywords Healthy Campus, Campus Community, Well-Being, Human Rights, Reduce Inequalities, Spreading Information Professor Ciara Losty - open psychology event Catherine Norton - Sexual Health WIT Student Physical Health Education Seminar INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 30 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF JOHANNESBURG website www.uj.ac.za contact person prof alban burke email aburke@uj.ac.za Name of the project PsyCaD and CAT Online Support Description Students and staff use digital devices (cellphones, apps, and computers) to access information, write assessments and make bookings online and for support. UJ created online platforms to ease the workload and enable people to interact seamlessly. Evaluation Using platforms like Blackboard & U-Link has provided an easier & convenient way of interaction between academic staff & students. Access to such platforms means that teaching & learning can continue both on and/or off the campuses. Positive impact. Lessons Learnt Many students’ pass rate has significantly improved during the pandemic. They had enough time to study and the convenience of writing assessments online. Many people had access to services they normally never considered when they were on campuses. Recommandations A blended/hybrid learning environment is a better option for education institutions. Both Staff & students need to have options to learning & studying - some people excel in using online technology while others prefer the in-contact approach. Main Goals To support both staff and students to access technological tools and support in teaching and learning as well as working. To fulfil our vision of 21st- century skilled academia at UJ. Motivation & Vision The objectives that support the work of each of the three components are to support community-based management processes; provide scaffolded & just-in-time support; drive transformative learning practices & promote the use of cross- platform applets. Domain All domains of Healthy Campus Criteria #26 The university shall use digital technologies to recommend healthy activities adapted to individuals in the campus community and to advise them according to their needs and resources. Target & Stakeholders Staff and Students, PsyCaD and CAT Time & Frame Entire Year (All-year round) Team & Staff Coordinators, Academic Advisors, Lecturers, IT Specialists Keywords Online, Digital technologies, innovative and evolving, blended teaching and learning Two UJ students using a computer laboratory. Students Use Smartphones to Access Services Booking Method: Tests & exams, access information INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 31 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices MURDOCH UNIVERSITY website https://www.murdoch.edu.au/ contact https://www.muactivecalendar.com/ Name of the project Active Campus Calendar Description The Murdoch Active Campus Calendar project endeavours to track all the student-led events at Murdoch University on one calendar. We’ve recently added a second calendar for Murdoch staff that tracks opportunities for staff to get active. Evaluation Continued engagement with the calendar by students and a desire to see it replicated for staff have shown the calendar is a resource that has immediate returns on student activity by demonstrating how busy campus life is throughout the year. Lessons Learnt To combat the common complaint we heard from first year students, we’ve learned it’s important to provide a visual representation of campus life so students can plan their social calendars, and discover opportunities outside of their coursework. Recommandations Develop a CMS system that allows student clubs and societies to manage their social calendars. Demonstrate value by ensuring to provide an accurate and up-to-date calendar of events. Assist clubs by promoting key events to the university community. Main Goals Provides a comprehensive visual guide to a weekly social activity calendar for students and staff to find social, hobby, or learning events to enhance their university experience. Motivation & Vision To show the broad variety of campus events and activities available for students and staff to engage with and keep physically and mentally active as they pursue their academic careers. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #26 The university shall use digital technologies to recommend healthy activities adapted to individuals in the campus community and to advise them according to their needs and resources. Target & Stakeholders University Students & Staff Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Murdoch Active Staff Keywords University Clubs & Societies, Well-Being, Promote student connection, Active living, Student-led Mascot designed by a Murdoch University student. A snapshot of student-led events mid semester. Example of the promoted weekly event roundup. INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 32 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Everyday University life Description At the University of St. Gallen, we have daily activities relating to the various Healthy Campus Domains. These consist of a multitude of sports activities, healthy food choices, and frequent events regarding sustainability or mental health. Evaluation The University of St. Gallen has always had a lot of sports activities. In recent years, the University has expanded its focus on activities relating to sustainability and mental health topics. These events promote a healthy learning environment. Lessons Learnt Members of the campus community are keen to take part in activities relating to Healthy Campus pillars. By providing enough activities, the University can ensure that all students are given the opportunity to participate and make their voices heard. Recommandations These daily activities are organized by various University departments and committees as well as student clubs. Student involvement and initiative is necessary to ensure that these events are successful and to evoke change. Main Goals The main goal is to promote a healthy and balanced lifestyle amongst the campus community and to increase awareness for the Healthy Campus pillars. Through this, the University is encouraging students to take part in building a sustainable future. Motivation & Vision One of the principles of the University of St. Gallen’s is to make use of our social, economic and natural resources in a sustainable way, starting in our daily lives. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #27 The university shall plan and carry out at least weekly activities related to one or several Healthy Campus domains Target & Stakeholders Campus community Time & Frame Daily Team & Staff Unisport, counselling services, cafeteria, student clubs Keywords Healthy campus, sports, nutrition, sustainability, mental health, campus community, Healthy Campus Mental Health Days promoted on social media TRX class as one of the daily sports activities Student Involvement through Sustainability clubs UNIVERSITY OF ST.GALLEN website https://www.unisg.ch/ contact university sports department INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 33 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices KING’S COLLEGE LONDON website https://www.kcl.ac.uk/ contact kcl.ac.uk/sport email kingssport@kcl.ac.uk Name of the project King’s College London | King’s Sport BeActive Description We provide a number of free initiatives for our community to stay active and well, via digital technology and at our Sport & Wellness Clinic and Gyms. All students living in King’s Residences have access to our BeActive programme and Halls Gyms. Evaluation Annually, we have over 9,000 active members of our community through the King’s Move platform. 60%+ of our Halls students are active via Halls Gyms each month. As well as 300+ attendances to our Wellness clinic in the first few months of launching. Lessons Learnt King’s has over 40% international students, living across 11 residences so providing the right activities to the right students can be a challenge. We aim to use data and insight to inform what works, as well as receiving constant feedback Recommandations Try to put activity at the heart of where your community is, and aim to build financially sustainable models of activity that enables activities to be free to the community. Supported via a digital and hybrid approach to extend reach and flexibility. Main Goals Reduce barriers to sport and physical activity whilst improving the wellness of the King’s Community. Our aim is to make activity inclusive and accessible, taking place close to where our students and trying to enable an optimal state of health. Motivation & Vision Aiming to work in collaboration with partners across the University, to contribute to the education and extra-curricular experience through co-creation. To encourage active lives by reducing barriers of time, cost and location in accessing services. Domain All domains of Healthy Campus Criteria #28 The university proposes a minimum number of free of charge activities or at an affordable price for each area of the Healthy Campus scope. Target & Stakeholders University Students Time & Frame Throughout the academic year September - June Team & Staff King’s Sport, King’s Residences & Academic Partners Keywords Physical Activity, Social Sport & Wellness Students taking part in yoga on campus. Rave Run, the sights on London through activity. INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 34 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF PORTO website cdup.up.pt contact person catarina sampaio email catarina.sampaio@cdup.up.pt Name of the project Get your ball and be active Description With the opening of the renovated University Stadium, launched a campaign for free use of outdoor spaces. U,Porto are invited to use the outdoor fields (football 11, football 7 and football 5) freely, just have to join a group of friends, bring a ball and use the facilities between 9 am and 5 pm. Evaluation Positive impact despite the restrictions on COVID. Students have joined the initiative well and are already organising themselves in groups to come and play. The evaluation is made by the number of users separated from those already registered in previous activities and new users. Lessons Learnt It is important to give space to students to be able to decide without stricter timetable constraints and compliance with strict rules for informal sporting practice. Recommandations Carry out a good promotional campaign. This activity was designed for a special period of restrictions, but constituting itself as a success it will continue for the future, taking advantage of hours of less use of indoor and outdoor sports facilities. Main Goals Promote physical activity without major restrictions or regulations in which the rules of the game are defined by the participants; Make the renovated university stadium known as the new home of sport. Motivation & Vision Present the university sports facilities to all students as this will help them be active during the Covid-19 pandemic. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #28 The university proposes a minimum number of free of charge activities or at an affordable price for each area of the Healthy Campus scope. Target & Stakeholders University Students Time & Frame All year. Since September 2020, from 9am to 5 pm Team & Staff U.Porto Sport Center Keywords University Sport, Physical Activity, Good Health and Well-Being, Reduce Inequalities, University Students, Outdoor Activities, Free Use, Covid19. University Stadium, University of Porto. Ball in hand free use participants. Rectory University of Porto, Praça dos Leões, Porto. INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 35 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website https://www.uc.pt/ contact https://www.uc.pt/healthycampusuc/ email filipa.godinho@uc.pt Name of the project Healthy Campus Multidisciplinary Team, Reports and Surveys Description The university uses monitoring and evaluation tools such as strategic plans and account reports. In the scope of health services, mental health and nutrition there is a focus on interviews and questionnaires and in the scope of physical activity and sport a platform and an APP is used for registration, monitoring and evaluation making the process simpler and more precise. In the scope of sustainability, we use specific tools that report the production of green energy and CO2 reduction per year. Evaluation The fact that we have a team focused on developing and monitoring the measures associated with the Healthy Campus, allows a faster and more efficient development of the plan outlined for the project, as well as the constant monitoring of actions. Lessons Learnt It is important to build a team with defined goals and a specific work plan to ensure the success of the project and for each implemented action define a monitoring methodology. Recommandations Involvement of Human Resources working on the fields of the Healthy Campus project and promote the identification and promote the constant search for new initiatives and innovative and attractive strategies based on the different target audiences. Main Goals Establish a long-term plan that envisions actions focused on the Healthy Campus scope. Promote SDG´s and the development of monitoring, evaluation and reporting tools. Motivation & Vision Promote the cohesion of the campus and academic community by keeping it more active and healthier. Promotes and develop methodologies that allow the monitoring of the participants, as well as the effect that results from the implemented actions. Domain All domains of Healthy Campus Criteria #30 The university monitors participation in the Healthy Campus and related programmes and activities. At least, participant numbers from the campus community in activities, organised events, workshops, conferences, seminars and/or trainings; how often they are carried out (frequency); number of internal and external stakeholders involved. Target & Stakeholders Academic Community Time & Frame Throughout the academic year September - June Team & Staff UC Multidisciplinary Team Keywords Multidisciplinary team, monitor- ing, strategy, implementation and improvement of measures Strategic and Action Plan 2020-2022 Areas of operation Activity carried out under the project action plan INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 36 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices ESTONIAN ACADEMY OF SECURITY SCIENCES website https://www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home contact epp.jalakas@sisekaitse.ee Name of the project Feedback as resource for planning Description The satisfaction of first year students, graduates, and staff is assessed regularly. We conducted a survey on some of the Healthy Campus topics in spring and used the responses and comments as the basis for improvements and actions in autumn. Evaluation About 10% of students and 20% of staff responded to the survey. Useful information from feedback – popular topics and campaigns to continue with, new ideas. From feedback to action – 1 article in EASS journal, at least 4 new projects or activities. Lessons Learnt If you plan collecting feedback regularly, and share the results afterwards, it is easier to make decisions about future steps. Recommandations Involve management. Asking for the community´s opinions and ideas provides you with the feedback that helps you to explain what changes have been made and what activities have been organised. Main Goals Collect feedback and put it into use to allow the community benefit most from Healthy Campus programme. Motivation & Vision Our regular feedback system provides some understanding about the community´s reception of HC but we wanted to add specific questions and ask for their opinion. Feedback is used as the source of ideas for changes and new actions. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #31 The university evaluates the satisfaction of the campus community regarding the Healthy Campus approach and responds to the suggestions or remarks. Target & Stakeholders University community Time & Frame At the end of the academic year or after activities Team & Staff The Department of Education, the leaders of HC programme Keywords Physical activity and well-being, Involvement, Feedback, Ideas New leisure opportunities in the EASS park Estonian top athlete’s nutrition lecture Training with top athlete who is student of EASS INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 37 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices KING’S COLLEGE LONDON website https://www.kcl.ac.uk/ contact kcl.ac.uk/sport email kingssport@kcl.ac.uk Name of the project King’s College London| King’s Sport | Quest Accreditation Description Quest is a UK quality scheme for sport and leisure. It continues to be the Sport England recommended Continuous Improvement Tool for facilities and sports development teams, to measure how effective organisations are at providing customer service. Evaluation This year, King’s received ‘Excellent’ for their recovery to COVID 19 - putting us at the top of the bandings. Each year, an auditor will visit the facilities to re-assess the experience and future direction of the department. Lessons Learnt In future, we will be looking to undertake the 2day assessment, which combines a number of other industry accreditations. Additionally, we will be looking at international best practice to continuously improve. Recommandations The initial assessment can be quite daunting, however, to implement a culture of continuous improvement, the initial audits provide a basis to start from and begin working towards your desired banding of accreditation. Main Goals Aimed at comparing across the sector in the UK, there are a number of bandings that serve as best practice, with audits covering: Customer Service Excellence, Compliance. Motivation & Vision Our aim is to deliver trusted, responsive and reliable services that enable the King’s community to make the world a better place. Quest enables us to provide world class facilities with inclusive environments at an exceptional institution. Domain Healthy Campus management Criteria #32 The university is involved in at least one national or international networks of universities that propose benchmarking tools to evaluate their own functioning and compare it to others. Target & Stakeholders Student, Staff and Local Community Time & Frame Annual audits, usually held in the Summer Team & Staff King’s Sport, Estates & Facilities, Quest Keywords Audit, Health & Safety, Customer Experience, Compliance, Facility Management Quest Accreditation King’s Sport - Strand Gym King’s Sport - Honour Oak Park INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 38 Physical activity and sport INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 39 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF LEIRIA website https://www.ipleiria.pt/ contact pafe@ipleiria.pt & desporto@ipleiria.pt Name of the project PAFE® - Programa de Atividade Física para estudantes do Politécnico de Leiria (Physical Activity Programme for Polytechnic of Leiria Students) Description PAFE® - Physical Activity Programme for Students of the Polytechnic of Leiria is a programme based on exercise and physical activity. It offers structured physical activity on a daily basis to all Polytechnic of Leiria’s students. Evaluation The evaluation is frankly positive. The quantitative assessment is also positive, with all of its regular participants improving their Physical Fitness. With the restrictions associated with COVID-19, there was a slight decrease in participants. Lessons Learnt Physical Activity is a powerful tool for achieving better health and quality of life. An active lifestyle is associated with improvements in academic achievements. Recommandations The communication with the students must be improved, so that PAFE® can have more participants. The importance of an active lifestyle should be more valued by students, teachers and employees of the Polytechnic of Leiria. Main Goals Its objectives are: 1 - to increase and maintain students’ physical activity levels, following recommendations of the WHO and 2 - to provide students with the occupation of leisure time, through the practice of regular structured physical activity. Motivation & Vision PAFE® aims to respond to an unfortunately increasingly common problem in society: sedentary lifestyle. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #34 The university proposes physical activity and sport programmes that consider the specific needs and characteristics of the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Polytechnic of Leiria students Time & Frame All academic year, all working days Team & Staff PLeiria’s Social Services and ESECS’ Human Kinetics section Keywords Physical activity, Well-being, Health promotion, Students. Physical Activity Prog. for Students (PAFE) Poster PAFE’s disclosure on FB of Polytechnic of Leiria INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 40 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices PEKING UNIVERSITY website pku.edu.cn contact person he zhonghui email healthycampus@pku.edu.cn Name of the project Night Run Description Night Run happens on the May 4th Playground twice a week and lasts for an hour per time. Students run in the company of music coming from outdoor speakers. The playlists under specific themes are decided through online voting by students. This event is held around 40 times every year, with more than 1500 participants each time. In the fall semester of 2020, the number of participants reached 23811. Evaluation The evaluation is based on the number of participants in Night Run and extracurricular exercise. By choosing themes, picking playlists and managing activities on their own, Night Run, which emphasizes self-education, has made running on the playground a joint expectation for students and received positive responses from students. Lessons Learnt It is beneficial to provide students with opportunities to exercise regularly in a proper way through a well-organised activity. Recommandations Helping students develop the habit of physical exercise calls for regular, interesting and attractive activities organised by the sports department of the university. Night Run, which has been held for 6 years, has become a key event of PKU sports and will be carried into the future. Main Goals Attract students to participate in physical activities on their own initiative through abundant and active forms; Let students enjoy exercising; Make physical exercise a habit of them; Help them develop perseverance; Promote students’ health and well-being. Motivation & Vision Make interest the trigger for students to participate in physical activities more actively and enjoy sports. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #34 The university proposes physical activity and sport programmes that consider the specific needs and characteristics of the campus community. Target & Stakeholders University Students Time & Frame Tuesday and Thursday every semester. Since 2014, from 9 pm to 10 pm Team & Staff Department of PE, PKU Keywords University Sport, Physical Activity, Good Health and Well-being, Sustainable Cities and Communities, University Students, Outdoor Activities, Running May 4th Playground Night Run Night Run INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 41 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA website https://www.uwa.edu.au/ Name of the project UWA Sport Inclusive Sport Framework Description At UWA Sport we want to contribute positively to our student’s journey by meeting their individual needs, pursuits and backgrounds. We are committed to providing everyone at UWA equality of opportunity, experience and outcome. Evaluation The framework has underpinned an increase in offering of services to priority populations. A number of sporting clubs have engaged in diversity and inclusion reviews. UWA Sport expectations of venue use by clubs has prioritised equity focus of groups. Lessons Learnt Clubs and students want to impact and achieve greater inclusion and diversity, the support to do so is welcomed when offered. Peer to Peer and co-design efforts have been most impactful. Dedicated resource is important. Recommandations A clear statement of intent and focus is important for tangible improvement and progress. Student engagement and ‘champions’ of inclusion and diversity bridge a gap for student groups. Third party collaboration amplifies both parties aims. Main Goals Our focus is on fostering an environment that welcomes, accepts, sees and embraces the diversity of our UWA community. The Inclusive Sport Framework focuses on advancing diversity and inclusivity in sport via long-term cultural change. Motivation & Vision Sport is an avenue whereby all individuals can come together to build social cohesion and improve their health and well- being. We foster an environment that welcomes, accepts and embraces the diversity of our community across all services. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #34 The The university proposes physical activity and sport programmes that consider the specific needs and characteristics of the campus community. Target & Stakeholders All students and participants in all services Time & Frame Ongoing Team & Staff UWA Sport, University Sporting Clubs, Student Life Keywords Inclusion Framework Community Mixed sport event of residential college students Our framework INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 42 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices KING’S COLLEGE LONDON website https://www.kcl.ac.uk/ contact kcl.ac.uk/sport email kingssport@kcl.ac.uk Name of the project King’s College London | King’s Sport | Delivery Plan Description The King’s Sport Delivery Plan is developed annually in pursuit of being the Most Active University in London. Putting our community at the heart of our decisions through co-creation, aligned to our University Vision to Make the World a Better Place. Evaluation We have seen growth in engagement to over 40% of our university community. Aligned to Sport England metrics, with over 65% deemed active. We also measure outcomes aligned to social and mental wellness and individual aspiration. Lessons Learnt Over the course of the implementation, we have continued to use business intelligence and insight as key drivers in the pursuit of our ambition. Being spread over 5 campuses in Central London, digital innovation has been pivotal in reducing barriers. Recommandations To set a clear and compelling direction for strategic growth, the guides all decision-making. Co-created with community, identifying ways to build sustainable programmes, services & facilities to improve the lives of those that take part in services. Main Goals Increase engagement in sport and physical activity. Deliver world class, transformative experiences & services. Support the university’s vision 2029 ambitions. Motivation & Vision To be the Most Active University in London by 2021 and Most Active Capital City by 2029 - delivered through reducing barriers to sport and physical activity in time, cost and location. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #35 The university shall determine its own vision, mission and values of physical activity and sport service. Target & Stakeholders Students, Staff and our Community Time & Frame Annually, with our ambition delivered from 2017 - 2021 Team & Staff King’s Sport Team Keywords Sport & Physical Activity, Well-being, Gyms, Sports Grounds, Digital Innovation, Removing Barriers The Great King’s Run King’s Sport Academy Launch Rave Run INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 43 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF DOHA FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY website https://www.udst.edu.qa contact s&w - udst wellness@cna-qatar.edu.qa udst.edu.qa Name of the project Budget for Sport and Wellness Description S&W activities funded through two separate budgeting frameworks. A regular operating budget and a budget based on revenues generated by S&W which allows for flexibility in addressing operational needs and address inconsistencies of the marketplace. Evaluation The budget analysis is done weekly and monthly with updated forecasts. Anomalies are investigated to determine trends and patterns. Lessons Learnt The state funds the operations of S&W services to students. The cost of generating rental and service revenues is appropriately charged against those revenues and not included in the regular operating budget. Thereby providing required flexibility. Recommandations To engage community, facility and service resources can be a great driver. The lesson is that this does not have to impact current operations as revenues can be secured in non-traditional operating hours. A balanced approach works! Main Goals To maximize the resources available to operate S&W programming and to augment programming and offerings of student affairs and other University priorities also to maintain flexibility while ensuring sustainability of the S&W operation. Motivation & Vision To deal with the on-going operational expenses while utilizing the flexibility of the second budget to ensure sufficient human resources and to create student employment opportunities. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #36 The university shall provide a specific budget for physical activity and sport sector. Target & Stakeholders Students, Faculty/Staff, external community Time & Frame Annual Fiscal Team & Staff HR, Student Affairs, Finance and Facilities Keywords Yearly Budget, Revenue Generation, Alternate Strategies to mitigate budget demands Internal Sport Tournaments Community Events Sport Camps and Academies INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 44 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices website https://www.ismai.pt/pt and https://www.ipmaia.pt/pt/ contact healthycampus@maieutica.pt Name of the project Official social media Description All the activities and initiatives related to the Physical Activity and Sports field are posted on official social media. The main focus in terms of communication is the association with the image of Maiêutica Healthy Campus. Evaluation The association of the Fitness and Leisure Centre activities with the Healthy Campus brand allowed promoting the connection of these activities with the health field. In this way, more participants have started to integrate healthy activities. Lessons Learnt The physical and sporting activities can create the illusion that they are only for sportspeople or active people. This perception may inhibit non- active people from participating because they do not feel comfortable and capable. Recommandations Communicate in an inclusive language. Communicate the message that the activities are for everyone, not just sportspeople, and that they are tailored to everyone’s starting level. Main Goals Strengthen the Maiêutica Healthy Campus brand through the association of activities and initiatives in the physical activity and sports field. Motivation & Vision Our Fitness and Leisure Centre promotes numerous specific and systematic activities throughout the year. Through the association with the Maiêutica Healthy Campus brand, there is also a clear partnership with the area of health. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #37 The university shall establish a marketing plan for physical activity and sport. Target & Stakeholders Campus community and stakeholders Time & Frame Throughout the year Team & Staff Marketing, Fitness and Leisure Centre Keywords Communication Plan, Official social media UNIVERSITY OF MAIA & POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF MAIA Post informing the opening of the Centre Post of an initiative for disabled students Post linking Physical Activity and Nutrition INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 45 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF SPLIT website https://www.unist.hr/en/ contact s&w - udst wellness@cna-qatar.edu.qa udst.edu.qa Name of the project Unist Health Days - First aid course Description The first aid course is organised for coaches and leaders of sports activities at the University. Through the course, participants learn the basics of first aid as well as the operation of an automatic defibrillator. Evaluation The course is designed for 25 participants, of which at least 15 are coaches and leaders of sports activities. Lessons Learnt Students learn to provide first aid to an injured person in external and/or internal bleeding, various types of injuries and wounds, bone and joint injuries, accidental conditions, and sudden-onset conditions. Recommandations As the number of users (students) of sports activities is constantly growing, it is necessary to increase awareness and knowledge of first aid. This will be achieved through several organised courses throughout the year. Main Goals The main goal is to increase health security in sports activities carried out at the University of Split. Motivation & Vision Raise public awareness of the importance of first aid knowledge and skills. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #39 The university organises, at least once a year, a first aid course open to people practicing physical activity and sport, to related staff, coaches and trainers. Target & Stakeholders University Students, University coaches and leaders Time & Frame Once a year Team & Staff Split University Sports Association, University of Split Keywords Good Health and Well-Being, Quality education, First Aid, University Students, University coaches Campus - University of Split The first aid course The first aid course INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 46 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices website https://www.unilu.ch/en/ contact person benedikt nann email benedikt.nann@unilu.ch Name of the project Combining Sports and Arts Description With the opening of the HSCL- Gym in 2020 we wanted to include as many students as possible. We launched a contest where the winner could realize their own graffiti on the wall of the gym. Evaluation We were able to use the time during the corona-lockdown, when the gym was closed. We got a lot of feedback and submissions for the contest, which showed us how interested the people were in projects like that. Lessons Learnt There are not only art students who are interested in projects like that. It’s important to create possibilities for everyone and advertise on different platforms. Recommandations Advertising on different platforms to reach as many people as possible. Not only concentrating on the art students. Calculating enough time for the interested to come up with a concept and realizing their vision. Main Goals Including students which are not interested in active sport and creating a platform where they can display their talent. Motivation & Vision The grafitti lightens up the room and creates a welcoming environment for everyone. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #40 The university shall have infrastructures for indoor sports. These facilities can be their own or shared with the municipality or clubs of the region. Target & Stakeholders Students, Employees, Alumi Time & Frame All year round Team & Staff Multiple different facilities in and around Lucerne Keywords University Sports, indoor Activities, Gym, more Opportunities UNIVERSITY OF LUCERNE New HSCL-Gym The finished graffiti in the gym INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 47 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices TRINITY COLLEGE DUBLIN website https://www.tcd.ie contact https://www.tcd.ie/sport/ Name of the project Outdoor facilities Description Trinity Sport has many outdoor facilities such as the on campus grass pitches for hockey, soccer and rugby. There is a grass running track, a croquet lawn and all weather tennis. We have off site facilities and a boathouse. Evaluation Low participation this year. Lessons Learnt To recognize emergencies situations such as heart attack, to manage the situation (call the emergency services, to give cardiac massage and use of AED. Recommandations To keep this annual training and to render mandatory training for the newcomers. The AED is present in each sporting facility. Main Goals Our main goals are to promote physical activity to all staff and students. This includes participants from the elite to the participation programmes. Motivation & Vision Present the best facilities to all staff and students. Be able to rent out our outdoor facilities when not in use. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #41 The university shall have infrastructures for outdoor sports. These facilities can be their own or shared with the municipality or clubs of the region. Target & Stakeholders Staff, Students, alumni and external stakeholders Time & Frame All year round Team & Staff Trinity Sport and grounds staff Keywords Sports Facilities, Outdoor, Sports Grounds, Outdoor facilities. Boathouse, Islandbridge Trinity College Rugby Pitch College Park home to Soccer, Hockey and Athletics INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 48 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF MINHO website https://www.uminho.pt/pt contact ddc@sas.uminho.pt email gabriel@sas.uminho.pt Name of the project Cat on the beach (Gata na Praia) Description The University of Minho organise every spring break time a beach camp festival. Every day, there is a team´s sport competitions between teams composed by 4 men’s and 4 women, in parallel they run a series of traditional and popular games. At the start of each day of sports activities there is a warm up with musical choreography with stretching session. Evaluation Most of the students repeat this experience throughout their academic life. The participants get a questionnaire at the end of the activity about their satisfaction. Lessons Learnt It´s the perfect environment to promote different experiences, practicing new sports in different environment, creation of new friendships and getting a life time experience. Recommandations A good and comprehensive planning process; knowing very well the place where the activity will happen; Engage a large and experienced staff with a good background in sports. Main Goals This initiative was developed to promote sport and the academic spirit and gender equity. All activities are done in group and outdoor environment, this programme promotes social cooperation and sports development. Motivation & Vision To promote sport and the academic spirit, with activities in a group and in a place outside the academy. Every year we have to promote new sports, to create new experiences. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #41 The university shall have infrastructures for outdoor sports. These facilities can be their own or shared with the municipality or clubs of the region Target & Stakeholders Students of University of Minho Time & Frame One week during Spring Break Team & Staff Sports Services and Students Union; Local municipality Keywords Beach Sports, Social Activities, Informal Competition, Spring Breaks Final Day Group Photo Warm Up before Sports Activities Beach Sports Activities INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 49 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices website https://www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home contact epp.jalakas@sisekaitse.ee Name of the project Notice, report, and fix Description The EASS students have constant access to the academy’s sports facilities, and they need to follow safety rules and report about misfunctions. There is an information flow line how problems are reported and fixed. Evaluation We receive reports about problems and inquiries concerning the purchase of new equipment about once a month. The reported problems have been discussed among administration on the same or the next workday. The time for solving the problems has ranged from 1 day to 3 months. Lessons Learnt Besides solving reported problems, regular check (once a month) of facilities and machines by members of staff is necessary. For special equipment, service agreements and maintenance twice a year helps to maintain the safety of the machines. Recommandations Inform students that they must report about problems. Solutions can be made according to risks and costs of solving the problems. If necessary, danger signs shall be displayed. Cost of service and replacement parts should be planned in budget. Main Goals Users of the sports facilities feel that it is important to keep facilities and machines safe for themselves and other users. Administration helps to repair faults and solve problems. Motivation & Vision We can all help to maintain the best conditions for physical activity and sport in university. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #43 The university ensures the security of its sports facilities. Target & Stakeholders Users of university’s sports facili- ties Time & Frame Regularly Team & Staff Staff of EASS sports centre and administration centre Keywords Sport facilities, Security ESTONIAN ACADEMY OF SECURITY SCIENCES Regular check of machines is necessary Rules of usage of the EASS gym Safety rules avoid misusing of equipment INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 50 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices AUTONOMOUS UNIVERSITY OF BARCELONA website https://www.tcd.ie contact https://www.tcd.ie/sport/ Name of the project Healthy and sustainable Campus activities on the central axis Description Activities: Initiation to Taichi, Initiation to Zumba (aerobic activity with musical support), Initiation to Yoga, Initiation to Kombat (aerobic activity with musical support). Evaluation Initial and final satisfaction survey of the participants. Final report from teachers. Adhesion register. Lessons Learnt The health and well-being benefits of education in the nearby natural environment. Holistic effect of outdoor learning. Different experimentation with the human senses. Improvement of the social skills of the students. Commitment to nature. Recommandations Temporal activities with good weather. Find direct communication channels with the community. Promote “peer- to-peer” activities. Main Goals Promote an active lifestyle. Promote the practice of physical activity and the socialization of class groups and others. Energize the central axis and the nearby natural environment → cut to the circulation of vehicles. Motivation & Vision Take advantage of the opportunities posed by outdoor activities around the campus. Promote shared activities between teachers, students and PAS staff. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #44 The university facilitates access and removes potential barriers to accessing sports facilities. Target & Stakeholders whole community: students, PAS and PDI Time & Frame From October to December and from February to May. Every Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday from 2:15 p.m. to 3:15 p.m. Team & Staff Trinity Sport and grounds staff Keywords Healthy activities, outdoors, free, without registration INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 51 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices website https://www.wit.ie/ contact social media platforms: @witvikingssport @witarena Name of the project Try WIT Vikings Physical Activity & Sport Description Together with the WIT Arena, one of the main objectives for WIT Vikings Sport is to facilitate access and remove potential barriers to accessing our sports facilities, thus ensuring ease of access to all. Evaluation Positive impact. Regular reviews and audits conducted in order to ensure all our operations for the above are to the highest standard and cover all areas. Lessons Learnt It is critical to provide individuals with the freedom to make decisions without being constrained by rigorous timetables and stringent restrictions for recreational sporting activity. Recommandations Execute a successful promotional campaign. This activity was created for a limited time period, but because it was a success, it will be repeated in the future, taking advantage of occasions when indoor and outdoor sporting facilities are less used. Main Goals At WIT Vikings Sport we aim to create an inclusive environment that helps to enhance the quality of life to all students and staff, along with the wider community through increased physical health and well-being. Motivation & Vision For all students to be informed of the university’s sports facilities, since this will encourage them to be active during their college years. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #44 The university facilitates access and removes potential barriers to accessing sports facilities. Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame All Year Team & Staff WIT Vikings & WIT Arena Keywords Sport, Physical Activity, Health and Well-being, Reduce Inequalities, Outdoor Activities, Free WATERFORD INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY Free Shuttle Bus Try Olympic Weightlifting Sport Open Days INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 52 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Sport and Wellness Booking Website Description Sport and Wellness operate a fully integrated customized scheduling and booking system. Find below overview of full system capabilities including flow charts for facility rentals and service registration. https:// falconsport.cna-qatar.com/ Evaluation The booking system’s two most important characteristics are its consistent-seamless performance and its ability to engage a wide variety of user groups whilst aligning with the universities policies and procedures. Lessons Learnt The booking system makes it much easier to manage the facilities. It indicates the busiest times and the most popular facilities on campus, enabling the most effective use of the facilities to meet the demands of the campus and the greater community. Recommandations S&W has been able to effectively monitor facility utilization, increase everyday operation, and improve recording and tracking capabilities while maintaining user safety and security because to the booking system. Main Goals To allow smooth functioning of the S&W facilities at UDST. To record and track facility usage trends to provide better support to the campus and the local community. Motivation & Vision To facilitate smooth access for all user groups for S&W facilities and Services without impacting the existing services and supports to students. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #45 The university shall use adequate tools to manage the booking of sports facilities and to evaluate their use. Target & Stakeholders Students, Faculty/Staff, Public community Time & Frame Since 2019 Team & Staff Sport and Wellness Keywords Sports Facilities, Bookings, Website UNIVERSITY OF DOHA FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY website https://www.udst.edu.qa contact s&w - udst wellness@cna-qatar.edu.qa udst.edu.qa Booking website dashboard Log in page of the booking website Booking confirmation page INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 53 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices website pimunn.ru contact person bocharin ivan vladimirovich email bocharin.ivan@mail.ru Name of the project Psychological monitoring and functional profiling of students of Privolzhsky Research Medical University as a determination of the optimal exercise regime Description This project is aimed at determining the optimal physical activity of students by monitoring their personal situation, studying the level of functional reserves of the body, as well as teaching the basics of pilates. Evaluation Psychological questionnaires, functional testing with the determination of more than 180 physiological parameters have been developed and implemented, 1 direction of physical activity has been introduced. Lessons Learnt These activities are necessary to identify students who need correction of physical activity. They should be implemented not only at the beginning, but also in the middle of the academic year, after the winter examination session. Recommandations Adapt the psychological questionnaire to maximize the assessment of the student’s psychological profile Timely adjust the level of physical activity for students Implement these activities at least once a academic year. Main Goals To assess the psychological state of students with the help of a specially designed questionnaire. To investigate physiological parameters using hardware and software equipment Introduction of a three-stage method of training using the Pilates system. Motivation & Vision All students are engaged in the discipline “physical culture”. However, it is necessary to take into account the psychophysiological characteristics of each student for an individual approach to the implementation of physical activity. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #46 The university offers activities and/or events that allow the campus community to conduct an evaluation of an individual’s personal situation in terms of physical activity participation. Target & Stakeholders All students of the university Time & Frame Every year, at the beginning of each academic year Team & Staff Employees of the Department of Physical Culture and Sports, employees of the Institute of Clinical Psychology Keywords Psychological adaptation, functional testing, physical activity, monitoring, pilates PRIVOLZHSKY RESEARCH MEDICAL UNIVERSITY Monitoring of the student’s personal situation Functional testing using hardware and software Teaching students the pilates system INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 54 Healthy Campus Healthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Gender Equality Plan (GEP) Promoting gender balance and inclusion in dual career programme Description The University promotes a Dual Career programme for students- athletes. The participation of female and paralympic athletes is encouraged. The sport committee shall guarantee equal opportunities in the selection phase. The equality committee supports the action and evaluates the results. Evaluation The GEP sets objectives and actions for gender equality. This specific action is related to sport activities and the dual career programme. The annual report describes progress along the path set by the project. Lessons Learnt We believe that an independent committee working in the equality perspective and a GEP specifically devoted to gender parity may be powerful tools to increase female and paralympic participation to dual career programme. Recommandations Establish an independent body and set specific goals and actions for gender equality and inclusion. Apply this perspective in the top athletes supporting programme. Main Goals The Equality Committee’s and the GEP design specific actions in order to promote well-being and prevent discrimination in all dimensions of the academical life. Sport activities are designed to improve inclusion and participation for all members of the community. Motivation & Vision The committee promotes measures designed to prevent and fight all forms of discrimination. The University aims at achieving a sustainable and inclusive community characterized by equal opportunities. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #47 The university supports or organises programmes for gender equality promotion in physical activity and sport. Target & Stakeholders Female and disabled students’ athletes Time & Frame Annual report (March). GEP every 4 years (21-24) Team & Staff Sport Committe, Equality Committee Keywords Equal opportunity, dual career UNIVERSITY OF MILANO-BICOCCA website https://en.unimib.it/ contact comitatounicogaranzia@unimib.it GEP 21-24 Presentation Keywords INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 55 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices website http://eng.rudn.ru/ contact person aleksandr bychkov email bychkov-aa@rudn.ru Name of the project Training course of physical culture Description Classes are aimed at meeting the students’ needs by doing sports regularly, communicating. The study groups consist of girls and boys. Over 6,000 students from more than 150 countries are involved in physical activity. Evaluation Psychological questionnaires, functional testing with the determination of more than 180 physiological parameters have been developed and implemented, 1 direction of physical activity has been introduced. Lessons Learnt The interests of both sexes should be considered when expanding the types of physical activity under the programme implementation. It is necessary to adapt the programmes to the physical abilities and capacities of boys and girls. Recommandations Developing the physical education methods and means used in terms of quality considering the peculiarities of students’ physiological development. Testing new types of physical activity in small mixed focus groups of students from different countries. Main Goals Regularly expanding the types of physical activity (programmes under the current implementation: basketball, badminton, volleyball, football, athletics, aerobics) considering the interests of students of both sexes. Promoting the values of gender equality in physical education and sports is required. Motivation & Vision Friendly communication of students, mutual assistance in mastering the types of physical activity. Development of communication skills, removing bars in communication of both sexes. Obtaining new motor skills and skills inherent in certain sports. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #47 The university supports or organises programmes for gender equality promotion in physical activity and sport. Target & Stakeholders Students of both sexes, different countries, teaching staff Time & Frame The events are held annually Team & Staff Sport team Keywords Students, physical activity teachers RUDN UNIVERSITY (PEOPLES’ FRIENDSHIP UNIVERSITY OF RUSSIA) INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 56 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Project for people with musculoskeletal disorders (MSD) Description Organisation of sports training in sitting volleyball for persons with a lesion of the MSD, with the participation of university students. Performance of the team “Alga” at competitions. In 2020, 3rd place in the Russian Championship. Evaluation Number of participants 50 Ranked in the Russian Championship Publication in the media and social networks. Lessons Learnt The method of sports training sitting volleyball for people with musculoskeletal system damage. Scientific data on improving the mental and physical condition of disabled athletes. Professional competencies of sitting volleyball coaches. Recommandations To implement the project an advertising company to motivate the disabled, an accessible environment at the university, volleyball coaches, financial support for the purchase of special equipment, uniforms, athletes going to competitions. Main Goals Physical rehabilitation and social integration of disabled people. Development of adaptive sports. Formation of professional competence of students. Development of innovative methods of teaching disabled people. Motivation & Vision Participation in the Russian Championship. Obtaining a sports title (candidate Master of sports, Master of sports). Increasing the level of physical capabilities. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #48 The university supports or organises programmes of physical activity and sport for people with disabilities. Target & Stakeholders Athletes with disorders of the MSD, students, teachers Time & Frame Since 2018 - annually Team & Staff Manager, team coach, students Keywords disabled people, sitting volleyball, physical rehabilitation VOLGA REGION STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL CULTURE, SPORT AND TOURISM website https://www.sportacadem.ru/ contact person galieva chulpan email afkibzh@mail.ru Team of Tatarstan “Alga” in sitting volleyball Team of Tatarstan “Alga” in sitting volleyball Practice in sitting volleyball INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 57 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project UC+Ativa, Try it, Walk and Run Group Description In these programmes it’s possible to experience a variety of activities according to the preferences, walk and run accompanied by specialized monitors and take the opportunity during breaks from work to stay active and improve their posture. Evaluation Very positive satisfaction from the participants and a high number of interested people. Lessons Learnt It should be one of the premises of educational institutions to make available to their community activities that meet their preferences. Recommandations Promote quality programmes. Main Goals To offer quality activities to the academic community, contributing to the formation of more active, healthy people and consequently promoting their well-being. Motivation & Vision Contribute to a more cohesive, balanced and active academic community. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #49 The university supports or organises programmes of physical activity and sport for non-active people of the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Academic Community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff UC Sport Team Keywords be active, sport activities, improve posture and well-being UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website https://www.uc.pt/ contact healthycampus@uc.pt email filipa.godinho@uc.pt Try it Walk and Run Group Logo INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 58 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Reception Week/ Sports Week Description Every year, Iscte organises both the Reception Week and Sports Week for national and international new students in which we provide them with multiple and diverse sports activities such as surf workshops, caving tours, coasteering and trekking. Evaluation Positive impact. Both the Reception Week and the Sports Week have a high rate of participation and, overall, all students enjoy the activities in which they participate. Lessons Learnt It is important to create these types of opportunities not only to promote physical activity, but also because it is one of the easiest forms to create an environment for students to socialize. Recommandations The main obstacle is to be able to reach all students and let them know that these initiatives exist. Once they know, most of them are open to participate. Main Goals To promote physical activity among Iscte’s students and to create opportunities for students to socialize and meet one another. Motivation & Vision Give student’s easy access to opportunities for them to engage in physical activity and to socialize. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #50 The university organises programmes of physical activity and sport for the new students. Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame Every year Team & Staff Sports Unit, International Relations Unit, Students Association Keywords University, Sports, Students, Physical Activity, Exercise, Erasmus, International ISCTE - UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF LISBON website www.iscte-iul.pt contact desporto@iscte-iul.pt Sports services presentation to new students Sports Week in Iscte’s main patio Reception Week - Trekking activity INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 59 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Internal Leagues Description The UJ internal leagues are organised for new and returning students who wish to participate in sport that classified as non- competitive or high-performance codes. The excelling students are then absorbed into the University’s formal team structures. Evaluation Internal leagues have had a positive impact in terms of improving the quality of residence life for students. Students make friendships through the leagues as many of them are mixed with new students in the residences and the teams. Lessons Learnt Internal leagues are not only important for an active student life, but also good for relationship building and scouting new talent. Recommandations The internal leagues programme should be marketed and publicised to the entire student population at the First-Year- Seminar at the beginning of each year. This is important because everyone gets to hear about it and can join a team. Main Goals To introduce a residence culture that values an active lifestyle, to recruit new players for the formal teams, to complement the academic schedule with a recreational student ethos. Motivation & Vision Internal leagues are very important for keeping a healthy and active student population. Some students may not be initially recruited into the formal teams, but through the residence leagues team managers and coaches notice their talent. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #50 The university organises programmes of physical activity and sport for the new students. Target & Stakeholders Residence students, Student Affairs, Day Houses Time & Frame February to October Team & Staff Residences, Sports Clubs, Club Managers, Residence Managers Keywords Student recreational activities, competitions, healthy residence life, sport for new students UNIVERSITY OF JOHANNESBURG website www.uj.ac.za contact person joel kgokong email joelk@uj.ac.za Basketball Women’s Team Basketball Men’s Team UJ International Student Festival INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 60 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Unisport Introduction StartWeek (Freshers week) Description In the StartWeek the Sports department introduces themselves in a presentation and sports clubs are introduced at the club fair. All new students see the Unisport facilities on the mandatory campus tour. Introduction sessions for the Gym are offered. Evaluation Promoting the Unisport to new students in the first week enables students who may not have been aware of the extensive sports facilities and activities to try them out. However, this is hardly needed, as 98% of students at the University do sports. Lessons Learnt By offering multiple (of the mandatory) gym introduction sessions in the StartWeek and offering the course as an online self-study course, students can start using the facilities right away. Recommandations Use the presentations and events in the first week to promote the Unisport activities. Offer introduction courses in those first few weeks to ensure that new students feel comfortable and know how to use the sporting facilities. Main Goals The main goal of promoting the Unisport facilities and activities to all new students at the beginning of the semester is to encourage them to make use of the sports facilities and activities. Motivation & Vision By motivating students to take advantage of the sports opportunities offered, the Sports department tries to encourage a healthy and balanced environment and the well-being of the community members. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #50 The university organises pro- grammes of physical activity and sport for the new students. Target & Stakeholders New students Time & Frame First week of University for all new students Team & Staff University Sports department Keywords Unisport, Physical activity, Sports, StartWeek, University Students, New students, introduction UNIVERSITY OF ST.GALLEN website https://www.unisg.ch/ contact unisport Unisport teacher presenting the Sports department Introduction of the Unisport to new students Sign-ups for the Gym introduction course INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 61 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Games Day Description Baseball, volleyball, soccer, Go-moo-jul nori (hopping over an elastic band), Ttangttameokgi (a game expanding territories within the boundary of a square or a round game board drawn on a flat area of dirt). Evaluation International students who have never played traditional Korean games understood the instructions fairly well, and after each game, they wanted to repeat the games themselves to see if they remembered the rules correctly. Lessons Learnt Students are able to create new games and make creative adaptation to existing games through dialogue and interactions. Recommandations Prepare a written instruction in advance about the rules of each game and have students read them before they participate. Conduct a survey in advance if there is any traditional game international students would like to introduce to their friends. Main Goals Facilitate interaction between Korean students and international students through sports. Motivation & Vision Using sports to overcome difference and encourage dialogue so that students will learn to break down prejudice, stereotypes, cultural differences, intolerance, and discrimination. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #51 The university organise programmes of physical activity and sport for the international exchange students. Target & Stakeholders University students Time & Frame From mid September to early October Team & Staff Office of International Affairs Keywords Sports. Easy Instruction. Sports Spirit. Teamwork. Encouragement. Cultural Exchange. MYONGJI UNIVERSITY website https://www.mju.ac.kr/us/index..do contact website enter.mju.ac.kr – mju_inbound@mju.ac.kr Games Day Games Day Games Day INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 62 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Introduction to Fitness Trainings in different forms Description Fitness Training is one of elective subjects in EASS curricula. Together with the Physical Education classes and individual instructed workouts, this elective course helps students to master proper training techniques in the gym. Evaluation Fitness Training has been elected by students every time when offered; last semester, 36 students completed this course. Introductive gym trainings have been part of compulsory subjects in 3 colleges. Individual guided workouts are held once a year. Lessons Learnt Fitness training as elected subject is a good solution for students who don’t have compulsory Physical Education in their curriculum. Top level athletes are ready to share their skills and experience; even more – they value the teaching experience. Recommandations If you have a gym at the campus, ensure that guided introductions to strength training are available for these members of the community who are not familiar with it. Even a couple of workouts with instructors or athletes can help. Main Goals The main goal of various introductions to fitness exercises and training principles is to encourage our students to use the gym regularly to improve their physical skills and fitness. Motivation & Vision University time is loaded with mental effort and intellectual growth, but it is also important to create opportunities for students to build their physical strength. Without introduction and instruction, many new students are afraid to use the gym. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #52 The university provides physical activity and sport counselling to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders New cadets, Experienced athletes, instructors Time & Frame During the first semester of the academic year. Team & Staff The Department of Academic Affairs, Head of Sport, Athletes Keywords Physical Activity and Sport, Guidance, Fitness Training ESTONIAN ACADEMY OF SECURITY SCIENCES website https://www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home contact epp.jalakas@sisekaitse.ee Powerlifter Helena Veelmaa with co-students Top bodybuilder sharing experiences in EASS gym Fitness Training lecture in EASS gym INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 63 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Camps for prospective students Description EASS coordinates preliminary internal security studies in high schools and organises camps for these students. Volunteers from our colleges provide physical activities to participants (terrain games, physical tests, self- defence practices). Evaluation Approximately 400 prospective students from 14 high schools participate in camps every academic year. Lessons Learnt For those high school students who participated in camps, it was easier to choose EASS for their further studies and volunteers learned how to share experience through organised activities. Recommandations Joint sporting activities which you plan in the camp’s programme can serve as both, physical exercises, and an opportunity to share their knowledge and teach new skills in university specialties. Main Goals Camps for prospective students help to introduce our academy to them and offer couple of days full of physical activities and fun. Motivation & Vision It is important for prospective students to meet university students who were in the same position as them a few years ago, because university students can encourage the preparation for entrance tests and give useful advice. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #53 The university promotes its physical activities and sport to prospective students. Target & Stakeholders High Schools, Volunteers Time & Frame Couple of times during academic year Team & Staff The Centre for Continuing Education and volunteers Keywords Physical Activity and Sport, Prospective Students website https://www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home contact epp.jalakas@sisekaitse.ee ESTONIAN ACADEMY OF SECURITY SCIENCES Introduction of EASS to prospective students Camp activities for prospective students. Camp activities for prospective students. INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 64 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Special Conditions to alumni Description The Fitness and Leisure Centre promotes several physical activities for different target groups. Our alumni can participate with special conditions. Thus, we also promote generational continuity between new, current and former students. Evaluation At the end of the day, our sports facilities are frequented by a wide range of users representing different age groups, which promotes social and intergenerational contact. Lessons Learnt Participation in physical activities is more enduring over time if social contacts and close relationships are established between different users - students, members of the academic community and external stakeholders. Recommandations Communication through images of people or groups of different age groups. Investing in the monitoring of technicians who may themselves be students in professional training. Main Goals Keeping the bond between the Academy and the alumni. Promote contact and the provision of services to the whole local community, including alumni. Enable the professional and academic training for students. Motivation & Vision Promoting bonding through physical activities is important for generations of students. With intergenerational contact, physically active habits cross the different generations of students and members of the academic community. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #54 The university promotes its physical activities and sports to alumni of the university. Target & Stakeholders Alumni and Campus community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Fitness and Leisure Centre Keywords Alumni, special conditions UNIVERSITY OF MAIA & POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF MAIA website https://www.ismai.pt/pt and https://www.ipmaia.pt/pt/ contact healthycampus@maieutica.pt Engaging communication Active + Programme - for academic community Fit + Programme - for stakeholders including alumni INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 65 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Centre of sports events Description RUDN University hosts the Russian Powerlifting Championship at its base, in which athletes of various ages from all over Russia take part, on the days of the competition, the doors of RUDN University are open to everyone to watch and cheer on the athletes. Evaluation Number of people doing sports at the RUDN University sports facilities on their own, number of sports competitions (events) hosted by RUDN University. Lessons Learnt When implementing events, it is necessary to consider the number of participants in the competition, number of spectators, medical care services. It is necessary to pay attention to arranging food outlets. One can learn how to organise various components of the processes of a large sports event. Recommandations Special attention should be paid to working with the audience, providing an entertainment programme during breaks, organising lounge areas and catering places, including optional entertaining mini-games or draw games. Main Goals Increasing the number of students and the local community doing sport at the RUDN University indoor and outdoor sports facilities on their own, increasing the number of sports events hosted by RUDN University. Motivation & Vision Opportunity to organise sport competitions which will be unforgettable in terms of entertainment and intensity of emotions for students and the local community. Receiving positive emotions and expanding partner sports ties. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #55 The university organises or collaborates with partners in the organisation of sports events open to the local community. Target & Stakeholders Athletes, students, local community, event organisers Time & Frame The events are held annually Team & Staff Sport department Keywords Athletes, students, local community website http://eng.rudn.ru/ contact person aleksandr bychkov email bychkov-aa@rudn.ru RUDN UNIVERSITY (PEOPLES’ FRIENDSHIP UNIVERSITY OF RUSSIA) Awards ceremony for the winners of the competition RUDN powerlifting team after Russian Powerlifting Championship INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 66 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Polysports Description Every year, throughout the spring semester, students from EPFL and UNIL gather by section/faculty to compete in about twenty different sports. Based on the principle of the Olympic Games, each medal won earns points for its section, and at the end of the tournament, the section with the most points wins the PolySports Cup! Evaluation Regular sessions with a numerical assessment at the end and the definition of new objectives for the next edition. Lessons Learnt Tournament is established over time and student teams in the committees are renewed. Fear at the beginning that students would be unreliable, that projects would fall through. Recommandations A structure like the sports department to supervise them and to have an eye on the finances and security is necessary. But otherwise, don’t be afraid! The students are amazing. Main Goals Creating moments of encounter through multi-sport tournaments. Sharing with other students. Provide opportunities for students to organise events. Motivation & Vision Super motivated students in the organising committee, They are not counting their hours. Lot of energy and ideas. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #56. The university organises sports competition within the university. Target & Stakeholders Students community Time & Frame During the spring semester Team & Staff 22 students volunteers +1 referent SSU Keywords 24 disciplines, 22 committee members all student volunteers, 6 days of presence at the sports centre, 1200 athletes at the sports centre, 400 registrations for the 20km of Lausanne UNIVERSITY OF LAUSANNE website https://polysports.pese.ch/ contact person reto ineichen email reto.ineichen@unil.ch Volley tournament in Dorigny Volley tournament in Dorigny Polysports Poster INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 67 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices UNIVERSITY OF MINHO website https://www.uminho.pt/pt contact ddc@sas.uminho.pt email gabriel@sas.uminho.pt Name of the project European Universities Futsal Championship 2019 Description An organisation attributed by EUSA to FADU, in partnership with UMinho and AAUMinho, which provides for the involvement of 40 teams - around 500 participants and 250 staff and volunteers - with 3 sports halls planned for the competition. Evaluation A satisfaction survey was held to all participating teams during the competition. EUSA, as the regulatory body for university competitions in Europe, collects information to produce a final report to be delivered to the local organisation. Lessons Learnt Improves the internal knowledge over the organisation and perception of organisational realities in other countries; Development of human resources skills interacting with different cultures that are put in to practice daily with foreign students. Recommandations Develop sports policies aligned with international sports federations and implemented at the University level; Foster good relations between the University and local clubs, local Associations and National Sports Federations; Encourage a positive relationship with City Hall and national higher- educational institutions. Main Goals Provide university students/ athletes with new experiences at a highly competitive level; Develop/promote the sport at the local level; Promote the University and the organising city brand image. Motivation & Vision To cement the image of the University of Minho as one of the most active Higher Education Institutions in terms of sports and dual career promotion, both at nationally and internationally level. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #58 The university organises and participates in the organisation of national or international sports events or championships Target & Stakeholders University students-athletes Time & Frame 6 to 8 days at the end of the academic year - 15 to 23 July Team & Staff UMinho, AAUMinho, FADU, FPF, Braga City Hall, IPDJ Keywords University Competition, European, UMinho, AAUMinho, EUSA, FADU Opening Ceremony at city historical center Competition at UMinho Sports Hall Delivery of medals and Closing Ceremony INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 68 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Dual Career Programme Description The programme provides flexible learning paths and exam dates, and administrative tutoring for student-athletes. Economic benefits (university fees exemption, scholarships) for students highly deserving for study, sport, and economic situations. Evaluation Positive impact, despite UNITO Dual Career Programme just started in this academic year (2021-21). Seventy-two students have already joined the initiative. A progressive dissemination of this project will surely enlarge the number of participants. Lessons Learnt All UNITO student-athletes appreciated this initiative, recognizing it as useful for their dual career, and also confirming what emerged in preliminary investigations on the same UNITO student category (Lupo et al., 2017a,b; Brustio et al., 2020a,b). Recommandations The UNITO Dual Career Programme should be progressively appreciated, also through the direct participants’ experience of this initiative first year and a well-defined institutional webpage. Main Goals The programme aims at promoting the combination of sport and educational careers of students enrolled in UNITO educational courses, by means of a more adaptable university path in terms of time and place flexibility. Motivation & Vision To offer the availability of more- adequate-to-student-athletes educational paths (time/place flexible), which can guarantee an equal-to-other-students university preparation, in line with the EU political vision. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #60 The university offers a dual career programme. Target & Stakeholders All students-athletes competing at high competition levels. Time & Frame The programme shall place all year long from acceptance date. Team & Staff UNITO teachers and administrative, Turin University Sport Centre, and UniCredit Keywords Education, sport career, student-athletes, e-learning, e-tutoring, educational schedule flexibility website https://en.unito.it/ contact dualcareer@unito.it email alberto.rainoldi@unito.it UNIVERSITY OF TURIN Student-Athletes Awards Ceremony Student-Athletes Awards Ceremony Academic Ceremony-Dual Career Student C. Gilli INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 69 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Road to success Description The university provides a solid foundation for a future career. Students have the opportunity to engage in professional sports, at the same time receive higher education. The individual educational schedule is provided for high-class athletes. Evaluation Thanks to the implementation of this project, the number of applicants and high-class student-athletes has increased. Lessons Learnt Control the learning process according to the individual training schedule. And also to give the student, who is engaged in physical culture and sports, the opportunity in the future to be selected in the sport of the highest achievements. Recommandations The presence of sports titles and ranks among applicants provides additional points in the entrance examinations. Rational allocation of time for sports and study by students makes it possible to get an education, build a professional sports career. Main Goals To attract high-class athletes to study at the university, in order to obtain higher education along with a professional career. The possibility of receiving increased scholarships. Motivation & Vision The opportunity to study without interrupting sports activities. The possibility of receiving an increased scholarship when achieving sports results. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #60 The university offers a dual career programme. Target & Stakeholders high-class athletes, sports clubs Time & Frame annually Team & Staff Department of Sports Work, Educational Department Keywords Education, elite sports VOLGA REGION STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL CULTURE, SPORT AND TOURISM website https://www.sportacadem.ru/ contact person a. mironov mironof2013@yandex.ru email info@sportacadem.ru Krasnykh Alexander - 2020 Olympic Games medalist Students - medalists of the 2020 Olympic Games Students are winners of all-Russian competitions INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 70 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Healthy Campus Volunteers Description Volunteering plays an important role on our Campus and Healthy Campus team, as well as in our specific Strategic Plan. Growing civic awareness and the importance of being helpful without financial reward are valued. Evaluation With the creation of the Volunteers Corps, it was possible to increase the quality of our initiatives and activities and thus create conditions for greater impact. Lessons Learnt Volunteers’ quality is more important than their quantity. Invest in good basic training for volunteers and event-specific training. There should be a clear assumption of responsibilities between volunteers and the event organisation. Recommandations Create a communication campaign for potential volunteers. Identify volunteers with the right profile, skills and values for each event. Promote general and specific training of volunteers. Main Goals To identify individuals with the appropriate conditions, skills and values to integrate our events as volunteers. Create a corporate image associated with Healthy Campus that can distinguish regular students from a volunteer. Motivation & Vision The Volunteers Corps plays a crucial role in our team and in our ability to execute the specific Strategic Plan. We must call for their integration, training and appreciation so that they feel an integrated part of the organisation of events. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #61 The university develops volunteer programmes to support events and sports activities. Target & Stakeholders Students and Campus staff Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Healthy Campus Team Keywords Volunteer, Volunteers Corps website https://www.ismai.pt/pt and https://www.ipmaia.pt/pt/ contact healthycampus@maieutica.pt UNIVERSITY OF MAIA & POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF MAIA Volunteer in a self-defence workshop Volunteer at a Solidarity Campaign for Ukraine Volunteers in an inclusive event INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 71 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Outdoor Physical activity and sport Description Provision of several physical- sports activities to the UALG academic community, such as: walking tours, bicycle tours, nautical activities (surf, bodyboard, canoeing, stand up paddle, sailing) and climbing. Evaluation The evaluation is highly- rated and measured by the high number of activities and participants over the different school years. Lessons Learnt In today’s university context, as in society in general, it is imperative to find new ways, activities, and alternative spaces to facilitate the adoption of more active and healthy lifestyles for everyone. Recommandations Seek to take advantage of and make profitable the existence of natural spaces with optimal conditions for the practice of outdoor activities, whenever they exist, whether in the natural space associated with the Sea or on Land. Main Goals Take advantage of the existence of natural spaces with optimal conditions for the practice of outdoor activities. Promote the diversification of the offer of physical, sporting and leisure activities together with the UALG academic community. Motivation & Vision An academic community with more active and healthy lifestyles. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #63 The university offers outdoor activities (mountain, forest, river, beach, parks). Target & Stakeholders Academic Community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Office of Sports and Partners Keywords Nature, Nautical Activities, Wellness UNIVERSITY OF THE ALGARVE website https://www.ualg.pt/pt contact gabinete de desporto aaualg - desporto@aaualg.pt Regular classes wof Surf and Bodyboard Project «Todos a Pedalar» Projet Cycle of Walks INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 72 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Mind Body Boost an Erasmus Plus Funded Project Description The Mind Body Boost is an Erasmus+ funded project designed to encourage inclusivity and equality through sport. The project calls upon referrals from educational, health & sporting professionals to provide holistic support. Evaluation The evaluation process will use the data collected by the app specially developed for the project to assess how effective the intervention sessions were on the weekly mood and mental well-being of the participants. Lessons Learnt The project is dealing with a number of sensitive topics for the participants, and it is important to them to feel supported throughout the 6 weeks. This can be done through the interventions, app notifications, emails, sending of well-being resources. Recommandations Develop a best practice model, handbook and toolkit and intellectual outputs, to ensure that the project can be replicated and scaled up elsewhere in other institutions or organisations for the benefit of more European citizens. Main Goals To establish a European collaboration with the aim of improving the mental and physical well-being of young people in a university setting. To promote and foster social inclusion and equal access to sport for all. Motivation & Vision Mind Body Boost is an evidence- based intervention, devised to support young people in managing their mental and physical health. Domain Physical activity and sport Criteria #65 The university offers activities to promote the values of physical activity and sport activity to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Students from Trinity College Dublin & 9 other Universities Time & Frame One 6 weeks intervention per semester (one session a week) Team & Staff Sport, counselling & psychology staff Keywords Mental Health, Well-being, Physical Activity, inclusivity TRINITY COLLEGE DUBLIN website www.tcd.ie contact https://www.mindbodyboost.eu/contact Mind Body Boost Counselling Mind Body Boost Exercise session Mind Body boost Instructor INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 73 Nutrition INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 74 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Trinity College Catering Description Trinity college catering runs eight outlets on campus: the Buttery Restaurant, Perch Café, East Dining Hall, Old Dining Hall, Westland Eats located in the Hamilton building, Forum Restaurant and Jolt Café in the business school, and Trinity 1592. Evaluation Staff and students are regularly surveyed to ensure Catering Services meet their needs. Initiatives are regularly trialled in response to feedback and implemented,e.g. No Chip Monday and negotiating a wider range of vegan sandwiches with our supplier. Lessons Learnt Regular evidence-based engagement with all stakeholders is key, e.g. when we engaged with a student project by waiving the surcharge for milk alternatives in tea/coffee and measured the impact on sales and consumer demand. Recommandations Generate more interactive content for social media. Engage in more projects that have long term visibility e.g. we recently engaged with the Healthy Trinity Committee to commission a student to paint a mural on seasonal fruits and vegetables. Main Goals The University has a full catering department that looks after all food and nutrition services. Motivation & Vision Across campus students, staff and visitors have a wide choice of restaurants and coffee shops to suit all tastes and budgets. All catering outlets on campus also accept payment by TCard! Domain Nutrition Criteria #67 The university shall name a person or a group of people (commission) responsible for food and nutrition services. Target & Stakeholders Staff, Students and visitors on campus Time & Frame Catering is open all year round, opening & closing times vary Team & Staff Trinity College Catering Team Keywords Catering, Nutrition, food, Restaurant TRINITY COLLEGE DUBLIN website https://www.tcd.ie/ contact www.tcd.ie/accommodation/college-catering/ Trinity College Dining Hall Trinity College Catering Team Trinity College Buttery Restaurant INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 75 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Campaigns for the reduction of food waste and promotion of healthy eating Description Implementation of measures to combat food waste. Reduce the consumption of salt, sugar, and fat in university restaurants. Promotion of campaigns that reinforce the adopted measures and make the community aware of the healthy eating. Evaluation Reducing food waste in university restaurants by half. Reducing the use of salt and sugar in food. Reducing the number of fried meals in university restaurants. Lessons Learnt Constant evaluation of the academic community’s eating patterns is important especially in the services provided. Recommandations Raise awareness in the academic community about the importance of adopting healthy eating behaviours and the risks of consuming products with a negative impact on health. Main Goals Empower the academic community on food waste issues by changing behaviours. Highlight the importance of healthy eating for health. Motivation & Vision Developing a more food- conscious and balanced community. Implementation of the strategic plan for Healthy Campus UC. Domain Nutrition Criteria #68 The university shall provide among others sustainable food and nutrition catering services and meals that are appropriate for the campus community. Target & Stakeholders University Community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Catering Team, UC Sports Team Keywords Reduce food waste, raise awareness, healthy eating behaviour UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website https://www.uc.pt/ contact healthycampus@uc.pt email filipa.godinho@uc.pt National Television Interview about the campaign “Less = More” campaign “Did you know that...” campaign INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 76 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project First vegan/vegetarian cafeteria in a university of Switzerland Description Since the fall semester 2021 serves the cafeteria of the university of Lucerne mainly vegan and vegetarian meals. If you would like to add some sort of meat you pay a little extra. Evaluation A lot of students and employees reacted positive to the new concept of the cafeteria. It’s a good way of trying new foods. It’s a win-win situation in general because it’s more sparing on the environment and still has a reasonable price. Lessons Learnt After a couple of months, the cafeteria serves meat again. The switch to a meatless offer was a little too extreme for some people. They made the compromise, that if you want to add meat to your menu, you pay a little extra. The meat is solely swiss. Recommandations It’s important to offer food which everyone with different intolerances can enjoy. It also created a range of meals, which people with intolerances can enjoy as well. Main Goals Creating awareness on healthy and balanced nutrition. Reducing the environmental impact of the food production. Focusing on products from the region. Motivation & Vision It’s important to offer healthy and balanced food for students and employees who are mainly sitting and don’t get that much exercise during the whole day. Another goal was to minimize the imported foods by preferring local farms and vendors. Domain Nutrition Criteria #68 The university shall provide among others sustainable food and nutrition catering services and meals that are appropriate for the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Students, employees Time & Frame All year, since September 2021 Team & Staff Cooperative ZFV - Unternehmungen «Mensa 1574» Keywords vegan, vegetarian, something for everyone, healthy lifestyle, brain food, good for the environment UNIVERSITY OF LUCERNE website https://www.unilu.ch/en/ contact person ron preiser email info@zfv.ch Cafeteria in the university of Lucerne Daily salad buffet in the cafeteria INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 77 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project More Food Choices, More Nutrition Description Equipped with about 20 canteens on campus which cover a floor area of 64,000m2 with 10 thousand seats, the university offers ample food options of over 1000 kinds for the campus community, including Chinese cuisine, western food, regional cuisines, pastries, drinks, etc. The canteens also offer light meals with low fat, low sugar and low oil, vegetarian diets and iodized salt free foods. Evaluation Based on the number of people’s choices of different foods and drinks in the dining halls, the Center evaluates whether the catering services and meals are appropriate for the community, so as to maintain or adjust the arrangements and better meet the needs of students and staff. Lessons Learnt Meet the dietary needs of students and staff from different regions by providing expanded food range daily and live up to the healthy diet philosophy by serving sustainable food. Recommandations Continue to add variety to and increase the quantity of sustainable food in campus dining halls. Promote healthy diets and health education. Main Goals Offer the campus community diversified and nutritious foods and specially prepared foods. Motivation & Vision Meet the nutritional and health needs of different groups. Domain Nutrition Criteria #68 The university shall provide among others sustainable food and nutrition catering services and meals that are appropriate for the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Campus Community Time & Frame All year. Meal time. Team & Staff Catering Services Center, PKU Keywords Nutrition Catering Service, Zero Hunger, Good Health and Well-Being, Campus Community Ample Food Options Vegetarian Diets PEKING UNIVERSITY website pku.edu.cn contact person he zhonghui email healthycampus@pku.edu.cn INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 78 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Know what your food contains Description UDST cafeteria’s provide nutritional information including name, calories, total fat, saturated fat, polyunsaturated fat, monounsaturated fats, cholesterol, sodium, potassium, carbs, fibres, sugar, protein, and allergen information. Evaluation Quantity and type of food items sold each year is monitored and used as criteria in the evaluation. Anticipated implementation of the nutritional information labelling of food items when compared to this data will hopefully encourage better choices. Lessons Learnt The most important component of living a healthy lifestyle is having a good understanding of nutrition. Typically, students have difficulty selecting an appropriate meal. This approach assists students in making conscious eating choices. Recommandations Once established, on-going consideration as to how improvements and refinements to information dissemination and promotional platforms utilized. Recommended, augment this information with educational seminars and other related programming. Main Goals Create awareness of the composition of menu and offered ingredients and encourage campus community to make healthy choices. Motivation & Vision To enhance student awareness of nutrition related considerations and to support conscious, informed and healthy decisions about food choices. Individuals realize healthy choices are not necessarily more expensive or less nutritious or appealing. Domain Nutrition Criteria #69 The catering service of the university shall inform consumers of the ingredients and nutrients in the menus, especially regarding the most common allergies and intolerances. Target & Stakeholders Students, Faculty, Staff, Guests and Visitors on Campus Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Student Affairs, Facilities Management Keywords Nutrition, Food, Awareness, Education UNIVERSITY OF DOHA FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY website www.udst.edu.qa contact s&s - udst wellness@cna-qatar.edu.qa / udst.edu.qa Nutritional information - Example 1 Nutritional information - Example 2 INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 79 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project King’s College London | King’s Food | Natasha’s Law & Cookbook Description As of October 2021, outlets in the UK were required to have full labelling of ingredients on all pre-packaged food. Over the last 12 months, we have worked in collaboration with areas of the University to provide nutritional information to customers. Evaluation We look to measure a number of key areas including revenue, average spend of users, our online engagement through newsletters and social media as well as increased sales of promotional products. Lessons Learnt Throughout this time, we have aimed to increased the amount of data captured in order to inform what works with our labelling and products, whilst standardising our brand, point of sale and signage in order to embed the King’s Food in our community. Recommandations Aim to join with College-wide programmes (Well-being Week, King’s Move rewards etc) and produce a calendar of activity around the academic year targeting the different customer user groups to meet their nutritional needs. Main Goals King’s Food aim to highlight local, healthy choices that are sustainable - with an ambition to increase customer loyalty and engagement. In doing this, we are able to meet the nutritional needs of a diverse customer base with exceptional service. Motivation & Vision Our mission is to feed the minds and bodies of those that aspire to change the world. Our services are conveniently located in all King’s buildings and provided at affordable, competitive pricing by knowledgeable and passionate staff. Domain Nutrition Criteria #69 The catering service of the university shall inform consumers of the ingredients and nutrients in the menus, especially regarding the most common allergies and intolerances. Target & Stakeholders Staff and Students of the University, External Guests Time & Frame Provided across the year, over 5 campuses in London Team & Staff King’s Food, Hospitality & Catering Keywords Food, Cooking, Ingredients, Allergies, Intolerances KING’S COLLEGE LONDON website https://www.kcl.ac.uk/ contact instagram @kclfood kingsfood@kcl.ac.uk Example of labels used across King’s Food outlets King’s Food, King’s Kitchen, The Strand, London King’s Food, King’s Kitchen, The Strand, London INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 80 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Healthy Diet Description Iscte has several restaurants (and canteen) inside the campus, which provide diverse (one meat dish, one fish dish and one vegetarian dish) and complete menus at special prices for Iscte’s students and staff. Evaluation Extremely high participation by Iscte’s community, most of Iscte’s restaurants and canteen are full at lunch, during the afternoon and even at dinner (for night students). Lessons Learnt Now more than ever, it is key to present diverse, quality and affordable meal options as students and staff are increasingly opting for alternative types of diets. Recommandations In order to follow the best practices, the menus should include these nutritional values: http://www.sas. uminho.pt/uploads/Cantina_ Almo%C3%A7o_Mar%C3%A7o. pdf. Organise thematic days/ weeks regarding healthy dieting. Main Goals Provide healthy and diverse meal options at affordable prices for Iscte’s community. Motivation & Vision Both the diversity of food options and the fact that they are affordable for everyone, are important factors to promote the well-being of Iscte’s community. Additionally, we want to provide a healthier meal option than fast-food restaurants. Domain Nutrition Criteria #70 The catering service of the university offers healthy menus at affordable prices, at least one well-balanced menu at the same price or even cheaper than others. Target & Stakeholders Students and Staff Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Canteen and restaurants staff Keywords Students, Staff, Meal, Food, Healthy, Balanced, Menu, Inclusive website www.iscte-iul.pt contact desporto@iscte-iul.pt ISCTE - UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF LISBON Iscte’s weekly menu Iscte’s Takeaway service INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 81 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Healthy food for an affordable price Description The development of a basic balanced diet, agreed with the Russian Federal Service for the Supervision of Consumer Rights Protection and Human Welfare, for an affordable price with the possibility of adjusting it to the needs of the target group. Evaluation Formation of a food culture among students and university staff. The healthy and balanced diet provided by the University’s Nutrition Factory empowers students and staff to move away from fast food and opt for a healthy diet. Lessons Learnt To implement the project, it is necessary to develop a basic balanced diet, agreed by the Federal Service for Supervision of Consumer Rights Protection and Human Welfare. Recommandations Offer tasty and healthy food as an alternative to fast food for the adoption of healthy lifestyle students and the younger generation. Main Goals Developing a balanced diet for a specific age category, taking into account the characteristics, needs and taste and other preferences of the target group (children under 16, sports, vegetarian, vegan, Halal, lactose- free and gluten-free). Motivation & Vision Formation of knowledge about healthy and balanced nutrition, formation of healthy eating habits. Domain Nutrition Criteria #70 The catering service of the university offers healthy menus at affordable prices, at least one well-balanced menu at the same price or even cheaper than others. Target & Stakeholders Staff, students, participants of events held Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Food Factory staff Keywords Healthy food, Without genetically modified organism and conservatives VOLGA REGION STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL CULTURE, SPORT AND TOURISM website https://www.sportacadem.ru/ contact person petr nikitin email sportacadem.kp@gmail.com Students at the University Cafe Balanced meals for student, athletes Balanced meals for student, athletes INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 82 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Free Drinking Water Stations Description The university provides free drinking water stations for its entire campus population. This is a basic necessity for all people in the University and the country. The water drinking stations are in the form of taps cooling water systems everywhere. Evaluation Water is important. Without water, our university will not be able to function well. We use water for many purposes: cleaning, washing, cooking, drinking, etc. The provision of cooling water systems for free has enabled people to save costs. Lessons Learnt Water is an integral part of human life. Providing free water drinking stations helps reduce costs for both staff and students. They do not have to buy water for consumption. The filter system has also improved the quality of water provided. Recommandations Each institution should provide free water to its staff, students and clients. The filter system is even better if bottled water cannot be provided. Main Goals To render basic services to campus communities. Water is a basic human right and a necessity for people. To create a healthy living, working environment. Motivation & Vision The provision of water services to the campus communities means that business can continue normal and without delays. Water is life and therefore its provision is necessary to all persons in the University premises. Domain Nutrition Criteria #71 Free drinking water stations are available on campus. Target & Stakeholders Staff and students Time & Frame Entire year Team & Staff Operations, Maintenance & Technical Services, Plumbers Keywords Water, free water, clean drinking water, water stations, campus water, water is life UNIVERSITY OF JOHANNESBURG website www.uj.ac.za contact person joe manyaka email jmanyaka@uj.ac.za Filtered drinking water station for offices Water taps available for use to everyone Taps installed in various campus locations INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 83 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Accessible water Description Murdoch University aims to provide access to fresh clean drinking water for students and staff across the campus. Evaluation In recent years health concerns especially with a global pandemic have seen the need to upgrade older drinking fountains to also include attachments able to fill water bottles. Lessons Learnt By providing access to both boiling and chilled water systems students have access to water to not only for drinking. Simple cooking and making tea, coffee, or other drinks becomes available to students. Recommandations Ensure an even distribution of systems throughout the campus grounds and buildings to avoid needing to travel too far to access water. Ensure free standing stations and kitchen facilities are of an accessible height for wheelchair users to access. Main Goals Provide access to clean drinking water in all buildings and at multiple outdoor areas. Provide both chilled and hot filtered water options for students and staff to access freely. Motivation & Vision Murdoch University strives to ensure all students and staff can readily access clean drinking water easily, and freely. Domain Nutrition Criteria #71 Free drinking water stations are available on campus. Target & Stakeholders University students and faculty Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Murdoch University Keywords Health & Well-Being, Student Care, Necessities MURDOCH UNIVERSITY website www.murdoch.edu.au/ contact active@murdoch.edu.au Kitchens provide boiling & chilled filtered water Filtered water bottle filling stations Map of campus H2O station distribution INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 84 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Fill it Up-Lets Stay Hydrated Description WIT Vikings and indeed the whole WIT community recognize the importance of drinking water for its many health benefits. In addition, we also are committed to the environment and know the problems that single use plastics are having. Evaluation Students and staff have embraced the concept and are actively encouraging others to join the initiative. The number of users, including those who have already registered for prior activities and new users, is used to evaluate the activity. Lessons Learnt It is vital to inform students and staff of the benefits of drinking water in an environmentally friendly way, thus providing the resources to avail of this opportunity is imperative. Recommandations An effective promotional effort and campaign is essential. Main Goals To keep students and staff hydrated in an environmentally friendly way by allowing them to fill their reusable bottles as many times throughout the day as they wish, while also being. Motivation & Vision For students and staff to stay hydrated in a way that is safe, clean and environmentally friendly. Domain Nutrition Criteria #71 Free drinking water stations are available on campus. Target & Stakeholders Institute Students & Staff Time & Frame All year Team & Staff WIT Novus Food and Beverage & WIT Vikings Keywords Health and Well-Being Benefits, Environmentally Friendly, Hydration, Reduce, Reuse, Refresh, Free website https://www.wit.ie/ contact instagram: witvikingsports witfood_on_campus WATERFORD INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY Refill, reduce, refresh, do something good 1 of 23 water machines available in the Institute INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 85 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Nutritional Counseling Description UALG provides two nutritional / food counseling services, one only for its academic community, through the Health Services of SASUALG, and another for the entire population, under the responsibility of the DN department of ESSUALG. Evaluation The evaluation of the project is measured by the number of initiatives and events that address these themes, as well as by the number of food counseling consultations carried out by the two services. Lessons Learnt Adequate food consumption, both in quantity and quality, plays an important role in health promotion and disease prevention, helping to maintain and improve the health status of communities. Recommandations Healthy and appropriate food is essential for the growth, development, and maintenance of the human body to occur in an appropriate manner. Thinking about the promotion of healthy eating is also thinking about Welfare and Quality of Life. Main Goals Inform and empower the population to adopt healthy eating habits; Promote nutritionally healthy environments; Make the natural resources profitable, favoring the consumption of the national product; Put the Mediterranean Diet on the table. Motivation & Vision An informed and empowered Society for the adoption of balanced and healthy eating habits, so we can live longer, better, and in a more sustainable way. Domain Nutrition Criteria #72 The university provides nutrition counselling to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders UALG’s Academic Community and Surrounding Community Time & Frame Weekdays Team & Staff SASUALG and ESSUALG’s Department of Dietetics and Nutrition Keywords Mediterranean Diet, Food Health Literacy, Capacity Building, Healthy Eating UNIVERSITY OF THE ALGARVE website https://www.ualg.pt/pt contact uaga - essualg@ualg.pt e sassaude@ualg.pt Nutritional Counselling SASUAlg Promotional Poster INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 86 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project SoGood Description Reorganise the campus canteen in order to induce healthy food choices and reduce food waste. A series of green footprints traced on the floor leads to the fruit and vegetable area. The healthiest foods were highlighted by “So Good” labels. Evaluation Choices are registered and data analysed before and after the nudging intervention. Lessons Learnt Based on our experience, nudging strategies are effective in promoting healthier food choices. Our analysis formed the basis for an ongoing research project. We plan to extend the pilot project to the whole campus bar and canteen services. Recommandations Use signs, guided tours and product highlighting, to gentle push users to healthier and more balanced food choices. Main Goals Investigate nutrition habits of the community and adopt nudging strategies in order to promote healthier and sustainable eating behaviour for people and planet. Motivation & Vision Educate the campus community to healthy lifestyle. The possibility of knowing what healthy foods is, what are the optimal food combinations and the correct portions should make people increasingly aware of the importance of correct food choices. Domain Nutrition Criteria #72 The university provides nutrition counselling to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Students and employees Time & Frame Since 2019 Team & Staff Bicocca Sostenibile, BASE Committee, Sodexo Keywords Healthy food choice, sustainability UNIVERSITY OF MILANO-BICOCCA website https://en.unimib.it/ contact person paola palestini email bicocca.sostenibile@unimib.it Footprints in the campus canteen Nutrition information Healthy food choices INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 87 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Help you reach your nutrition to become a healthy athlete Description Myongji University Student- Athletic organisation hires a certified nutritionist to improve the nutrition and health of student athletes and their performance. Evaluation Student athletes are asked to assess their level of satisfaction with meals provided at the end of each semester, and the nutritionist makes adjustments in his/her menu planning based on these assessments/comments. Lessons Learnt To learn the importance of eating balanced meals. Recommandations We would like to promote this programme to middle and high schools in the neighbourhood so that they can learn the importance of eating balanced meals from early age. Main Goals To provide nutritionally balanced meals to student athletes. Motivation & Vision To teach the importance of eating balanced meals. Domain Nutrition Criteria #72 The university provides nutrition counselling to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders University athlete Time & Frame All year (since March, 1967) Team & Staff Myongji University Student-Athletic organisation Keywords University athlete, physical activity, well-being, balance, nutrition, performance, Covid-19 MYONGJI UNIVERSITY website https://www.mju.ac.kr/us/index.do contact website www.mju.ac.kr Bangmok Memorial Hall (Cafeteria) Bangmok Memorial Hall (Cafeteria) Weekly Menu & Allergy information INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 88 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Favoring swiss produce Description Since the new concept of the cafeteria, they foster Swiss and especially regional producers to deliver the cafeteria. Evaluation All the meats which are used in the cafeteria are from Switzerland. Fish always has the MSC-label and is organic. Vegetables and fruit is as good as possible from Switzerland and always in season according to the WWF-calendar. Lessons Learnt Eco friendly nutrition is getting more popular for the customer. More and more students and employees ask about the origin of the produce, especially of meats. The demand of fairtrade products grows. Recommandations Surveys help a lot on finding out what the costumers look for in a cafeteria. For example, was the cafeteria able to reduce food waste due to a survey and study, by adjusting the portion sizes. Main Goals Serving nutritious meals which are good for humans and the environment. Buying the ingredients from local farmers and companies. Bringing attention to the costumer on eco-friendly foods and reducing food waste. Motivation & Vision Reducing the environmental impact by buying mainly Swiss products. Even plant-based alternatives and tofu are Swiss made. Reducing air transported products. Preferring goods with fairtrade labels such as Max Havelaar coffee or MSC fish. Domain Nutrition Criteria #73 The university shall pursue strategies to minimise the environmental impact of food and nutrition catering services and meals. Target & Stakeholders Students and employees of the university Time & Frame Every day since September 2021 Team & Staff Cooperative ZFV - Unternehmungen «Mensa 1574» Keywords Swiss made, healthy, regional, farms, balanced nutrition, good for the climate website https://www.unilu.ch/en/ contact person ron preiser email info@zfv.ch UNIVERSITY OF LUCERNE INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 89 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Lifestyle Menu Description The lifestyle menu was introduced to reduce the environmental impact by offering affordable, seasonal and mainly vegetarian menus. Leftovers are sold at a reduced price and environmentally-friendly reusable containers are offered for take-away meals. Evaluation The Lifestyle menu has become quite popular and almost ⅓ of the menus consumed at the University are the daily lifestyle menus. The lifestyle menu is the second cheapest menu offered, which make them even more attractive to students. Lessons Learnt Seeing as the lifestyle menu was a student initiative and that these menus are so popular, it is evident that students and employees want healthier and sustainable options. Recommandations Offer vegetarian and locally sourced foods at an affordable price. Use Apps like “TooGoodToGo” to sell leftovers at a high discount to minimise waste. By offering reusable containers against a small deposit, disposable tableware can be avoided. Main Goals Reduce the environmental impact and offer healthy and sustainable choices. Motivation & Vision The University wants to be carbon neutral by 2030. Food is an important aspect of a sustainable campus. Sustainability is being improved by offering more regional and sustainably sourced products and by implementing measures to reduce food waste. Domain Nutrition Criteria #73 The university shall pursue strategies to minimise the environmental impact of food and nutrition catering services and meals. Target & Stakeholders Campus community, students, employees Time & Frame Daily since 2013 Team & Staff Cafeteria, Nutrition Commission, Climate solutions taskforce Keywords Sustainable food, healthy nutrition, balanced meals, sustainability UNIVERSITY OF ST.GALLEN website https://www.unisg.ch/ contact cafeteria, food services commission or unisport Lifestyle menu Cafeteria at the University of St.Gallen Poster to encourage balanced eating INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 90 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project « Frigo Partagé » ULB Description Distribution of unsold food to people in need, distribution of food baskets (paniers solidaires): foodstuff and hygiene products. Evaluation Positive impact, even more after Covid crisis: increase of student precariousness. Lessons Learnt Solidarity: to help people in need, and to reduce food waste. Recommandations To maintain this service and disseminate information. Main Goals Reduce food waste, offer to people in need fresh food and hygiene products. Motivation & Vision Too many students suffer of precariousness and are going hungry for lack of financials means, they skip meals. It’s important to help them and provide access to foodstuff. At the same time, it can allow to reduce food waste. Domain Nutrition Criteria #73 The university shall pursue strategies to minimise the environmental impact of food and nutrition catering services and meals. Target & Stakeholders University Community and external Community Time & Frame From Monday to Friday: lunch Tuesday evening: food baskets Team & Staff Collectifrécup’ Keywords Social assistance, nutrition, well-being, fight against food waste and precariousness UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be Poster of food basket distribution Milk products Fresh food INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 91 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Rector’s decision on vending machine products Description Rectoral Decision nº216/2021 determines the specifications for the purchase and installation of vending machines and establishes the obligation to make healthy food available in each machine of the contract. Evaluation Considerably higher impact by having a transversal implementation in all units, services, and departments of the organisation. Lessons Learnt Implementation of strategic measures, must be implemented transversally to achieve the desired goals. Recommandations Hold tenders that include all vending machines in the organisation to simplify the implementation and control of measures like this. Main Goals Ensure that 50% of the list of products available are products considered healthy according to the National Health Service, table (regardless of the quantity per product), not including water. Offer products that promote healthier eating habits. Motivation & Vision The University wants to be carbon neutral by 2030. Food is an important aspect of a sustainable campus. Sustainability is being improved by offering more regional and sustainably sourced products and by implementing measures to reduce food waste. Domain Nutrition Criteria #74 The university ensures that the vending machines on campus offer quality products with good nutritional value. Target & Stakeholders Academic Community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff UC Healthy Campus multidisciplinary team Keywords Food Awareness Literacy, Well-being, Healthy food UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website www.uc.pt contact person filipa godinho email filipa.godinho@uc.pt Rectoral Decision nº216/2021 Label descoder INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 92 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Less (salt, sugar and fat) is more Description The Social Action Services reformulated their contract with the supplier and products with high content of saturated fat and sugar were prohibited. Fruit purees, nuts and dried fruits were introduced, and the sugar content was limited in hot drinks. Evaluation There were no complaints about this transformation and different users verbally expressed their satisfaction with this initiative. Lessons Learnt We must understand and remind that changing behaviours and habits is not an easy task but every long journey begins with one simple step. Recommandations Despite the fact that there will always be someone not satisfied with changes, we must persevere with eyes focused on positive and healthy targets. Main Goals To improve the supply quality of vending machines eliminating foods with excessive calories and high levels of salt, sugar and trans fatty acids, introducing fruit purees and dried fruits and limiting the sugar content in hot drinks. Motivation & Vision This change (reducing the amount of harmful food and increasing potentially salutogenic foods) may contribute to healthier eating habits. Domain Nutrition Criteria #74 The university ensures that the vending machines on campus offer quality products with good nutritional value. Target & Stakeholders Polytechnic of Leiria population (students, teachers and administrative staff) Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Polytechnic of Leiria’s Social Services and Food Services Keywords salt, sugar, fat, vending machines, healthy eating POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF LEIRIA website www.ipleiria. pt contact ipleiria.pt/ natália tomás; cátia pontes Vending machine with healthy products Fruit snack with no sugar Packages of seeds and other healthy snacks INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 93 Disease prevention INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 94 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Healthy Iscte Description The Healthy Iscte day is a day focused on providing several actions that promote health and well-being among the Iscte community, such as: blood donation, STIs screening, Cardiovascular screening, stress management workshops (among others). Evaluation The opportunities created by our Social Services always have an impact and end up helping and educating a large portion of our community. Lessons Learnt The theme of mental health should be rethought in order to become more “attractive” to the participation of the university’s community, our psychology students could be a good resource to organise more activities related to this theme. Recommandations Hold tenders that include all vending machines in the organisation to simplify the implementation and control of measures like this. Main Goals Create opportunities for students and staff to assess and improve their health and well-being. Motivation & Vision To educate students and staff on diverse problems intrinsic to both our personal and professional lives. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #75 The university shall plan, implement and evaluate specific actions to reduce the risk of non-communicable disease. Target & Stakeholders Students and Staff Time & Frame Every year Team & Staff Iscte’s Social Services and Sports Services Keywords Health, Well-being, Disease prevention, Social, Students, Staff ISCTE - UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF LISBON website www.iscte-iul.pt contact desporto@iscte-iul.pt Healthy Iscte 2021 programme Healthy Iscte 2020 programme INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 95 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project ProRodinki Description The University has developed a mobile application “ProRodinki”, which allows screening and further routing of patients with suspicious skin neoplasms using a conventional smartphone using a neural network, issuing a recommendation to consult a doctor. Evaluation Development of a mobile application with an adapted neural network, introduction of a technique for rapid and early diagnosis of skin neoplasms, holding scientific and practical conferences and seminars on this topic. Lessons Learnt The measures are necessary for the early diagnosis and prevention of skin neoplasms in accordance with the strategy of maintaining optimal health of the population. They allow you to make further routing of patients with suspicious skin formations. Recommandations The neural network should be adapted to any electronic device, the studied database of skin formations should be constantly replenished. Main Goals 1. Control of the spread of skin cancer in patients. 2. Early diagnosis of skin neoplasms and their timely treatment. 3. Formation of recommendations on the choice of a doctor. 4. Maintaining an optimal level of health in the population. Motivation & Vision Fight against oncology in the Nizhny Novgorod region, prevention of malignant tumours, dissemination of experience and popularization of the project throughout the Russian Federation. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #75 The university shall plan, implement and evaluate specific actions to reduce the risk of non-communicable disease. Target & Stakeholders Students and staff of University, the population of Russia Time & Frame At the request of the patient Team & Staff Head and staff of the Department of skin, venereal diseases Keywords University’s clinic, skin neoplasms, neural network, medical diagnostics, health website pimunn.ru contact https://www.prorodinki.ru PRIVOLZHSKY RESEARCH MEDICAL UNIVERSITY Filming of the project by the Federal channel The project is the winner of the city Award Example of a report in the programme on the phone INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 96 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project We help you to take care of your health Description Polytechnic of Leiria provides, through its Medical Services, consultations at reduced prices. Whenever justified, doctors also prescribe complementary diagnostic tests. Information leaflets, brochures, among others, are available on a regular basis Evaluation Very positive impact. These Services have been in operation since 2005 and have allowed students to health care in an easy way and at a reduced price. In the context of the pandemic motivated by Covid-19, this Service proved to be crucial. Lessons Learnt It is essential to enable students to have easy and affordable access to health care, helping them not to neglect care for their health. This way, Polytechnic of Leiria complements the offer of consultations guaranteed by the National Health Service. Recommandations Carry out a campaign to disseminate medical specialties made available to the academic community, through the Medical Services of the Polytechnic of Leiria. Main Goals To contribute so that students do not neglect their health. To provide students with easy access to health care at a reduced price. To promote the health and well-being of the academic community of the Polytechnic of Leiria. Motivation & Vision To help students not to neglect their health. To enable students to an easy access to health care at a reduced price. To promote the health and well-being of the academic community of the Polytechnic of Leiria. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #76 The university organises at least once a year, prevention programmes in terms of non-communicable disease. Target & Stakeholders Students, teachers, technicians and administrative Time & Frame 10 months per year Team & Staff 1 administrative and doctors Keywords Prevention, non-communicable diseases, health services, wellness, consultation, medical specialties POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF LEIRIA website https://www.ipleiria.pt/ contact person rosa pedro email s.medicos@ipleiria.pt Disclosure of Polytechnic medical services Visual screening campaign with stakeholders PLeiria’s medical consultations statistical data INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 97 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Get moving for better health! Description EASS offers movement and activity campaigns for the whole community. Campaign descriptions include references to WHO’s recommendations on exercise. Campaigns call for walking more to improve and maintain good health. Evaluation 220 participants in movement campaign in Yumuuv platform for 1 month (76395103 steps) and 945 participants in Fitsphere platform for 11 days (65690641) steps. In the feedback, Yumuuv was mentioned most as motivator for regular activity. Lessons Learnt Even some top athletes admitted that it was difficult for them to make at least 10,000 steps per day regularly. The movement campaign helped people to understand the level of their activity and to make changes in it, if needed. Recommandations If you can’t find free of charge platforms to use, some investments might be necessary if you want to get participants’ results online during campaign period. But you can also start with collecting data of activity hours or kilometres to Excel. Main Goals The main goal is to encourage community to take care of their health and reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease and diabetes due to insufficient exercise and sedentary lifestyle. Movement is a good way to improve general health. Motivation & Vision Even though most people know well that physical activity is good for their health, it is difficult to find time and motivation to exercise regularly. Movement campaigns help to keep a focus and to develop good habits together. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #76 The university organises at least once a year, prevention programmes in terms of non-communicable disease. Target & Stakeholders University Community Time & Frame At least one campaign a year, that lasts longer than a week Team & Staff Personnel employees, Student Council, Head of Sport Keywords Physical Activity, Support, Counting Steps, Cardio-Vascular Health website https://www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home contact https://www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home ESTONIAN ACADEMY OF SECURITY SCIENCES Movement campaign poster Movement campaign advertisement in FB Campaign statistics INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 98 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project University of Coimbra Vaccination Plan Description Steps to ensure that everyone in the academic community has a complete vaccination plan. Whether it is mandatory upon students’ registration and through actions to raise awareness of the vaccines, counselling, and scheduling medical appointments. Evaluation The evaluation is positive in the implementation of the vaccination plans up to now, which was verified during the period of the COVID-19 pandemic with the success in the plan implemented. Lessons Learnt With the pandemic COVID-19 the importance of vaccination plans was even more apparent. In addition to plans, it is important to implement measures to ensure them. Recommandations Implementation of measures that guarantee the established plans. Main Goals Ensuring that the entire academic community has a complete vaccination plan. Literacy for vaccination. Raising awareness of the academic community about the importance of vaccination. Ensuring Traveller’s consultation for mobility students. Motivation & Vision Healthy academic community. Containment of risk within the academic community. Fulfilment of the Healthy Campus UC strategic plan. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #77 The university promotes or informs about the benefits of vaccination and if relevant complement vaccine at affordable prices for students. Target & Stakeholders Measures to ensure the vaccination plan Time & Frame Anually Team & Staff UC Healthy Campus Multidisciplinary Team Keywords Vaccination plan, prevention, literacy for vaccination UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website www.uc.pt contact person filipa godinho email filipa.godinho@uc.pt e-prevenç@o e-prevenç@o webpage Vacination information INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 99 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Call Center for COVID-19 Description Representatives of the university can contact with questions of coronavirus infection. Questions can be of a different nature: what to do if symptoms appear or there was contact with a sick person, how to properly follow the quarantine rules. Evaluation Number of calls, attracted volunteers, caller reviews, speed of problem solving. Lessons Learnt The call center must receive the most accurate information. Practice should include: 1. Volunteer training system. 2. Protocol of responses for hotline. 3. Creation of online psychological support tools: mastery of such techniques will also be a bonus. Recommandations In addition to information support, assistance can be provided in the formation of an application for contacting the Medical Center or psychological service. Main Goals The university as a research and educational platform is the first and only place where opinions are accumulated, and final conclusions are formed. The main goal is the possession of reliable information and its dissemination. Motivation & Vision SibFU - as an opinion leader, is obliged to become a communication platform for the fight against coronavirus infection and a place where can help. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #77 The university promotes or informs about the benefits of vaccination and if relevant complement vaccine at affordable prices for students. Target & Stakeholders Volunteer Centre, students and staff with positive PCR-test Time & Frame till the end of pandemic Team & Staff Youth Policy Department, Dormitory Management, Medical Centre Keywords volunteering, covid-2019, social and psychological help website http://about.sfu-kras.ru/campus/map contact ekaterina v. sidorenko – evsdorenko@sfu-kras.ru SIBERIAN FEDERAL UNIVERSITY INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 100 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Oral health check-ups provided by Korea’s National Health Insurance Service Description Students who received a free oral health check-up provided by Korea’s National Health Insurance Service can apply for “academic mileage” and also receive discount on dental treatment in hospitals/dental clinics. Evaluation Students learned how to maintain good oral health through these check-ups and they received the NHIS dental health care benefit at local hospitals/dental clinics. Lessons Learnt Regular oral health check-ups are important, and the delivery of the right care at the right time is key to maintaining good oral health. Recommandations As the average life-expectancy continues to grow, the importance of maintaining oral health should be emphasized from early age. In this regards, universities shall continue their efforts at raising awareness for the importance of good oral health. Main Goals Early detection of oral health challenges through regular oral health check-ups and learn to maintain proper dental hygiene. Motivation & Vision To raise awareness for the importance of good oral health. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #78 The university promotes or informs about the benefits of dental care and if relevant complement dental care at affordable prices for students. Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame Oral health check-ups by National Health Insurance Service Team & Staff UC Healthy Campus Multidisciplinary Team Keywords Early detection of oral health challenges, improvement of life patterns MYONGJI UNIVERSITY website https://www.mju.ac.kr/us/index.do contact website www.mju.ac.kr email sunhee@mju.ac.kr Public Health Center Public Health Center Public Health Center Website INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 101 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Awareness days « Ça m’saoule... j’ai plus de capotes » Description 15 awareness-raising stands form a pathway, run by trained and project leaders. Each stand offers a sexual health awareness game: sexual relations, anatomy, STI and screening, consent, love, etc. Evaluation 31 students trained each year on sexual health. 300 sensitised students in October 2021. The first years (18 yo) are encouraged to come to acquire this knowledge and skills at the beginning of their university studies. Lessons Learnt Acquiring sexual health knowledge and skills: condoms, Sexually Transmissible Infections, Anatomy of Sexual Organs, Contraception, Violence in Friendly and Sexual Relations, Consent, Pleasure. Recommandations Peer learning: trained students raise awareness of their peers, a sustainable project since 2016. Main Goals Disseminate knowledge and acquire sexual health skills, raise awareness of the care services at ULB and Brussels. Motivation & Vision Training students to become caregivers, actors in their own health, acquire knowledge about STI, AIDS, testing, contraception, love, consent, combating gender-based and homophobic discrimination, combating violence, equality, respect, etc. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #79 The university organises a communicable disease prevention programme at least once a year. Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame 2 days, every year in October Team & Staff ULB Santé, Modus Vivendi, O’Yes, ACE Students Keywords Sexual health, activities, peer education, awareness days, respect, STI, AIDS, screening, sexual assault, consent, contraception UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be Pathway sexual health Pathway sexual health Pathway sexual health INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 102 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project HIV/AIDS Prevention Plan Description HIV/AIDS Prevention Plan includes weekly screenings on the campuses of the UAlg throughout each academic year, as well as the systematic and free distribution of prophylactic and preventive information to the entire academic community. Evaluation The number of tests carried out on users of the academic community of UAlg. This health promotion practice proved to be an efficient measure in the promotion of healthy sexuality, in the prevention of sexually transmitted diseases. Lessons Learnt This practice proves to be quite effective in raising awareness on prevention and early detection of HIV/AIDS, which indicates that it is an asset in the long term for the general well-being of the community. Recommandations This practice included the development of a systematic model of prevention and early detection of HIV, which can facilitate its replication or transfer of results to other Higher Education Institutions, even if adapted on a case-by- case basis. Main Goals Health and prevention of certain risky attitudes and behaviours, through technical and peer- to-peer interactions of a (in) formative nature, within the scope of sexually transmitted diseases (HIV and STDs). Motivation & Vision Given the inherent risks, raise the awareness of the academic population to the importance of Prevention and early detection of HIV infection and STDs. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #80 The university provides communicable disease (HIV, etc.) support services. Target & Stakeholders UAlg academic community Time & Frame Weekly HIV Tests in Mobile Screening Unit Team & Staff CAD/ARS, APF Algarve e GPAP-UAlg Keywords Social Services Psychology Office GPAP, Health prevention, Well-being, UAlg, HIV prevention Mobile Unit, provided by ARS E APF Algarve Information leaflet, distributed by the UAlg Example of a weekly screening on UAlg campuses UNIVERSITY OF THE ALGARVE website https://www.ualg.pt/pt contact jorge malveiro, ph.d email sasgp@ualg.pt INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 103 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project COVID-19 Prevention and Control Description After the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, Peking University Hospital responded quickly by publishing the COVID-19 Treatment Guideline, launching an online nucleic acid test reservation platform and providing testing services. A lab is also converted into a nucleic acid testing lab. With COVID-19 vaccines made available, the faculty and students can get vaccinated at no cost. Evaluation From May 2020 to March 2021, the Hospital provided testing services for 32’249 people, which amounted to 79’916 tests in total. 40’00 tests can be done in a single day. 29’682 people, taking up 73% of the campus community received COVID-19 vaccines. There is 0 confirmed case on campus ever since the COVID-19 outbreak. Lessons Learnt Act under unified deployment and involve the entire campus community. Adopt a science- based approach and prevent and control the epidemic in accordance with the law. Recommandations Acting under unified deployment, taking responsibilities respectively and involving the entire campus community constitute the mechanism of COVID-19 epidemic prevention and control and have proved successful. Main Goals Nucleic Acid Test: All people holding jobs on campus and living in the campus community in need are tested before the Fall Semester 2020. COVID-19 Vaccination: All people holding jobs on campus and living in the campus community in need get vaccinated before 30 May 2021. Motivation & Vision Protect the health and safety of all students and faculty. Maintain the safety and stability of the campus community. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #80 The university provides communicable disease (HIV, etc.) support services. Target & Stakeholders Campus and Local Community Time & Frame During the COVID-19 pandemic Team & Staff Peking University Hospital Keywords Disease Support Service, Good Health and Well-Being, Campus Community, Communicable Disease, COVID-19, Nucleic Acid Test, Vaccination Campaign PEKING UNIVERSITY website pku.edu.cn contact person he zhonghui email healthycampus@pku.edu.cn Nucleic Acid Test Vaccination Campaign Observation Area INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 104 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Free screening of Sexually Transmitted Infections Description Free screening of Sexually Transmissible Infections. Evaluation 500 people are screened each year at the Solbosch Campus, 300 at the Erasme Campus. Lessons Learnt Raising awareness of STI, the importance of protecting oneself and the importance of medical screening. Recommandations Maintain the organisation of these events and the free testing. Main Goals Provide STI screening free of charge and information about sexuality. Motivation & Vision Provide students with free medical screening and provide information on ad hoc care according to each individual’s situation. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #80 The university provides communicable disease (HIV, etc.) support services. Target & Stakeholders Students, postgraduates and staff member Time & Frame 2 times per year, from 9 am to 6 pm, on 2 campuses Team & Staff Centre de planning familial Aimer à l’ULB, ULB Santé Keywords screening, Sexually Transmitted Infections, free access UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be Poster of testing day Poster of testing day – campus Erasme Poster of testing day – campus Solboch INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 105 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Healthy Iscte Description The Healthy Iscte day is a day focused on providing several actions that promote health and well-being among the Iscte community, such as: blood donation, STIs screening, Cardiovascular screening, stress management workshops (among others). Evaluation The opportunities created by our Social Services always have an impact and end up helping and educating a large portion of our community. Lessons Learnt The theme of mental health should be rethought in order to become more “attractive” to the participation of the university’s community, our psychology students could be a good resource to organize more activities related to this theme. Recommandations The activity could be more diversified if there was a budget available that would allow the participation of health professionals from different areas. Main Goals Create opportunities for students and staff to assess and improve their health and well-being. Motivation & Vision To educate students and staff on diverse problems intrinsic to both our personal and professional lives. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #81 The university promotes or informs about the benefits of medical check-ups and if relevant complement medical check-ups at affordable prices for students. Target & Stakeholders Students and Staff Time & Frame Every year Team & Staff Iscte’s Social Services and Sports Services Keywords Health, Well-being, Disease prevention, Social, Students, Staff website www.iscte-iul.pt contact desporto@iscte-iul.pt ISCTE - UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF LISBON Healthy Iscte 2021 programme Healthy Iscte 2020 programme INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 106 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Centre for preventive medicine and sport for the university student Description The Centre provides specialized prevention, diagnosis and therapy services for students and employees of the University of Turin and their families, Italian and foreign citizens, associated with recreational clubs, sports clubs and associations. Evaluation The Medical Centre is now just redesigned, rebuild, and moved to a new university area allowing the alignment with the Healthy Campus framework. Lessons Learnt To hold fares at the lowest level (with respect the local competitors) to push people to move to Medical Centre from their usual one. Only in a second step the quality of the provided services would act on the community feeling. Recommandations We are aware that communication (about opportunities, special fares, facilities) with the university community is pivotal to reach the highest rate of engagement. Hence, we will spend the highest effort in such a direction. Main Goals To reach the highest fraction of the university population offering the opportunity to save money for examinations, to share the vision in term of prevention and lifestyle, and to proudly feel part of a healthy community. Motivation & Vision To offer the availability of a medical environment to the whole university community with the aim to increase individual awareness in the possibility to actively change his/her own lifestyle based on prevention, health, and well-being. Domain Disease prevention Criteria #81 The university promotes or informs about the benefits of medical check-ups and if relevant complement medical check-ups at affordable prices for students. Target & Stakeholders The whole University population, researchers, PhD students, fellows, professors and administrative staff Time & Frame Whole year, from Monday to Friday, 8.30 - 19.30 Team & Staff The team is made by eight University administrative employees and 35 external consultants (MDs for 20 different specialties and nursing staff) Keywords Check-ups, prevention, corporate welfare, lifestyle education website https://en.unito.it/ contact dualcareer@unito.it email alberto.rainoldi@unito.it UNIVERSITY OF TURIN Rendering where Medical Centre is now re-located Physiotherapy Gym Entrance Physiotherapy Gym (detail) INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 107 Mental and social health INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 108 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Healthy Future project Description Every year, the university distributes information and conducts trainings on psychological and mental health among the student community. The project was presented by the Rector of the University in the State Duma Committee. Evaluation Development and implementation of a methodological complex for assessing psychological and mental health, holding scientific and practical conferences, psychological support during studies, presentation of the project at meetings of the Federal Assembly. Lessons Learnt These measures are necessary for the prevention of disadaptation conditions of students at different stages of training, monitoring their psychological and mental health. They should be implemented during each academic year. Recommandations Systematization and adaptation of the used methods of monitoring psychological and mental health to the individual characteristics of each student. Main Goals 1. Assessment of the psychological and mental state of students. 2. Prevention of disadaptation conditions. 3. Help in dealing with stress at all stages of training. 4. Monitoring of persons entering a medical university. Motivation & Vision Psychological and mental assistance to students upon admission to the university, during examination sessions, during practical activities. Dissemination of the experience gained to the leading educational institutions of higher education. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #82 The university disseminates information about mental and social health to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders All students of educational institutions Time & Frame During each academic year Team & Staff Rector and staff of the Institute of clinical psychology Keywords Mental and psychological health, personal growth, self-esteem, medical university students Address by the Rector of the University Address by the Governor of Nizhny Novgorod Oblast Conference audience website pimunn.ru contact person bozhkova elena dimitrova email readytotalk@mail.ru PRIVOLZHSKY RESEARCH MEDICAL UNIVERSITY INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 109 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Healthy Tuesday Description Every Tuesday during the pandemic, ULB Santé broadcasts on its social media an activity or advice to take care of yourself, detailed by scientific literature and supported by advice from health professionals. Evaluation The project appreciated during the pandemic allowed individual students to meet other students and fight loneliness. Others identified symptoms of depression and contacted a professional service. Lessons Learnt Identify symptoms, acquire skills to take care of themselves and fighting against stress, foster dynamics between students and fighting against loneliness. Recommandations Sanitary conditions on campuses have changed since the end of the pandemic. As the evaluation is positive, these publications take the form of face-to-face workshops on our campuses. Healthy Tuesdays become ”Healthy Decent Days”. Main Goals Disseminate information and advice on mental well-being and thematic activities on our campuses. Motivation & Vision Ensuring the link during the pandemic and the distance of members of the community. Ensure their well-being and disseminate information to enable them to take care of their mental and physical health. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #82 The university disseminates information about mental and social health to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders University community Time & Frame Publication every Tuesday from November 2020 to June 2021 Team & Staff ULB Santé, Mental Health Service ULB Keywords Mental health, social health, well-being, social network Instagram Healthy Tuesday: Combat student isolation Combat student isolation - Healthy Tuesday Activity Contact details : Psycampus (SSM ULB) UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 110 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project From personal well-being to professional achievements Description The project is being implemented in order to reduce the risks of misadaptation, psychological distress and increase the level of psychological competence and personal effectiveness of students through individual and group psychological work. Evaluation The key results are a decrease in the number of non-adapted students (more than 90%), an increase in indicators of psychological well-being (more than 76%). A methodical technique based on the development of a reflexive mechanism was tested. Lessons Learnt It is important to take into account voluntary participation in group activities, characteristic of different cultures. It is important to take into account the state of health, international, ethnic and interfaith aspects, motivation type. Recommandations Open-access online publishing of self-diagnosis tests for students and employees, self-help and self-development algorithms. Systematic development and implementation of student adaptation programmes. Main Goals Psychological diagnostics and support of first-year students’ adaptation, the development of both emotional regulation, psychological well-being components. Prevention of emotional burnout and professional deformation, conducting consultations. Motivation & Vision Increasing personal effectiveness, developing a conscious personal attitude, mastering the techniques of self- regulation and self-development, improving communication, skills, creating resource potential in the continuous mastering of the profession. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #83 The university offers check-ups, assessments and evaluations about mental and social health by professionals to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Students, tutors, curators, teachers, KrasSMU PC Time & Frame Annual Team & Staff Head and specialist of the PC, social educator, tutors Keywords Adaptation, psychological well-being, self-development, mental hygiene, psychological centre (PC) website https://krasgmu.ru/ contact person artyukhova tatiana yurievna email tartjuchova@mail.ru PROFESSOR V.F. VOINO-YASENETSKY KRASNOYARSK STATE MEDICAL UNIVERSITY Individual psychological work Multifunctional uSenso complex Group psychological work INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 111 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project The Living Room Description A welcoming, inclusive and student- focused space that promotes well-being through early intervention, peer support and low barrier access to UWA health services. Students can visit for varying concerns such as feeling stressed, lonely or just a chat. Evaluation A mix of qualitative and quantitative measures provide a greater understanding of the reach of TLR and assists in the ongoing evaluation of service. Engagement and feedback from students remains consistently high. Lessons Learnt A peer-to-peer approach is transformative to service delivery, complimenting and taking pressure off traditional support services. Therapy dogs has also been a highly successful engagement strategy. Philanthropic and external support is critical. Recommandations TLR has received widespread interest from local and international universities and has the potential to become a transferable, scalable service delivery model. Main Goals The Living Room offers respite from pressure and strain, a place to feel listened to, short- term support, information on mental health and well-being and connection to appropriate services and activities - on campus or in the community. Motivation & Vision Acknowledging the University as an important setting to promote, support and sustain positive mental health and well-being, while addressing common stressors for students and facilitating timely connection to services at times of adversity. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #83 The university offers check-ups, assessments and evaluations about mental and social health by professionals to the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Students from all communities and cohorts Time & Frame Monday to Friday, from 11am to 4pm Team & Staff 14xPeer Supporters (UWA students), onsite health staff Keywords Mental Health, Student Support, Peer To Peer, Well-being UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA website https://www.uwa.edu.au/ The interior view of the space Therapy Dogs The Living Room INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 112 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Promotion of Academic Success Description The Plan for the Promotion of Academic Success and Prevention of School Dropout (PPSAPAE 2018-2023), seeks the promotion of study methods and time management in UAlg students, being complemented by three other initiatives: “SOS DROPOUT”, “Interculturality Programme” and Mindfulness “and” Life Skills Online Course “. Evaluation The Evaluation of the Plan for the Promotion of Academic Success and Prevention of School Dropout (PPSAPAE 2018-2023), is measured by the number of situations identified and successfully resolved. Since 2019, that number has exceeded four hundred UALG students. Adherence to the three complementary programmes is positive, involving more than 1000 UAlg students in 2020. Lessons Learnt In the current context, it is essential to promote mental health and academic success for students, as well as to develop transversal skills, as a way of preventing school dropout. Recommandations The promotion of mental health and well-being through programmes that advocate for the interaction and integration of students in the university context and development of social, emotional and transversal skills, can function as elements that promote academic success and protect students from dropping out of school. Main Goals Promote the mental and social health of the UALG academic community, identifying and signalling students with difficulties in adapting and integrating at the social and school level, with the goal of better and more successful integration of students in the context of university life. Motivation & Vision A UALG academic community with good levels of Well-Being and Mental and Social Health. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #84 The university shall offer a programme to help identify or detect the signs of discomfort or illness of students based on the commitment of volunteer students. Target & Stakeholders University Students Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Health service SAS UAlg e GAIP-UAlg Keywords Mental and Social Health, Well-being, Academic Success, School Dropout Prevention. UNIVERSITY OF THE ALGARVE website https://www.ualg.pt/pt contact person nuno rodrigues email nvrodrigues@ualg.pt INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 113 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project King’s College London | King’s Residence | Welfare Lead Team Description The RWLs are staff or postgrad students, specially trained in welfare, and live alongside students in every residence. They provide an out-of-hours well-being service for residents and create safe spaces for students to access emotional support. Evaluation In the first 2 terms of 2021/22 academic year, the Residence Welfare Lead team has supported 475 student welfare cases in Residences. Inclusive of 91 high-risk student cases that were escalated to the University mental health and safeguarding teams. Lessons Learnt To set a clear expectation with the students of the level of care and support the RWL team can provide to them. Also, the RWL team have robust training around setting clear boundaries with their students, to prevent student-dependence on the service. Recommandations Continue to invest in the training of Residence Welfare Leads to ensure we are meeting the complex and evolving needs of our student community at King’s. Main Goals Assist students in need by providing emotional support, information and signposting to support services. Promote, educate and empower students to improve their well-being and escalate students at risk to the University - assisting in times of crisis. Motivation & Vision Our vision is to support and empower every one of our students to thrive during their stay in Halls of Residence. Our goal is to help students overcome obstacles that may present during their stay and be able to go on to succeed in their studies. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #84 The university shall offer a programme to help identify or detect the signs of discomfort or illness of students based on the commitment of volunteer students. Target & Stakeholders Students living in King’s Residences Time & Frame On-call support available 8pm – 8am, 365 days a year Team & Staff King’s Residence & Students & Education Directorate Keywords Student Welfare, Student Well-being, Pastoral Support, Safeguarding, Halls of Residence KING’S COLLEGE LONDON website https://www.kcl.ac.uk/ contact welfare@kcl.ac.uk – kcl.ac.uk/accommodation RWLs at a community event Great Dover Street Apartments, 1 of 11 Residences INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 114 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Ciné-club for the “Déclic SANTE – mental well-being” Day Description Screening of the documentary “Loulou”: testimony to destigmatise and dedramatize schizophrenia. Screening of the movie “First Year” on the stress of medical students. Screenings moderated by Bepsyel, Psycampus and ULB Santé students. Evaluation 80 students sensitised during these two screenings, enthusiastic students, debates, and exchanges on mental health in general, thanks at the end of the screening. Lessons Learnt Identifying symptoms, deconstructing stereotypes and identifying resources to be taken care of by professionals. Recommandations Ensure the sustainability of this type of project. Main Goals Raise awareness of mental well- being, give testimony and debate on a topic of mental health. Motivation & Vision Through a documentary/movie, dedramatize and destigmatise mental health disorders. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #84 The university shall offer a programme to help identify or detect the signs of discomfort or illness of students based on the commitment of volunteer students. Target & Stakeholders University community Time & Frame 2 times a year – 2 campuses, around 10 October: Mental Health Awareness Day Team & Staff ULB Santé, Psycampus, BEPsyEL (student office - Faculty of Psychology) Keywords Mental health, debate, testimony, schizophrenia. UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be Poster for the declic health film-debate Social network BEPsyEL Film-debate organised by BEM & SSM & ULB Santé INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 115 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Stride Description A free 12-week supervised and personalised exercise programme for UWA students experiencing mental health difficulties, which also provides an opportunity for Master of Clinical Exercise Physiology students to gain valuable mentorship experience. Evaluation Approximately 120 students have completed their initial assessment to commence the programme, with 60 students graduating from Stride. There have been over 500 exercise sessions delivered through various means. Lessons Learnt On average the programme is seeing a decrease in depressive symptomology in students who participate. Peer mentors have suggested that Stride provides them with autonomy, professional growth, a valuable learning opportunity and personal satisfaction. Recommandations We hope to use the information we have gathered and learned through Stride as a framework to roll out similar programmes across other campuses and settings to assist individuals who are having difficulties with their mental health. Main Goals Through a student mentor relationship, help students feel physically and mentally healthier by introducing an individualised exercise programme and providing an opportunity to develop long-term exercise habits. Motivation & Vision The programme takes a unique approach of integrating a number of services across campus. The programme allows mentors to give back to the university and support students, while also furthering their clinical training in an area of community need. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #84 The university shall offer a programme to help identify or detect the signs of discomfort or illness of students based on the commitment of volunteer students. Target & Stakeholders Students from all communities and cohorts Time & Frame Flexible within schedules of mentors and participants Team & Staff UWA Student Life, Mental Health & Exercise Research Team Keywords Mental Health, Student Support, Peer to Peer, Well-being UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA website https://www.uwa.edu.au/ In action 1 In action 2 In action 3 INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 116 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Health prevention with peer Description Accueil santé recruits and trains students from the University of Lausanne to intervene on the campus as peer during student parties and during lunch time. They get in touch in a pro active way on various subjects as intimacy, sexual health, alcool and drug consumptions and mental health. The peer use the motivational approach and point the internal resources to produce empowerment. Evaluation All the partners shows satisfaction with the peers interventions. The project put together people they don’t necessary use to work together to talk about global health and to promote health. Participating evaluations are regularly done to ensure partners and target audience satisfaction. Involving students increase their motivation. Lessons Learnt The prevention messages through peers are well accepted. Peers create opportunities to talk about sensitive subject in the study environment. Recommandations To have ressources in term of budget and professionnals to accompagny the peer team. Paying the peer students during their engagment is highly recommended. Developping a collaborative athmosphere to create new ideas and new orientations. Main Goals To reduce the riskies behaviours in sexual health, alcool and drug consumption and mental health. To promote an healthy way to study at UNIL. To promote discussion about health prevention on the campus. Motivation & Vision Accueil santé promotes interventions with active participation of the community at all stages of the project to ensure the perpetuation and the efficiency of the interventions and the empowerment of the community. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #85 The university offers accessible counselling services and coping skills training for students to discuss their struggles or illnesses, and also has clear referral signposts towards more... Target & Stakeholders Students and UNIL community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Accueil santé UNIL (health service) Keywords Risk reduction, sexuel health, drug consumption, alcool consumption, mental health, prevention, Health promotion, empowerment, peer prevention, community UNIVERSTITY OF LAUSANNE website www.unil.ch/accueilsante/pair contact person annick duperrex email accueilsante@unil.ch Accueil santé Workshop 2019 Accueil santé Peers in action Accueil santé Peers on the UNIL campus INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 117 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Health week – Stress reduction Description One week per year the HSCL holds a health week at the University of Lucerne. In 2019 it was all about “Stress reduction”. There were free meditation and yoga classes during lunch break, a supervised information desk and a free lecture. Evaluation The lessons during lunch break were almost always fully booked. The information desk was also well visited. The health week had a positive impact on the people who took part in it, so that we will be holding one about stress reduction again soon. Lessons Learnt Living a healthy live is not only about being active and doing a lot of physical sport. It’s important to have a “wellness” section in your sports programme which focuses more about mental health. Recommandations It was very well received that the health week not only targeted the students, but the employees of the university as well. Having the meditation and yoga classes during lunch break made it accessible for everyone as. Main Goals Promoting the, as we call it, “wellness” sector of the HSCL sports programme, such as meditation, yoga and pilates. Informing people about the Hochschulseelsorge of the University, which can be contacted if you have mental issues. Motivation & Vision Raising self-awareness about the importance of mental health, taking breaks and having a healthy relationship with stress. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #86 The university disseminates information about looking after oneself and managing stress at university. Target & Stakeholders University students and employees Time & Frame One week a year Team & Staff HSCL, University of Lucerne and Hochschulseelsorge Luzern Keywords keep calm, self-awareness, meditation, taking a break, balanced lifestyle, healthy mind UNIVERSITY OF LUCERNE website https://www.unilu.ch/en/ contact person karin udvardi email karin.udvradi@unilu.ch Flyer of the Health Week “Stress reduction” Free Yoga lesson during lunch break Free lecture during the health week INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 118 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Counseling Services Description Set a booth on each campus to provide psychological assessment (sometimes called testing). Provide individual counselling based on the assessment results. During the epidemic, services have been switched to online. Evaluation Students who had felt COVID-19 has impacted their lives through increased isolation, loneliness, stress, and sadness reported that they felt more relaxed and happier after the counselling. Lessons Learnt We learned the importance of having our students know about the support they can receive from the Counselling Centre. Recommandations This programme was assessed to be effective in increasing the emotional well-being of our students who are faced with various personal, career-related, and academic difficulties. Main Goals To help students gain a deeper understanding of themselves. To help students get the right kind of support when needed the most. Motivation & Vision To increase the accessibility of counselling services. To identify students who are in need of counselling assistance. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #86 The university disseminates information about looking after oneself and managing stress at university. Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame Beginning of each academic semester (twice a year) Team & Staff Accueil santé UNIL (health service) Keywords Stress counselling, adaptation to school life, easily accessible, emotional wellness, COVID-19 MYONGJI UNIVERSITY website https://www.mju.ac.kr/us/index.do contact website https://sangdam.mju.ac.kr Student Counselling Centre Website Visiting Counselling Programme Visiting Counselling Programme INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 119 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Tea Party & Mental Health Description This is a communication activity in the form of a tea party. Guided by a counselor and accompanied by a tea specialist, the group chat over tea about topics such as health, reducing stress, fighting depression etc. Around 20 activities are held each year, which amount to 60 activities in total since its launch in 2017. Over a hundred students are involved in the activities each year. Evaluation After each activity, the Center will ask participants for feedback and suggestions. The Center has received positive responses. Lessons Learnt Benefiting from a relaxed and pleasant atmosphere, students can communicate easily about different topics and share their perspectives, which can lead to surprising results. Recommandations As the stress and emotion management issues getting more and more prominent to college students, the university should pay due attention to the students and take various approaches to guide them or help them relax and regulate their emotions. Main Goals Through the tea party, students who are interested in topics such as self-care, stress management etc. or those in need of mental health gather together and exchange different perspectives, so as to help students improve their mental health. Motivation & Vision Help students gain insights and inspiration in a happy and harmonious atmosphere, so as to improve their mental health. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #86 The university disseminates information about looking after oneself and managing stress at university. Target & Stakeholders University Students Time & Frame Once a week during the semesters. Since 2017 Team & Staff Mental Health Center, PKU Keywords Mental Health, Good Health and Well-Being, University Students, Stress Management Tea Party Tea Party Tea Party PEKING UNIVERSITY website pku.edu.cn contact person he zhonghui email healthycampus@pku.edu.cn INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 120 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Wide variety of stress management techniques for the community Description EASS offers variety of possibilities to help manage stress, some of them are directed at students, others at staff, but most of them, like lectures, rector´s talks, support from the psychologist and Positivity Jar are aimed at the whole community. Evaluation 10 special lectures or activities in the first year of Healthy Campus programme with 460 participants in the lectures in real-time. Every community member can access these lectures afterwards in the e-learning environment. Lessons Learnt The need for mental health differs by years and community groups, but university should be ready to offer a variety of possibilities to reduce and manage stress, especially during the crises. Recommandations Involve qualified psychologists and specialists to share their knowledge and teach skills in areas that can support mental health. Even small things, like taking a positive message from Student Council’s organised the Positivity jar can help. Main Goals When university shares ideas about ways of managing stress and reminds the community that help is available and the solutions are there, it enhances the social cohesion and builds community that is mentally healthier stronger. Motivation & Vision In times of crises, it is good to use broader stress management aid package, addressed to everyone who needs support. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #86 The university disseminates information about looking after oneself and managing stress at university. Target & Stakeholders University community Time & Frame Regularly during academic year Team & Staff The Centre for Continuing Education, Student Council Keywords Stress Management, Positivity Jar, Video Lectures website https://www.sisekaitse.ee/en/eass-home contact epp.jalakas@sisekaitse.ee ESTONIAN ACADEMY OF SECURITY SCIENCES The Positivity Jar at the EASS entrance Brochures on mental health Social activities in nature help to reduce stress INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 121 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Buddy Programme Description The Buddy Programme is an initiative in which Iscte’s students/former students offer their help and support to new students by guiding them throughout the semester, receive them at Iscte, show them our institution and giving them academic support. Evaluation Mentors have expressed their satisfaction with the training and interaction they obtained from this experience. 100% of mentees reported they were satisfied/very satisfied with the programme. 100% of mentees consider their mentors to be their friends. Lessons Learnt The programme proved to be essential in supporting the process of integration of new students (specially from PALOP) who arrive from a very different academic and cultural reality than what they experience in their home countries. Recommandations It is important to reinforce the divulgation of the buddy programme, as there are still many students that could use the help provided by their peers. Main Goals To encourage the socialization among students, to make new students feel more integrated in a new environment and to promote good practices among Iscte’s students/former students. Motivation & Vision To facilitate the integration of new students at Iscte and to give Iscte’s students/former students an opportunity to acquire new skills and to undergo a different type of international experience. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #87 The university identifies potential barriers and create opportunities regarding mental and social health to allow interactions and exchanges between individuals within the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame Every year Team & Staff Students/former Students and Social Services Keywords Health, Well-being, Social, Students, Buddy, Mental Health, Inclusive ISCTE - UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF LISBON website www.iscte-iul.pt contact desporto@iscte-iul.pt Welcome activity in Iscte’s Patio Receiving new students Global village at Iscte INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 122 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project King’s College London | Active Wellness Scheme | Togetherall Description The Active Wellness Scheme aims to support staff and students facing low-level mental health challenges identified by the Togetherall project. The AWS provides holistic, proactive, preventative support to improve the well-being of our community. Evaluation Staff and students who complete the AWS see a well-being improvement of, on average, 19%. Since September 98 students and staff have enrolled on the scheme. Lessons Learnt Build partnerships and collaboration through effective communication with all stakeholders. Work together to ensure no gaps in provision or misunderstandings of roles so the most effective range of support is available and communicated to all. Recommandations Gain an understanding of where the challenges are in welfare/ well-being support and be a solution. Network across the institution and beyond to identify how to successfully provide holistic and proactive support to the whole university community. Main Goals Improve mental, physical and social wellness of staff and students experiencing physical and mental well-being challenges. Motivation & Vision Advance individual health and social integration, to provide a sense of belonging and positively impact well-being. That in turn supports strategic priorities of attainment, experience, employability and student retention. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #87 The university identifies potential barriers and create opportunities regarding mental and social health to allow interactions and exchanges between individuals within the campus community. Target & Stakeholders University Staff and students Time & Frame Throughout the academic year September - June Team & Staff King’s Sport, Well-being and welfare support services Keywords Welfare, well-being, mental health, social health, therapy, counselling KING’S COLLEGE LONDON website https://www.kcl.ac.uk/ contact kcl.ac.uk/sport email kingssport@kcl.ac.uk Coach and participant part of the scheme Participant on the scheme exercising King’s Sport, Active Wellness Scheme INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 123 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Fighting against student loneliness Description During the pandemic, collaboration between services created opportunities to facilitate student meeting while respecting the gestures of barriers. For example, bundled activities were organised. Evaluation 21 activities, 104 participants. The project is appreciated by the students. Lessons Learnt Students register on a platform to “volunteer and offer time to walk with students”. Students meet their peers and create a social network. Recommandations Face-to-face courses resumed on campus, student and folkloric life resumed as before the pandemic. Some students still want these activities to be organised again. Main Goals Fight against loneliness among students, discover part of the city (wood, architecture, street art, orientation race). Motivation & Vision Encouraging solidarity between students, encouraging students’ engagement with their peers. Domain Mental and social health Criteria #87 The university identifies potential barriers and create opportunities regarding mental and social health to allow interactions and exchanges between individuals within the campus community. Target & Stakeholders Students Time & Frame During the pandemic Team & Staff ULB Santé et ULB Engagée, ULB Sports Keywords Loneliness, volunteer, solidarity, social, meeting UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be Social network ULB Santé Combat student isolation - Healthy Tuesday Activity Orienteering race INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 124 Risk behaviour INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 125 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Laws, statutes and regulations Description We want to go beyond compliance with the legal norms, by implementing awareness- raising activities on risk behaviour, namely with drugs, doping, alcoholic beverages and tobacco. Evaluation With a communication campaign in association with activities to raise awareness of risk behaviours, we have noticed a reduction in tobacco consumption in outdoor spaces on the Campus. Lessons Learnt We have to create a constant movement throughout the year to provide information and raise awareness of risky behaviours. This is the only way to maintain pressure, especially for socially accepted risk behaviours such as tobacco consumption. Recommandations Successive awareness campaigns. Informal contacts with members of the academic community by faculty members. Main Goals Reduce the consumption of alcoholic beverages and not allow the use of products prohibited by law. Motivation & Vision A Healthy Campus is a space free from risky and harmful behaviours for the academic community. For this purpose, in addition to applying legal documents, we seek to promote initiatives to raise awareness of these and other risky behaviours. Domain Risk behaviour Criteria #90 The university determines applicable rules regarding alcohol, drugs, doping and tobacco issues. Target & Stakeholders Academic community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff Maiêutica, UMAIA and IPMAIA Keywords Law, Statutes, Regulations UNIVERSITY OF MAIA & POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF MAIA website www.ismai.pt/pt and www.ipmaia.pt/pt/ contact healthycampus@maieutica.pt email healthycampus@maieutica.pt No smoking sign in sports facilities No smoking sign in outdoor spaces INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 126 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project TU DECIDES - YOU DECIDE Description Prevention of risky road behaviour under the influence of alcohol, which involves peer intervention and the prevention of driving under the influence, with an assessment of the blood alcohol level that includes pre-test and post-test technical advice. Evaluation The programme has a positive impact, as demonstrated by 2 published studies. Both longitudinal studies confirm that the number of participants who expressed an intention to drive was significantly lower after intervention. Lessons Learnt Awareness and self-regulation about driving under the influence of alcohol seems to be influenced by personalized technical advice and psych pedagogical intervention. Recommandations Since part of the road accidents involving young drivers is associated with driving under the influence of alcohol, we believe that the encouraging results of this model of preventive intervention can contribute to the reduction of accidents. Main Goals Prevent risks associated with alcohol consumption and road accidents. Raise awareness of individuals so that they can decide to assume safer behaviours in relation to the previous determination to drive under the influence of alcohol. Motivation & Vision Part of road accidents is associated with young people driving under the influence of alcohol. Academic festivals are conducive to excessive alcohol consumption, and it is urgent to intervene in this context. Domain Risk behaviour Criteria #91 The university organises prevention programmes in terms of alcohol, drugs, doping and tobacco. Target & Stakeholders Festival-goers, driving licence Time & Frame Annually, during the nights of the UAlg Academic Festival Team & Staff AAUAlg, MAI (GNR/PSP) and GPAP-UAlg Keywords Road Safety,Risk Awareness, Perception of Self-Control, Decision Making, Alcohol, Academic Festival UNIVERSITY OF THE ALGARVE website https://www.ualg.pt/pt contact jorge malveiro, ph.d. - sasgp@ualg.pt Stand “TU DECIDES” - Academic Week Festival Team of Volunteers “TU DECIDES” - Academic Week Testing - Professional calibrated breathalyzer INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 127 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Quit Smoking Campaign Description The Environmental Club at UDST developed a multi-faceted campaign to raise awareness of smoking cessation. Multimedia content highlighted how smoking affects the human body, the environment, and the impacts of inhalation of secondary smoke. Evaluation A unique measure counted number of cigarette butts found on campus to help evaluate smoking prevalence. Particularly the calculation of cigarette butts pre and post awareness campaign gives an idea of the effectiveness of the awareness programmes. Lessons Learnt Campaigns are an excellent way to raise awareness but provide limited impact on the reduction of smoking on campus. It is realized that a more effective strategy would be a commitment to a formalized and enforced campus smoking restriction policy. Recommandations An effective strategy to implement a no smoking policy on campus is to gradually introduce regulations. Noted, a combination of restrictions and supports for smokers is most effective in creating behavioural change (i.e. patch & counselling support). Main Goals To educate the UDST community about the harms of smoking and to encourage people to quit for the sake of themselves, others, and the environment. Motivation & Vision To create awareness about smoking and help UDST become a smoke-free campus. Domain Risk behaviour Criteria #91 The university organises prevention programmes in terms of alcohol, drugs, doping and tobacco. Target & Stakeholders Students and Faculty/Staff members on campus Time & Frame On-going Team & Staff Student Affairs, Environmental Club, Facilities Management, Human Resources, Health, Safety and Environment Keywords Smoking, Cessation, Campus. UNIVERSITY OF DOHA FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY website www.udst.edu.qa contact s&s - udst wellness@cna-qatar.edu.qa / udst.edu.qa Instagram ‘Quit Smoking’ Campaign Instagram ‘Quit Smoking’ Campaign INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 128 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Tobacco Free Trinity Description Our Tobacco Free Campus has achieved an 80% reduction in smoking and achieves > 90% compliance when enforced. Using a living lab approach it has engaged students and staff in multiple projects and published 2 papers to date. Evaluation Tobacco free policies reduced smoking. by ~80%. Data collection was essential. It showed that smoking policies were effective, despite some smokers ignoring them. A living lab approach was appropriate and engaged students and staff in the project. Lessons Learnt To encourage adherence to a tobacco free policy, an implementation strategy that includes data collection and engages students and staff must be undertaken. A living lab is an appropriate approach to encouraging this engagement. Recommandations Become a tobacco free campus, it reduces smoking. Include data collection in the process of becoming tobacco free. Engage students and staff in the process. Consider a living lab approach. Main Goals To create a tobacco free campus using a living lab apach. Motivation & Vision Tobacco kills 100 per week in Ireland. Our vision was to remove smoking from our campus to support those who choose not to smoke. By using a living lab approach to doing so, we could engage our students and staff in making the change. Domain Risk behaviour Criteria #91 The university organises prevention programmes in terms of alcohol, drugs, doping and tobacco. Target & Stakeholders Students and staff Time & Frame 2013-2020 Team & Staff Health, Registrar, Medicine, Comms, Board, Student & Staff Unions Keywords Tobacco Free Campus TRINITY COLLEGE DUBLIN website https://www.tcd.ie contact person martina mullin – mullinm1@tcd.ie The winning blow on a cigarette shaped pinata Frequency of observed smoking Students collecting butts for a smoke free project INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 129 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project « Ça m’saoule » Description Students are trained to raise awareness among their peers on the topics of addiction (alcohol, tobacco, psychotropic, etc.) and the risks associated with student festive life. They also refer to professionals. Evaluation Students welcome their peers, awareness-raising stands are organised at festive events (6/ an). About 100 students are aware each time. They also raise awareness on their social media channels: information, quiz, etc. Lessons Learnt Increase knowledge about alcohol consumption and addiction, adopt healthier lifestyle and identify appropriate services. Recommandations Continue this activities & broaden awareness to staff member (tobacco, alcohol, drugs). Main Goals Improve well-being of students during their student life or/and festive life by developing their knowledge and adopting healthy behaviours. Motivation & Vision Health promotion and risk reduction. Domain Risk behaviour Criteria #91 The university organises prevention programmes in terms of alcohol, drugs, doping and tobacco. Target & Stakeholders University Students Time & Frame All year Team & Staff ULB Santé, Modus Vivendi, Fares, students Keywords Alcohol, tobacco, psychotropic drugs, addiction UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be Brochures Animations Animations INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 130 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project “Anti-doping” and “No drugs” campaigns Description Drug prevention education, including the teaching of the importance of balanced meals. Evaluation Raising awareness of the risk of substance abuse/misuse can eventually reduce substantial long- term costs. Lessons Learnt We learned to maintain close collaboration with KOREA ANTI- DOPING AGENCY so that we will stay informed of the latest information pertaining to illegal drugs. Recommandations Communication with students is crucial in drug prevention education, and, in this regard, we emphasize the importance of teaching our faculty members to become positive role models for our students. Main Goals To encourage students to choose proper nutrition and balanced meals over drugs. Motivation & Vision The first and probably the best way to prevent drug use is an effective drug prevention education, and through such programme, we expect our students to learn to protect their own health and well-being. Domain Risk behaviour Criteria #92 The university organises educational programme preventing the use of doping. Target & Stakeholders Students, faculty members, staff members Time & Frame Education on illegal drugs to be provided by KOREA ANTI-DOPING AGENCY Team & Staff Health Service Centre / Athletics Division (Management Office) Keywords Drug, education, programme MYONGJI UNIVERSITY website https://www.mju.ac.kr/us/index.do contact website www.mju.ac.kr email sunhee@mju.ac.kr Public Health Centre Programme preventing the use of doping Programme preventing the use of doping INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 131 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project XPTO seXualidades & Cores Universas Description Counselling and psychological support projects on issues of diversity and sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, LGBT issues, training, and education for sexual and reproductive health. The service is confidential, anonymous, and free. Evaluation The projects are implemented every year and develop regular activity. Lessons Learnt Importance of developing projects related to the organisation’s research areas. Recommandations Implementation of anonymous. Methodologies to identify the needs of the academic community. Main Goals Support the academic community in the scientific and research areas of the University of Coimbra. For these themes in the areas of Psychology and Education Sciences. Motivation & Vision Having a more balanced and healthy academic community. Awareness of discrimination, violence, and prejudice and of the rights, freedoms and guarantees related to diversity and inclusion. Implementation of the Healthy Campus UC strategic plan. Domain Risk behaviour Criteria #93 The university informs and organises programmes about sexual health promotion. Target & Stakeholders Academic Community Time & Frame Annually Team & Staff Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences Keywords Counseling, psychological support, diversity and sexual orientation, gender identity UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website https://www.uc.pt/healthycampusuc/ Poster XPTO Project Cores Universas Project Activity INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 132 Environment, sustainability and social responsibility INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 133 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project MOBILE program Description Travel expenses reimbursement. Cycling equipment: guarded parking, repair shop. Multi- modal accessibility to campuses: bicycles, carsharing, scooter, bike path, connection to the station. Evaluation Regular survey of multi-modal transport by University Community. There is a decrease of car use and increase of bicycle use and public transport. Lessons Learnt To use sustainable transport and select soft mobility. Recommandations Strengthen accessibility to PRM, continue the effort: reduce use of car. Every 3 year, the Environmental Department conduct mobility survey. Main Goals To enhance soft mobility within and into campuses, the program is aimed at increasing cycling, public transport, etc. as an alternative to the car. To improve access to cyclists, to reduce the use of individual car, to promote active road users. Motivation & Vision To increase accessibility within and into campus and reduce environmental impact. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #95 The university shall adopt and implement a policy and information to ensure the campus environment is accessible to the whole campus community (including users of wheelchairs, bicycles, scooters, skates, roller skates). Target & Stakeholders University Community Time & Frame All year + bicycle repair shop from Monday to Friday pm Team & Staff Department Infrastructures ULB Mobility & Environment Keywords Cyclists, environment, accessibility, soft mobility, home-to-campus travel UNIVERSITÉ LIBRE DE BRUXELLES website www.ulb.be contact ulb-sante@ulb.be Travel mode statistics: university staff member Repair shop Bike Guarded parking INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 134 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Study and sport without barriers Description Unhampered access to facilities, classrooms, premises and sports grounds as well as access to the services provided by them to all categories of the population. Evaluation Provision of services, including education and sports to all categories of the population. Full loading of sports facilities within the framework of extra- budgetary activities. Lessons Learnt Within the framework the project realization, the quality of the provided services keeps improving as well as consumers’ assessment of the services. Recommandations In order to meet the needs of the population and the further development of facilities, financial investments in infrastructure and personnel training are required. Main Goals Creation and maintenance of conditions. Providing with special sports and other equipment. Proper placement of equipment and media. Providing staff with assistance and advice in overcoming barriers to services. Motivation & Vision Providing and receiving fruitful information and knowledge, active studying of educational programmes, striving for physical and moral perfection, self- affirmation and satisfaction of cultural requirements in comfortable and equal conditions. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #95 The university shall adopt and implement a policy and information to ensure the campus environment is accessible to the whole campus community (including users of wheelchairs, bicycles, scooters, skates, roller skates). Target & Stakeholders Students, staff, teaching staff, visitors, spectators Time & Frame Per year Team & Staff Facilities Administration, Economic Activity Department Keywords Availability, development, health VOLGA REGION STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL CULTURE, SPORT AND TOURISM website https://www.sportacadem.ru/ contact person andrey surdakov email a.surdakov@sportacadem.ru Accessible environment of sports facilities Accessible environment of sports facilities Accessible environment of sports facilities INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 135 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project UAlg+Healthy-Plastic Description Actions: 1. Return all the material used in bars. 2. Bring your own mug to drink, coffee or tea in bars. 3. Use the special plastic deposit to collect material for art projects. 4. Go to marine litter clean action. 5. Do the Seahorse itinerary BordaloII. Evaluation All UAlg’s services adopted the initiative. Researchers and Students have joined well, and they have organising ways to spread the impact. Number of bar, restaurants, cantinas that joint the initiative inside and outside the University of Algarve campus. Lessons Learnt UAlg+Healthy-plastic showed that behaviours inside campus have impacted the surrounding societal ecosystem. Good practices shared by from UAlg are more easily adopted in an inclusive way. Recommandations It is necessary to close the tap source of plastic litter in the oceans: the human use. More campaigns to REDUCE PLASTIC LITTER are urgent due to the direct negative impact in fisheries food resources, and the whole PLANET. Main Goals “UAlg+Healthy-Plastic” campaign - to contribute to a future “Plastic free” ocean and for a more sustainable environment for all of us and for future generations, contributing to reduce climate change effect, by the reduction of single use plastic. Motivation & Vision UAlg is deeply committed to teach and research marine science and environmental sustainability. Our research already produced evidence of impacts of plastics in the whole Ocean trophic web, including humans. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #96 The university shall develop partnership plan with external stakeholders to implement social responsibility activities and promote social inclusion and cohesion. Target & Stakeholders Students, staff and regional stakeholder Time & Frame All year Team & Staff UAlg R&D, V+, Social Action Services Keywords Sea protection, Nature rights, Migration of Climate change, Healthy habits of enjoying nature UNIVERSITY OF THE ALGARVE website https://www.ualg.pt/pt contact person alexandra teodósio – vrateodosio@ualg.pt Poster UALG + Saudável - Plástico Urban Art with Marine Plastic Waste INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 136 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Trinity Sport Social Sports Programme Description Our social sports programmes run each academic term and consist of a number of programmes such as social 5 a side, 3x3 basketball, roundnet, learn to play GAA, touch rugby, badminton. Our social programmes also include our campus runs & UV events. Evaluation “Joining a sport, you’ve only ever been involved with casually can be quite intimidating. But joining the women’s social soccer is one of the best decisions I’ve made this year! The environment is so inclusive and accepting of all levels of players”. Lessons Learnt It is important to offer social programmes to give students an outlet away from their studies. Those who are socially active often have a better support system and self-esteem, which results in an increased sense of belonging and connectedness. Recommandations Continue to offer a variety of social sports. Survey the students annually to see what they would like to be available via the social sports programmes. Annual promotional campaigns to raise awareness of all social events available to students. Main Goals To provide students with as many opportunities to be physically active. Motivation & Vision Present as many social sports to our students to give them every opportunity to be active. Having a variety of social sports enables students to find something they enjoy doing in a social non- competitive environment. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #96 The university shall develop partnership plan with external stakeholders to implement social responsibility activities and promote social inclusion and cohesion. Target & Stakeholders Students and staff Time & Frame Academic terms for students and all year for staff Team & Staff Sports Participation Officer Keywords Social Sports, participation, physical activity, non-active TRINITY COLLEGE DUBLIN website www.tcd.ie contact person deirdre mullen-mcguinness email deirdre.mullen@tcd.ie Campus 5k Social ladies Soccer Social UV Glow in the Dark multi sports event INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 137 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Center for university students detained Description In 1998 University of Turin was the first in Italy to set up a section of the city prison for detained university students, in collaboration with the prison administration. The programs include degrees in Political science, Law, Art, Music, Theatre. Evaluation In the past years about 150 inmates have enrolled and about half graduated from university. In the academic year 2021/22, 66 inmates are enrolled in university courses. Lessons Learnt Working with the prison’s inmates offers an important added value for the university context, as it represents a challenging context for traditional forms of teaching. Recommandations It would be relevant to implement online teaching for inmates and the access to the online resources, as those can be important and enriching tools. This always considering the important value of human exchange that develops in face- to-face meetings. Main Goals Guarantee the access and the implementation of the right to study and more in particular to university study for persons deprived of personal liberty. Motivation & Vision Detention shouldn’t be a reason for renouncing the rights that the state provides for its citizens and it is also proven that prison education is a highly cost- effective investment both for inmates life during detention and for prevention of relapse. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #96 The university shall develop partnership plan with external stakeholders to implement social responsibility activities and promote social inclusion and cohesion. Target & Stakeholders Inmates, prison administration, Banking Foundation Time & Frame All year long Team & Staff Responsible, manager, academic tutor, teachers, volunteers Keywords Inclusion, prison education, resocialization, community, re-entry website https://en.unito.it/ contact franco.prina@unito.it – tutor.polocarcere@unito.it UNIVERSITY OF TURIN Prison classroom Prison university centre anniversary ceremony Graduation ceremony of inmate student INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 138 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project UCicletas Description Project for the provision and temporary use of conventional bicycles at the University of Coimbra, for the entire academic community, collaborators, researchers and students. Evaluation Every year more applications are submitted than there are bicycles, and the satisfaction of the participants is always very positive. Lessons Learnt The acquisition of habits and behaviours during the academic period remains for later life. Recommandations Identify with the academic community their preferences and act accordingly. Main Goals Promotion of habits of physical activity within the academic community of the University of Coimbra, through the adoption of alternative means of mobility. Promoting behaviours that contribute to achieving the goals for sustainable development. Motivation & Vision Promote services to the academic community that are in line with the strategies defined by the University. Contribute to reduce the use of personal vehicles on a regular daily basis. Making the UC a Sport and Sustainability reference. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #97 The university should implement a communication policy for the campus community promoting a friendly environmental travel from home to the university and the mobility inside the campus. Target & Stakeholders University Community Time & Frame All year Team & Staff UC Sport Team Keywords Soft mobility, UCicletas, Healthy Lifestyle, Sustainability UNIVERSITY OF COIMBRA website www.uc.pt contact person filipa.godinho@uc.pt email healthycampus@uc.pt UCicletas Bicycles UCicletas Participants Programme Logo INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 139 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project U-Bike Politécnico de Leiria - RIDING YOUR BIKE FOR KNOWLEDGE AND SUSTAINABILITY Description The U-bike Project aims to promote soft mobility. All members of the academic community may apply to be assigned a bicycle, provided they are holders of driving licenses and commit to ride a minimum of 40km per bike per month. Evaluation Increase in the number of registered users. Until March 2022, there were reductions on primary energy consumption (12.7%), and on CO2 emissions (45,712 kg), with an energy saving of 15.02 (toe) and a travelled total distance of 270967 km. Lessons Learnt The need to involve municipalities in the creation of cycle paths and charging stations in cities in order to increase the number of users. Recommandations Increase the project’s visibility through the dissemination of testimonies from users of the advantages of using the bicycle. Main Goals Promotion of the use of electric and conventional bicycles in academic communities. Contribution to the reduction of primary energy consumption. Contribution to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and pollutants atmospheric. Motivation & Vision Promoting changes in the modal split in urban travel, namely the transfer from individual motorized transport mode to cycling mode. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #97 The university should implement a communication policy for the campus community promoting a friendly environmental travel from home to the university and the mobility inside the campus. Target & Stakeholders University Students and Staff - IMTT Time & Frame Year-round since 2018 Team & Staff Social Services Sports Sector Keywords Sustainability, Smooth mobility, Energy saving, CO2 emissions reduction POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE OF LEIRIA website www.ipleiria.pt contact https://ubike.ipleiria.pt/ – ubike@ipleiria.pt Polytechnic of Leiria’s U-Bike app One of the many U-Bike users on Leiria City One of the U-Bike docking stations INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 140 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Healthy Trinity: Smarter Travel Description Active commuting is strongly recommended by the WHO. By working with the National Transport Authority, Trinity promote walking, cycling and public transport with students and staff. Evaluation Trinity is a global leader in Smarter Travel: https://www.tcd. ie/healthytrinity/travel/Stats. php#2019. Lessons Learnt Walking, cycling and public transport are positively viewed in a university and once the private car is removed from campus, people no longer wish to travel by private car. Recommandations Promote walking, cycling and public transport and remove car parking. Main Goals To encourage students and staff to walk, cycle or take public transport to Trinity by taking action under six headings: 1. Events and Interventions. 2. Supportive Environment. 3. Co/-curricular. 4. Living Lab. 5. Funding. 6. Communications. Motivation & Vision By increasing walking, cycling and public transport, more people would be physically active particularly when stress levels are high towards the end of term. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #97 The university should implement a communication policy for the campus community promoting a friendly environmental travel from home to the university and the mobility inside the campus. Target & Stakeholders Students and staff Time & Frame 2011-2022 Team & Staff SU, HR, students, staff, national transport authority, estates Keywords walking, cycling, public tranport TRINITY COLLEGE DUBLIN website https://www.tcd.ie contact person martina mullin – mullinm1@tcd.ie The Smarter Travel website Living Lab data on how students and staff commute New bike parking installed on campus INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 141 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project UAlg+Healthy-Plastic Description Several actions were launched with communication to academia and poster spreads in UAlg Bar/ cantines, and later to restaurant, schools and region mupi: 1. Return all the material used in bars. 2. Bring your own mug to drink, coffee or tea in bars. 3. Use the special plastic deposit to collect material for art projects. 4. Go to marine litter clean action. 5. Do the Seahorse itinerary BordaloII. Evaluation All services inside the UAlg adopted the initiative, besides COVID, that bring the single items again on the agenda. Researchers and Students have joined well and they have organising ways to spread the impact. Number of bar/restaurantes/ cantinas that joint the initiative inside and outside the University of Algarve campus. Lessons Learnt UAlg+Healthy-plastic showed that behaviours inside campii have impacted the surronding societal ecosystem. Good pratices shared by from UAlg are more easily adopted in an inclusive way Recommandations Cleaning actions of plastic items coastal areas have educational but insignificant global impact. It is necessary to close the tap source of plastic litter in the oceans: the human use. More campains to REDUCE PLASTIC LITTER are urgent due to the direct negative impact in fisheries food resources, and the whole PLANET. Main Goals “UAlg + Healthy - Plastic” campaign in bar, canteen and residences main goals were to contribute to a future “Plastic free” ocean and especially for a more sustainable environment for all of us and for future generations,contribuiting to reduce climate change effect, by the reduction of single use plastic. Motivation & Vision UAlg is deeply committed to teach and research marine science and environmental sustainability. Our research already produced evidences of impacts of plastics in the whole Ocean trophic web, including humans. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #99 The university shall plan, implement and evaluate specific actions to improve the sustainability and use of infrastructure and resources. Target & Stakeholders Students, staff and regional stakeholder Time & Frame All year Team & Staff UAlg R&D, V+, Social Action Services Keywords Environmental and social responsability to sea protection, Nature rigths, Migation of Climate change, Healthy habits of enjoying nature. UNIVERSITY OF THE ALGARVE website https://www.ualg.pt/pt Poster UALG + Saudável - Plástico INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 142 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Green Zoom Universities Description ITMO has developed the Green Zoom Universities standard - Russia’s first-ever set of construction standards for innovative research and educational institutions that follows principles of the smart city model, environmentally friendly construction. Evaluation ITMO University has already taken steps towards decreasing its environmental footprint by installing water dispensers and organising waste sorting stations, as well as providing free scooter- sharing and bike parking for students. Lessons Learnt An active public position of the academic and student communities turns them into agents of change and makes it possible to promote the values of sustainable development to a wider audience. Recommandations To actively implement sustainability in the design and construction of university campuses and adapt the existing infrastructure to the corresponding standards. Main Goals Promotion of the Green Zoom Universities standard, which is Russia’s first system of practical recommendations for reducing power consumption and increasing water efficiency and sustainability of university campuses. Motivation & Vision To build the first object adhering to the new green standard, which will be the research and educational center located at ITMO Highpark. In the future, the solutions developed in the process could be applied in other educational centers. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #99 The university shall plan, implement and evaluate specific actions to improve the sustainability and use of infrastructure and resources. Target & Stakeholders Educational centers in Russia and abroad Time & Frame Perpetual Team & Staff Architects, engineers, ecologists, experts, IT specialists Keywords Sustainable development, green practices, energy and water efficiency ITMO UNIVERSITY website https://en.itmo.ru/ contact person evgeny raskin + 7 (905) 250 05 28 ITMO Highpark ITMO Highpark ITMO Highpark INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 143 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project UJ Clean Up Campaign Description The UJ Clean Up campaign is aimed at keeping the campuses clean and raising awareness on clean working and teaching and learning environments. The materials picked up are placed in specified recycle bins. All staff and students are involved. Evaluation Many people have stopped littering. People have adopted the use of bins provided. Lessons Learnt People find it embarrassing to throw away plastics in open spaces. The Clean Up campaign has improved the quality of life on campuses. Recommandations All persons must be encouraged to use bins provided in public spaces. Littering should be punishable if found/caught in the act. Main Goals To keep a healthy, clean environment. To teach the campus community to respect the environment. To encourage people to recycle plastics, bottles & other waste materials. To encourage the campus community to make UJ a cleaner & sustainable environment. Motivation & Vision Keeping a clean studying, working and living environment is important for individual and collective well-being. Clean environments are not only important for people, but they are also important for the natural ecosystem. Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #99 The university shall plan, implement and evaluate specific actions to improve the sustainability and use of infrastructure and resources. Target & Stakeholders Students and Staff Time & Frame Weekly Team & Staff Students, Staff, Operations Department, City of Johannesburg Municipality Keywords Clean-up, Environment, Environmental Sustainability, No Littering, Clean Up Campaign, Recycle UNIVERSITY OF JOHANNESBURG website www.uj.ac.za Clean Up campaign at UJ Clean Up campaign partnership with the City of JHB Clean Energy Initiatives INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 144 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices Name of the project Low-carbon Green Initiatives Description Engineering building 5: rainwater collection. Engineering building 2: using sunlight to heat water and generate electricity. Myongji park: green landscape for university community on campus. Evaluation Green campus initiatives implemented by our institution resulted in saving energy, reducing long term costs and also creating many other positive impacts on the local community. Lessons Learnt Climate change is clearly one of grand challenges facing humanity, and we came to learn that universities should take the lead in creating a more sustainable tomorrow by developing new and longer- term policies for tackling climate change. Recommandations We believe investing more in sustainable buildings will reduce long term costs. Main Goals To protect the environment and promote green campus sustainability. To educate future professionals for green economy. Motivation & Vision To create an eco-friendly campus and take the lead in creating a more sustainable tomorrow (as a university which earned its official status as “Low- Carbon Green Campus” by the Ministry of Environment and Korea Environment Corporation in 2011). Domain Environment, sustainability and social responsibility Criteria #100 The university shall plan, implement, evaluate and improve specific actions to reduce the energy consumption of facilities and avoid waste as much as possible. Target & Stakeholders Students, faculty members, staff members Time & Frame Since 2011 Team & Staff Office of Planning & Coordination/ Facilities & Maintenance Team Keywords Green campus, green industry, human capital for green growth, experts for green economy Arts and Design Centre (Low-carbon Green Campus) Myongji Campus Complex (Low-carbon Green Campus) Clean Campus Campaign MYONGJI UNIVERSITY website https://www.mju.ac.kr/us/index.do contact website www.mju.ac.kr email ch10005@mju.ac.kr INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPORTS FEDERATION │ 145 Healthy CampusHealthy Campus 2021 FISU Healthy Campus Best Practices List of Universities Registered on Healthy Campus Programme Australian Catholic University Bashkir State Medical University Mario Pontes Jucá University Center Chang’an University Chengdu Sport University Chengdu University Chinhoyi University of Technology Don State Technical University Donghua University Guangdong Polytechnic Guangdong Polytechnic of Industry and Commerce Institute of Technology Carlow Institute of Technology Sligo Institute of Technology Tralee Polytechnic Institute of Beja Polytechnic Institute of Viana do Castelo - IPVC Institute of Technology Costa Rica ISCTE - University Institute of Lisbon ITMO University Kazakh Academy of Sport and Tourism King Saud University King’s College London Liaoning Agricultural Technical College Makerere University McMaster University Murdoch University Myongji University Nagaland University National Research University Moscow Power Engineering Institute National University of Ireland National University of Singapore Ningxia Vocational Technical College of Industry And Commerce Obuda University Orenburg State Medical University Peking University Plekhanov Russian University of Economics Polytechnic of Leiria Pontifical Catholic University of Valparaíso Privolzhsky Research Medical University Prof. V.F. Voino-Yasenetsky Krasnoyarsk State Medical University Queensland University of Technology RUDN Universtiy (Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia) Shanghai International Studies University Shanghai University of Finance and Economics Shanxi University Siberian Federal University Siberian State Medical University Estonian Academy of Security Sciences Tartu Health Care College The Southern Federal University - The Academy of Physical Culture and Sport The University of Auckland The University of Western Australia Trinity College Dublin Ulster University Unicerrado - University Center of Goiatuba University of Rio Verde University of Camilo José Cela University of Burgos University of Guanajuato University of Málaga University of Santiago de Chile University of Zaragoza University of Pablo de Olavide Peruvian University of Applied Sciences University Veracruzana University of Maia (ISMAI) & Polytechnic Institute of Maia (IPMAIA) University of Minho University of Porto Federal University of Goiás University NOVA of Lisbon University Paulista UNIP University IULM Autonomous University of Barcelona University of Lucerne University of Geneva University of Lausanne Université Libre de Bruxelles University of Antwerp University of Aveiro University of Coimbra University of Doha for Science and Technology University of Johannesburg University of Milan - Bicocca University of Physical Education University of Split University of St.Gallen University of the Algarve University of Turin UNLaM - National University of La Matanza Volga Region State University of Physical Culture, Sport and Tourism Wageningen University and Research Centre Waterford Institute of Technology Zhejiang Police Vocational Academy LEONZ ERIC WORLD MAP BP GENERIC HC MGMT PHYSICAL NUTRITION PREVENTION MENTAL SOCIAL RISK ENVIRONMENT SOMMAIRE

    Grösse: 11 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 01.03.2023

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Jahresbericht der Universität Luzern 2021

    Jahresbericht der Universität Luzern 2021 FOKUSSIERT IN DIE ZUKUNFT JAHRESBERICHT 2021 Fokussiert in die Zukunft Verhaltenswissenschaften und Psychologie, Gesundheit, Digitalisierung: Mit diesen drei Entwicklungsschritten will die Universität Luzern ihr humanwissenschaftliches Profil stärken und ihren Beitrag zu gesellschaftlichen Herausforde- rungen und zum Fachkräftemangel leisten. Diese Pläne hat Rektor Bruno Staffelbach im Herbst des Berichtsjahrs öffentlich gemacht (siehe Seite 55). Einen der Schritte stellt die geplante Gründung einer neuen Fakultät für Verhaltens- wissenschaften und Psychologie plus die Umwandlung des heutigen Departements Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin in eine Fakultät dar. Die beiden weiteren Schritte sind die Lancierung einer Initiative für Funktionsfähigkeit, Ge- sundheit und Wohlbefinden sowie eines Zentrums für digitale Innovation. Die Thematik findet auf den neun Kapitel-Doppelseiten in Bild und Text Aufnahme. Um einen plastischen Eindruck zu vermitteln, um welches Erkenntnisinteresse es in jedem der Bereiche der drei Entwicklungsschritte geht, werden ent- sprechende – im bereits zum jetzigen Zeitpunkt mög lichen Spektrum von Forschenden der Universität Luzern beant- wortbare – Wissensfragen gestellt. Die Antworten finden sich unter www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht. So beantwortet unter an- derem Dr. Anja Feierabend die Frage «Warum treffen intelli- gente Menschen dumme Entscheidungen?» (Seiten 48/49). Die Oberassistentin am Center für Human Resource Manage- ment an der Wirtschaftswissenschaft lichen Fakultät führt aus, dass die Neurowissenschaft davon ausgeht, dass wir pro Sekunde mit 11 Millionen Sinnes eindrücken konfrontiert sind – davon würden aber nur gerade einmal 0,0005 Prozent wirk- lich bewusst verarbeitet. Um Situationen rasch erfassen und Entscheide innert nützlicher Frist treffen zu können, würden unbewusst Abkürzungen oder «Daumenregeln» entwickelt. Bei allem positiven Nutzen könnten diese im Alltag zu Fehl- einschätzungen und kognitiven Verzerrungen führen, also zu «dummen» Entscheidungen, so Feierabend. Der vorliegende Jahresbericht entspricht dem im Universitätsgesetz geforderten Geschäftsbericht. ORGANISATION UND VERWALTUNG Organisation / Universitätsrat, Senat 8 / 9 An Herausforderungen wachsen 13 FORSCHUNG UND LEHRE Humanwissenschaften und Digitalisierung 16 Mit Flexibilität und Kreativität zum Ziel 17 Dialog der Religionen 18 Kirchliche Ehe und Nicht-Diskriminierung 21 Neue Werkzeuge für die Soziologie 22 Schwerpunkt Digitalisierung 25 Wenn universitäre Lehre auf die Praxis trifft 26 Rechtssicherheit im internationalen Handel 29 Datenkompetenzen für die Zukunft 30 Transformation und Innovation 33 Premieren am Departement 34 Neues Zentrum für Hausarztmedizin 37 An-Institute 38 WEITERBILDUNGSAKADEMIE Innovativ vorwärts 42 GRADUATE ACADEMY Nachwuchsförderung im Blick 43 UNIVERSITÄTSENTWICKLUNG Mit Nachbarn wissenschaftlich verbunden 46 PERSONAL UND PROFESSUREN Löhne: fair und transparent 47 PANORAMA Panorama 50 Universitätsbetrieb in Zeiten der Pandemie 54 Fokussiert in die Zukunft 55 Akademischer Feiertag 56 Solidarität mit der Ukraine 57 FACTS AND FIGURES Jahresrechnung 60 Entschädigungen / Donationen 62 Mitarbeitendenstatistik 65 Studierendenstatistik 66 Berufungen und Ernennungen 70 Habilitationen und Dissertationen / Ehrungen / Preise und Auszeichnungen 72 Dienste / Partnerin 76 / 79 Förderinstitutionen 80 WEITERE INFORMATIONEN Studienangebot 84 Institute, Seminare und Forschungsstellen 85 INHALT 5 Auch das «Jahr 2» der Pandemie hat die Universität Luzern organisatorisch und technisch sehr gut gemeistert. Trotz erschwerter Bedingungen wurden 2021 wichtige Weichen für die künftige Entwicklung gestellt. Dabei konnte sich Luzern erfolgreich als Spezialitätenuniversität mit einem human- wissenschaftlichen Fokus positionieren. Sie ist mit dieser Strategie auf gutem Weg, mittelfristig zu den führenden humanwissenschaftlichen Universitäten Europas zu gehören. Die Pandemie hat verdeutlicht, dass Politik und Gesellschaft auf wissenschaftlich fundierte Ergebnisse angewiesen sind. Unser politisches System lebt vom Vertrauen in Fakten und davon, dass überall, wo wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse geleugnet werden, Widerspruch laut werden muss. Die Wissenschaft muss ihre Rolle in der Gesellschaft weiter stärken, indem sie anschaulich vermittelt, wie neue Erkennt- nisse zustande kommen. Sie muss aber auch Kritik ertragen können, denn Irrtum ist Teil der Forschung. In einer Zeit enormer geopolitischer Herausforderungen müssen wir über die grossen Fragen der Zukunftsgestaltung in aller Gründlichkeit nachdenken. Dies erfordert neue Netzwerke aus Politik, Wirtschaft – und Wissenschaft, und zwar nicht nur im Fall der Pandemiebekämpfung oder der Sicherheit, sondern auch für eine Reihe anstehender gesell- schaftlicher Herausforderungen wie dem Klimawandel, der steigenden Lebenserwartung oder der digitale Transforma- tion. Unsere dynamische Universität ist in verschiedenen Zukunftsthemen gut positioniert – und soll auch massvoll weiterwachsen können. Der Regierungsrat unterstützt in diesem Kontext die Erweiterung um zwei neue Fakultäten (siehe Seite 55): einerseits die Umwandlung des Departe- ments für Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin, ande- rerseits die Gründung der Fakultät Verhaltenswissenschaf- ten und Psychologie. Zu den dafür notwendigen gesetzlichen Anpassungen wurde bis Mitte März eine breit abgestützte Vernehmlassung durchgeführt. Die ersten Studierenden der Masterausbildung sollen bereits 2023 die Diplome von der «Fakultät Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin» über- reicht erhalten. Gesellschaftlich und technologisch verändert sich unser Leben in einem rasanten Tempo. Es ist letztlich nur eine kurze, spannende Zeit, in der wir leben. Dieses Leben ist in den vergangenen Jahren viel zu komplex für einfache Ant- worten geworden. Hier setzt die Universität Luzern an und beschäftigt sich aus ihrer humanwissenschaftlichen Pers- pektive intensiv mit ineinandergreifenden Fragen. Dazu gehören beispielsweise Gesundheitsthemen, die Erfor- schung von Resilienz in einer digitalen Gesellschaft oder die wachsende Bedeutung von künstlicher Intelligenz. Denn Digitalisierung ist keineswegs ein rein technisches Phäno- men, sondern ebenfalls ein soziales, das tief in das mensch- liche Miteinander eingreift. Online-Märkte, «Big Data» oder künstliche Intelligenz befeuern die digitale Transformation persönlicher Lebensbereiche, verändern aber auch Politik, Wirtschaft und Wissenschaft fundamental. Die geplante Gründung eines Zentrums für digitale Innovation trifft damit auch den Nerv der Zeit. Mit den drei Entwicklungsschritten Verhaltenswissenschaf- ten und Psychologie, Gesundheit sowie Digitalisierung (siehe auch das Jahresbericht-Motto) stärkt die Universität Luzern ihr humanwissenschaftliches Profil und leistet ihren Beitrag für neue Lösungsansätze bei gesellschaftlichen Herausfor- derungen. Dahinter steht auch eine volkswirtschaftliche Bedeutung: Im Zuge der weiteren Stärkung ihres Profils trägt die Universität dazu bei, den Fachkräftemangel in kritischen Branchen zu reduzieren sowie die Standort attraktivität von Luzern und der Zentralschweiz zu steigern. Hinter den Erfolgen der Universität Luzern steht ein enormes Engagement. Der Dank für die grosse Leistungsbereitschaft richtet sich an alle Universitätsangehörigen – insbesondere an die Universitätsleitung, die Dozierenden, Forschenden, Mitarbeitenden und Studierenden. Im Namen des Regie- rungsrates danke ich auch den Unterstützerinnen und Unterstützern aus Politik, Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft für ihren wertvollen Einsatz. Sie alle engagieren sich stark zum Wohle der Universität Luzern – und zu jenem des Bildungs- standorts, dem Kanton Luzern. Packen wir die Herausforde- rungen der Gegenwart und der Zukunft an, um langfristig den Erfolg für die Universität Luzern zu garantieren! Marcel Schwerzmann, im Mai 2022 DIE WELT IST VIEL ZU KOMPLEX FÜR EINFACHE ANTWORTEN REGIERUNGSRAT / UNIVERSITÄTSRAT Marcel Schwerzmann, Bildungs- und Kulturdirektor des Kantons Luzern, Präsident des Universitätsrats 7 ZIELE, WEGE UND MITTEL Die Universität Luzern ist jung. Junge Organisationen glau- ben an die Zukunft und sie haben grosse Pläne. Sie streben hohe Ziele an und sie wollen sich beweisen. Sie suchen Erfolge und sie lassen sich nicht kleinkriegen. Wir sind eine fokussierte Universität, die sich auf humanwissenschaftliche Fächer konzentriert, keine Voll-Uni im Kleinformat. Mit diesem Profil sind wir die einzige Universität in der Schweiz, aber nicht die einzige in Europa. Auf dem Weg zu einer profilierten hu- manwissenschaftlichen Universität haben wir im vergangenen Jahr wichtige Schritte getan, zum Beispiel: • die Gründung des Zentrums für Theologie und Philosophie der Religionen an der Theologischen Fakultät und die Gründung des Zentrums für Hausarztmedizin und Com- munity Care am Departement für Gesundheitswissen- schaften und Medizin (siehe Seiten 18–20 und 37); • die Akkreditierung des Instituts für Wirtschaftspolitik an der Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät (Seite 38); • die Entwicklung des Fachbereichs Rehabilitation am Departement für Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin und die Projektierung einer Fakultät für Verhaltenswissen- schaften und Psychologie mit Vertiefungen in Kinder-, Rechts-, Gesundheits- und Rehabilitationspsychologie; • die Planung eines neuen Masterprogramms in Klima- politik, -recht und -ökonomie an der Kultur- und Sozial- wissenschaftlichen Fakultät; • erste Abschlüsse im Weiterbildungsstudiengang «Huma- nitarian Leadership», der gemeinsam mit dem Internatio- nalen Komitee vom Roten Kreuz (IKRK) durchgeführt wird; • die Lancierung neuer Zertifikatskurse, unter anderem für Kranken- und Privatversicherungsrecht oder für Diskurs- kompetenzen von Führungspersonen. Grundlegend ist dabei die Überzeugung, dass ein Leben mit Wissen besser ist als ein Leben ohne Wissen. Wenn Wissen aber gut ist für das Leben, dann bezweckt Wissenschaft ein gutes Leben, und dann ist es unsere Aufgabe, die Welt mit Wissen besser zu machen – nicht alleine, sondern im Verbund. Vernetzung ist das Gebot der digitalen Welt und für uns eine Tugend, die sich aus der zentralen Lage im Herzen der Schweiz und im Kern Europas ergibt. Die Verbundenheit mit internationalen Organisationen (z.B. IKRK, WHO), mit führen- den universitären Institutionen (z.B. mit der Universität Zürich für den Joint Master Medizin) und mit regionalen (z.B. Hoch- schule Luzern, Pädagogische Hochschule Luzern), nationalen (z.B. Höhere Kaderausbildung der Armee) und europäischen Partnern (z.B. Europäisches Universitätsinstitut Florenz) ermöglicht es uns, unsere wissenschaftliche Kraft im Ver- gleich zu unserer Grösse überproportional zu entfalten. Entwicklungen bedingen entsprechende Mittel. Der Träger- kanton Luzern hat sich entschieden, den Grundbeitrag für die Universität ab 2022 um eine Million Franken zu erhöhen. Damit können wir das strukturelle Defizit bereinigen. Die Forschungsbeiträge des Schweizerischen Nationalfonds nehmen dank erfolgreicher Eingabe von Forschungsprojekten zu, und auch Donationen von privater Seite, die einzeln ausge- wiesen sind (siehe Seiten 62–64), haben uns auf unserem Weg geholfen. Ihnen allen danke ich sehr – persönlich und im Namen aller Mitarbeiterinnen und Mitarbeiter. Die Universität Luzern ist ein junges Unternehmen. Junge Unternehmen glauben an die Zukunft und sie haben grosse Pläne, aber sie müssen auch vieles lernen. Lernen ist wichtig, denn wenn man immer nur das tut, was man kann, bleibt man, was man ist. Wenn wir dorthin kommen sollen, wo wir hinwol- len, müssen wir Gewohntes verlassen, Neues suchen, Schwä- chen wahrnehmen und uns verbessern – in vier Bereichen: • Erstens: Auf Antrag der Schweizerischen Agentur für Akkreditierung und Qualitätssicherung wurde unsere Uni nach aufwändiger Überprüfung im Herbst 2021 akkredi- tiert – obwohl unser Handbuch zum Qualitätsmanagement nicht auf dem neusten Stand ist. Unsere Qualitätssiche- rung müssen wir umgehend und professionell verbessern. • Zweitens: Wir sind in einem Minergiehaus, haben Sonnen- kollektoren auf dem Dach, liegen ohne eigene Parkplätze direkt neben dem Bahnhof, haben präzise CO2-Statistiken, aber keine Nachhaltigkeitsstrategie! Hier brauchen wir Pläne mit konkreten Zielen. Wir forschen und lehren zu Nachhaltigkeit. Der Beweis für diese Kompetenz muss darin liegen, dass wir sie auch bei uns selbst anwenden. • Drittens: Chancengleichheit ist für uns ein wichtiges Thema, aber bei den Professuren sind wir in Schieflage. Mit der Diversity-Strategie, welche die Uni letzten Sommer in Kraft gesetzt hat, muss es gelingen, das Geschlechter- verhältnis ausgeglichen zu gestalten. • Viertens: Bei einer gesamtschweizerischen Stichprobe erklärten 31 Prozent von 517 Befragten, sie wüssten nicht, dass es in Luzern eine Universität gibt. Es liegt an uns, die Schweiz von der Uni Luzern zu überzeugen! «Die Dinge sind nie so wie sie sind, sie sind immer das, was man aus ihnen macht», formulierte der französische Drama- tiker Jean Anouilh. Die Universität Luzern ist ein junges Unternehmen. Junge Unternehmen haben grosse Pläne und sie glauben an die Zukunft. Wir wollen etwas machen! Ich danke allen, die an der Weiterentwicklung unserer Universi- tät mitwirken, und ich danke allen, die dafür günstige Vor- aussetzungen schaffen. Ich freue mich auf unsere nächsten Entwicklungsschritte. Dazu wünsche ich uns allen viel Kraft, Gesundheit und Vertrauen – in uns, um uns und über uns. Bruno Staffelbach, im Mai 2022 UNIVERSITÄTSLEITUNG Prof. Dr. Bruno Staffelbach, Rektor der Universität Luzern 8 ORGANISATION Stand: 1. Mai 2022 UNIVERSITÄT Theologische Fakultät ROBERT VORHOLT Dekan Kultur- und Sozialwissen- schaftliche Fakultät MARTIN HARTMANN Dekan Universität Luzern BRUNO STAFFELBACH Rektor Universitätsrat Senat Forschung ALEXANDER H. TRECHSEL Prorektor Universitätsentwicklung MARKUS RIES Prorektor, stv. Rektor 1 Lehre und Internationale Beziehungen MARTINA CARONI Prorektorin 1 ab 1. August 2022: Prof. Dr. Bernhard Rütsche (beide Ämter) 2 ab 1. August 2022: Prof. Dr. Nicolas Diebold 3 bis 31. Januar 2022: Prof. Dr. Christoph A. Schaltegger Universitätsmanagement DORIS SCHMIDLI Universitätsmanagerin Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät ANDREAS EICKER Dekan 2 Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät SIMON LÜCHINGER Dekan 3 Departement Gesundheits- wissenschaften und Medizin GEROLD STUCKI Vorsteher Personal und Professuren REGINA E. AEBI-MÜLLER Prorektorin 9 Universitätsrat Der Universitätsrat ist das strategische Führungs- und Aufsichtsorgan der Universität. Ihm gehören die Vorsteherin oder der Vorsteher des zuständigen Departements, vier bis acht vom Regierungsrat gewählte Persönlichkeiten aus Wissenschaft, Wirtschaft, Kultur und Gesellschaft sowie mit beratender Stimme die Rektorin oder der Rektor an. Die Amtsdauer der vom Regierungsrat gewählten Mitglieder beträgt vier Jahre. Der Universitätsrat konstituiert sich selbst. Näheres zum Universitätsrat ist im Universitätsgesetz und im Organisationsreglement des Universitätsrats festgelegt. Senat Der Senat ist das oberste universitäre Organ für akademi- sche Fragen. Er setzt sich zusammen aus der Rektorin oder dem Rektor, der Universitätsmanagerin oder dem Universi- tätsmanager, den Dekaninnen und Dekanen der Fakultäten sowie Vertreterinnen bzw. Vertretern der Professorinnen und Professoren, der wissenschaftlichen Mitarbeitenden, der Studierenden und des administrativ-technischen Personals. Der Senat beruft Professorinnen und Professoren. Er unter- stützt und berät die Rektorin oder den Rektor in wichtigen Studien-, Forschungs- und Entwicklungs- sowie Dienstleis- tungs-, Personal- und Finanzangelegenheiten. Er bereitet die Geschäfte des Uni versitätsrats vor und stellt entsprechend Antrag. Näheres zum Senat ist im Universitätsstatut und im Organi- sationsreglement des Senats festgelegt. Mitglieder des Universitätsrats Stand: 1. Mai 2022 Marcel Schwerzmann, Präsident Regierungpräsident, Vorsteher des Bildungs- und Kulturdepartements des Kantons Luzern Prof. Dr. Katja Rost Ordinaria für Soziologie an der Universität Zürich Prof. Dr. Abraham Bernstein Ordinarius am Institut für Informatik der Universität Zürich Prof. em. Dr. Bruno S. Frey ständiger Gastprofessor an der Universität Basel Andrea Gmür-Schönenberger Ständerätin, Luzern Prof. em. Dr. Peter Nobel Nobel & Hug Rechtsanwälte, Zürich Patrizia Pesenti Rechtsanwältin Prof. Dr. Christa Schnabl Vizerektorin der Universität Wien Prof. em. Dr. Giatgen A. Spinas Universität Zürich Prof. Dr. Bruno Staffelbach Rektor der Universität Luzern, Mitglied mit beratender Stimme Mitglieder des Senats Stand: 1. Mai 2022 Prof. Dr. Bruno Staffelbach, Vorsitz Rektor der Universität Luzern Prof. Dr. Robert Vorholt Dekan der Theologischen Fakultät Prof. Dr. Martin Hartmann Dekan der Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftlichen Fakultät Prof. Dr. Andreas Eicker Dekan der Rechtswissenschaftlichen Fakultät Prof. Dr. Simon Lüchinger Dekan der Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät Doris Schmidli Universitätsmanagerin Prof. Dr. Adrian Loretan Vertreter der Professorenschaft Prof. Dr. Manuel Oechslin Vertreter der Professorenschaft Prof. Dr. Jörg Schmid Vertreter der Professorenschaft Dr. Markus Schreiber Vertreter der wissenschaftlichen Mitarbeitenden Dr. Patrick Schenk Vertreter der wissenschaftlichen Mitarbeitenden Dr. Alexander Ort Vertreter der wissenschaftlichen Mitarbeitenden und Studierenden Jetesa Huskaj Vertreterin der Studierenden Noel Baumann Vertreter der Studierenden Colette Lenherr Vertreterin des administrativ-technischen Personals Dave Schläpfer Vertreter des administrativ-technischen Personals Prof. Dr. Gerold Stucki Vorsteher des Departements Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin (ständiger Gast) Wieso ist Rehabilitation für ein gesundes Altern zentral? Ass.-Prof. Dr. Carla Sabariego, Assistenzprofessorin für Rehabilitation und Gesundes Altern Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht MOVING HUMAN SCIENCES 13 UNIVERSITÄTSMANAGEMENT «Nichts ist steter als der Wandel» lautete der Titel meines Beitrags im letzten Jahresbericht, als das Universitäts- management neu geschaffen worden war. Diese Feststellung passt nach wie vor: So ist es noch immer, aber keineswegs nur die Corona-Pandemie, die uns laufend vor Herausforde- rungen stellt, auf die angemessen zu reagieren ist. Generell haben wir den Anspruch, kontinuierlich nach dem Warum und Wozu zu fragen und Verbesserungsprozesse anzustos- sen. Gefragt sind Agilität, Kreativität und Anpassungsfähig- keit, aber auch Ausdauer, Vertrauen und Teamspirit. Die Mitarbeitenden im Universitätsmanagement leisten täglich ihren Beitrag, um einem veränderten Umfeld zeitnah mit innovativen Lösungen zu begegnen. Die grossen Umstellungen vom Präsenzmodus auf digitale und hybride Lehre sowie auf die Arbeit im Homeoffice haben die Informatikdienste optimal weiterbegleitet. Mit viel Enga- gement wurde Verschiedenes erreicht – auch in Sachen Sicherheit: Im Bestreben, bei den Gefahren, die in der digi- talen Welt lauern, stets einen Schritt voraus zu sein, wurden Schutzschirme installiert. Dies, um Malware und Phishing zu verhindern und um die Universitätsangehörigen vor böswilligen Websites und Links zu schützen. Zahlreiche Aperos und persönliche Begegnungen waren wegen Corona nicht möglich. Die vom Facility Management neu realisierten Pergolen auf dem Pausenplatz im 2. Stock laden dazu ein, im Freien auf ein gelungenes Projekt oder im Rahmen eines Events anzustossen. Dabei steht man weder im Regen noch fehlen schattenspendende Sonnen- storen. Apropos Regen: Aufgrund des Hochwassers musste im Sommer die «Gefahrenstufe 3» ausgerufen werden. Mit einigen Rund-um-die-Uhr-Einsätzen konnten grössere Schäden verhindert werden. Buchstäblich vom Winde verweht wurde im Dezember das Testzelt vor dem Uni/PH-Gebäude. Der Betreiber trotzte den widrigen Bedin- gungen, und unermüdlich wurden Antigen- und Pooltests gemacht, damit unsere Studierenden jederzeit die Mög- lichkeit hatten, an Präsenzunterricht teilzunehmen oder in der Bibliothek zu lernen. Im Frühsommer wurde der Zuschlag für den weiteren Be- trieb der Mensa der Gastronomiegruppe ZFV Zürcher Frauenverein erteilt. Nach vielen Monaten ohne Gastronomie im Haus war die Freude entsprechend gross; auch betraten wir mit dem verstärkten Fokus auf Nachhaltigkeit, Regionali- tät und Saisonalität Neuland. Mit der sehr hohen Medien- präsenz aufgrund des vorwiegend vegetarisch/veganen Angebots war die Uni-Mensa im Sommer 2021 die wohl bekannteste weit und breit. Die Ergebnisse einer ersten Befragung zeigen, dass der eingeschlagene Weg vom Gros der Kundinnen und Kunden geschätzt wird. Der Hochschulsport Campus Luzern (HSCL) konnte sein 20-jähriges Bestehen feiern. Im Projekt «Healthy Campus» des internationalen Hochschulsportverbands FISU wurde die «Silber Level»-Zertifizierung erfolgreich erreicht. Ein herber Schlag war die kurzfristige Absage der Winteruniver- siade. Die Teams aus dem Universitätsmanagement waren in die Organisation dieses Grossanlasses eng eingebunden. Das Uni/PH-Gebäude sollte den Dele gationen aus 52 ver- schiedenen Nationen als Hauptquartier dienen. Die Universi- tät hatte daher für Dezember einen mehrheitlich digitalen Lehrbetrieb geplant und für Prüfungen alternative Standorte bestimmt. An diesem Entscheid hielt man fest. Die nunmehr ungenutzt bleibenden Lehrräume wurden kurzerhand als Arbeitsräume für die Studierenden freigegeben. Es gäbe noch vieles zu berichten, das aufzeigt, wie unter- schiedliche Perspektiven uns vorantreiben und unsere Vision, die Dienstleistungen zu verbessern, manchmal auch auf ungewöhnliche Art und Weise bereichern. Unsere Arbeit darf und soll Spass machen, denn Humor ist, wenn man trotzdem lacht. Im Namen des Universitätsmanagements geht ein grosses Dankeschön an Mitarbeitende, Studierende, Lieferanten und alle Partnerinnen im Haus, namentlich die Pädagogische Hochschule, die Zentral- und Hochschulbibliothek, die Campusorganisationen und die Mensabetreiberin ZFV. 2021 war ein Jahr, das uns allen erneut viel abverlangt hat. Den- noch dürfen wir auf eine Zeit zurückblicken, die uns näher zusammenrücken liess, auch wenn die Pandemie physische Distanz erforderte. Neue Denkweisen, neue Strukturen und neue Methoden lassen es zu, Herausforderung für Heraus- forderung zu meistern und daran zu wachsen, sodass wir uns auf jede neue freuen. Doris Schmidli AN HERAUSFORDERUNGEN WACHSEN Doris Schmidli, Universitätsmanagerin «Moving Human Sciences»: voller Einsatz, auch am Luzerner Stadt- lauf. Im Bild: HSCL-Leiter Patrick Udvardi (Seiten 76/77). Prof. Dr. Sara Rubinelli, a. o. Professorin für Gesundheitskommunikation Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Vor welche Herausforderungen stellt die Informations - gesellschaft die institutionelle Gesundheits- kommunikation? 16 Im Jahr 2021 kam es an der Universität Luzern auch im Bereich der Forschung zu grossen, pandemiebedingten Herausforderungen. Projektmeetings, Konferenzen, Work- shops und Vorträge mussten weitgehend online abgehalten werden – oder fielen der Pandemie gleich vollständig zum Opfer. Ein rein digitaler Austausch unter Forschenden ist gerade bei nationaler und internationaler Zusammenarbeit, wovon es immer mehr gibt, hinderlich. Es geht eben auch bei der Forschung nichts über den persönlichen Austausch, abseits der digitalen Bildschirme. Trotz dieser Herausforderungen kann die Universität auf eine höchst erfolgreiche Bilanz im Forschungsbereich zurück- schauen. Viele Projekte wurden intern und extern gespro- chen. Vor allem gilt es herauszustreichen, dass Prof. Dr. Mira Burri als erste Forschende an der Universität Luzern einen «European Research Council Grant» erhalten hat, einen sogenannten «Consolidator Grant», was für die Universität und die Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät als Grosserfolg gewertet werden darf. Professorin Mira Burri arbeitet an der Schnittstelle zwischen der Rechtswissenschaft und der Digitalisierung der Gesell- schaft, also einem der wichtigen Entwicklungskorridore, den sich die Universität Luzern gegeben hat. Unsere Kompeten- zen auf dem Gebiet der Digitalisierung werden zunehmend gestärkt. Nebst den individuellen Lehr- und Forschungs- angeboten unserer Forschenden konnte auch das gesamt- universitäre Spektrum bedient werden durch die Fortführung des von swissuniversities, der Dachorganisation der Schwei- zer Hochschulen, finanzierten P8-Projekts zur Förderung der «Digital Skills». Die Universität Luzern ist Projektpartnerin im Verbund, der unter dem Lead der Università della Svizzera italiana (USI) in Zusammenarbeit mit der Scuola universitaria professionale della Svizzera italiana (SUPSI) konzipiert wurde. Zu erwähnen gilt es zudem, dass der neu geschaffe ne «Lucerne Master in Computational Social Sciences» (LUMACSS) mit zunehmenden Studierendenzahlen unter- wegs ist. Schliesslich sah das Berichtsjahr den Start von mehreren von der Forschungskommission und vom Schwei- zerischen Nationalfonds (SNF) finanzierten – kleineren und grösseren – Forschungsprojekten auf dem Gebiet der Digitalisierung. In seiner strategischen Planung hat die Universitätsleitung daher den Aufbau eines universitätsübergreifenden «Lucer- ne Center for Digital Innovation» befürwortet. Ziel dieses Zentrums soll es sein, das Fehlen von Computer Science und naturwissenschaftlichen Disziplinen so aufzufangen, dass die Universität Luzern die humanwissenschaftlichen Impli- kationen der digitalen Gegenwart und Zukunft in ihren Lehr- und Forschungsangeboten verstärkt. Noch existiert das Zentrum für digitale Innovation erst auf dem Reissbrett. Die Universität ist aber zuversichtlich, dass dessen Aufbau dank Drittmitteleinwerbungen vorangetrieben werden kann. Alexander H. Trechsel HUMANWISSENSCHAFTEN UND DIGITALISIERUNG FORSCHUNG Prof. Dr. Alexander H. Trechsel, Prorektor Forschung, Professor für Politik- wissenschaft mit Schwerpunkt Politische Kommunikation 17 Auch das Prorektorat Lehre und Internationale Beziehungen funktionierte im Berichtsjahr nolens volens weiterhin zu grossen Teilen im Pandemiemodus. So mussten die ver- schiedenen Dienste des Prorektorats alle möglichen und unmöglichen Hebel in Bewegung setzen, damit trotz Kon- taktbeschränkungen, Homeofficepflicht und behördlich angeordnetem Fernunterricht ein möglichst reibungsloser und normaler Lehr- und Studienbetrieb gesichert werden konnte. Denn Leitmotiv und Ziel für uns alle war wie bereits im Vorjahr das Schaffen günstiger Voraussetzungen, damit die Pandemie nicht zu Studienverlängerungen führt. Angesichts der sich zuweilen im Wochentakt ändernden behördlichen Vorgaben hat das dem gesamten Team viel Flexibilität und Kreativität abverlangt sowie die Bereitschaft, erprobte Vorgehensweisen über Bord zu werfen. Die Aus- nahmesituation hat aber auch zu spannenden neuen Ideen und Projekten geführt. So hat etwa das International Rela- tions Office anstelle physischer Mobilität ein digitales Mobili- tätsformat getestet: An ausgewählten Lehrveranstaltungen nahmen nicht nur Studierende der Universität Luzern, sondern etwa auch Studierende aus Litauen oder Indien teil. Die Studiendienste konnten das Projekt der digitalen Imma- trikulation weiterentwickeln, und auch im Zentrum Lehre sowie in der Weiterbildungsakademie konnten spannende, wegweisende Projekte nicht nur, aber auch wegen der pandemischen Ausnahmesituation vorangetrieben werden. Das gesamte Team des Prorektorats Lehre und Internationa- le Beziehungen hat auch im zweiten Pandemiejahr an einem Strick gezogen und vermochte einen grossen Beitrag zu leisten, sodass das Jahr 2021 zwar intensiv, aber erfolgreich war. Dafür danke ich allen von Herzen. Martina Caroni MIT FLEXIBILITÄT UND KREATIVITÄT ZUM ZIEL LEHRE UND INTERNATIONALE BEZIEHUNGEN Prof. Dr. Martina Caroni, LL.M. (Yale), Prorektorin Lehre und Internationale Beziehungen; Professorin für öffentliches Recht, Völkerrecht und Rechts vergleichung im öffentlichen Recht 19 DIALOG DER RELIGIONEN THEOLOGISCHE FAKULTÄT Das neue Zentrum für Theologie und Philosophie der Religionen widmet sich den mannigfaltigen Verbindungslinien zwischen Christentum, Judentum und dem Islam. Es geht darum, so die Zentrumsleitenden, ein «gemeinsames Gedächtnis» zu schaffen. Erdal Toprakyaran, Giovanni Ventimiglia und Verena Len- zen, Sie leiten das neue Zentrum. Welche Bedeutung hat dieses für die Theologische Fakultät? Erdal Toprakyaran: Theologische Fakultäten müssen sich in unserer pluralistischen Gegenwart immer stärker öffnen. Theologinnen und Theologen können heute nicht mehr in ihrem Elfenbeinturm sitzen oder sich allein mit der eigenen Form von Religiosität beschäftigen. Wir wissen heute, dass Religionen keine monolithischen Phänomene sind, sondern sich prozesshaft und stets in positiver oder negativer Ausein­ andersetzung mit anderen Weltanschauungen entwickeln und verändern. Giovanni Ventimiglia: Genau. Heutzutage ist der inter­ religiöse Dialog ein heisses Thema. Keine theologische Fakul­ tät kommt umhin, sich damit zu befassen. Aber der Dialog kann auf zwei Arten geführt werden: trotz des Glaubens oder dank des Glaubens. Im ersten Fall wird der Dialog geführt, indem die eigene Glaubensidentität in Klammern gesetzt wird; im zweiten Fall wird er geführt, indem die Geschichte der eige­ nen Identität erforscht wird. Und wenn wir zu den Wurzeln der christlichen Theologie zurückgehen, finden wir wichtige Spuren des Judentums und des Islams. Man denke nur an den Einfluss von Avicenna oder von Moses Maimonides auf die christliche Theologie. Das ist die Bedeutung des neuen Zen­ trums für die Fakultät: Indem sie ihren Wurzeln treu bleibt, öffnet sich die Theologie in Luzern für andere Religionen. Verena Lenzen*: Ja, das Zentrum ermöglicht eine inter­ religiöse Erweiterung durch die Einbeziehung von Islam und Islamtheologie. Das Institut für Jüdisch­Christliche For­ schung (IJCF) behandelt bereits seit 40 Jahren die besondere, ja, einzigartige Beziehung zwischen Judentum und Christen­ tum. 50 Jahre Judaistik in Luzern haben dem Fach die seit der Emanzipation erhoffte akademische Integration und Eigenständigkeit gebracht. Aufgabe des Zentrums sollte ein weiterer Ausbau der Islamwissenschaft sein. Und welche Bedeutung hat das Zentrum für Sie persönlich und für Ihre Arbeit? Toprakyaran: Für mich persönlich geht damit ein Traum in Erfüllung. Denn das trialogische und damit abrahami­ tische Zentrum in Luzern bietet mir als muslimischem Theo­ logen die Möglichkeit, mit Kolleginnen und Kollegen aus der christlichen Theologie und der Judaistik eng vernetzt zu sammenzuarbeiten. Ventimiglia: Für mich ist das Zentrum die natürliche Weiterentwicklung eines Themas, das meine Forschung und Lehre seit Jahren begleitet: die multikulturelle Natur der «DNA» des Westens. Kurzum: Wer sich mit der Geschichte der Philosophie und ganz allgemein mit der Geschichte der westlichen Kultur beschäftigt, wird feststellen, dass die west­ liche kulturelle Identität das Ergebnis der Begegnung der griechisch­heidnischen Kultur mit der jüdischen, christ­ lichen und islamischen Kultur ist. Welche Ziele werden mit dem Zentrum verfolgt? Ventimiglia: Die Ziele des Zentrums sind die gleichen wie diejenigen der Universität, nämlich Forschung und Lehre. Die Forschungsgebiete sind vor allem: Komparative Theo­ logie, Theologie der Religionen, Philosophie der Religionen, Mystik der Religionen, interreligiöser Dialog und interreli­ giöse Konfliktforschung. Diese Bereiche werden in enger Zusammenarbeit innerhalb und ausserhalb der Universität Luzern mit anderen Universitäten und Forschungsinstituten in und ausserhalb Luzerns in methodischer und historischer Perspektive bearbeitet. Interview: Martina Kumli Zwei der Zentrumsleitenden: Giovanni Ventimiglia (r.), Professor für Philosophie (Vorsitz) und Erdal Toprakyaran, Professor für Islamische Theologie. Nicht auf dem Bild: Verena Lenzen, Professorin für Judaistik und Theologie. 20 Toprakyaran: Wir möchten zeigen, dass die Anhängerin­ nen und Anhänger der drei abrahamitischen Religionen viel­ fältiger, kreativer und offener waren als angenommen und es auch heute noch sind. Wir werden durch unsere primär his­ torische Forschung verdeutlichen, dass sich die theologi­ schen, philosophischen oder mystischen Schulen in den drei Religionen oftmals interreligiös inspirieren liessen. Deshalb macht heute eine voneinander losgelöste, monolithisch gedachte Erforschung der drei Religionen keinen Sinn mehr, da die Grenzen der Religionen und der religiösen Richtun­ gen nicht immer scharf waren. Abgesehen von den zahlrei­ chen kulturellen Gemeinsamkeiten der Anhängerinnen und Anhänger der drei Religionen, gab es auch stets (inter­)reli­ giöse Grauzonen und Überlappungen. So existieren ver­ schiedene Orte, Räume, Personen oder Gegenstände, die in unterschiedlichen religiösen Traditionen als gleichermassen heilig angesehen werden, etwa Abraham oder die Stadt Jerusalem. Mit der Vergabe der Ehrendoktorate der Fakultät an die beiden international anerkannten Wissenschaftlerinnen Prof. Dr. Mualla Selçuk und Prof. Dr. Susannah Heschel stand das neue Zentrum bereits im Gründungsjahr im Fokus der Geschehnisse an der Fakultät. Wie ist die Annah- me des Ehrendoktorats der beiden Forscherinnen ein- zuschätzen? Welche Bedeutung hat dies für das Zentrum? Toprakyaran: Die Verleihung der Ehrendoktorate würde ich bereits jetzt als einen Meilenstein in der Geschichte der Fakultät und auch des Zentrums sehen. Es ist sicherlich ein vielversprechendes Zeichen, wenn man bereits wenige Monate nach Gründung des Zentrums mit einem als histo­ risch zu bezeichnenden Ereignis aufwarten kann. Denn erst­ mals wurden gleichzeitig einer muslimischen und einer jüdi­ schen Wissenschaftlerin vonseiten einer christlichen Fakultät ein Ehrendoktorat verliehen. Ich kenne weder in der Schweiz noch in Deutschland oder einem anderen Land einen ver­ gleichbaren Fall. Auch die Tatsache, dass hier zwei als theo­ logisch progressiv geltende und dialogisch orientierte Frauen ausgezeichnet wurden, ist bemerkenswert. Ventimiglia: Die Bedeutung ist einfach: Das Zentrum nimmt die Herausforderung des interreligiösen Dialogs sehr ernst. Der interreligiöse Dialog wird nicht durch langwierige Diskussionen darüber geführt, wie der interreligiöse Dialog gestaltet werden sollte, sondern indem man tatsächlich mit Menschen verschiedener Religionen spricht. Fakten statt Sit­ zungen; Menschen statt Konzepte. Im Herbst 2022 startet der neue, komplett auf Englisch gehaltene Online-Master «Philosophy, Theology and Religi- ons», ein Projekt, das im Rahmen der Zentrumsgründung entstanden ist. Was dürfen künftige Studierende vom Studiengang erwarten? Ventimiglia: Sie sollten erwarten, die Geschichte der Phi­ losophie in ihrer Gesamtheit zu studieren. Sie werden entdecken, dass es ohne Judentum, Christentum und Islam keine Geschichte der Philosophie und keine Kultur geschichte des Westens gäbe. Sie werden auch entdecken, dass es eine sehr interessante Geschichte der islamischen Philosophie gibt, die bis in die heutige Zeit reicht! Etwas, das im Westen völlig unbekannt ist. Toprakyaran: Dieser Studiengang ist ein Unikat. Zwar gibt es auch an anderen Universitäten interreligiöse oder auch trialogische Studiengänge – etwa in Tübingen –, jedoch handelt es sich beim Luzerner Studiengang um einen abra­ hamitischen Online­Master in Englisch. Studierende aus aller Welt können, ohne nach Luzern reisen zu müssen, an diesem Studiengang teilhaben und von einigen der namhaf­ testen Expertinnen und Experten der drei Religionen profi­ tieren. Wo sehen Sie das Zentrum in zehn Jahren? Bzw. welchen Stellenwert soll es bis dann erreichen? Ventimiglia: Nach einigen interessanten neuen theolo­ gischen Strömungen der Gegenwart, wie derjenigen des so genannten Offenen Theismus, kennt nicht einmal Gott die Zukunft. Woher soll ich das wissen? Scherz beiseite: Aristo­ teles meinte, dass eine gute Gesellschaft nicht durch gute Pläne, sondern durch gute Menschen geschaffen wird. Die Zukunft dieses Zentrums hängt also von den Personen ab, die hier arbeiten werden. Wenn sie gut sein werden, wird die Zukunft des Zentrums gut und erfolgreich sein. Toprakyaran: In zehn Jahren sollten am Luzerner Zen­ trum zahlreiche Forschende aus aller Welt an innovativen interreligiösen Fragestellungen arbeiten. Besonders wichtig ist es, frühzeitig Nachwuchsforschergruppen in die Arbeit des Zentrums einzubeziehen. Denn nur durch intensive multiperspektivische Forschungsarbeit kann gezeigt werden, dass es möglich und auch von grosser gesellschaftlicher und sogar globaler Relevanz ist, ein «gemeinsames Gedächtnis» zu schaffen, wie es Giovanni Ventimiglia immer wieder betont. Ventimiglia: Ich träume von einem echten Forschungs­ zentrum, wenigen Aperos und vielen Studien. Nur wenn wir eine Finanzierung für eines unserer Forschungsprojekte zum interreligiösen Dialog vom Schweizerischen Nationalfonds (SNF) erhalten haben, werden wir alle zusammen ein Glas Wein trinken gehen. www.unilu.ch/theirs * Prof. Dr. Verena Lenzen hat ein summarisches Statement beigesteuert. Martina Kumli ist die Verantwortliche für Kommunikation und Wissenstransfer an der Theologischen Fakultät. 21 Das Eherecht der römisch­katholischen Kirche beinhal­ tet eine Regelung, die es beischlafsunfähigen Menschen ver­ unmöglicht, eine kirchliche Ehe einzugehen. Dies tangiert ein Menschenrecht, das dadurch nicht ausgeübt werden kann. Sabine Baggenstos konfrontiert in ihrer im Berichts­ jahr publizierten Doktorarbeit die kirchliche Rechtsordnung mit den im staatlichen Recht der Schweiz geltenden Normen, die das Menschenrecht auf Ehe und das Verbot der Diskri­ minierung aufgrund einer Behinderung enthalten. Lösungsansätze im Fokus Es erfolgt die Diskussion dreier Lösungsansätze, mit denen die Diskriminierung behoben werden könnte: Im ers­ ten, kirchenrechtlichen Lösungsansatz wird aufgezeigt, dass der Heilige Stuhl die Behindertenrechtskonvention unter­ zeichnen kann. Denn: Gedanken der Gleichberechtigung und der Inklusion der 2006 von der UNO­Generalversamm­ lung verabschiedeten Behindertenrechtskonvention sind in der kirchlichen Lehre bereits seit 1981 vorhanden. Der zweite, ebenfalls kirchenrechtliche Lösungsansatz ergibt sich auf­ grund der Anerkennung der Menschenrechte durch die Kir­ che. Der Menschenrechtscharakter der Ehe müsste daher KIRCHLICHE EHE UND NICHT-DISKRIMINIERUNG mehr betont werden und auch Menschen mit einer Behinde­ rung (Impotenz) müssten zur Ehe zugelassen werden, so die Schlussfolgerung der Autorin. Im dritten, religionsverfas­ sungsrechtlichen Lösungsansatz wird die Frage behandelt, ob das staatliche Diskriminierungsverbot auch für die Kir­ che gilt. Die Dissertation entstand im Rahmen des «Swiss Lear­ ning Health System», einer interdisziplinären nationalen Forschungsplattform, die vom Departement Gesundheits­ wissenschaften und Medizin an der Universität Luzern gelei­ tet wird. Die von Prof. Dr. Adrian Loretan, Ordinarius für Kirchenrecht und Staatskirchenrecht, betreute Dissertation ist unter dem Titel «Das kanonische Grundrecht auf Ehe und das Ehehindernis der Impotenz in Gegenüberstellung mit dem staatlichen Recht (CH)» (LIT, Zürich) erschienen. Die Studie wurde mit dem universitären Dissertationspreis aus­ gezeichnet, die Preisvergabe fand im November am Dies Academicus (siehe Seite 56) statt. Dr. Sabine Baggenstos 22 Die Soziologie kann im Umgang mit «Big Data» eine wichtige Brückenfunktion einnehmen. Gleichzeitig erfordert der Umgang mit den grossen Daten auch, das bewährte methodische Repertoire zu erweitern, so Professorin Sophie Mützel. NEUE WERKZEUGE FÜR DIE SOZIOLOGIE Omnipräsente Datenerhebung: Sophie Mützel, Professorin für Soziologie mit Schwerpunkt Medien und Netzwerke sowie Prodekanin der Kultur- und So- zialwissenschaftlichen Fakultät, bei einer Velozählanlage in der Stadt Luzern. KULTUR- UND SOZIALWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Sophie Mützel, was muss man sich unter Big Data vorstellen? Sophie Mützel: Das Schlagwort umfasst die Idee von grossen, unstrukturierten und klassischerweise auch nicht aufbereiteten Datenmengen bzw. Datenpunkten. Im digi­ talen Zeitalter produzieren wir diese etwa, indem wir uns mit unseren Smartphones durch die Welt bewegen. Daneben entstehen grosse Daten aber zum Beispiel auch, wenn Archive digitalisiert werden. Mit solchen grossen Daten müssen wir anders arbeiten als bisher. Welche Stärken bringt die Soziologie bezüglich der Arbeit mit Daten bereits mit? Lange Zeit war die Soziologie davon geprägt, mit weni­ gen Daten, ja: mit einem Mangel von Daten zu arbeiten. Klassischerweise stehen uns nicht genügend Mittel zur Ver­ fügung, um jede Schweizerin und jeden Schweizer zu allen Themen von Interesse zu befragen. So wurden Methoden entwickelt, wie auch mit wenigen Daten aussagekräftige Ergebnisse erlangt werden können. Wir ziehen also eine repräsentative Stichprobe aus der Gesamtbevölkerung, ana­ lysieren diese und können auf dieser Basis zuverlässige Aus­ sagen treffen. Ebenfalls können wir Interviews führen oder Beobachtungen machen, um Einsichten zu gewinnen. In der Erhebung dieser Daten – und in den damit verbundenen Auswertungsmethoden – ist die Soziologie sehr stark. Welche Herausforderung stellt sich der Soziologie nun angesichts von Big Data? Heute ist die Situation eine andere. Um ein Beispiel zu machen: Wir haben potenziell Daten von 98 Prozent der Schweizerinnen und Schweizer, da diese ein Smartphone nutzen. Damit sind andere Daten als bis anhin verfügbar. Weil also der Werkzeugkasten auf eine andere Datengrund­ lage ausgerichtet ist, brauchen wir auch neue Werkzeuge. Was sind die Ergebnisse aus Ihrer nun abgeschlossenen Studie «Facing Big Data» (vgl. Hinweis ganz am Schluss)? Wichtig ist mir zu betonen, dass das, was die Soziologie bis anhin gemacht hat, weder falsch noch schlecht ist. Im Gegenteil. Aber wir müssen uns nun auch mit dem anderen Typ von Daten beschäftigen, die das Soziale ausmachen und die auch von den Studierenden wie den zukünftigen Arbeit­ geberinnen und Arbeitgebern analysiert werden wollen. Das heisst, wir müssen lernen, diese neuen digitalen Daten zu erheben, sie aufzubereiten und bestimmte Gütekriterien zu entwickeln. Zwar besitzen, um auf das Beispiel zurückzu­ kommen, 98 Prozent aller Schweizerinnen und Schweizer Smartphones, aber weit weniger von ihnen sind auf Twitter. Was heisst das dann also, wenn ich die Daten von allen Schweizer Twitter-Nutzerinnen und -Nutzern und ihren Abstimmungs-Tweets analysiere? Dass wir neue Methoden brauchen, betrifft gleichsam die Auswertung der Daten, wo es mehr in Richtung «Data Mining» geht: Wir nutzen Algorithmen, um zu schauen, was uns die Daten sagen – statt klassisch mit einer These oder Hypothese an die Daten heranzugehen und entsprechende Analysen zu machen. Das ist eine grosse Herausforderung für die Soziologie. Auch der Zugang zu den Daten erfordert neue Instrumente: Wir nutzen heute etwa Application Programm­ ing Interfaces (APIs) und Schnittstellen, um an Daten, etwa von Twitter, zu kommen. Und: Die grossen Daten gehören oftmals US­amerikanischen Konzernen. Hier fordert uns die Diskussion um Zugangs­ und Nutzungsrechte. Interview: Vera Bender 24 Zum Projekt gehörten drei Bereiche. Welche Ergebnisse zeigen sich dort? Mit Rahel Estermann, Lisa Kressin und Philippe Saner hatte ich ein sehr gutes Team. Alle drei haben ihre Disserta­ tion erfolgreich abgeschlossen und werden im Jahr 2022 Monografien veröffentlichen. Drei verschiedene Felder haben wir uns angeschaut: «Datenjournalismus», «Metho­ den in der Soziologie» und «Datenwissenschaften». Das Feld der Datenwissenschaften hat Philippe Saner bearbeitet – für seine Doktorarbeit wurde ihm von der Gesellschaft für Hochschulforschung der Ulrich­Teichler­Preis zugespro­ chen. Saner hat sich mit der Entstehung dieses in der Schweiz noch jungen Feldes beschäftigt. Dafür hat er sich zum Bei­ spiel die Curricula der neu entstandenen Studienprogramme angeschaut oder Stellenausschreibungen für so genannte Data Scientists untersucht. Wie sich zeigt, ist das Feld der Datenwissenschaft ein transversales, wo ganz bestimmte Fähigkeiten gesucht und gefördert werden. Was wurde hinsichtlich Datenjournalismus untersucht? Auch dies ist ein Feld, das gerade erst entsteht – auch wenn es schon sehr lange den Versuch gibt, journalistische Berichte visuell zu unterlegen, das heisst, mit Bildern Geschichten zu erzählen. Zum Beispiel während der Corona­ Zeit begleiteten uns solche datenjournalistischen Visualisie­ rungen täglich. Estermann hat sich in zwei datenjournalis­ tische Teams hineingegeben, um herauszufinden, wie diese mithilfe von Daten und deren Visualisierungen Geschichten bzw. Nachrichten produzieren. Und was ergab die Untersuchung des dritten Bereichs? Hier hat Lisa Kressin untersucht, welche Methoden in der Soziologie genutzt werden. Das ist ein herausfordernder «Blick auf den eigenen Bauchnabel». Mithilfe vieler Inter­ views und Dokumente hat sich Lisa Kressin diesem Feld genähert – mit dem Fokus auf die Lehre, also den Unterricht. Was kommt auf einen Vorlesungsplan? Welche Bücher ste­ hen auf der Literaturliste? Kressin hat vier Lehrkulturen fest­ gestellt, die in der deutschsprachigen Soziologie vorkom­ men. Es zeigt sich eine grosse Spanne, was die Offenheit gegenüber Lehrveranstaltungen zu grossen Daten betrifft. Welche Rolle kann die Soziologie in der Forschung und Arbeit mit Big Data einnehmen? Es gibt sehr viele Disziplinen, die fantastisch mit grossen Daten umgehen können. Aber oftmals fehlen dann substan­ zielle Fragestellungen oder ein Verständnis davon, wie das Soziale strukturiert ist. Hier kann die Soziologie die Rolle einer Brückenbauerin einnehmen. Haben Sie ein Beispiel dafür? Zum Beispiel wissen wir seit Langem, dass Frauen aus verschiedenen Gründen auch in gleichen Positionen weniger verdienen als Männer. Das ist eine Information, über die man Kenntnis haben sollte, wenn man einen Datensatz über Einkommen bearbeitet. Wir sorgen darum dafür, dass unsere Studierenden einerseits die richtigen Fragen stellen können und andererseits ein Wissen darüber mitbringen, wie das Soziale strukturiert ist. Damit können sie zum Beispiel im Marketing eines Unternehmens aus der verfügbaren Daten­ menge die «Schätze» heraussuchen, diese entsprechend ana­ lysieren und interpretieren. So bereichern die Soziologinnen und Soziologen die Zusammenarbeit der involvierten Diszi­ plinen rund um die grossen Daten. Wie fliessen Ihre Forschungsergebnisse in die Lehre ein? Wir haben an der Universität Luzern in den letzten Jah­ ren bereits zwei wichtige Dinge getan: Zum einen haben wir einen Lehrschwerpunkt zur Digitalisierung an der Kultur­ und Sozialwissenschaftlichen Fakultät geschaffen, wo wir unter anderem einen fakultätsweiten Kurs für Studienanfän­ gerinnen und ­anfänger anbieten, der sich mit der Arbeit mit digitalen Daten beschäftigt. Wir überlegen uns genau, wie wir unsere Studierenden fit machen für einen Arbeitsmarkt, der den Umgang mit digitalen Daten immer stärker verlangt. Wenn es dann heisst: «Machen Sie doch mal eine Analyse unserer Twitter­Follower», dann wissen sie, was zu tun ist. Zum anderen haben wir den interdisziplinären Lucerne Master in Computational Social Sciences (LUMACSS) ge­ gründet. Dieser schweizweit einzigartige Studiengang kombi­ niert sozialwissenschaftliches Wissen mit den gefragten Fähigkeiten, grosse Datenmengen computerunterstützt zu erheben und zu analysieren. Auch hier gilt, dass der LUMACCS den Dialog bspw. zwischen Sozialwissenschaften und Informatik oder Ingenieurswissenschaften ermöglicht – weil Absolvierende die verschiedenen «Sprachen» sprechen. Dazu fliessen unsere Erkenntnisse natürlich auch in den Stu­ diengang Gesellschafts­ und Kommunikationswissenschaften (SoCom) ein. Welchem Forschungsprojekt widmen Sie sich als nächstes? Dieses ist bereits am Laufen: Mit «Digital Payments. Making Payments personal and social» beschäftige ich mich mit einer weiteren Facette dieser grossen Daten, nämlich mit digitalen Bezahlsystemen. Dabei richten wir den Blick auf die Schweiz und auf Schweden und beobachten zum Bei­ spiel, wie sich soziale Beziehungen mit diesen schleichenden Digitalisierungsprozessen verändern. «Facing Big Data. Methods and Tools for a 21st Century Sociology» lief von 2017 bis 2021, wurde im Rahmen des Natio­ nalen Forschungsprogramms «Big Data» (NFP 75) durch­ geführt und war mit rund 658 000 Franken an Drittmitteln dotiert. www.unilu.ch/sophie-muetzel Vera Bender ist freischaffende Texterin; Sektionsvorsteherin Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften der ALUMNI Organisation der Universität Luzern 25 Die Studierenden sollen auf eine digitalisierte Welt vor­ bereitet werden, deren Herausforderungen immer komple­ xer werden: Dies ist das Ziel im Bereich Lehre des an der Kultur­ und Sozialwissenschaftlichen Fakultät lancierten Schwerpunkts Digitalisierung. Dieser steht unter der Lei­ tung von Prof. Dr. Sophie Mützel (siehe Interview auf den voran gehenden Seiten) und Prof. Dr. Daniel Speich Chassé. Das interdisziplinäre Curriculum ermöglicht den Studie­ renden die Aneignung von Expertise zur digitalen Trans ­ formation. Befähigung auch für die Berufswelt Die Resonanz bei den Studierenden ist gut; so sagt etwa Bachelorstudentin Valentina Meyer: «Das Bewusstsein für das Generieren und Sammeln von digitalen Daten in alltäg­ lichen Anwendungen – und dabei auch für deren Verwen­ dung – wird durch die im Rahmen des Schwerpunkts ange­ botenen Lehrveranstaltungen bedeutend geschärft.» Gerade die rege besuchten Lehrveranstaltungen «Digitales Bezah­ len, virtuelles Geld und soziale Beziehungen» sowie «Daten­ visualisierungen. Die Grammatik digitaler Daten» erachtet SCHWERPUNKT DIGITALISIERUNG sie als «gute Vorbereitung auf die Berufswelt». Auch der his­ torische Blick auf den Begriff der Digitalisierung ist zentral für die Ausbildung in den Geisteswissenschaften. Dies­ bezüglich durfte sich Valentina Meyer im letzten Herbst­ semester in der Vorlesung «Geschichte der Digitalisierung» mit dem Begriffswandel der Digitalisierung auseinander­ setzen und erfahren, was bspw. die Standardisierung von Zeit damit zu tun hat. Im Bereich Forschung konnten mehrere Projekte lan­ ciert werden; einige davon wurden mit Drittmitteln geför­ dert. Im aktuellen Frühjahrssemester wurde zudem erst­ mals eine öffentliche Ringvorlesung angeboten, die sich mit interdisziplinären Sichtweisen auf den digitalen Wandel beschäftigte und auf ein breites Interesse stiess. www.unilu.ch/ksf-digitalisierung Nadia Bühler ist wissenschaftliche Mitarbeiterin im Schwer- punkt Digitalisierung. 26 RECHTSWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Die «Law Clinic Wirtschaftsrecht» bietet Studierenden auf Master- stufe die Möglichkeit, sich unter professioneller Betreuung mit realen Fällen auseinanderzusetzen. Das Lehrformat schlägt eine Brücke zwischen der theoretischen Ausbildung und der prak- tischen Anwendung. WENN UNIVERSITÄRE LEHRE AUF DIE PRAXIS TRIFFT Die Law Clinic Wirtschaftsrecht ist ein neues Lehrformat an der Rechtswissenschaftlichen Fakultät. Seit dem Frühjahrs- semester 2021 können Masterstudierende in Teams von zwei bis drei Personen einen realen Fall zu wirtschaftsrechtlichen Themen bearbeiten. Sie verfassen zuhanden eines Auftrag- gebers – in der Regel ein Unternehmen – ein Rechtsgutach- ten und präsentieren ihre Ergebnisse an einer Schlussveran- staltung. Die Teams werden von Professorinnen und Professoren sowie Lehrbeauftragten der Universität oder dem unternehmensinternen Rechtsdienst fachlich betreut und angeleitet. Die Betreuerin oder der Betreuer steht ihnen während des Semesters mit Rat und Tat zur Seite, um fach- liche und strukturelle Fragen oder Gutachtensentwürfe zu besprechen. Die akademische Leitung liegt bei den Profes- soren Nicolas Diebold und Bernhard Rütsche. Kooperations- partner der Law Clinic ist die Industrie- und Handelskammer Zentralschweiz (IHZ), der mehrere hundert Unternehmen angeschlossen sind. Vielfältige Rechtsfragen Die Fälle, die bisher in der Law Clinic bearbeitet worden sind, verdeutlichen die Vielfältigkeit dieses Lehrformats. So bearbeiteten im Frühlingssemester 2021 zwei Studierenden- teams einen Fall aus dem Medizinprodukterecht mit Berüh- rungspunkten zu den bilateralen Verträgen zwischen der Schweiz und der EU. Konkret ging es um «Virtual Walking», eine am Schweizer Paraplegiker-Zentrum Nottwil (SPZ) entwickelte visuelle Therapiemethode, mit der chronische neuropathische Schmerzen nach Rückenmarksverletzungen behandelt werden können. Im Zentrum stand die Frage, unter welchen rechtlichen Voraussetzungen diese an Patien- tinnen und Patienten angewendet und in Verkehr gebracht werden darf. Die Studierenden mussten sich mit der komple- xen Materie des Heilmittelrechts auseinandersetzen. Dabei bestand eine grosse Herausforderung darin, dass das europäische Recht kurz zuvor geändert worden war und dass aufgrund des gescheiterten Rahmenvertrags unklar war, welche Vorschriften in der Schweiz anwendbar sein würden. Die Betreuung der Studierenden erfolgte durch die Professoren Diebold und Rütsche in Zusammenarbeit mit Roger Abächerli, Professor für MedTech am Institute for Medical Engineering der Hochschule Luzern. Im Herbstsemester 2021 wurden zwei Fälle an die Law Clinic herangetragen. Im ersten Fall befassten sich zwei Gruppen von Studierenden mit bau-, raumplanungs-, sozial- und vertragsrechtlichen Fragen rund um die touristische Nut- zung und den Betrieb von Kleinsthäusern aus Holz («Tiny Houses»). Die Renggli AG, Spezialistin im nachhaltigen Bauen mit Holz, und mySaess, die Betreiberin einer Internet- buchungsplattform, liessen abklären, unter welchen recht- lichen Voraussetzungen diese Kleinsthäuser als Übernach- tungsmöglichkeiten für Luxus-Camping genutzt und namentlich von Landwirtinnen und -wirten, auf deren Land die Bauten aufgestellt würden, betrieben werden dürften. Für die Studierenden bestand die Schwierigkeit darin, dass zum Text: Marc M. Winistörfer Win-win-Situation (v. l.): die Studierenden Magdalena Lottenbach und Mario Schwager mit MedTech-Professor Roger Abächerli, dem ersten Auftraggeber der Law Clinic. 28 Zeitpunkt der Fallbearbeitung kein vollständiges Geschäfts- modell vorlag. Sie mussten deshalb flexibel auf allfällige Veränderungen des Sachverhalts reagieren und Abklärun- gen für verschiedene Varianten treffen. Fachlich wurden die Studierenden von den Professoren Roland Norer und Marc Hürzeler betreut. Der zweite Fall im Herbstsemester drehte sich um rechtliche Fragen im Vermögensverwaltungsgeschäft. Zwei Studieren- denteams prüften im Auftrag der UBS AG, unter welchen Voraussetzungen die konzerneigene Asset Management AG im Rahmen von diskretionären Mandaten – also solchen, bei denen Kundinnen und Kunden Anlageentscheidungen an Vermögensverwalter delegieren – in sogenannte illiquide Anlagen investieren darf. Die Studierenden hatten abzuklä- ren, welche Risiken zu beachten sind und wie diese reduziert werden können. Die Herausforderung lag in der hohen Technizität der Materie. Um die Rechtsfragen beantworten zu können, mussten sich die Studierenden mit komplexen wirtschaftlichen Sachverhalten vertraut machen. Im Unter- schied zu den anderen Fällen wurden die Teams vom unter- nehmensinternen Rechtsdienst betreut, und zwar von Rechtsanwältin Andrea Vontobel, Leiterin Legal Client Coverage EMEA & CH der UBS Asset Management AG. Beidseitiger Gewinn Das neue Lehrgefäss der Law Clinic ist mit den drei Fällen im 2021 erfolgreich gestartet. Es hat sich gezeigt, dass die Studierenden dank des hohen Praxisbezugs der Veranstal- tung wertvolle Erfahrungen sammeln können, die über die Aneignung von juristischem Fachwissen hinausgehen. Die Studierenden waren denn auch motiviert bei der Sache und legten eine überdurchschnittliche Leistungsbereitschaft an den Tag. Sie nutzten die Möglichkeit, praktische Fähigkeiten wie Problemerkennung, analytisches Denken und Zeit- management sowie ihre kommunikativen Fähigkeiten zu trainieren. Ausserdem lernten sie, was es heisst, projekt- bezogen in kleinen Teams zu arbeiten, und wie wichtig Teamfähigkeit in solchen Situationen ist. Im Rahmen der fachlichen Betreuung mussten sie selbstständig Lösungen für die komplexen praktischen Probleme erarbeiten und trugen die Hauptverantwortung für den Inhalt der Gutachten. Die Law Clinic ist aber auch für die als Auftraggebende beteiligten Unternehmen ein Gewinn. Sie leisten einen wertvollen Beitrag zur juristischen Ausbildung und können Kontakte mit engagierten Mitgliedern der Fakultät knüpfen. Dabei profitieren sie vom juristischen Fachwissen der Stu- dierenden wie auch der Betreuerinnen und Betreuer und erhalten eine kostenlose Rechtsauskunft zu einem konkre- ten Fall. Überdies eröffnet sich ihnen die Gelegenheit, die Studierenden als potenzielle Arbeitnehmerinnen und -neh- mer kennenzulernen. Die Law Clinic bietet eine Plattform, wo die Praxis auf die universitäre Lehre trifft und wo der gegen- seitige Austausch gefördert wird. www.unilu.ch/law-clinic Dr. Marc M. Winistörfer ist Koordinator der Law Clinic. 29 Bei den «Haager Prinzipien betreffend die Rechtswahl in internationalen Wirtschaftsverträgen» handelt es sich um eine von der Haager Konferenz für Internationales Privat- recht erarbeitete systematische Sammlung von Regeln. Diese sollen gelten, wenn die Parteien von internationalen Han- delsverträgen das auf ihren Vertrag anwendbare Recht wäh- len. Das im Berichtsjahr abgeschlossene Forschungsprojekt «The Hague Principles and Beyond» hatte zum Ziel, die Haa- ger Prinzipien zu analysieren und diese mit nationalen und internationalen Regeln über die Rechtswahl auf der ganzen Welt zu vergleichen. Die in Kooperation mit Forschenden der Universitäten Genf und Johannesburg (Südafrika) realisierte Studie hatte eine Laufzeit von drei Jahren und wurde vom Schweizerischen Nationalfonds gefördert. Antragsteller war Prof. Dr. Daniel Girsberger, Professor für Schweizerisches und Internationa- les Privat-, Wirtschafts- und Verfahrensrecht sowie Privat- rechtsvergleichung. Agatha Brandão de Oliveira arbeitete im Projekt als wissenschaftliche Assistentin und fungierte im Luzerner Team als leitende Forscherin. RECHTSSICHERHEIT IM INTERNATIONALEN HANDEL Buchpräsentation online Die Ergebnisse wurden in einem über 1300 Seiten umfassen- den Werk publiziert: «Choice of Law in International Com- mercial Contracts. Global Perspectives on the Hague Prin- ciples» (Oxford University Press). Mehrere Hundert Teil- nehmende aus der ganzen Welt besuchten die im Frühling im Rahmen eines Webinars durchgeführte Buchpräsentation. Zum einen gaben die leitenden Herausgebenden einen Über- blick über die geleistete Arbeit und hoben die Besonderhei- ten des rechtsvergleichenden Gesamtberichts hervor. Zum anderen befassten sich die regionalen Herausgebenden mit der Frage, inwieweit die heutigen gesetzlichen Regeln und die Rechtspraxis in den jeweiligen Regionen mit den Haager Prinzipien vereinbar sind. Insgesamt bestätigte sich, dass die Haager Prinzipien dazu beitragen können, die internationale Modernisierung von Regeln über die Rechtswahl voranzu- treiben, Lücken zu schliessen und Unstimmigkeiten in den verschiedenen Rechtsordnungen und Instrumenten zu korrigieren. Prof. Dr. Daniel Girsberger und Agatha Brandão de Oliveira 31 WIRTSCHAFTSWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Sei es beim Kauf von Fahrkarten, beim Surfen durch das World Wide Web oder bei der Nutzung von Applikationen, die auf unseren Geschmack zugeschnittene Musik und Videos zusammenstellen: Daten umgeben und begleiten uns in diversen Situationen unseres Alltags. Damit die verwen deten Anwendungen wie gewünscht und gewohnt funktionieren können, werden Daten verarbeitet, aggregiert, ana lysiert, personalisiert oder anonymisiert. Prozesse, von denen die Nutzenden in der Regel nichts mitbekommen und die zu einem Grossteil automatisiert durch Algorithmen und Programme im Hintergrund ausgeführt werden. Unter den Oberbegriff der Digitalisierung fallen diverse Entwicklungen, Bemühungen und damit verbundene He- rausforderungen: die Optimierung und Umgestaltung von Unternehmensprozessen oder von Dienstleistungen öffent- licher Verwaltungen wie auch die Schaffung neuer Möglich- keiten und Angebote. Geht man eine Ebene tiefer, geht es bei Digitalisierung im Grundsatz um die Transformation analoger Daten und physischer Gegenstände in digitale Daten sowie um die datenbasierte Abbildung bestehender oder neuartiger Prozesse in digitalen Systemen und Anwendungen. Basis im Bachelor, Spezialisierung im Master Nebst der eigenen Disziplin der Data Science gibt es sowohl in der Betriebswirtschaft als auch in der Volkswirtschafts- lehre diverse Gebiete, in denen Datenwissenschaft relevant ist und zum Einsatz kommt. Im Studium der Wirtschaftswis- senschaften an der Universität Luzern drückt sich dies in zahlreichen Lehrveranstaltungen sowie in der Master-Spe- zialisierung «Applied Data Science» aus. Im Bachelor- programm wird den Studierenden eine breite Basis an Kompetenzen für die Erhebung, Bearbeitung und Analyse von Daten vermittelt. Basierend auf den persönlichen Inter- essen und beruflichen Ambitionen kann diese Basis durch Wahlkurse erweitert und im Master mit dem entsprechenden Spezialisierungsprogramm vertieft werden. Das Angebot umfasst verschiedene Methodenkurse sowie Veranstaltun- gen zu «Machine Learning», Datenbanken, «Big Data Ana- lytics» und Datenvisualisierungen. In der Forschung gehört die Erhebung und Analyse von quantitativen und qualitativen Datensätzen zu den wichtigs- ten Grundlagen für die Ableitung von Thesen und Erkennt- nissen. Für Unternehmen hat die Fähigkeit, aus Datengrund- lagen Erkenntnisse und Entscheidungsgrundlagen abzuleiten, in den letzten Jahren massiv an Bedeutung gewonnen. Prof. Dr. Leif Brandes, Professor für Marketing und Strategie, erklärt, dass dadurch gleichzeitig auch die Herausforderungen spürbar gestiegen sind: Galt es früher vor allem Zusammenhänge in «strukturierten» Daten wie Produktionsmengen, Umsatz pro Absatzkanal oder Werbe- ausgaben zu finden, so existieren heutzutage immer mehr «unstrukturierte» Daten. Beispiele dafür sind Texte und Bilder auf Social Media, Chatprotokolle von Supportdiensten oder Produktrezensio- nen, deren Analyse moderne Methoden erfordern. Derartige Analysen können Unternehmen wichtige Einsichten bringen: Spontane Kundenreaktionen auf Fernsehwerbung via Social Media erlauben eine Evaluation der Werbung in Echtzeit, Chatprotokolle können Unternehmen helfen, ihre Mitarbei- tenden besser zu schulen und Chatbots besser zu program- mieren. Die automatisierte inhaltliche Analyse von Rezen- sionstexten ermöglicht dem Kundendienst, schneller auf kritische Bewertungen oder auf Fragen einzugehen. Wem das schon komplex erscheint, dem sei gesagt: Mit Die digitale Transformation bietet weitreichende Chancen und erfordert gleichermassen vielfältige Kompetenzen. Die Studien- programme der Wirtschaftswissenschaften tragen dem mit einer breiten Basis an Grundlagen sowie zusätzlichen Spezialisierungs- möglichkeiten in «Data Science» Rechnung. DATENKOMPETENZEN FÜR DIE ZUKUNFT Text: Oliver Rölli Lukas Schmid, Professor für Empirische Methoden 32 Voice-Daten und Smart Contracts wie NFTs steht die nächs- te Generation von datenbasierten Anwendungsmöglich- keiten bereits in den Startlöchern. Selbstlernende Programme im Fokus Maschinelles Lernen, besser bekannt unter dem englischen Begriff «Machine Learning», ist zu einem unverzichtbaren Bestandteil der Datenwissenschaft geworden. Es handelt sich dabei um einen Teilbereich der künstlichen Intelligenz mit dem Ziel, auf der Basis vorhandener Datenbestände Muster und Gesetzmässigkeiten zu erkennen und diese zu verallgemeinern. Dadurch sind die dafür geschriebenen Programme in der Lage, eigenständig Lösungen für neue und unbekannte Probleme zu finden; man spricht auch von selbstlernenden Programmen. Als Konsumentinnen und Konsumenten begegnen wir Programmen, die auf Machine Learning basieren, unter anderem bei der Spracherkennung auf Mobiltelefonen, der Gesichtserkennung in Fotodaten- banken oder beim E-Mail-Spamfilter. Prof. Dr. Lukas Schmid, Professor für Empirische Methoden, betont, dass es gerade für die Wirtschaftswissenschaftlerin- nen und -wissenschaftler der Zukunft wichtig ist, diese Technologien und Anwendungen mit ihren Stärken und Schwächen zu kennen. Dies erlaubt ihnen einen Austausch mit technischen Spezialistinnen und Spezialisten auf fach- licher Augenhöhe. Diese Art von Zusammenarbeit zwischen Technikern und Fachkräften mit zusätzlichem wirtschafts- wissenschaftlichem Hintergrund ermöglicht die volle Aus- schöpfung des Potenzials der Datenrevolution. In der Vorlesung «Machine Learning» von Dr. Massimo Mannino wenden die Studierenden die Methoden des ma- schinellen Lernens auf verschiedene konkrete Aufgabenstel- lungen an. Sie erarbeiten beispielsweise ein Modell für eine Bank, welches zu prognostizieren versucht, bei welchen Klientinnen und Klienten eine hohe Wahrscheinlichkeit besteht, dass sie ihre Kreditkartenrechnungen nicht bezah- len. Aus Sicht der Bank ist diese Prognose zentral, weil durch nicht bezahlte Kreditkartenabrechnungen Abschreibungen und administrativer Aufwand anfällt. Mithilfe von Daten zum Einkommen, der Kreditkartenlimite und weiteren Einfluss- grössen der bestehenden Kundschaft wird ein Modell er- stellt, welches eine Prognose für künftige Kunden erlaubt. Eine weitere Anwendung im Kurs ist die Modellierung der Nachfrage für ein bestimmtes Hotel in Abhängigkeit der geografischen Herkunft der potenziellen Kundinnen und Kunden, wodurch eine optimierte Ausrichtung der Marke- tingkampagnen möglich wird. Zukunftsperspektiven Die Bedeutung von Datenwissenschaften und digitalen Kompetenzen im Allgemeinen wird in naher Zukunft weiter zunehmen. Die Bundesverwaltung hat auf die Entwicklungen reagiert, indem sie Anfang 2021 ein nationales Kompetenz- zentrum für Datenwissenschaft geschaffen hat. Der «Future of Jobs Report» des World Economic Forum listet das Job- profil «Data Analysts and Scientists» auf Platz 1 der «Top 10 Emerging Jobs» für das Jahr 2025. Weitere Digitalisierungsschritte stehen bevor, verbunden mit neuen Möglichkeiten und einer zusätzlich erhöhten Nach- frage für Datenkompetenzen. Nebst einer Vielzahl an Chan- cen gehen mit der digitalen Transformation unterschiedliche Herausforderungen einher: Viele davon sind technischer Natur; zusätzlich stellen sich gesellschaftliche, politische und rechtliche Fragen. Eine stets naheliegende Frage betrifft den Schutz personenbezogener Daten. Bildungsinstitutionen sind in der Ausgestaltung ihrer Lehr- programme gefragt, nebst technischen Kernkompetenzen auch damit verbundene Fragestellungen aus anderen Pers- pektiven zu vermitteln. Absolventinnen und Absolventen sollen bereit sein für die Anforderungen der Wirtschaft und eine aktive und gewinnbringende Rolle in der digitalen Transformation einnehmen können – gleichzeitig müssen sie auch dazu in der Lage sein, Dinge zu hinterfragen und rele- vante Aspekte aus anderen Bereichen in ihre Arbeit mitein- zubeziehen. Mit den inhaltlich breit angelegten Studien- programmen der Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät und der humanwissenschaftlichen Fokussierung der Universität Luzern wird diesen Ansprüchen Rechnung getragen. Oliver Rölli ist Verantwortlicher für Kommunikation und Marketing an der Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät. 33 Mit dem Bereich «Innovation» am Institute of Marketing and Analytics (IMA) verfügen die Wirtschaftswissenschaft­ liche Fakultät und die Universität über hohe Forschungs­ und Praxiskompetenz im wichtigen Themenfeld des Innovations­ managements. 2021 gab es mehrere Initiativen mit einem Fokus auf «radikaler Innovation». Was ist damit gemeint? Fast alle Firmen betreiben Innova­ tion. Doch oft beschränken sie sich dabei auf eine Weiterent­ wicklung des Kerngeschäfts. In Zeiten der Digitalisierung reicht dies allerdings oft nicht mehr aus: Firmen müssen grosse Innovationsschritte vornehmen, um auf den Zug der Digitali­ sierung aufzuspringen und mit den neuen Anforderungen digital affiner Kundschaft sowie den Bedrohungen durch neue Konkurrenz aus der digitalen Welt klarzukommen. Sogenannt radikale Innovation ist gefordert. Und auch völlig neue Kom­ petenzen im Innovationsmanagement: kundenzentrierte Innovation, iteratives, schnelles und agiles Entwickeln von Produkten, die Innovation ganzer Geschäftsmodelle, Koopera­ tion mit Start­ups und externen Partnern, mitunter sogar mit Konkurrenten – und auch ein kultureller Wandel innerhalb der Firma. In diesem Kontext konnten vier Publikationen in TRANSFORMATION UND INNOVATION führenden wissenschaftlichen Magazinen veröffentlicht wer­ den. Doch vor allem wurden viele Ergebnisse direkt in die Pra­ xis transferiert: Und zwar über einen Thinktank zu «Inno­ vation Ecosystems» mit sechs Schweizer Unternehmen, der Ende Jahr abgeschlossen wurde. Der «CAS in Growth and Transformation» startete zu seiner ersten Durchführung und bildet Mitglieder des Vorstands einer Bank im Bereich radikale Innovation aus. Zudem wurde der IMA­Institutsrat mit Ver­ tretungen aus dem Topmanagement von 15 Zentralschweizer Firmen gegründet. Dies, um einen Austausch über Theorie und Praxis von Themen wie Digitalisierung, Transformation, Analytics und radikale Innovation zu ermöglichen. All dies illustriert den Fokus des Bereichs «Innovation»: Fragestellungen der Wirtschaft bilden immer den Ausgangs­ punkt. Diese werden mit rigoroser Forschung bearbeitet. Und das Ergebnis fliesst nicht nur in internationale wissenschaft­ liche Journale, sondern vor allem auch zurück in die (Zen­ tral­)Schweizer Wirtschaft. Dr. Bernhard Lingens ist am IMA Mitglied der Institutsleitung und Leiter des Bereichs «Innovation». Impression vom ersten Treffen des IMA-Instituts- rats im Herbst 2021. Bern- hard Lingens (stehend) bei einer der Präsentationen. 35 PREMIEREN AM DEPARTEMENT GESUNDHEITSWISSENSCHAFTEN UND MEDIZIN Jedes Jahr zieht der englischsprachige Master in Health Sciences (M. Sc.) zwischen 40 und 50 Studierende aus dem In- und Ausland nach Luzern. Ergänzend zu diesem sehr gefragten Studiengang wurde im vergangenen Herbst- semester ein einzigartiges deutschsprachiges Bachelor- programm in Gesundheitswissenschaften (B. Sc.) lanciert – somit ist das Studium ab jetzt auf allen Stufen möglich, bis und mit Doktorat. Die Studierenden des neuen Bachelors erwarten vielseitige und innovative Inhalte, welche die zentralen Perspektiven von Gesundheitswissenschaften aufgreifen und genau darauf zugeschnitten sind: Multidiszi- plinarität, Förderung von Gesundheit und Vermeidung von Krankheit (Prävention, Kuration, Rehabilitation, Palliation), Anwendungsbezug, Perspektive der individuellen Bedürfnis- se, Bevölkerungs- und Systembezug. Gefragte Fachkräfte Der Bachelor hebt sich von vergleichbaren Studienprogram- men in der Schweiz ab: In Luzern erwerben die Studierenden nicht nur wichtige Kompetenzen in den Bereichen Politik-, Pflege-, Wirtschafts- und Kommunikationswissenschaften sowie Psychologie und Soziologie, welche auf der Makro- und Mesoebene zu verorten sind. Darüber hinaus und dank der Kooperation mit Partnerinstitutionen und der Fachkom- petenz des Departements im Bereich Medizin sind auch Studieninhalte aus diesen stärker auf das Individuum fokus- sierenden Wissenschaften in das Curriculum integriert. Damit trägt der Studienplan der zunehmenden Verzahnung, Interdependenz und Komplexität unterschiedlicher Bereiche des Gesundheitssystems Rechnung, welche nicht nur in der Inten sivierung interprofessioneller Zusammenarbeit in der Praxis, sondern auch in der zunehmend stattfindenden inter- und transdisziplinären Forschung der gesundheits- nahen Wissenschaftsdisziplinen zum Ausdruck kommt. Angesichts des Fachkräftemangels sind Absolvierende mit einem solchen Profil am Arbeitsmarkt entsprechend begehrt und können eine Tätigkeit in ganz unterschiedlichen Feldern des Gesundheitswesens anstreben. Hierzu zählen unter anderem: die Gesundheitsverwaltung (kantonale Ämter, BAG); Gesundheitsversorgung in Spitälern; Gesundheits- kommunikation in der Verwaltung, bei Versicherungen oder bei Verbänden; operative Tätigkeiten in der Pharmaindustrie; Gesundheitsförderung bei Verbänden sowie Tätigkeiten in der Forschung. Dass dieses Konzept nicht nur zukunfts- weisend und nachhaltig ist, sondern auch auf grosses Inter- esse stösst, zeigen die Studierendenzahlen. So haben im September über 40 Studierende ihr Bachelorstudium auf- genommen – doppelt so viele wie ursprünglich geplant. Lehren und forschen Die Gründung neuer Studiengänge bringt spezifische Herausforderungen mit sich. Dies betrifft insbesondere den Ausbau des Lehrangebots sowie die Betreuung der zusätz- lichen Studierenden. Traditionell wird dieser Ausbau ent- weder über die Schaffung neuer Professuren realisiert – inklusive der damit verbundenen Mitarbeitendenstellen –, oder die steigende Lehr- und Betreuungs leistung muss im Rahmen der existierenden Strukturen respektive durch das akademische Personal aufgefangen werden. Hier hat sich das Departement gemeinsam mit der Universitätsleitung entschieden, neue Wege zu gehen. Abgestützt auf Para - graf 29 des Universitätsstatuts wurden bewusst kombinierte «Lehr- und Forschungsbeauftragten»-Stellen geschaffen und die ersten solcher ausgeschriebenen Stellen im Laufe des Jahres mit Akademikerinnen und Akademikern unterschied- lichster Fachrichtungen besetzt. Das Profil dieser Stellen ist im oberen akademischen Mittelbau, zwischen Oberassisten- tin bzw. -assistent und (Assistenz-)Professur, zu verorten. Viel Neues im Fachbereich «Gesundheitswissenschaft und Gesund- heitspolitik»: Zum einen wurde ein Bachelor programm in Gesund- heitswissenschaften lanciert. Zum anderen gibt es neu kombinierte «Lehr- und Forschungsbeauftragten»-Stellen. Text: Alexander Ort Dr. Alexander Ort, Lehr- und Forschungsbeauftragter Gesundheitswissenschaften 36 Das Aufgabengebiet beinhaltet hauptsächlich (zu zwei Dritteln) universitäre Lehrtätigkeit inklusive aller mit der Rolle als Dozierende und Dozierender zusammenhängenden Aufgaben. Wie es der Name bereits sagt, bietet eine Stelle als Lehr- und Forschungsbeauftragte und -beauftragter den Stellen inhabenden darüber hinaus explizit die Möglichkeit, eigenständige und thematisch frei wählbare Forschungs- vorhaben umzusetzen und so das eigene akademische Profil zu schärfen. Schliesslich engagieren sich die Lehr- und Forschungsbeauftragten auch in der akademischen Selbst- verwaltung sowie in universitären Kommissionen und Gremien. Der Ausbau von Stellen im oberen akademischen Mittelbau hat wesentliche Potenziale und bietet Chancen gleicher- massen für das Departement und die Universität als Bil- dungseinrichtung und wissenschaftliche Institution. Faktisch eröffnen die auf lange Sicht ausgelegten Stellen die Möglich- keit zur Verstetigung bzw. Sicherung von Wissen und Kom- petenz in Lehre und Forschung, und sie schaffen diesbezüg- lich Kontinuität. Über diesen Aspekt der Planbarkeit hinaus wirken sich zusätzlich Stellen für erfahrene Wissenschaft- lerinnen und Wissenschaftler positiv auf den akademischen Output aus, da sie neben der Unterstützung von Doktorie- renden sowie der eigenverantwortlichen Umsetzung von Projekten und Publikationen auch externe Forschungsgelder einwerben können. Aus einer übergreifenden strategischen Perspektive betrachtet, bringt dies einen mittel- und lang- fristigen Zusatznutzen: Einerseits können Lehr- und For- schungsbeauftragte signifikant zur Aufwertung des Lehr- angebots beitragen. Und da Studierende ihre Wahl der Universität und des Studiengangs hauptsächlich von der Qualität der Lehre abhängig machen, tragen die Stelleninha- benden damit auch zur Attraktivität der Studienprogramme und des Erfolgs der Universität bei. Andererseits trägt der mit den Stellen einhergehende Kompetenz- und Wissens- erhalt – insbesondere in der Lehre – zu den fortwährenden Bestrebungen im Hinblick auf die Qualitätssicherung bei. Diversifizierung der Karrierewege Auch für das wissenschaftliche Personal bieten die Rahmen- bedingungen des Stellenprofils Vorteile: So schaffen feste Stellen zwischen befristeter Assistenz und unbefristeter Professur nachhaltige Aussichten nach dem Doktorat. Gleichzeitig eröffnen solche Stellen auch völlig neue Pers- pektiven. Dies betrifft zum einen die Karriereplanung. Beispielsweise streben nicht alle promovierten Akademike- rinnen und Akademiker automatisch nach einer (Assis - tenz-)Professur und möchten sich vielleicht lieber auf die Gestaltung innovativer Lehrangebote konzentrieren. Neben dieser faktischen Diversifizierung der Karrierewege an der Universität wirken sich die mit den Stellen zusammen- hängenden Anstellungsverhältnisse positiv auf das Privat- leben, vor allem auf die Partnerschaft sowie die Vereinbar- keit von Beruf und Familie, aus. Durch Schaffung von Planungssicherheit und Stabilität wird so ein wichtiger Beitrag zur mentalen Gesundheit des wissenschaftlichen Personals geleistet. Die getroffenen Entscheide machen deutlich, dass man sich am Departement nicht auf althergebrachten Strukturen ausruht. Vielmehr wurde erkannt, dass es sich lohnt, mittels entsprechender administrativer Vorgaben auf sich verän- dernde Rahmenbedingungen im wissenschaftlichen System und, noch viel wichtiger, auf die Bedürfnisse des akademi- schen Personals zu reagieren. Dass solche Schritte eine wichtige Signalwirkung haben und ganz nah am Puls der Zeit sind, zeigt sich auch beim Blick auf andauernde poli- tische Debatten. So steht die vermehrte Nutzung dieses Stellenprofils im Einklang mit den Forderungen nach mehr Festanstellungen im akademischen Bereich, die bspw. im Rahmen der «Petition Academia» aktuell an die politischen Entscheidungsträgerinnen und -träger in der Schweiz herangetragen werden. Alexander Ort 37 Am 1. Februar 2021 wurde das Zentrum für Hausarzt­ medizin und Community Care (ZHAM & CC) gegründet. Im institutionellen Gefüge der Universität und eingebunden in das Departement Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medi­ zin, erfüllt das Zentrum seine Aufgaben nach dem Prinzip grösstmöglicher Eigenverantwortung. Es setzt sich für eine interprofessionelle Gesundheitsversorgung ein, arbeitet disziplinenüber greifend und beforscht unter anderem Bedingungen, die erforderlich sind, damit Menschen mit ihren Krankheiten möglichst wenig an der Teilhabe am gesellschaftlichen Leben eingeschränkt sind. Mit der Zunahme von chronischen Erkrankungen und Mehrfacherkrankungen, die lebenslange Begleitung erfor­ dern, sowie durch den Hausärzte­ und Pflegepersonalmangel sind neue Modelle der Gesundheits versorgung unabdingbar. Das ZHAM & CC antizipiert diese Herausforderungen, indem zukunftsweisende Handlungsmöglichkeiten und Ver­ sorgungsansätze aufgezeigt und gefördert werden. Rebecca Tomaschek macht am Zentrum als Doktorandin die wissenschaftliche Evaluation eines Pilotversuchs, um die NEUES ZENTRUM FÜR HAUSARZTMEDIZIN medizinische Versorgung von querschnittgelähmten Personen in ländlichen Regionen zu verbessern. Durch koordinierte Zusammenarbeit von Spezialisten aus den Schweizer Quer­ schnittzentren und Hausärztinnen aus grösseren ländlichen Praxen soll die Langzeitbetreuung verbessert werden. Toma­ schek konnte für ihr Projekt acht Hausarztpraxen – vor allem aus dem Alpenraum – gewinnen. Sie hat ermittelt, dass die Versorgung durch Wissenstransfer, definierte Überweisungs­ prozesse und Absprache der Rollenverteilung zwischen Haus­ ärzten und Querschnittspezialistinnen verbessert werden kann. Um dies anzugehen, hat die Doktorandin Fortbildungen für die Hausärztinnen sowie Praxisbesuche durch Spezialisten organisiert und Möglichkeiten geschaffen, sich auszutauschen. Rebecca Tomaschek ist zuversichtlich, dass sie einen langfris­ tig positiven Effekt der Massnahmen auf die Gesundheit der Patientinnen und Patienten wird nachweisen können. www.unilu.ch/hausarztmedizin Prof. Dr. Armin Gemperli ist a.o. Professor für Gesundheits- wissenschaften mit Schwerpunkt Rehabilitationsforschung und Co-Leiter des ZHAM & CC. 38 Dank eines Strukturbeitrags vom Kanton Uri und von der Neuen Regionalpolitik (NRP) sowie eines jährlich zugesicher- ten Projektbeitrags der Dätwyler Stiftung konnte das Institut im zweiten Jahr der Pilotphase seine Tätigkeit weiter auswei- ten. Es wurden unterschiedliche Forschungsprojekte ver- folgt, die sich mit Strahlerfunden, die weitaus älter sind als Ötzi, mit transnationalen Stauwerken im Alpenraum, mit den Alpen im mehrsprachigen Schweizer Liedgut oder dem Reduit als literarischer Dystopie bis hin zur Frage nach der Rolle des Alpenstroms in einer dekarbonisierten Zukunft beschäftigen. Im Zentrum standen vor allem Dissertationen, aber auch Arbeiten von Postdocs und Forschungsaufträge von Dritten: so das Dialogprojekt mit Urner Bäuerinnen zu ihrer sozialen Absicherung oder eine erste Kulturinventari- sierung rund um den Gotthard, aber auch Veranstaltungen mit Exkursionen auf Alpweiden und zu Gletschern. Damit konnte das Ziel weiterverfolgt werden, sich mit der For- schung national und international im ganzen Alpenbogen zu positionieren und sich in der Urner Bevölkerung im Hinblick auf die Permanenz ab 2023 verankern. Der Vorstand des Vereins Wissenschaft Uri unter dem Präsidium von Ruth Wipfli Steinegger und unter dem Vizepräsidium von Dr. Ivo Schillig begleitet den Institutionalisierungsprozess mit viel Engagement. Dies, derweil Dr. Romed Aschwanden die Geschäftsführung an der Schnittstelle zwischen Verwaltung und fachlicher Expertise gewährleistet und die Institutslei- tung mit Prof. Dr. Boris Previšić (Direktor, Bild), Prof. Dr. Roland Norer und Prof. Dr. Daniel Speich Chassé tatkräftig Projekte begleitet und aufgleist und damit die Verankerung an der Universität Luzern sichert. www.kulturen-der-alpen.ch Boris Previšić INSTITUT KULTUREN DER ALPEN AN-INSTITUTE Das Institut für Schweizer Wirtschaftspolitik an der Universi- tät Luzern (IWP) freut sich, erstmals im universitären Jahres- bericht über seine Tätigkeit zu informieren. Da sich das IWP erst am 15. Dezember 2021 offiziell der Öffentlichkeit vor- gestellt hat, fällt das eigentliche Berichtsjahr eher kurz aus. Dennoch gibt es bereits einiges zu berichten. Der Name ist Programm: Am zentral am Pilatusplatz in Luzern gelegenen IWP (siehe Bild) wird zur Schweizer Wirtschaftspolitik ge- forscht. Ein Team von jungen Forschenden beschäftigt sich mit aktuellen, gesellschaftsrelevanten Themen. In den drei Bereichen Sozialpolitik, Fiskalpolitik und politische Rahmen- bedingungen wird leidenschaftlich zu diesen Fragen ge- forscht: Wie ungleich ist die Schweiz? Und wie sozial? Woher kommt das Geld für den Staat und wofür gibt er es aus? Was bringen direkte Demokratie und Föderalismus? Wie prägt der Staat die Wirtschaft? Auch der Claim – «Wirtschaftspolitik für alle» – ist Programm: Das IWP will eine Brücke zwischen Wissenschaft und Gesellschaft schlagen. Aus diesem Grund werden Forschungsergebnisse auf verständliche Art und Weise aufbereitet und allen frei zugänglich gemacht. Auf der Website finden sich bereits eine Reihe von leicht verständ- lichen Texten zur realisierten Forschung, ergänzt durch Interviews zu aktuellen wirtschaftspolitischen Herausforde- rungen, und erste Videocasts. Die wissenschaft liche Leitung des IWP liegt in den Händen von Prof. Dr. Christoph A. Schalt- egger (Bild), Ordinarius für Politische Ökonomie. Geschäfts- führer des IWP ist der frühere Feuilletonchef der «Neue Zür- cher Zeitung», Dr. René Scheu. www.iwp.swiss Dr. Thomas M. Studer, Produktionsleiter INSTITUT FÜR SCHWEIZER WIRTSCHAFTSPOLITIK 39 Seit über 20 Jahren erforscht und fördert das Ökumenische Institut Luzern die Gemeinsamkeiten der christlichen Konfes- sionen und ist gleichzeitig dem interreligiösen Dialog verpflichtet. Das vom Kanton Luzern sowie der römisch- katholischen, der evangelisch-reformierten und der christ- katho lischen Landeskirche Luzern gestiftete Institut ist der Theologischen Fakultät angegliedert und wurde bis Mitte 2021 von Prof. Dr. Wolfgang W. Müller geleitet. In all diesen Jahren hat es unter anderem mit akademischen Tagungen sowie mit der einem breiten Publikum bekannten Veranstal- tungsreihe «Forum Ökumene» den ökumenischen Dialog wissenschaftlich sowie praxisbezogen bereichert. In der Schriftenreihe «Ökumenisches Institut Luzern» (Theo logi- scher Verlag Zürich) sind bis heute mehrere Tagungsbände erschienen, und die renommierten Otto-Karrer-Gedenk- vorlesungen (siehe Foto nebenan einer früheren Durch- führung) werden ebenfalls von der Leitung des Instituts verantwortet. Im Mai des Berichtsjahres beendete Wolfgang W. Müller seine fruchtbare Arbeit mit der Tagung «Theologie und Musik: Das Leben Jesu. Theologische und musikalische Interpretationen». Das Ökumenische Institut Luzern wird seit August von Prof. Dr. Nicola Ottiger (Bild), Honorarprofes- sorin für Ökumenische Theologie, geleitet. Auf grosses Interesse gestossen sind 2021 die beiden Veranstaltungen des «Forum Ökumene» gegen Ende des Jahres: zum einen die theologische wie filmwissenschaftliche Reflexion des «Zwing- li»-Filmes von Stefan Haupt mit Dr. Natalie Fritz und Silvan Hohl, Zürich, zum anderen das Forum des Ökume nischen Fördervereins «Von der transformierenden Kraft der Stille. ‹Zwischen Arbeiten und Konsumieren soll Stille sein – und Freude› (Dorothee Sölle)» mit Noa Zenger, Bad Schönbrunn. www.unilu.ch/om Nicola Ottiger ÖKUMENISCHES INSTITUT Bei An-Instituten handelt es sich um organisatorisch unabhängige Einheiten, die eigenständig Reglemente und Vorgaben erlassen können und sollen. Sie werden an der Universität durch Beschluss des Universitätsrats akkreditiert. An-Institute werden von Professorinnen oder Professoren der Universität geleitet und von einer externen Institution getragen. Prof. Dr. Peter G. Kirchschläger, Professor für Theologische Ethik Leiter des Instituts für Sozialethik ISE Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Wie sorgt die Verletzbarkeit der Menschen dafür, dass sie sich für Menschenrechte aussprechen? 42 Die Perspektive nach einem «dramatischen, disruptiven, innovativen» 2020 habe ich an dieser Stelle vor einem Jahr wie folgt zusammengefasst: Die Weiterbildung an der Universität Luzern wünscht sich nicht die Zeit vor der Krise zurück. Sie sehnt die Zeit nach der Pandemie herbei – nicht zwingend dramatisch, doch umso innovativer und im positiven Sinne hoffentlich auch disruptiv. Nun, unser letztjähriger Wunsch ist für 2021 nicht in Erfüllung ge gangen. Die Dramatik ist verschwunden, die Pandemie noch nicht. Das Auf und Ab der Indikatoren, das Kommen und Gehen der Wellen, das Rauf und Runter der Massnahmen. Zuweilen synchron, zuweilen azyklisch. All das liess vielerorts Müdigkeit an die Stelle der Dramatik treten, nicht ungleich dem Schicksal der Long-Covid-Betroffenen, deren Lebens- gefahr zwar gebannt ist, die jedoch unter Müdigkeit und Erschöpfung leiden. Bei der gesunden Mehrheit, die dank Impfungen oder Massnahmen, Glück oder Vorsehung ver- schont blieben, führte die Länge der Massnahmen zu Er- schöpfungsreaktionen. Die Anzahl englischsprachiger Google-Treffer zeugt von der Verbreitung der neuartigen Müdigkeiten. Distance learning fatigue: 2570 Treffer. Home office fatigue: 14 900 Treffer. Zoom fatigue: 822 000 Treffer, davon 2970 alleine auf Google Scholar. Müde neue Welt. Mit diesen Herausforderungen steht die Weiterbildung natürlich nicht alleine dar. Und doch haben uns die Beson- derheiten der Weiterbildung ein weiteres Jahr ganz spezi- fisch gefordert. Im Bestreben, unsere Kundinnen und Kun- den zufriedenzustellen und damit den Fortbestand der Programme zu sichern, wurden neue Formate entwickelt, Preismodelle angepasst, alternative Gewinnungskanäle geöffnet, zusätzliche Marketingaktivitäten getestet. Den Studien- und Programmleitungen gilt es Kränze zu winden für ihren Gestaltungswillen und genauso den administrativen Assistentinnen und Assistenten. Diese haben zahlreiche Anfragen beantwortet, Bedenken geprüft, Ärger gedämpft, Fragen geklärt, Bedürfnisse gestillt und so das Vertrauen in unsere Programme aufrechterhalten. Schliesslich gilt un ser Dank aber auch der Universitätsleitung und mit ihr der AG Corona. Sie haben nicht nur die oft kurzfristigen Anord- nungen aus Bern noch kurzfristiger in ein lesbares Schutz- konzept übersetzt. Sie haben sich ebenso regelmässig auf übergeordneter Stufe, im Verbund mit den übrigen Hoch- schulen, für die Interessen der Weiterbildung eingesetzt und damit mehrfach noch restriktivere Vorgaben verhindert. Unter solchen Umständen ist es eine besondere Freude, dass die Innovationskraft der Weiterbildung nicht nur das Heute bewältigt, sondern auch das Morgen angepackt hat. Die Theologische Fakultät bietet neue Jahressprachkurse und eine Sprachen-«Summer School» an. Die Kultur- und Sozial- wissenschaftliche Fakultät hat ein neues CAS geschaffen, die Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät deren zwei, die Wirt- schaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät gar drei, und das Departe- ment Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin hat den Grundstein für die künftige Verdoppelung ihres Weiterbil- dungsangebots gelegt. Ich beglückwünsche alle, die hinter diesen Initiativen stehen und damit nach vorne blicken. Nicht nur in den Programmen, sondern auch auf Stufe der Weiterbildungsakademie wurde das Jahr genutzt, um an der Zukunft der Weiterbildung an der Universität Luzern zu schaffen. In einem breit abgestützten Vernehmlassungs- verfahren wurden sämtliche Stakeholderinnen und -holder abgeholt, um sowohl die Konzeption als auch die Regularien der Weiter bildung an unserer Universität weiterzuentwi- ckeln. Der Prozess ist weit fortgeschritten und stimmt uns zuversichtlich, im kommenden Jahr die Weiterbildungs- akademie auch formal aus der Taufe zu heben. Damit sind die besten Voraussetzungen dafür geschaffen, dass wir die gestrigen Müdigkeiten bald vergessen und die morgigen Innovationen bald erleben können. www.unilu.ch/weiterbildung Patrick Hofstetter INNOVATIV VORWÄRTS WEITERBILDUNGSAKADEMIE Dr. Patrick Hofstetter, Leiter Weiterbildungsakademie 43 In nur drei Jahren ihres Bestehens hat sich die Graduate Academy bereits zu einer wichtigen, transuniversitären Einrichtung entwickelt. In englischer Sprache geführt und dem Prorektorat Forschung zugeordnet, hat sie zum Ziel, die Zusammenarbeit im Bereich der Nachwuchsförderung mit Partnerinstitutionen in der Schweiz und im Ausland zu fördern. An der Universität nimmt die Academy die Rolle einer Anlaufstelle für die gegenwärtig rund 400 Doktorieren- den und beinahe 70 Postdocs ein. Zu den Angeboten der Graduate Academy zugelassen sind auch Doktorierende der Kooperationspartner in der Schweiz und im nahen Ausland. Die Academy hilft als zentrale universitäre Stelle für Nach- wuchsförderung mit, die akademischen Laufbahnchancen junger Luzerner Wissenschaftlerinnen und Wissenschaftler zu verbessern und die nationale und internationale Sichtbar- keit der Universität zu fördern. Dabei stützt sie sich auf fünf Fördersäulen: Förderung, Beratung, Vernetzung, Mobilität und finanzielle Unterstützung. Bei der Förderung geht es um ein gesamtuniversitäres Angebot von Kursen und Work- shops im Bereich der überfachlichen Kompetenzen. Dieses Generic-Skills-Angebot beinhaltet Veranstaltungen zu Themen wie Zeit- und Projektmanagement, Kommunikati- ons- und Präsentationsfähigkeit, wissenschaftliches Schrei- ben und Selbstmanagement. Vorschläge für anzubietende Themen und Dozierende können per Bottom-up-Prinzip an die Koordinationsstelle gerichtet werden. In puncto Beratung und Vernetzung geht es um eine Bera- tungsstelle, die auf die Bedürfnisse der Doktorierenden zugeschnitten ist, beziehungsweise um Angebote, welche die reale und digitale Vernetzung sowie den wissenschaft lichen Austausch innerhalb der Universität und mit der weiteren Scientific Community fördern. Die Graduate Academy möchte auch geeignete Formate für die Präsentation und Sichtbarmachung der Forschungsleistungen schaffen. Im Berichtsjahr konnte die Academy die ersten Mobilitäts- beiträge für Doktorierende der Universität Luzern sprechen. Mit der Abschaffung der Doc.Mobility-Stipendien des Natio- nalfonds hat die Universität Luzern den Ball aufgenommen und finanziert in Kooperation mit swissuniversities mindes- tens vier Auslandaufenthalte von Doktorierenden pro Jahr. Die Anträge von Bewerberinnen und Bewerbern werden einer eingehenden wissenschaftlichen Evaluierung durch die Forschungskommission unterzogen. Es ist erfreulich, dass trotz der erschwerten Umstände, die wegen der Pandemie das Reisen ins und Forschen im Ausland stark behinderten, die ersten Kandidatinnen und Kandidaten ihre Arbeit an ausländischen Forschungsinstitutionen aufnehmen konnten. Bislang sind rund 45 Kurse und Workshops im Bereich überfachliche Kompetenzen durchgeführt worden, die auf rege Teilnahme stiessen. Die zustande gekommenen Koope- rationen mit internen Akteuren (wie der Mittelbauorganisa- tion MOL und dem Zentrum Lehre) und externen Akteuren (wie dem Swiss Transferable Skills Network und dem Euro- pean University Institute EUI in Florenz) haben zur Etablie- rung eines Netzwerks beigetragen, das ein weitreichendes Interesse am Angebot der Graduate Academy hat. Erwäh- nenswert ist zudem die besonders intensive Kooperation beim von der Università della Svizzera italiana (USI) geleite- ten Programm P-8, das von swissuniversities finanziert wird und in dem die Universität Luzern und die Scuola universita- ria professionale della Svizzera italiana (SUPSI) Partnerinsti- tutionen sind. Mit diesem Programm werden die Digital Skills unserer Forschenden und Lehrenden gefördert, und gerade aufgrund der Aktivitäten des «Lucerne Master in Computa- tional Social Sciences» (LUMACSS) gibt es für das Generic- Skills-Angebot der Graduate Academy wichtige Synergien. Die Academy ist nicht mit der Promotionsordnung, der eigentlichen Promotion oder der Begutachtung von Qualifi- kationsschriften beschäftigt, sondern ausschliesslich mit der Nachwuchsförderung. Die Promotionsverfahrens verbleiben bei den Fakultäten und beim Departement. Das Angebot der versteht sich also als ein Zusatz, der die Doktorierenden auf dem Weg zu ihrem Doktorat respektive in die wissenschaftli- che und ausseruniversitäre Karriere unterstützt. www.unilu.ch/graduateacademy Sarah Kaiser NACHWUCHSFÖRDERUNG IM BLICK GRADUATE ACADEMY Sarah Kaiser, Koordinatorin Graduate Academy Tanja Ivanovic, Anwältin und Notarin, Doktorandin an der Universität Luzern Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Warum missbrauchen Eltern ihre Kinder im Scheidungskampf? 46 MIT NACHBARN WISSENSCHAFTLICH VERBUNDEN UNIVERSITÄTSENTWICKLUNG Forschung und Lehre leben vom persönlichen Engagement, von sorgfältiger und intensiver Arbeit und auch von Koope- ration und Austausch. Seit ihrer Gründung hat die Universität Luzern deshalb ihr Netzwerk stetig erweitert, sodass aktuell mit 140 Universitäten in 39 Ländern Zusammenarbeits- verträge bestehen. Sie erreichen buchstäblich die ganze Welt: Angehörige unserer Universität führen Forschungs- projekte mit Partnerinnen und Partnern auf allen Kontinen- ten durch, und die Studierenden wie auch die Mitarbeiten- den erweitern im Rahmen strukturierter Austausch - programme laufend ihre Erfahrungen. Das bisher Erreichte bestärkt uns im Bestreben, die Kontakte weiter auszubauen. Neue Zusammenarbeitsmöglichkeiten suchen wir aktuell auch vor der eigenen Haustür – bei uns in der Zentral- schweiz. Mehrere Nachbarkantone haben Initiativen ergrif- fen. Sie werden aktiv und übernehmen auch als Nicht-Hoch- schulkantone in der Wissenschaft eine eigenständige Rolle. Dafür haben sie neue Forschungseinrichtungen gegründet oder sind im Begriff, es zu tun. Deren Einbindung in die Welt der Hochschulen ist möglich dank fester Kooperationen. Extern getragene, vertraglich mit einer Universität verbun- dene Institute werden als «An-Institute» bezeichnet. Die Form der Zusammenarbeit hat sich bereits an anderen Orten in der Schweiz bewährt: Das Biotechnologie Institut Thurgau in Kreuzlingen ist mit der Universität Konstanz verbunden, das Zentrum für Demokratie in Aarau mit der Universität Zürich, das Idiap Research Institute in Martigny mit der EPFL, der École polytechnique fédérale de Lausanne. In Luzern besteht seit 1998 das Ökumenische Institut. Ge- meinsam durch die Landeskirchen und den Kanton errichtet, ist es vertraglich mit der Universität verknüpft; die Leitung liegt stets in den Händen einer Person aus dem Professorin- nen- und Professorenkollegium der Theologischen Fakultät. Weitere vergleichbare Verbindungen sind hinzugekommen: 2019 gründete der Kanton Uri in Altdorf das Institut Kulturen der Alpen, 2021 nahm in Luzern das Institut für Schweizer Wirtschaftspolitik den Betrieb auf – beide sind mittlerweile ebenfalls als An-Institute der Universität Luzern konstituiert und werden von Professorinnen und Professoren geleitet (siehe Seiten 38/39). Die Gründungsepoche dauert an: In Vorbereitung ist die Assoziation von mindestens drei weite- ren Forschungseinrichtungen. Feste Zusammenarbeit der beschriebenen Art ist auf gegen- seitigen Nutzen angelegt: Dem Träger des Instituts ermög- licht die Kooperation die Einbindung in etablierte Wissen- schaftsstrukturen. Der Universität eröffnen solche Verbindungen die Chance, Aktivitäten in den eigenen Fach- gebieten zu erweitern und einigen Professuren eine bessere Ausstattung zu verschaffen. Attraktiv sind vorab zusätzliche Möglichkeiten im Bereich der Forschung; denn sie ist das primäre Arbeitsfeld jeder Universität. Um den Anforderun- gen gerecht zu werden und Risiken zu begrenzen, muss ein An-Institut möglichst viele der für eine solche Einrichtung üblichen Charakteristika aufweisen: Es ist auf Dauer errich- tet, von einem Kanton oder wenigstens von einer kantonal beherrschten Trägerschaft kontrolliert und gut ausgestattet. Erforderlich ist auch ein genügendes Mass an Autonomie: Das Institut ist räumlich eigenständig und kann ausserhalb der Universität bestehen. Die Trägerschaft ist in der Lage, die notwendige Infrastruktur bereitzustellen, die Administration selbstständig zu führen und eine professionelle Rechnungs- legung zu garantieren. Mit ersten Kooperationen sind wichtige Grundsteine gelegt: Die Zukunft im Bereich der An-Institute ist vielversprechend – sie haben das Potenzial, zur künftigen Gestalt der Universi- tät einiges beizutragen! Markus Ries Prof. Dr. Markus Ries, Prorektor Universitätsentwicklung (bis 31. Juli 2022), Professor für Kirchengeschichte 47 Im Prorektorat Personal und Professuren war das Thema «Lohn» im Berichtsjahr in mehrfacher Hinsicht prägend. Zu meinem neuen Vokabular, das ich seit meinem Amtsantritt im November 2020 dazugewonnen habe, gehört der Begriff «Lohnlauf». Der Abschluss der Lohnbuchungen und das anschliessende Auslösen der Zahlungen, immer kurz vor dem 25. eines Monats, ist eine besonders anspruchsvolle Zeit für den Personaldienst. Damit alle Mitarbeitenden der Universität die korrekte Zahlung für die geleistete Arbeit erhalten, ist grosse Präzision angebracht, es dürfen keine Fehler passieren. Aber wie wird der «richtige» Lohn denn überhaupt festgesetzt? Wer entscheidet nach welchen Regeln darüber, wer wie viel verdient? Für die meisten festangestellten Mitarbeitenden gelten die Vorgaben des Kantons, die nur wenig Spielraum offenlassen. Das System ist aber nicht einfach durchschaubar, und es ist verständlich, dass immer wieder die Frage im Raum steht, ob die Lohneinreihung gerecht und fair erfolgt. Wie schon im Jahr 2020 hat die Universität im Frühjahr 2021 erneut eine externe Lohngleichheitsanalyse in Auftrag gegeben, und wiederum waren die Ergebnisse sehr erfreulich: Zwischen den Löhnen von Männern und Frauen gibt es keine signi- fikante Differenz. Das bedeutet für uns auch, dass wir ge- mäss Gleichstellungsgesetz von weiteren Überprüfungen nun bis auf Weiteres befreit sind. Die konkrete Festlegung der Löhne der Universitätsange- stellten war das Thema eines Mitarbeitendenanlasses, der schon vor längerer Zeit von der ATOL, der Organisation der Mitarbeitenden des administrativ-technischen Bereichs, angeregt worden war und der im Oktober endlich stattfinden konnte. Die Rückmeldungen haben gezeigt, dass die Trans- parenz und die Klärung des Verfahrens sehr geschätzt wurden. Der Anlass gab zudem Gelegenheit, dass sich die langjährige Ombudsperson der Universität, Dr. Crispin Hugenschmidt, den Mitarbeitenden persönlich vorstellen konnte. Alle Universitätsangehörigen können sich jederzeit für eine Beratung oder Schlichtung an ihn wenden, dies auch (aber nicht nur) bei allfälligen Konfliktsituationen am Arbeitsplatz. Die Neuregelung der Löhne von Lehrbeauftragten ist ein Anliegen, das die Universität seit mehreren Jahren beschäf- tigt. Das bisherige Lohnsystem sieht für Lehrbeauftragte insgesamt 189 (!) verschiedene Lohneinreihungen vor – und die konkrete Einreihung nimmt überdies keine Rücksicht darauf, ob es sich beispielsweise um eine aufwändige ein- malige Vorlesung oder um eine viel weniger anspruchsvolle, mehrfach geführte Übungsveranstaltung handelt. Insbeson- dere für junge Nachwuchsdozierende ist das bisherige System nachteilig. Im Dezember 2021 hat der Universitätsrat neue Richtlinien erlassen, die «ohne Ansehen der Person» grundsätzlich nur noch zwei unterschiedliche Entlöhnungen vorsehen. Diese werden nach Art der Veranstaltung fest- gesetzt. Die Umstellung und Einführung des neuen Systems erfolgt per Herbstsemester 2022. Nicht zu viele, sondern gar keine Vorgaben gab es bisher in Bezug auf die Festlegung von Honoraren für Weiterbildungs- veranstaltungen und Referate bei wissenschaftlichen Tagun- gen. Naturgemäss müssen hier Spielräume gegeben sein, denn es gibt erhebliche Unterschiede nicht nur beim Vor- bereitungsaufwand, sondern auch in Bezug auf das Publi- kum und vergleichbare Veranstaltungen von anderen Uni- versitäten und sonstigen Anbietern. Trotzdem: Eine faire Entschädigung, die sich an sachlichen Kriterien misst, sowie saubere Abläufe bei der Honorarfestsetzung und -abrech- nung müssen gewährleistet sein. Dafür wird künftig eine Richtlinie sorgen, die vom Prorektorat Personal und Profes- suren zusammen mit dem Prorektorat Lehre erarbeitet und im Dezember durch den Universitätsrat erlassen wurde. Auch wenn in Bezug auf Lohn- und Entschädigungssysteme im Jahr 2021 einiges an «Aufräumarbeit» geleistet werden konnte, darf nicht vergessen gehen: Ein fairer Lohn garan- tiert keine Arbeitszufriedenheit. Diese ist ein Thema, dem sich das Prorektorat in den kommenden Jahren vermehrt zuwenden wird. Regina E. Aebi-Müller LÖHNE: FAIR UND TRANSPARENT Prof. Dr. Regina E. Aebi-Müller, Prorektorin Personal und Professuren, Professorin für Privatrecht und Privatrechtsvergleichung PERSONAL UND PROFESSUREN Dr. Anja Feierabend, Oberassistentin und Dozentin am Center für Human Resource Management Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Warum treffen intelligente Menschen dumme Entscheidungen? 50 PANORAMA UMGANG MIT DIVERSITÄT VERBESSERN Chancengleichheit und Gleichstellung sowie der Schutz vor Diskriminierung und sexueller Belästigung sind zentrale Anliegen der Uni- versität Luzern. Alle Studierenden und Mitarbei- tenden sollen ein barriere-, belästigungs- und diskriminierungsfreies Umfeld vorfinden, in dem sie wertgeschätzt werden. Dazu wurde eine Diversity-Strategie verabschiedet; darauf aufbauend hat die Universitätsleitung erste Umsetzungsmassnahmen und Empfehlungen beschlossen und eingeleitet. Die Massnahmen reichen von einer besseren institutionellen Verankerung des Themas über Sensibilisie- rungsmassnahmen und Beratung bis zu Publi- kationen. So ist inzwischen beispielsweise ein Ratgeber zum Thema Elternschaft und Schwan- gerschaft erschienen. www.unilu.ch/diversity NEUE WEITERBILDUNGEN Das Institut für Marketing und Analytics an der Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät bietet, wie im April 2021 kommuniziert wurde, neu fünf Zertifikatslehrgänge in den Bereichen Business und Marketing Analytics, Innovation, Wachstum und Transformation sowie Ökosysteme an. Die Teilnehmenden sollen befähigt werden, Heraus- forderungen der Digitalisierung zu meistern und das volle Wachstums- und Innovations- potenzial ihrer Unternehmen auszuschöpfen. Ebenfalls neu ist das CAS «Diskurskompetenzen für Führungskräfte» an der Kultur- und Sozial- wissenschaftlichen Fakultät. Ziel ist es, Kader- leuten aus Politik, Verwaltung, Bildungswesen und Unternehmen das Rüstzeug in die Hand zu geben, um souverän mit den Herausforderun- gen heutiger Diskurse umzugehen. www.unilu.ch/ima www.diskurskompetenzen.ch MATURAARBEITEN PRÄMIERT Maja Arnold (r.) und Selma Zoronjic haben den Luzerner Religionspreis 2021 gewonnen. Die Absolventinnen der Luzerner Kantonsschule Alpenquai werden für ihre Maturaarbeiten über religiöse Vielfalt ausgezeichnet. Während Maja Arnold einen literarischen Zugang gewählt und die stark persönlich geprägte Erzählung «Nur ein paar Wochen» verfasst hat, setzt sich Selma Zoronjic mit der Frage auseinander, was Schweizerinnen mit christlichem Hintergrund dazu bewegt, zum Islam zu konvertieren. Mit dem erstmals 2006 ausgeschriebenen Luzerner Religionspreis würdigen die Theologische Fakultät sowie das Religionswissenschaftliche Seminar der Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaft- lichen Fakultät herausragende Maturaarbeiten im Bereich Religion und Ethik. www.unilu.ch/religionspreis 8. April 20. April 1. Juni 51 «BIG DATA»-FORSCHUNG Im Rahmen des Nationalen Forschungs- programms «Big Data» (NFP 75) wurden an der Universität Luzern 2021 zwei mit insgesamt rund 1,2 Millionen Franken dotierte Forschungs- projekte abgeschlossen: dasjenige von Prof. Dr. Mira Burri (Internationales Wirtschafts- und Internetrecht) und dasjenige von Prof. Dr. Mira Burri (Soziologie; siehe auch Beitrag Seiten 22–24). In den NFP werden Studien durch- geführt, die einen Beitrag zur Lösung wichtiger Gegenwartsprobleme leisten; die Themen wählt der Bundesrat aus. Im Herbst wurde zudem bekannt, dass mit Dr. Nadir Weber und Dr. des. Sarine Waltenspül zwei Forschende die Univer- sität Luzern als Institution ausgesucht haben, um hier ihr «Eccellenza»- und ihr «Ambizi - one»-Projekt – beides Karriereförderungen durch den Schweizerischen Nationalfonds – durchzuführen. ZUM EHRENDOKTOR ERNANNT Prof. Dr. Roland Norer (Bild), Ordinarius für Öffentliches Recht und Recht des ländlichen Raums, ist von der ungarischen Universität Miskolc mit dem Ehrendoktortitel ausgezeich- net worden. Dies für seine Verdienste als einer der führenden Rechtswissenschaftler im euro- päischen Agrarrecht, für seine Arbeit als Gene- raldelegierter des Europäischen Agrarrechts- kongresses (CEDR) und für seine Förderung und Unterstützung des Fachbereichs Agrar- recht in Miskolc. Prof. Dr. Martin Hartmann, Ordinarius für Philosophie mit Schwerpunkt Praktische Philosophie, durfte sich über die Wahl von «Vertrauen. Die unsichtbare Macht» zum Wissenschaftsbuch des Jahres in der Sparte «Medizin & Biologie» freuen. Verleiher des Preises ist das österreichische Bundes- ministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. ÜBER 70 MEDIZINSTUDIERENDE Im Herbstsemester 2021 hat die zweite Kohorte den «Joint Medical Master» begonnen. Ins- gesamt sind nun 72 Masterstudierende der Humanmedizin an der Universität Luzern immatrikuliert; die ersten Abschlüsse werden im Sommer 2023 stattfinden. Einen Höhepunkt im Ausbildungsprogramm 2021 stellte der Naht-/Spritzenkurs dar, der im Frühjahrssemes- ter in Zusammenarbeit mit dem Bildungs- zentrum XUND angeboten wurde. In der inter- professionellen Lehrveranstaltung lernten die Studierenden gemeinsam mit Pflegefachkräf- ten verschiedene Injektions- und Nahttechni- ken, Blutentnahmen und die Grundlagen der Wundversorgung (Bild). Nach dem erfolgrei- chen Pilotprojekt wird der Kurs nun jährlich angeboten und bereitet die Studierenden auf ihre Tätigkeit als Unterassistierende im Wahl- studienjahr vor. www.unilu.ch/medizin 31. August 7. September 20. September 52 PANORAMA MENSA MIT NEUER BETREIBERIN Für das leibliche Wohl im Uni/PH-Gebäude sorgt seit dem Herbstsemester 2021 neu die Genossenschaft ZFV-Unternehmungen (ZFV). Der Mensa-Betrieb wurde ausgeschrieben, nachdem die vormalige Betreiberin nach rund neun Jahren ihren Vertrag gekündigt hatte. Zum Entscheid für das Zürcher Unternehmen hat unter anderem der starke Fokus der ZFV auf Nachhaltigkeit, Regionalität und Saisonalität geführt. Seitens Politik und Medien sorgte das Konzept, künftig auf ein in erster Linie vegan-vegetarisches Angebot zu setzen, für viel Aufmerksamkeit. Wie die Ergebnisse einer ersten Umfrage mit 602 Beteiligten im Novem- ber zeigten, sind die Mensa-Nutzenden mit der Qualität, dem Preis-/Leistungsverhältnis und dem vegetarisch-veganen Angebot mehrheit- lich zufrieden bis sehr zufrieden. JUDAISTIK: DOPPELTES JUBILÄUM 1971 wurde in Luzern erstmals Judaistik gelehrt. Die an der Theologischen Fakultät angesiedelte Professur war – nach der Einführung des Fa- ches in Berlin 1964 und in Wien 1966 – ein Schweizer Novum. Zehn Jahre später wurde das Institut für Jüdisch-Christliche Forschung (IJCF) gegründet, das sich mit dem akademischen Engagement zur Erforschung und Verbesse- rung der jüdisch-christlichen Beziehungen international einen Namen gemacht hat. 50 und 40 Jahre: Anlässlich der beiden Jubiläen blickte Ehren-Alumnus Kardinal Kurt Koch in seinem Festvortrag auf die Geschichte des jüdisch- christlichen Dialogs zurück und verwies auf dessen bleibende Wichtigkeit. Ein drittes Jubiläum feierte schliesslich Prof. Dr. Verena Lenzen – sie hat den Lehrstuhl für Judaistik seit 20 Jahren inne (siehe auch Seiten 18–20). INSTITUTIONELLE AKKREDITIERUNG Der Schweizerische Akkreditierungsrat hat der Universität Luzern die institutionelle Akkreditie- rung gemäss Hochschulförderungs- und -koor- dinationsgesetz (HFKG) erteilt. Dies nach einem mehrstufigen Prüfverfahren, das sämtliche Schweizer Hochschulen durchlaufen. Ziel ist es, sicherzustellen, dass diese über angemessene eigene Qualitätssicherungssysteme verfügen. Die Gutachtergruppe zeichnet das Profil einer «sehr persönlichen Universität». Es sei ein hohes Qualitätsbewusstsein vorhanden, vielfach fehle es aber an ausformulierten Strategien. Der positive Entscheid ist entsprechend mit Aufla- gen verbunden. Dies in den Bereichen Quali- tätssicherung, Nachhaltigkeit, Chancengleich- heit und Evaluierung der Forschung. Die Projekte zur Umsetzung waren bereits im Sommer 2021 gestartet worden. 20. September 5. Oktober 18. November 53 START DER «PRESIDENTIAL LECTURES» Mit einem Vortrag des Philosophen, Publizisten und Autors Richard David Precht fiel der Start- schuss zur neuen Veranstaltungsreihe «Presi- dential Lectures». Diese wird von der Universi- tätsstiftung und der Universität gemeinsam einmal pro Semester durchgeführt und bietet eine Plattform des Austausches zwischen Wissenschaft und Gesellschaft. In seinem Vortrag «Wissen schaffen durch Wissenschaft. Orientierungshilfe für die globalisierte Gesell- schaft» beleuchtete Precht die Rolle der Wis- senschaften und ging der Frage nach, was die - se sind und leisten können. Ein besonderes Augenmerk galt der Frage, inwiefern sie in der von Corona geprägten Zeit eine Orientierungs- hilfe seien. Zudem setzte er sich mit der Skepsis auseinander, welche den Wissenschaften zuweilen entgegenschlägt. WINTERUNIVERSIADE ABGESAGT Nach langer, intensiver Vorbereitung musste die Winteruniversiade auf der Zielgeraden abge- sagt werden – dies wegen Unwägbarkeiten im Zusammenhang mit der Corona-Pandemie. Der internationale Grossanlass hätte vom 11. bis 21. Dezember in der Zentralschweiz und in Graubünden stattfinden sollen. Das Uni/PH-Ge- bäude war als Hauptquartier vorgesehen, und die Universität engagierte sich als einer der akademischen Partner. Von ihr mitorganisiert, hätte am 13./14. Dezember die Weltkonferenz des internationalen Hochschulsportverbandes FISU durchgeführt werden sollen, und zwar zum Thema «Herausforderungen und Chancen des Sports in der modernen Gesellschaft». Nach der Absage der Winteruniversiade wurden drei der Hauptvorträge digital als öffentliche Webinare durchgeführt. WAHL NEUER PROREKTOR Prof. Dr. Bernhard Rütsche (Bild), Professor für Öffentliches Recht und Rechtsphilosophie, ist im Dezember auf den 1. August 2022 hin zum Prorektor Universitätsentwicklung und stell- vertretenden Rektor gewählt worden. Er wird auf Prof. Dr. Markus Ries folgen. Dekan der Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät ist seit Februar 2022 Prof. Dr. Simon Lüchinger; dies als Nachfolger von Prof. Dr. Christoph A. Schalteg- ger. Für eine weitere Amtsperiode sind die Dekane Prof. Dr. Robert Vorholt (Theologische Fakultät), Prof. Dr. Martin Hartmann (Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultät) und Prof. Dr. Andreas Eicker (Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät) gewählt worden. Im Mai 2021 hat Doris Schmidli, Verwaltungsdirektorin ad interim, ihr Amt als Universitätsmanagerin angetreten. 26. November 29. November 17. Dezember Richard David Precht mit Moderatorin Katja Stauber und Rektor Bruno Stafelbach (v. l.) 54 PANORAMA Nach dem ersten Pandemiejahr war der Uni- versitätsbetrieb in Lehre, Forschung und Ver- waltung auch im Berichtsjahr massgeblich von Corona beeinflusst. Die Situation verlangte nach wie vor von allen Angehörigen viel Flexibilität und Geduld, auch wenn sich in vielen Bereichen neue Abläufe gut eingespielt hatten. Sowohl die Studierenden als auch die Mitarbeitenden wurden routinierter im Umgang mit den He- rausforderungen, die sich durch die Hand- habung der digitalen Tools und die sich stetig wandelnden Massnahmen stellten. Im Frühjahrsemester 2021 fanden die regulären Lehrveranstaltungen ausschliesslich digital statt, auch die Prüfungen wurden digital durch- geführt. Das Herbstsemester konnte im Prä- senzmodus beginnen. Es wurde ein Zertifikat benötigt; zwecks Chancengleichheit übernahm die Universität für Studierende über mehrere Wochen hinweg die Testkosten. Im Monat Dezember wurde aufgrund der Einquartierung der Winteruniversiade auf digitale Lehre umgestellt; es blieb auch nach deren kurzfristi- ger Absage aufgrund der ungünstigen epide- miologischen Entwicklung bei diesem Ent- scheid. Seit der bundesrätlichen Aufhebung aller Massnahmen im Frühling 2022 ist der Universitätsbetrieb – bis dato – kaum mehr von Corona tangiert; bei den regulären Lehrveran- staltungen wurde das digitale Ersatzangebot bis zum Ende des Frühjahrssemesters weiter- geführt. Als Leitprinzip gilt weiterhin die gegen- seitige Rücksichtnahme. CORONA ALS FORSCHUNGSOBJEKT Mit Aspekten der Pandemie beschäftigten und beschäftigen sich diverse Forschende, etwa Prof. Dr. Gisela Michel und Prof. Dr. Reto Babst im Rahmen des Luzerner Teils der nationalen «Corona Immunitas»-Studie. Dieser wurde vom universitären Departement Gesundheitswissen- schaften und Medizin in Zusammenarbeit mit dem Luzerner Kantonsspital (LUKS) durch- geführt. Zum einen erhob das Team, wie viele Personen im Kanton zu welchem Zeitpunkt Antikörper gegen das Corona aufwiesen. Zum anderen wurden mittels Befragungen die Auswirkungen auf die mentale Gesundheit untersucht. Ebenfalls unterstützte beispielswei- se Prof. Dr. Sara Rubinelli vom Departement die Weltgesundheitsorganisation WHO bei einem Projekt zur Eindämmung der parallel zur Pande- mie verlaufenden «Infodemie» – also der kaum noch überschaubaren Flut an teils widersprüch- lichen Informationen rund um das Coronavirus. www.unilu.ch/safecorona Universitätsbetrieb in Zeiten der Pandemie 55 Am Dies Academicus 2021 (siehe nachfolgende Seite) hat Rektor Bruno Staffelbach Einblick in die Pläne der Universität gegeben. Das Ziel: in zehn Jahren zu einer der führenden humanwis- senschaftlichen Universitäten Europas zu gehören. In seiner Rede skizzierte der Rektor nicht nur diese Vision, sondern auch die drei dazu notwendigen Entwicklungsschritte (die das Motto und das Kapitelbilder-Thema dieses Berichts darstellen, siehe auch Seite 2). Ein erster zentraler Baustein ist die Gründung einer Fakultät für Verhaltenswissenschaften und Psychologie. Die Verhaltenswissenschaften bilden eine Klammer, die alle Fakultäten verbin- det. In der Psychologie sind Vertiefungen in Rechtspsychologie, in Kinder- und Jugend- psychologie sowie in Gesundheits- und Reha- bilitationspsychologie geplant. Zur Finanzie- rung liegen verschiedene Zusagen von Philanthropinnen und Philanthropen vor. Für die Gründung der neuen Fakultät braucht es eine Änderung des Universitätsgesetzes. Die Ver- nehmlassung ist im März 2022 zu Ende gegan- gen. Die Vorlage wird gegenwärtig angepasst und anschliessend dem Kantonsrat unterbrei- tet. Vorgesehen ist auch die Umwandlung des heutigen Departements Gesundheitswissen- schaften und Medizin in eine Fakultät. Die Regierung begrüsst die beiden neuen Fakultä- ten, leisteten diese doch einen Beitrag, um vom Arbeitsmarkt nachgefragte Fachkräfte aus- zubilden. Das Fächerspektrum könne damit ergänzt, gestärkt und abgerundet werden. Zudem würde das geschärfte Profil die Uni- versität für Studierende attraktiver machen. Die Änderungen sollen auf den 1. Februar 2023 hin in Kraft treten. Ein zweiter Baustein ist die Gründung der Initiative für Funktionsfähigkeit, Gesundheit und Wohlbefinden. An dieser beteiligen sich alle Fakultäten und bringen ihre jeweilige Expertise ein. Im Zentrum steht das Anliegen, zuhanden der Weltgesundheitsorganisation (WHO) Standards für die Funktionsfähigkeit, die Gesundheit und das Wohlbefinden bei akuten und chronischen Krankheiten, nach einer Verletzung und im Alter zu bestimmen. Der dritte Baustein schliesslich ist die Gründung des Zentrums für digitale Innovation. Hier im Fokus: Online-Märkte, «Big Data» und künstliche Intelligenz, die persönliche Lebensbereiche, aber auch Politik, Wirtschaft und Wissenschaft fundamental verändern. Bruno Staffelbach: «Mit all diesen drei Entwicklungsschritten tragen wir dazu bei, den Fachkräftemangel in kritischen Branchen zu reduzieren, die Standortattraktivi- tät von Luzern und der Zentralschweiz zu steigern und das Profil der Universität zu stärken.» www.unilu.ch/moving Fokussiert in die Zukunft 56 PANORAMA Die Universität hat am 4. November ihren Dies Academicus gefeiert. Mit Bundesrat Ignazio Cassis durfte am akademischen Feiertag ein prominenter Festredner begrüsst werden. Der Vizepräsident des Bundesrates und Vorsteher des Eidgenössischen Departements für aus- wärtige Angelegenheiten (EDA) ging in seiner Ansprache auf die Verbindung von Wissen- schaft und Innovation mit der Diplomatie ein: «Konkret versuchen wir, die möglichen Entwick- lungen der wissenschaftlichen Forschung und der technologischen Erneuerungen zu anti- zipieren und zur öffentlichen Diskussion zu stellen, damit die besten Entscheide getroffen werden – im Dienst jedes Menschen.» ORT DES DISKURSES Rektor Bruno Staffelbach und Regierungsrat Marcel Schwerzmann, Bildungsdirektor und Präsident des Universitätsrats, zeigten in ihren Reden die nächsten Entwicklungsschritte der Universität auf (siehe vorangehende Seite). Als Gastkanton war diesmal Zug eingeladen, re- präsentiert durch Bildungsdirektor Stephan Schleiss. Dieser verwies in seiner Grussbot- schaft auf die Bedeutung von Universitäten als Ort von Rede und Gegenrede – und bescheinig- te der Universität Luzern, ein solcher zu sein: «Kurze Wege sind in Politik und Wirtschaft ein Segen, beim Denken sind sie ein Graus», brach- te der Regierungsrat seine Überlegungen auf den Punkt. Bei den anschliessenden Ehrungen und Aus- zeichnungen erhielten Prof. Dr. Susannah Heschel, Prof. Dr. Mualla Selçuk, Dr. Heidi Witzig, Prof. Dr. Ursula Cassani, Prof. em. Dr. Hans-Werner Sinn sowie Prof. Charles P. Fried- man die Ehrendoktorwürde. Der «Credit Suisse Award for best Teaching» ging an Dr. Cyrill Mamin. Der Universitätsverein verlieh seine Dissertationspreise an Dr. Sabine Baggenstos, Dr. des. Anne Beutter, Dr. Silvan Schenkel und Dr. Christian Frey. Mit dem von der ALUMNI Organisation vergebenen Preis «Alumna des Jahres» und «Alumnus des Jahres» wurden Michèle Bucher, Stadtschreiberin von Luzern, und Michael Rauchenstein, SRF-Auslandkorre- spondent in Brüssel, aus gezeichnet. Mit Aaron Butler, Eric Franklin, Monika Plozza, Rino Heim und Yael Rachamin präsentierten Doktorieren- de ihre Forschungsprojekte. Für die musika- lische Rahmung des Anlasses sorgten das Alphorntrio Imlig und das Kammerensemble des Campus-Orchesters unter der Leitung von Michael Köck. www.unilu.ch/dies Akademischer Feiertag Die Ehrendoktorinnen und -doktoren (v. l.): Hans-Werner Sinn, Heidi Witzig, Mualla Selçuk, Ursula Cassani, Susannah Heschel und Prof. Charles P. Friedman. Bundesrat Ignazio Cassis 57 Aus aktuellem Anlass «Die Universität Luzern ist bestürzt über den Angriff Russlands auf die Ukraine und verurteilt diese massive Verletzung des Völkerrechts aufs Schärfste. Sie unterstützt vollumfänglich die Erklärung von swissuniversities, der Dach- organisation der Schweizer Hochschulen, sowie diejenigen ihrer Partnerinstitutionen und Netz- werke. Die Universität Luzern bekundet ihre Solidarität mit der Bevölkerung in der Ukraine und mit den ukrainischen Universitäten. Sie appelliert an alle zuständigen Stellen in der Schweiz, sich für die Beendigung dieser in Europa einmaligen Missachtung völkerrecht- licher Garantien und für die betroffenen Men- schen einzusetzen.» Dieses Statement hat die Universität Luzern am 2. März 2022 publiziert. Man werde sein Mög- lichstes tun, um Lehrenden, Forschenden und Studierenden von ukrainischen Hochschulen beizustehen. «Ukrainische Studierende und Forschende an der Universität Luzern können auf die Unterstützung der Universität zählen. Russischen Studierenden und Forschenden, die unverschuldet in diese Situation geraten sind, bietet die Universität ebenfalls ihre Hilfe an.» ERLEICHTERTE AUFNAHME Wie hat sich die Situation inzwischen – Stand: Drucklegung des Jahresberichts Mitte Mai – entwickelt? Laufend treffen beim International Relations Office (IRO), das als Anlaufstelle fungiert, Anfragen von Personen aus der Ukrai- ne ein, die ihr Studium oder ihre Forschung in Luzern fortsetzen möchten. In jedem Fall wird geprüft, was für eine Unterstützung möglich ist. Es gilt ein erleichtertes Aufnahmeverfahren für Personen mit dem «Schutzstatus S» als Gast- studierende. Für diese entfallen etwa der an- sonsten notwendige Nachweis von genügenden Deutsch kenntnissen, und sie müssen keine Studiengebühren bezahlen. Weiter können die Gaststudierenden von Stipendien, speziellen Deutsch-Intensivkursen und Aktivitäten zur sozialen Integration Gebrauch machen. Seit Beginn des Krieges war es auf diese Weise möglich, acht Personen aus der Ukraine auf - zunehmen, die somit ihr Studium bzw. ihre Forschungstätigkeit in Luzern fortsetzen kön- nen. Eine Person erfüllte die regulären Aufnah- mebedingen zum Studium schon vor Kriegs- ausbruch, sechs wurden als Gaststudierende und eine als «Visiting Researcher» akzeptiert. Ausserdem halten sich zwei Mobilitätsstuden- tinnen aus der Ukraine an der Universität auf. www.unilu.ch/ukraine Solidarität mit der Ukraine Prof. Dr. Gisela Michel, Professorin für Gesundheits- und Sozialverhalten Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Wieso kümmern wir uns erst um unsere Gesundheit, wenn wir krank werden? 60 JAHRESRECHNUNG FACTS AND FIGURES Die Universität Luzern ist eine konsolidierte Tochtergesell- schaft des Kantons Luzern. Im Aufgaben- und Finanzplan (AFP) 2021–2024 musste für das Jahr 2021 aufgrund des strukturellen Defizits ein Aufwandüberschuss von 0,8 Mio. Franken budgetiert werden. Im Rechnungsjahr 2021 konnten die budgetierten Erträge, die durch die Anzahl Studierender und Projekte generiert werden, mehrheitlich erreicht werden. Das zweite Pandemiejahr in Folge führte wie auch im Vorjahr zu Minderausgaben. Durch weitere Anstrengungen und das konsequente Einhalten der Globalbudgets fällt das Ergebnis besser aus als budgetiert. Der Jahresabschluss schliesst mit einem Aufwandüberschuss von 215 069 Franken ab. In den nicht ausgeschöpften Sachmitteln sowie auch im tiefer ausfallenden Gebäudeunterhalt zeigen sich die Aus- wirkungen von Homeoffice und digitaler Lehre. Mehrausga- ben gab es im Gegenzug im Rahmen des weiteren Ausbaus der IT-Infrastruktur. Der Personalaufwand weist gegenüber dem Vorjahr wieder- um einen Anstieg aus. Dies ist einerseits auf neue drittmittelfinanzierte Projekte, andererseits auf den Ausbau des Departements Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin zurückzuführen. Beide Bereiche werden durch Drittmittel und Studierendeneinnahmen finanziert. Der Globalbeitrag des Kantons konnte wie budgetiert mit 13,75 Mio. Franken vereinnahmt werden. Die vereinnahmten Drittmittel sind gegenüber dem Vorjahr insgesamt leicht rückläufig und belaufen sich auf 9,8 Mio. Franken. Die Bundesbeiträge verbleiben dennoch auf hohem Niveau aufgrund höherer Studierendenzahlen sowie der durch Forschung generierten Einnahmen. Das Eigenkapital der Universität Luzern beläuft sich per Jahresende auf 5,3 Mio. Franken. Weitere Details sind im Eigenkapitalnachweis ersichtlich. Die vollständige Swiss-GAAP-FER-Jahresrechnung und der Revisionsstellenbericht sind abrufbar unter www.unilu.ch/rechnung Bilanz per 31. Dezember 2021 Aktiven in CHF Passiven in CHF Flüssige Mittel 11 096 404 Verbindlichkeiten 2 617 294 Forderungen 2 654 158 Andere kurzfristige Verbindlichkeiten 345 083 Andere kurzfristige Forderungen 5 509 855 Passive Rechnungsabgrenzungen 10 386 432 Aktive Rechnungsabgrenzungen 387 260 Kurzfristiges Fremdkapital 13 348 808 Umlaufvermögen 19 647 677 Zweckgebundene Fonds 1 893 926 Langfristige Rückstellungen 538 000 Sachanlagen 954 500 Immaterielle Werte 477 700 Langfristiges Fremdkapital 2 431 926 Anlagevermögen 1 432 200 Freie Reserven 2 658 266 Personalhilfsfonds 164 359 Neubewertungsreserve 2 691 587 Jahresergebnis - 215 069 Eigenkapital 5 299 143 Total Aktiven 21 079 877 Total Passiven 21 079 877 61 Erfolgsrechnung 2021 in % 2020 in % Abweichung Erträge aus Lieferungen und Leistungen * 9 266 466 13.0% 8 735 604 12.9% 530 862 Beiträge Bund 1 14 495 142 20.3% 14 182 921 20.9% 312 221 IUV-Beiträge Kantone 2 16 654 953 23.3% 14 842 302 21.9% 1 812 651 Beitrag Kanton Luzern 3 21 074 850 29.5% 19 908 500 29.3% 1 166 350 Beiträge Dritter 4 9 860 908 13.8% 10 203 584 15.0% - 342 676 Betriebsertrag 71 352 319 100.0% 67 872 911 100.0% 3 479 408 Personalaufwand - 52 782 945 74.3% - 51 466 689 75.2% 1 316 256 Personalentschädigung ZHB - 2 622 976 3.7% - 2 568 592 3.8% - 54 384 Sachaufwand - 15 662 383 22.0% - 14 356 578 21.0% - 1 305 805 Betriebsaufwand (ohne Abschreibungen) - 71 068 303 100.0% - 68 391 859 100.0% - 2 676 444 Betriebsgewinn vor Abschreibungen 284 016 - 518 948 802 964 Abschreibungen auf Sachanlagen - 484 000 70.2% - 378 725 69.9% - 105 275 Abschreibungen auf immateriellen Anlagen - 205 741 29.8% - 163 349 30.1% - 42 392 Abschreibungen - 689 741 100.0% - 542 074 100.0% - 147 667 Betriebsergebnis - 405 725 - 1 061 022 655 297 Finanzertrag 7 256 15 728 - 8 472 Finanzaufwand - 16 600 - 4 512 - 12 088 Finanzergebnis - 9 344 11 216 - 20 560 Zuweisung Fonds 0 0 0 Entnahme Fonds 200 000 180 000 20 000 Fondsergebnis 200 000 180 000 20 000 Jahresergebnis - 215 069 - 869 805 654 736 Mittelherkunft Universität Luzern 2021 in % 2020 in % Abweichung Universität Studien-/Examengebühren 6 116 633 8.5 6 081 766 8.9 34 867 übrige Einnahmen (Dienstleistungen etc.) 3 157 089 4.4 2 669 566 3.9 487 524 Kanton Luzern Globalbeitrag 13 750 000 19.2 13 181 000 19.4 569 000 Bund/Kantone IUV-Äquivalent 7 324 850 10.2 6 727 500 9.9 597 350 IUV-Beiträge Kantone 16 654 953 23.3 14 842 302 21.8 1 812 650 Grundbeitrag Bund 13 689 258 19.1 12 760 711 18.7 928 547 Subventions- und Projektbeiträge SBFI ⁵ 805 885 1.1 1 422 210 2.1 - 616 325 Forschungsbeiträge SNF 6 5 173 136 7.2 5 200 455 7.6 - 27 319 Stiftungen/Vereine/Private Universitätsstiftung 1 657 868 2.3 1 969 786 2.9 - 311 918 kirchliche Beiträge 360 615 0.5 358 697 0.5 1 918 übrige Stiftungen/Vereine/Private 2 669 289 3.7 2 674 647 3.9 - 5 358 Entnahme Fonds 200 000 180 000 20 000 Total Mittelherkunft 71 559 575 100 68 068 640 100 3 490 936 * ab 2020 ohne HSCL und STAAK 1 Grundbeiträge gemäss HFKG sowie Projektbeiträge des SBFI 2 IUV, Interkantonale Universitätsvereinbarung: regelt die interkantonalen Beiträge inkl. IUV Äquivalente vom Kanton Luzern 3 Kostenabgeltungspauschale des Kantons Luzern an die Universität 4 Beiträge an Forschung und Projekte des SNF, von Stiftungen, kirchlichen und privaten Institutionen 5 SBFI, Staatssekretariat für Bildung, Forschung und Innovation 6 SNF, Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der wissenschaftlichen Forschung 62 ENTSCHÄDIGUNGEN FACTS AND FIGURES Der Universitätsrat ist das strategische Steuerungs- und Aufsichtsorgan der Universität (siehe Seite 9). Er tagt in der Regel viermal pro Jahr. Die Bildungs- und Kulturdirektorin respektive der Bildungs- und Kulturdirektor des Kantons Luzern ist von Amtes wegen Mitglied und erhält dafür keine Entschädigung. Die Universitätsleitung bestand 2020 aus dem Rektor, zwei Prorektorinnen und zwei Prorektoren sowie der Universitäts - managerin. Rektorat und Prorektorat sind Zusatzfunktionen, welche Professorinnen und Professoren übernehmen. Für diese Ämter werden sie zu 75 respektive 20 Prozent (Rekto- rat/Prorektorat) von ihren Aufgaben als Professorinnen bzw. Professoren freigestellt. Die Angaben zur Vergütung für die Universitätsleitung enthalten den Aufwand für diese Zusatz- funktionen. Rektorin/Rektor und Prorektorinnen/Prorektoren erhalten für das Amt zudem eine Funktionszulage. Universitätsrat Präsident Universitätsleitung davon Rektor Bruttolohn gemäss Lohnausweis (CHF) 40 000 – 490 815 160 338 Personen (Pensen in % VZÄ) 8 1 255 75 Durchschnittlicher Lohn (CHF) 5000 – 192 477 Funktionszulagen Rektor, Prorektoren (CHF) 71 000 25 000 Total 40 000 – 561 815 185 338 DONATIONEN Mit Drittmitteln von Förderinstitutionen, Stiftungen und Privaten war auch 2021 eine vielfältige Förderung von Pro- jekten in Forschung, Lehre und Universitätsentwicklung sowie des wissenschaftlichen Nachwuchses möglich. Mit- arbeitende und Studierende danken für dieses weitsichtige, zukunftsgerichtete Engagement diverser Personen und Institutionen, das die Universität voranbringt und der All- gemeinheit zugutekommt. In der nebenan abgedruckten Übersicht ist die Herkunft von Donationen offengelegt. Dies, soweit Vergabungen nicht mit der Auflage «ohne Namensnennung» erfolgt sind; eine gesetz- liche Pflicht besteht lediglich für Donationen, die eine halbe Million Franken übersteigen. Die Universität stellt die Un- abhängigkeit von Forschung und Lehre sicher: Weder auf Personalentscheidungen noch auf die wissenschaftliche Arbeit nehmen Donatorinnen und Donatoren Einfluss. Zahlungen des Schweizerischen Nationalfonds zur Förde- rung der wissenschaftlichen Forschung (SNF) und der Bundesagentur für Innovationsförderung Innosuisse sind in der Jahresrechnung (vorangehende Doppelseite) dargestellt und werden nicht als Donationen ausgewiesen. 63 Name der Donatorin / des Donators Betrag 2021 Gesamtbetrag Zweck (alphabetisch) (in CHF) und Dauer (in CHF) Donationen ab CHF 10 000 Bistum Basel, Kirchenopfer (Bischöfliches Ordinariat Solothurn) 70 404 Bildungsbeitrag Theologische Fakultät Bischöfliche Kanzlei 23 963 Bildungsbeitrag Theologische Fakultät Bistum St. Gallen, Kirchenopfer 20 964 Bildungsbeitrag Theologische Fakultät CSS Kranken-Versicherung AG 27 780 250 000 (2018–2026) Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät / Titularprofessur Versicherungsökonomie Daniel Gablinger Stiftung 60 000 Institut für Jüdisch-Christliche Forschung Fondazione Reginaldus 44 000 Stipendien für Studierende des Masters «Philosophy and Religions» Gebert Rüf Stiftung 18 235 240 000 (2018–2021) Vermittlungsprojekt «Swiss Sports History goes Public» Martin Haefner 75 000 450 000 (2018–2024) Habilitandenstelle «Ethik der Digitalisierung» Krebsforschung Schweiz 118 400 Forschungsprojekt «Bereavement Care. Needs, Desires and psychosocial Outcomes in bereaved Parents who lost their Child to Cancer. Palliative and End-of-Life Care in Paediatric Oncology» Krebsliga Zentralschweiz 25 000 100 000 (2019–2022) Forschungsprojekt «Krebs im Jugend- und jungen Erwachsenenalter» Now Foundation 30 000 Projekt «Nachhaltigkeit / Regulierungsfolgenabschätzung» Palatin-Stiftung 50 000 160 000 (2020–2022) Forschungsprojekt «Krebs im Jugend- und jungen Erwachsenenalter» P&K Pühringer Gemeinnützige Stiftung 62 000 620 000 (2016–2021) Aufbau Wirtschaftwissenschaftliche Fakultät Römisch-katholische Landeskirche Kanton Luzern 150 000 Professuren Theologische Fakultät Römisch-katholische Zentralkonferenz (RKZ) 127 000 Arbeitshilfe zur Liturgiegestaltung, Fachstelle Katechese, Staatskirchenrecht Römisch-katholische Zentralkonferenz (RKZ) 233 500 Religionspädagogisches Institut Schweizerische Paraplegiker-Stiftung 450 000 Stiftungsprofessur und Mitarbeitende in Gesundheits- wissenschaften und Gesundheitspolitik Sportmuseum Schweiz 35 000 Dokumentation und Erforschung der Geschichte des ehemaligen Sportmuseums Stiftung Mercator Schweiz 50 000 Lucerne Summer University: Ethics in a Global Context (LSUE) Suva 20 000 120 000 (2017–2022) Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät / Titularprofessur Velux Stiftung 308 000 Professuren «Rehabilitation and Healthy Ageing» Verein wemakeit.ch 18 090 Weiterführung Vermittlungsprogramm «Swiss Sports History» Verein St. Charles Society 10 000 «Science to public»-Veranstaltungen und Forschungs- projekte des Zentrums für Religion, Wirtschaft und Politik (ZRWP) Total 2 027 335 Donationenliste 64 FACTS AND FIGURES Donationen ohne Namensnennungen Donation einer gemeinnützigen Stiftung 60 000 360 000 (2020–2023) Ständige Gastprofessur im Corporate Management und Wirtschaftsrecht, Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät Donation einer gemeinnützigen Stiftung 328 000 Lucerne Graduate School in Ethics (LGSE) Donation einer gemeinnützigen Stiftung 26 000 Stipendienfonds für Personen mit Fluchterfahrung Donation einer gemeinnützigen Stiftung 30 000 120 000 (2018–2021) Lucerne Summer University: Ethics in a Global Context (LSUE) Donation einer gemeinnützigen Stiftung 68 203 Forschungsprojekt «Center for Ethics and Entrepreneurship» Donation einer gemeinnützigen Stiftung 10 000 Ausbauprojekte Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät Donation einer gemeinnützigen Stiftung 10 000 «Health 2040» Donation ohne Namensnennung 40 000 160 000 (2020–2023) Förderung «Themen Geldtheorie und Geldpolitik» Donation ohne Namensnennung 20 000 Dissertation «Datenbank über Verteilung der Einkom- men, Vermögen, Steuern in der CH» Total 592 203 Donationen unter CHF 10 000 Academie Suisse des Science Humaines et Sociales; Albane de Bouillé; ALUMNI Organisation; Brigitte Amrein; Rudolf und Maria Auf der Maur; Avenira-Stiftung; Tobias Bünter; Jürg Burger; Ursula Burger-Schriber; Yvonne Angela Burger; Büro für Geschichte, Kulturen und Zeitgeschehen; CKW; Concordia Versicherung AG; Förderverein Stadtbibliothek Kempen; Vincenz Graf; Ursula Guekos-Thoeni; Josef Müller Stiftung Muri; Krebsliga Zentralschweiz; Rosmarie Luginbühl; Aram Mattioli; Niederer Kraft Frey AG; Prof. Bürli-Stiftung; PwC Schweiz; Werner Renggli; Ursula Rieser; Marianne Schoy; Schweizerische Theologische Gesellschaft; Stämpfli Verlag AG; Stiftung Judentum/ Christentum; Stiftung Kloster Muri; Stiftung Theater Chur; Tschümperlin Lötscher Schwarz AG, Verlag Pro Libero; Benjamin Alexis Weidmann Total 80 309 Gesamttotal 2 699 847 6561 Die Angaben in den Grafiken sind Vollzeit äquivalente beziehungsweise Verträge. Diese teilen sich per Ende 2021 folgendermassen auf: Festangestellte: 641 Personen, davon Professuren: 82; Lehrbeauftragte*: 221 Personen * In der Statistik nicht enthalten sind rund 240 Lehrbe auftragte des Departements Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin, welche bei den Lehr- und Partnerspitälern und bei weiteren Partnerinstitutionen angestellt sind . 21 10000 20000 30000 40000 V ol lz ei tä q ui va le nt e 67% 33% 70% 30% 46% 54% 33% 67% 13205 (240) 19601 (431) 6425 (82) 3299 (231) 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 V ol lz ei tä q ui va le nt e TF 21 21 21 21 2800 (54) 1045 (14) 397 (26) 5535 (118) 2100 (24) 1275 (83) 5546 (142) 2125 (27) 872 (67) 2525 (58) 625 (8) 605 (48) 21 2695 (49) 530 (9) KSF RF WF GWM 1918 20 12040 (224) 19195 (398) 6180 (73) 3139 (200) 11320 (212) 16740 (362) 6305 (75) 2793 (178) 12410 (234) 20680 (444) 6305 (77) 3089 (215) 15 (1) Lehrbeauftragte* Professuren Assistierende / Forschungsmitarbeitende Administratives und technisches Personal Lehrbeauftragte * Professuren Assistierende / Forschungsmitarbeitende MITARBEITENDE DER UNIVERSITÄT LUZERN AKADEMISCHES PERSONAL 21 10000 20000 30000 40000 V ol lz ei tä q ui va le nt e 67% 33% 70% 30% 46% 54% 33% 67% 13205 (240) 19601 (431) 6425 (82) 3284 (230) 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 V ol lz ei tä q ui va le nt e TF 21 21 21 21 2800 (54) 1045 (14) 397 (26) 5535 (118) 2100 (24) 1275 (83) 5546 (1142) 2125 (27) 872 (67) 2525 (58) 625 (8) 605 (48) 21 2695 (49) 530 (9) KSF RF WF GWM 1918 20 12040 (224) 19195 (398) 6180 (73) 3139 (200) 11320 (212) 16740 (362) 6305 (75) 2793 (178) 12410 (234) 20680 (444) 6305 (77) 3089 (215) 30 (2) STELLENPROZENTE INKL. INTERFAKULTÄRE STELLEN (IN KLAMMERN: ANZAHL VERTRÄGE) STELLENPROZENTE PRO FAKULTÄT (IN KLAMMERN: ANZAHL VERTRÄGE) 66 FACTS AND FIGURES STUDIERENDENSTATISTIK HERBSTSEMESTER 2021 To ta l d av on Fr au en (% ) B ac he lo rs tu fe M as te rs tu fe D ok to ra te D ip lo m e oh ne ak ad . G ra d Fakultäten und Studienfächer Theologische Fakultät 283 54% 155 37 44 47 Theologie 195 49% 128 32 35 – Religionspädagogik 27 70% 27 – – – Theologie Spezial Curriculum 7 57% – – – 7 Religionspädagogisches Institut 40 68% – – – 40 Religionslehre – Religion 5 60% – 5 – – Theologische Studien 9 56% – – 9 – Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultät 762 62% 420 267 75 – Religionswissenschaft 17 71% 7 5 5 – Judaistik 8 63% 2 5 1 – Philosophie 52 44% 30 13 9 – Geschichte 93 38% 49 28 16 – Ethnologie 20 80% 13 2 5 – Kulturwissenschaften 168 72% 109 48 11 – Soziologie 64 61% 36 7 21 – Wissenschaftsforschung 2 50% – – 2 – Politikwissenschaft 67 45% 54 8 5 – Politikwissenschaft Dual Degree 1 100% – 1 – – Computational Social Sciences 25 48% – 25 – – Gesellschafts- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 181 78% 120 61 – – Weltgesellschaft und Weltpolitik 60 57% – 60 – – Public Opinion and Survey Methodology 4 75% – 4 – – Interfakultär 171 44% 129 42 – – Philosophy, Politics and Economics 149 43% 129 20 – – Religion – Wirtschaft – Politik 22 55% – 22 – – Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät / Rechtswissenschaft 1259 61% 587 479 193 – Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät 466 44% 285 148 33 – Politische Ökonomie 5 40% 1 4 – – Wirtschaftswissenschaften 461 44% 284 144 33 – Departement Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin 270 75% 42 170 58 – Health Sciences 198 81% 42 98 58 – Humanmedizin 72 58% – 72 – – Total Studium 3211 59% 1618 1143 403 47 Weiterbildung Theologische Fakultät 23 74% NDS Berufseinführung 19 74% CAS Kirchliche Jugendarbeit 1 100% CAS RPI Religionsunterricht 3 67% Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultät 29 48% CAS Philosophie und Management 5 40% DAS Philosophie und Management 4 50% MAS Philosophie und Management 1 100% CAS Philosophie und Medizin 8 50% MAS Philosophie und Medizin 11 45% Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät 233 52% CAS Agrarrecht 27 44% CAS Forensics 121 47% CAS Forensics II 18 83% CAS Forensische Psychiatrie und Psychologie 33 61% CAS Judikative 34 47% Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät 185 35% CAS Decision Making 14 93% CAS Decision Making Situation Monitoring 1 100% CAS Growth Transformation 10 50% CAS Human Factors 27 37% CAS Information Management 2 0% CAS Leading by Example 61 41% CAS Leading by Operations 25 36% CAS Leading Teams 34 44% MAS Effective Leadership 19 21% MAS Humanitarian Leadership 17 12% Departement Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin 25 80% CAS Palliative Care 25 80% Total Weiterbildung 495 46% Total Studium und Weiterbildung 3706 57% 1618 1143 403 47 67 STUDIERENDE DER UNIVERSITÄT LUZERN * Total Studierende ohne/mit Weiterbildung Alle übrigen Zahlen auf dieser Seite ohne Weiterbildung Weiterbildung Interfakultär Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin (GWM) Wirtschaftswissenschaften (WF) Rechtswissenschaft (RF) Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften (KSF) Theologie (TF) HS 16 4 1 % 5 9 % 1021 1265 191 93 269 260 T 2 8 3 9/ 3 0 9 9 * HS 17 4 2 % 5 8 % 992 1278 260 114 300 266 T 2 9 4 4/ 32 10 * HS 18 4 2 % 4 2 % 5 8 % 5 8 % 984 789 1272 1276 314 135 378 138 154 299 296 291 447 T 3 0 0 7/ 32 9 8 * T 3 0 2 8/ 3 47 5* HS 19 4 2 % 5 8 % 769 1287 172 456 176 295 430 T 3 1 5 5/ 3 5 8 5* HS 20 BILDUNGSHERKUNFT NATIONALITÄTEN Schweiz 84 % Ausland 16 % Davon: Deutschland 42 % Italien 8 % Österreich 5 % Liechtenstein 2 % Spanien 2 % USA 2 % Kosovo 2 % Türkei 2 % Portugal 2 % Russland 2 % Serbien 2 % Übrige Nationalitäten 30 % Luzern 25 % Zürich 13 % Aargau 7 % Tessin 7 % Bern 5 % Zug 5 % Schwyz 4 % St. Gallen 4 % Graubünden 2 % Nidwalden 2 % Solothurn 2 % Thurgau 2 % Obwalden 2 % Basel-Landschaft 1 % Uri 1 % Basel-Stadt 1 % Wallis 1 % Übrige Kantone 2 % Ausland 13 % Die Bildungsherkunft der Studierenden (egal welcher Nationalität) bezieht sich auf den Wohnort, der bei Erwerb des Studienberechtigungsausweises (z.B. Matura, Abitur, etc.) gemeldet war. HS 21 762 1259 270 466 171 283 495 T 3 21 1 /3 7 0 6 * 4 3 % 5 7 % Prof. Dr. Mira Burri, Professorin für Internationales Wirt - schafts- und Internetrecht Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Wird die Digitalisierung das internationale Handelsrecht revolutionieren? 70 FACTS AND FIGURES BERUFUNGEN UND ERNENNUNGEN THEOLOGISCHE FAKULTÄT Christian Henkel, geboren 1985, ist per 1. August 2022 zum Professor für Pastoraltheologie berufen worden. Er studierte Katholische Theologie, Anglistik und Darstellendes Spiel in Bamberg und Oxford und promovierte an der Universität Münster zur Migrationspolitik. 2021 habilitierte er in Inns- bruck mit einer Studie zur Kraft guter Architektur, um Gesell- schaft und Kirche zu verändern. Vor der Berufung an die Universität Luzern war Christian Henkel zunächst Geschäfts- führer am Institut für Ökumenische und Interreligiöse For- schung in Tübingen und danach Rat für Digitalisierung und Transfer an der Universität Eichstätt. Er forscht aktuell zu digitalen Architekturen und der Rolle der Kirche in poli- tischen Emanzipationsprozessen im öffentlichen Raum. Nicola Ottiger, geboren 1970, ist per 1. August 2021 zur Honorarprofessorin für Ökumenische Theologie ernannt worden. Damit wird ihr akademisches Engagement im Bereich der Systematischen Theologie gewürdigt. Nicola Ottiger studierte von 1994 bis 2000 Theologie in Luzern. 2006 promovierte sie an der Universität Luzern im Fach- bereich Dogmatik über Fragen der religiösen Erfahrung und christlichen Mystik. Seit 2005 ist sie als Dozentin für Dogma- tik und Fundamentaltheologie am Religionspädagogischen Institut (RPI) tätig, seit 2007 zusätzlich für Liturgiewissen- schaft. Nicola Ottiger hat per August 2021 die Leitung des Ökumenischen Instituts an der Theologischen Fakultät übernommen und lehrt zudem weiterhin am RPI. Ursula Schumacher, geboren 1979, ist per 1. August 2022 zur Professorin für Dogmatik berufen worden. Sie studierte Katholische Theologie, Hispanistik und Pädagogik an der Ruhr-Universität Bochum und in San Cristóbal de La Laguna. 2013 promovierte sie an der Katholisch-Theologischen Fakultät der Universität Augsburg und absolvierte dann eine pädagogische Ausbildung. Von 2016 bis 2018 war sie als Lehrbeauftragte im Fach Dogmatik an der Theologischen Fakultät der Universität Fribourg sowie als wissenschaftliche Mitarbeiterin und Referentin an der Pädagogischen Hoch- schule Fribourg tätig. Seit 2018 wirkt Ursula Schumacher als Professorin für Katholische Theologie und Religionspäda- gogik an der Pädagogischen Hochschule Karlsruhe. DEPARTEMENT GESUNDHEITSWISSENSCHAFTEN UND MEDIZIN Gisela Michel, geboren 1972, ist per 1. August 2021 zur ordentlichen Professorin für Health and Social Behavior (Gesundheits- und Sozialverhalten) berufen worden. Sie hat an der Universität Bern Psychologie studiert. Die Promotion erfolgte 2004 an der Universität Freiburg, die Habilitation 2013 an der Universität Bern. Längere Forschungsaufent- halte führten Gisela Michel unter anderem an die New York University (USA) und die University of Sheffield (UK). Von August 2008 bis Februar 2013 war sie Senior Research Fellow am Institut für Sozial- und Präventivmedizin der Universität Bern. Seit 1. März 2013 war Gisela Michel bereits ausserordentliche Professorin an der Universität Luzern, per 1. Januar 2020 wurde diese Professur entfristet. 71 Florim Cuculi, geboren 1976, ist per 1. Januar 2022 zum Titularprofessor für medizinische Wissenschaften ernannt worden. Er schloss 2004 sein Medizinstudium an der Uni- versität Basel ab. Seine Ausbildung in Innerer Medizin absol- vierte er in Luzern, die anschliessende kardiologische Aus- bildung in Luzern und Bern. 2009 hat er ein kombiniertes Forschungs- und Interventions-Fellowship an den Kranken- häusern der Universität Oxford durchlaufen. Seit 2012 ist er als interventioneller Kardiologe am Luzerner Kantonsspital tätig. 2016 wurde Florim Cuculi die Venia Docendi der Uni- versität Basel verliehen. Seit 2018 ist er Co-Chefarzt der Kardiologie am Herzzentrum des Luzerner Kantonsspitals, seit 2019 zudem Direktor des Cardio Centers Luzern. Gunesh Rajan, geboren 1972, ist per 1. Januar 2022 zum Titularprofessor für medizinische Wissenschaften ernannt worden. Er studierte Medizin an der Universität Zürich, wo er 1998 auch promovierte. Nach der Ausbildung zum HNO-Arzt am Universitätsspital Zürich folgten Fellowships in Head & Neck sowie in Otologie/Schädelbasischirurgie in Spanien und Australien. Danach arbeitete er als Senior Lecturer und Associate Professor an der University of Western Australia in Perth, wo er 2008 zum Professor und «Head of Otolaryngolo- gy, Head & Neck Surgery» ernannt wurde. Seit 2018 ist Gunesh Rajan Co-Chefarzt der Abteilung für Hals-Nasen- Ohren-Heilkunde, Kopf- und Halschirurgie und Direktor des Kopf- und Halstumorzentrums des Luzerner Kantonsspitals. Mario F. Scaglioni, geboren 1981, ist per 1. Januar 2022 zum Titularprofessor für medizinische Wissenschaften ernannt worden. Er studierte Medizin an der Universität Pavia (IT), wo er 2007 promovierte. Danach wurde er Facharzt für Plasti- sche, Rekonstruktive und Ästhetische Chirurgie an der Uni- versität Politecnica delle Marche (IT) und spezialisierte sich im Rahmen von Fellowships in den USA und in Taiwan weiter auf rekonstruktive Mikrochirurgie. 2015 wurde er als Oberarzt für Plastische und Rekonstruktive Chirurgie an das Universitäts- spital Zürich berufen, 2017 erhielt er seine Venia Legendi an der Universität Zürich. 2018 wurde Mario F. Scaglioni an die Klinik für Hand- und Plastische Chirurgie des Luzerner Kan- tonsspitals berufen und ist dort seit 2022 Co-Chefarzt. Katrin Scheinemann, geboren 1974, ist per 1. Januar 2022 zur Titularprofessorin für medizinische Wissenschaften ernannt worden. Sie studierte Medizin an der Julius-Maximilians-Uni- versität in Würzburg, wo sie 2002 promovierte. 2005 schloss sie ihre pädiatrische Facharztausbildung in der Schweiz ab. Von 2006 bis 2008 absolvierte sie eine Fellowship in pädia- trischer Hämatologie, Onkologie und Neuroonkologie in Kanada. Unmittelbar danach wurde Katrin Scheinemann als Assistenzprofessorin an die McMaster University in Hamil- ton (CAN) berufen und 2013 zur ausserordentlichen Profes- sorin befördert. 2017 wurde sie zur Abteilungsleiterin in der pädiatrischen Hämatologie und Onkologie am Kantonsspital Aarau ernannt. 72 HABILITATIONEN UND DISSERTATIONEN HABILITATIONEN Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultät (KSF): Kenneth Horvath (Lehrberechtigung: Soziologie). Rechtswissenschaft- liche Fakultät (RF): Nataša Hadžimanović (Privatrecht / Privatrechtsvergleichung / Juristische Methodik), Julia Hänni (Recht / Europarecht / Rechtstheorie) , Daniel Hürlimann (Öffentliches Recht / Immaterialgüterrecht). Departement Gesund- heitswissenschaften und Medizin (GWM): Christine Fekete (Gesundheitswissenschaften) DISSERTATIONEN Theologische Fakultät (TF): Sabine Baggenstos, Melanie Carafa, Monika Mitterer (Sr. Franziska), Fr. Paul Schneider, P. Andri Tuor, Markus Zimmer. KSF: Ibrahim Ankaoğlu, Manuel Camassa, Willem Edward Church, Rahel Estermann, Anina Hanimann, Rachel Huber, Lisa Kressin, Patrick Pfenniger, Philippe Saner, Markus Unternährer, Andrea Zimmermann. RF: Jacob Bollag, Lydia Patrizia Buchser, Ralph Hemsley, Sarah Kehl, Martin Meier, Renato Merz, Sebastian Müller, Dario Picecchi, Christian Puricel, Philipp Renninger, Silvan Schenkel, Marcus Stadler, Marc Winistörfer, Sara Anna Zahner, Lenka Ziegler. Wirtschafts- wissenschaftliche Fakultät (WF): Sandra Furrer, Benjamin Krebs, Laura Schärrer, Elias Steiner, Thomas M. Studer, Reto Weg- mann. GWM: Marina Bruderer-Hofstetter, Kathryn Dawson-Townsend, Romana Franceschini-Brunner, Stefan Gysin, Yael Rachamin Mehr Informationen: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht EHRENDOKTORATE 2021 Prof. Dr. Susannah Heschel (TF), Prof. Dr. Mualla Selçuk (TF), Dr. phil. Heidi Witzig (KSF), Prof. Dr. Ursula Cassani (RF), Prof. em. Dr. Hans-Werner Sinn (WF), Prof. Charles P. Friedman (GWM). 2020 Pater Mussie Zerai (TF), Prof. Dr. Ursula Wolf (KSF), Prof. em. Dr. Thomas Cottier (RF), Prof. Dr. Ingrid Fulmer (WF), Prof. em. Dr. Jerome Bickenbach (GWM). 2019 Bischof Dr. Franz-Josef Bode / Prof. Dr. Margit Eckholt (TF), lic. phil. I Urs Stahel (KSF), Prof. Dr. Thomas Koller (RF), Prof. Dr. Torsten Tomczak (WF). Mehr Informationen: www.unilu.ch/ehrendoktorate EHRENSENATORINNEN UND -SENATOREN Brigitte Mürner-Gilli (2020), Doris Russi Schurter (2018), Prof. em. Dr. Paul Richli (2016), Prof. em. Dr. Walter Kirchschläger (2012), Dr. Ulrich Fässler (2010), Helen Leumann (2008; †) Mehr Informationen: www.unilu.ch/ehrensenat FACTS AND FIGURES 73 PREISE UND AUSZEICHNUNGEN THEOLOGISCHE FAKULTÄT Dr. Sabine Baggenstos (Dissertationspreis, Universitätsverein/Universität Luzern) KULTUR- UND SOZIALWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Anna Bertogg, BA (beste Bachelorarbeit im Herbstsemester 2020, KSF); Dr. des. Anne Beutter (Dissertationspreis, Universi- tätsverein/Universität Luzern); Dr. Willem Church (Forschungsförderungspreis; Frobenius Institut, Frankfurt am Main); Prof. Dr. Martin Hartmann (Wissenschaftsbuch des Jahres 2021 in der Sparte «Medizin & Biologie», österreichisches Bundesminis- terium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung); Andri Heimann, MA (beste Masterarbeit im Frühjahrssemester 2021, KSF/ ALUMNI Organisation); Urs Joller, BA (beste Bachelorarbeit im Frühjahrssemester 2021, KSF); Dr. Cyrill Mamin (Credit Suisse Award for best Teaching, Credit Suisse Foundation/Universität Luzern); Zora Matter, MA (beste Masterarbeit im Herbst- semester 2020, ALUMNI Organisation/KSF); Michael Rauchenstein, MA (Alumnus des Jahres, ALUMNI Organisation/Uni- versität Luzern); Dr. Philippe Saner (Ulrich-Teichler-Preis, Gesellschaft für Hochschulforschung) RECHTSWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Dr. Phil Baumann, Dr. Fabian Gähwiler, Dr. Philipp Rebsamen und Dr. Patrick Vogler (Walther Hug-Preis für die Dissertation, Professor Walther Hug-Stiftung); Michèle Bucher, MA (Alumna des Jahres, ALUMNI Organisation/Universität Luzern); Alice Brunner, BLaw (bester Bachelorabschluss im Herbstsemester 2020, RF); Prof. Dr. Mira Burri (Anerkennungspreis, Luzerner Regierungsrat); Mete Erdogan, Anna Graf, Fabienne Graf, Dario Haux, Dario Picecchi, Jan Hendrik Ritter, Eliane Spirig und Ivana Vukotic (LORY-Preis zur Förderung von Open-Access-Publikationen, Universität Luzern); Nadina Isliker, BLaw (bester Bachelorabschluss im Frühjahrssemester 2021, RF); Maike Jeschonnek, MLaw (bester Masterabschluss im Frühjahrssemes- ter 2021, RF/ALUMNI Organisation); Alina Krebs, BLaw, Raphael Schmid, BLaw, Dario Schönbächler, BLaw und Annina Seydel, BLaw («Honorable Mention» am Willem C. Vis Moot); Livio Mühlebach, MLaw (bester Masterabschluss im Herbstsemester 2020, ALUMNI Organisation/RF); Prof. Dr. Roland Norer (Ehrendoktorwürde, Universität Miskolc); Philipp Renninger, MLaw («Honourable Mention», Baxter Family Competition on Federalism); Dr. Silvan Schenkel (Dissertationspreis, Universitäts- verein/Universität Luzern) WIRTSCHAFTSWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Dr. Christian Frey (Dissertationspreis, Universitätsverein/Universität Luzern); Corinne Herger, MA (bester Masterabschluss im Herbstsemester 2020, ALUMNI Organisation/WF); David Huwyler, BA (bester Bachelorabschluss im Herbstsemester 2020, WF); Flurin Stiffler, MLaw (bester Masterabschluss im Frühjahrsemester 2021, WF); Peter Wallmüller, BA (bester Bachelorab- schluss im Bachelor im Frühjahrssemester 2021, WF) DEPARTEMENT GESUNDHEITSWISSENSCHAFTEN UND MEDIZIN Kristen Coros, MSc (bester Abschluss «Master of Science in Health Sciences» 2021, GWM) Dr. Andrea De Angelis, Forschungsmitarbeiter und Lehrbeauftragter am Politik- wissenschaftlichen Seminar Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Wie wirken sich personalisierte Algorithmen auf die Demokratie aus? 76 DIENSTE FACHSTELLE FÜR CHANCENGLEICHHEIT Auch 2021 hat die Fachstelle gemeinsam mit der Gleichstel- lungskommission (GLK) Diversität und Chancengleichheit an der Universität Luzern auf vielfältige Weise gefördert. Die GLK wurde von sechs auf elf Mitglieder vergrössert. Mit den neuen Mitgliedern sind erstmals alle Fakultäten und das Departement in der GLK vertreten. Damit wird der Informa- tionsfluss verbessert und die Förderung von Chancengleich- heit als Querschnittsaufgabe ermöglicht. Ein weiterer wich- tiger Meilenstein ist die neue Diversity-Strategie mit dem ergänzenden Umsetzungsplan. Im Januar hatte die Universi- tätsleitung erste Entscheide zu Massnahmen und Empfeh- lungen getroffen und damit den Startschuss zur Umsetzung gegeben. Das Berichtsjahr markierte zudem den Beginn des neuen Programms von swissuniversities im Bereich Chan- cengleichheit und Diversität. Die Universität Luzern beteiligt sich dabei aktiv an mehreren Kooperationsprojekten. Als Leading House entwickelt sie eine nationale Kampagne gegen sexuelle Belästigung an Schweizer Hochschulen. Zudem führt sie ein Pilotprojekt im Bereich Gender-Medizin durch. Des Weiteren engagiert sie sich zu den Themen Integration von Flüchtlingen sowie soziale Selektivität an Hochschulen. Ausserdem beteiligt sich die Universität Luzern an einem exklusiven Leadership-Programm für Professorinnen. FACILITY MANAGEMENT Die Auswirkungen von Corona hatten grossen Einfluss auf den Betrieb des Uni/PH-Gebäudes. Durch die temporären Gebäudeschliessungen war es dem Facility Management jedoch möglich, anstehende Wartungs- und Unterhalts- arbeiten terminlich vorzuziehen. Im Sommer folgte dann das Hochwasser, welches an mehreren Stellen direkt ins Gebäu- de eindrang und an einzelnen Stellen auch Schäden ver- ursachte. Das zweite Untergeschoss wurde präventiv ge- räumt und für den Zutritt gesperrt. Im Herbst konnten auf dem Pausenplatz auf dem Niveau des zweiten Ober- geschosses zwei Pergolen eingeweiht werden. Diese sollen den Platz attraktiver gestalten und für die Mitarbeitenden und Studierenden als Erholungs- und Treffpunkt dienen. FORSCHUNGSFÖRDERUNG Die Forschungskommission (FoKo) und die Stelle für For- schungsförderung unterstützten die Forschenden unter erneuerten Rahmenbedingungen wirkungsvoll. Per 2021 setzte die FoKo eine Reform ihrer Förderpraxis um. Ziel ist es, die internen Abläufe effizienter zu gestalten, die Förde- rung von Projekten zu priorisieren sowie den vier Fakultäten und dem Departement Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin mehr Spielraum zu gewähren. Die FoKo bewilligte 26 Vorhaben (Vorjahr: 30) mit einer Summe von 337 700 Franken (Vorjahr: CHF 298 400), darunter sieben Anschub- finanzierungen für Drittmittelprojektgesuche (Vorjahr: 7). Die Stelle Forschungsförderung hielt ihre Unterstützungstätig- keit mit 182 Beratungen auf hohem Niveau aufrecht (Vorjahr: 183). Die Forschenden stellten im Berichtsjahr 60 Drittmittel- gesuche (Vorjahr: 72). Der SNF war mit 41 Gesuchen (Vorjahr: 62) wieder wichtigster Adressat. Die 10,92 Mio. Franken an eingeworbenen SNF-Mitteln (Vorjahr: 3,3 Mio. Franken) stellen eine neue Höchstmarke dar und übertreffen die bisherige von 2018 (CHF 10,07 Mio.). Die Drittmitteleinwer- bung via EU, Staatssekretariat für Bildung, Forschung und Innovation (SBFI), Stiftungen und privater Seite betrug für 2021 ausgezeichnete 4,81 Mio. Franken (Vorjahr: CHF 2,62 Mio.). Die Summe der eingeworbenen Drittmittel für For- schung beläuft sich für das Berichtsjahr somit auf eine Rekordhöhe von 15,73 Mio. Franken (Vorjahr: CHF 5,93 Mio., 2018: CHF 11,97 Mio.). Der SNF vergibt in der Karriereförde- rung seit 2021 die Doc.CH-Beiträge zentral. Im Vergleich zum Erfolg vom Vorjahr (3 Doc.CH-Beiträge) warb 2021 niemand ein Doc.CH ein; dies aufgrund der sprunghaft gestiegenen Konkurrenz. Hingegen können auf der Postdoc-Ebene Erfolge vermeldet werden: zwei Postdoc.Mobility-Stipendien (CHF 219 200) und ein Postdoc.Mobility-Rückkehrbeitrag (CHF 126 000), der die Reintegration nach dem Ausland- aufenthalt erleichtern soll, weiter ein vierjähriges «Ambizio- ne»-Projekt (CHF 744 200) sowie erstmals ein fünfjähriges «Eccellenza Professorial Fellowship» (CHF 1,56 Mio.), vormals SNF-Förderprofessur. Die Graduate Academy (siehe Seite 43), die sich 2020 konstituiert hatte, schrieb im Frühling und Herbst 2021 erstmals Mobilitätsbeiträge für Forschungs- aufenthalte von Doktorierenden im Ausland aus. Sie vergab in Kooperation mit der FoKo fünf solcher Beiträge für sechs bis zwölf Monate. Diese bilden die dezentrale Nachfolge- lösung der Doc.Mobility-Stipendien, die der SNF per Ende 2020 eingestellt hatte. Die Pandemie schränkte die For- schenden auch im zweiten Jahr stark ein, besonders bei Tagungen, Workshops und Mobilität. Die vier laufenden und die drei bestehenden Doktoratsprogramme an der Universi- tät wurden von swissuniversities pandemiehalber bis Ende 2021 verlängert und dann beendet. Die Universität führt die Programme mit Eigen- und anderen Drittmitteln weiter. HOCHSCHULSPORT CAMPUS LUZERN Der Hochschulsport Campus Luzern (HSCL) durfte im Berichtsjahr sein 20-jähriges Jubiläum feiern. Aus diesem FACTS AND FIGURES 77 Anlass lief während des zweiten Halbjahrs eine umfassende Kommunikationskampagne mit dem Motto «20 Jahre HSCL: Zähl auf uns!». Realisiert wurden ein Jubiläumsfilm, ein Semesterplakat, Header, Signaturen, Filmbeiträge für die Infoscreens an allen Hochschulen auf dem Platz Luzern und Beiträge auf Social Media. Nach dem Start 2001 mit zehn wöchentlichen Trainings, neun Sportarten und einem Ski- camp wird den inzwischen über 17 000 HSCL-Teilnahme- berechtigten ein abwechslungsreiches Angebot mit über 90 Sportarten geboten. 2021 organisierten und leiteten fünf Hochschulsportlehrerinnen und -lehrer, vier administrative Mitarbeitende und etwa 200 fachspezifisch ausgebildete Trainingsleitende rund 160 wöchentlich stattfindende Trai- nings sowie 121 Kurse und 11 Dienstleistungen. Damit die Mitarbeitenden im Berichtsjahr trotz Pandemie, Homeoffice und digitalem Unterricht in Bewegung bleiben konnten, bot der HSCL 88 digitale Trainings in 16 Sportarten an. Im Rah- men des kontinuierlichen Ausbaus des Angebots konnte in der Administration eine weitere Person mit einem 60-Pro- zent-Pensum angestellt werden, auch wurde zum sechsten Mal in Folge ein Praktikum für Wirtschafts mittelschülerinnen und -schüler angeboten. Der HSCL veranstaltete zudem im Frühling 2021 das «Swiss University Sports Forum». Aufgrund der Covid-Situation wurde der zweitägige Anlass komplett digital durchgeführt – im Mittelpunkt standen Gastvorträge, News von Swiss University Sports und die Planung der Winteruniversiade. Bereits 2020 hatte der Prozess der Zertifizierung für den internationalen Qualitätsstandard für Hochschulsportorganisationen und Universitäten, «FISU Healthy Campus», begonnen. Über das entsprechende Label, das von der International University Sports Federation (FISU) entwickelt wurde, verfügen aktuell 74 Universitäten weltweit. In der Schweiz sind bisher drei Hochschulen zertifi- ziert respektive befinden sich im Zertifizierungsprozess. Aktuell erfüllen die Universität Luzern und der HSCL bereits 70 von 100 Kriterien, was einer Silber-Zertifizierung ent- spricht. Dies stellt einen neuen Meilenstein im Qualitätsma- nagement dar. Leider endete das Jahr mit der kurzfristigen Absage der Winteruniversiade; beim Gross anlass wären Universität und HSCL in verschiedener Weise involviert gewesen. INFORMATIKDIENSTE Auch im zweiten Pandemie-Jahr waren die Informatikdienste wieder stark gefordert: Dies mit dem digitalen Start im Frühlingssemester, dem Wechsel in den Präsenzunterricht im Herbstsemester und dem erneuten Wechsel in den digitalen Modus im Dezember im Zusammenhang mit der lange geplanten Winteruniversiade im Uni/PH-Gebäude. Daneben konnten diverse Arbeiten im Bereich der Infra- struktur gestartet und umgesetzt werden. Involviert waren die Informatikdienste zudem bei der Erneuerung des Corpo- rate Designs und beim Aufbau der Infrastruktur des «Portals für digitales Zentralschweizer Kulturgut», einem Projekt der Zentral- und Hochschulbibliothek Luzern. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS OFFICE Corona hat auch die Arbeit des International Relations Office (IRO) geprägt. Die Zahl der Incoming- und Outgoing-Aus- tauschstudierenden innerhalb Europas kehrte auf den Stand vor der Pandemie zurück, während die Zahl der Incoming- und Outgoing-Austauschstudierenden im aussereuropä- ischen Austauschprogramm weiterhin rückläufig war. Für das Team erhöhte sich die Arbeitsbelastung, da die Inco- mings mehr Unterstützung bei der Einreise in die Schweiz sowie im Handling mit den örtlichen Covid-Beschränkungen benötigten. Mehraufwand resultierte auch durch Absagen von Austauschprogrammen aussereuropäischer Partneruni- versitäten, sodass für die Outgoings neue Lösungen gefun- den werden mussten; diese wechselten häufig an eine Partneruniversität in der Nähe. Darüber hinaus gab es einige wichtige Entwicklungen im «Swiss-European Mobility Pro- gramme» (SEMP) ab dem Herbstsemester, nämlich die Einführung von Mobilitätsstipendien ausserhalb Europas und Stipendien für eine «grünere Mobilität». Seit dem Som- mer 2021 nimmt die Universität Luzern auch am SEMP-Prak- tikantenprogramm teil, was bedeutet, dass es nun Mobili- tätsstipendien für Studierende gibt, die Praktika innerhalb Europas absolvieren. Abseits der Austauschprogramme gab es zwei weitere bemerkenswerte Entwicklungen: Seit dem Frühjahrssemester 2021 ist das IRO für die Koordination des Sprachkurs angebots der Universität zuständig, und seit dem Herbst semester gibt es eine zusätzliche Betreuungsstruktur für die regulären internationalen Studierenden. PERSONALDIENST Im Berichtsjahr gab es nur einige geringfügige Änderungen in der Personalstruktur zu verzeichnen. Der Personalbestand ist ausgewogen. Die Vollzeitstellenäquivalente sind mit einem minimen Unterschied gleich geblieben, die Stellen werden jedoch von mehr Personen ausgefüllt. Leichte Verschiebungen gab es bei den Professuren mit einem Zuwachs von fünf Personen, mit einem Minus von 13 Perso- nen ist beim Mittelbau ein geringer Rückgang zu verzeich- nen, und im administrativen Bereich gab es einen Zuwachs von sechs Stellen. Bei den Lehrbeauftragten ist ebenfalls ein 78 kleiner Zuwachs zu verzeichnen; dies im Rahmen von zwei Vollzeitäquivalenten. Nicht mitgezählt sind die Lehraufträge der Medizin. QUALITÄTSMANAGEMENT In der ersten Jahreshälfte lag der inhaltliche Schwerpunkt des Qualitätsmanagements (QM) bei der Institutionellen Akkreditierung. Nach der dreitägigen Visite durch externe Gutachterinnen und Gutachter erhielt die Universität im Mai deren Bericht zur Bewertung des Qualitätssicherungssys- tems der Universität, zu dem die Universität Stellung neh- men konnte. Der Antrag zur institutionellen Akkreditierung wurde dem Schweizerischen Akkreditierungsrat (SAR) im Juni 2022 unterbreitet. Im September erfolgte der offizielle Akkreditierungsentscheid durch den SAR, der mit Auflagen verbunden ist (siehe Seite 52). Vor dem Hintergrund dieser Auflagen hat sich das QM in der zweiten Jahreshälfte inten- siv mit der Erarbeitung eines neuen strukturierten Qualitäts- managementsystems sowie einer neuen Qualitätsstrategie befasst. Des Weiteren führte das QM im Berichtsjahr zahl- reiche interne Umfragen und Evaluationen durch und hat die umfangreichen Daten der Absolvierendenbefragung des Bundesamts für Statistik ausgewertet. Deren Ergebnisse zur Zufriedenheit mit dem Studium dienen den Fakultäten und dem Departement als Grundlage für fundierte Verbesserun- gen der Studiengänge sowie den Dienstleistungen. Im QM gab es im Berichtsjahr zudem personelle Änderungen: Dr. Marcus Mänz hat per August die neue Stelle des Leiters Qualitätsmanagement und Nachhaltigkeit angetreten. STUDIENDIENSTE Im Herbstsemester 2021 waren total 3211 Studierende immatrikuliert – davon mehr als 800 Newcomer. Aufgrund der anhaltenden pandemischen Lage behielten die Studien- dienste die umorganisierte persönliche Immatrikulation auf Distanz bzw. auf dem Postweg bei, was sich bewährt hat. Diese zwar mit mehr Aufwand verbundene Handhabung wurde sowohl von den internationalen also auch von den inländischen Studierenden begrüsst und geschätzt. Auch bei den Schalterdiensten und bei der persönlichen Beratung erfolgte eine flexible Anpassung. Im Bereich studentische Administration wurden digitale Prozesse weiter vorangetrie- ben; neu können die Anmeldung zur Re-Immatrikulation sowie diejenige zum Nebenfach ebenfalls effizient online getätigt werden. Gewisse Prozessabläufe der Zulassungs- prüfung wurden weiter optimiert und vereinheitlicht. Die Career Services haben die Studierenden in der pande- mischen Lage mit ihren Angeboten bei der Stellensuche und -bewerbung unterstützt, soweit es die Umstände zuliessen. Nicht zuletzt konnte per Mai 2021 eine weitere kompetente und engagierte Mitarbeiterin gewonnen werden, die das motivierte Team vervollständigt und verstärkt hat. UNIVERSITÄTSARCHIV Das Archiv konnte sich 2021 wieder mehr als im Vorjahr auf die archivischen Aufgaben fokussieren. Dabei ging es ins- besondere um die Sicherung von Unterlagen, die dem Uni versitätsarchiv aus administrativen, juristischen oder historischen Gründen abgeliefert wurden oder, nach konkre- ten Ablieferungsvorbereitungen, im Jahr 2022 respektive künftig aufgrund prospektiver Ablieferungsvereinbarungen angeboten werden. Auch im Rahmen der Informationssiche- rung wurden die ältesten Aktenbestände aus voruniversitä- rer Zeit im Umfang von knapp 30 Laufmetern aussortiert und dem Staatsarchiv Luzern übergeben. Das betraf unter anderem das ehemalige Archiv des Katechetischen Instituts Luzern (heute RPI) von 1964 bis 2003, aber auch die ältesten Dossiers zu Studierenden der Theologischen Fakultät, die sich zwischen 1966 und 1971 exmatrikulierten. Diese Dos- siers stammen aus der Zeit, als das Studium und somit auch der Studien abschluss an der Fakultät noch nicht akademisch waren. Nichtsdestotrotz wurden sie bis zum Ablauf der für Studierendendossiers bewährten fünfzigjährigen Aufbewah- rungsfrist im Universitätsarchiv gesichert. Die Anfragen zu diesen Dossiers versiegten denn auch erst in den letzten Jahren. Im Vergleich dazu hatten die anderen Anfragen nach Unterlagen oder Archivalien, etwa zur Geschichte der Insti- tution, zu ehemaligen Mitarbeitenden oder Studierenden, auch zu Abschlussarbeiten besonders der Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftlichen Fakultät, weder zu- noch abge- nommen. Wegen des Schwerpunkts bei der Überlieferungs- bildung wurden die anderen Archivaufgaben, vor allem die Erschliessung der Archiveingänge, ebenso im üblichen Rahmen erledigt. UNIVERSITÄTSKOMMUNIKATION Die Arbeit der Universitätskommunikation war im Berichts- jahr erneut massgeblich durch Corona geprägt. Die meist sehr kurzfristigen Anpassungen der Schutzmassnahmen verlangten nach raschem und flexiblem Handeln, war es doch das Ziel, durch eine schnelle und vorausschauende Kommunikation zu möglichst viel Stabilität in einer unsiche- ren Situation beizutragen. Wie bereits im Vorjahr mussten verschiedene Studienwahlanlässe pandemiebedingt digital durchgeführt werden. Immerhin konnte der Bachelor-Infotag im November wieder vor Ort stattfinden. Gleichzeitig be- stand die Möglichkeit digital teilzunehmen. Die im Vorjahr angegangene Weiterentwicklung des Corporate Design (CD) FACTS AND FIGURES 79 erforderte auch eine Anpassung der Website der Universität. Dies wurde genutzt, um nebst den CD-bedingten Änderun- gen funktionale Verbesserungen vorzunehmen. Nun präsen- tiert sich die Website www.unilu.ch in einer moderneren Optik und mit vereinfachter Navigation, die insbesondere der immer breiteren Nutzung auf Smartphones und Tablets besser Rechnung trägt. Eine wichtige Aufgabe blieb die Pflege von Kontakten zu Medienschaffenden. Dazu gehört die Vermittlung von Expertinnen und Experten als Aus- kunftspersonen. Die Medienschaffenden profitieren so von kompetenter Auskunft und die Universität erhält eine erhöh- te Sichtbarkeit. ZENTRUM LEHRE Im Frühjahr liess die Corona-spezifische Arbeitsbelastung deutlich nach, weswegen sich das Zentrum Lehre wieder auf die Kerngeschäfte konzentrieren konnte. Getreu dem Motto, Bewährtes nicht über Bord zu werfen und gleichzeitig für Neues offen zu bleiben, ist das Zentrum bestrebt, die Coro- na-bedingten digitalen Tools mit Präsenzelementen zu verbinden: So werden z.B. bei dem seit dem Sommer online per OLAT angebotenen «Basiskurs Hochschuldidaktik» die digitalen Möglichkeiten ähnlich dem Inverted-Classroom- Modell genutzt: Inhalte, die sehr gut im Selbststudium angeeignet werden können, werden zeit- und ortsunabhän- gig multimedial angeboten und in Präsenzveranstaltungen vertieft. Auch neue Angebote für fortgeschrittene Lehrende konnten initialisiert werden. Ausserdem wurde begonnen, diverse Reglemente des Zentrums Lehre und der Universitä- ren Lehrkommission (ULEKO) zu erstellen, zu überarbeiten und zu aktualisieren. Die nationale und internationale Zu- sammenarbeit wurde verschiedentlich fortgesetzt und vertieft, wodurch u.a. Webinare angeboten werden konnten. Der «Begegnungstag», ein Projekt der kantonalen Dienst- stelle Gymnasien in Zusammenarbeit mit Vertreterinnen und Vertretern aus Schulen und Hochschulen der Zentral- schweiz, fand im Oktober mit einem digitalen Anlass den (vorläufigen) Abschluss. Das digitale Format konnte inno- vativ genutzt werden und überzeugte die Teilnehmenden: Nach den beiden Keynotes wurden in Kleingruppen Fragen diskutiert und die Resultate online festgehalten. Anschlies- send wurden diese zurück ins Plenum gegeben. Ein digitaler Apero mit vorab physisch versandten Getränken und Snacks rundete den Tag ab. So stand das Berichtsjahr im Zeichen der Erkundung innovativer Nutzung der digitalen Möglichkeiten. ZENTRAL- UND HOCHSCHULBIBLIOTHEK LUZERN Im Berichtsjahr feierte die Zentral- und Hochschulbibliothek (ZHB) Luzern ein kleines Jubiläum: Seit genau zehn Jahren existiert die gemeinsame Freihandbibliothek von Universität und Pädagogischer Hochschule Luzern. Und bis heute ist diese mit ihren bis zu 300 000 Medien sowie 620 Lernplät- zen die grösste Freihandbibliothek in der Zentralschweiz. Aufgrund der fortwährenden Pandemie gestaltete sich der Betrieb jedoch weiterhin anspruchsvoll. Knapp die Hälfte der Lernplätze war gesperrt, und die Nutzung derselben mit Mundschutz wurde zur (wenn auch unlieb samen) Regel. Während dies zwar zu einem Rückgang der Ausleihe von Printbüchern führte, nahmen insbesondere Dienstleistungen wie die Digitalisierung, der Versand von Medien und die Nutzung elektronischer Ressourcen weiter zu. Ein besonde- res Augenmerk erfuhr der Auftritt der ZHB auf der Website der Universität: www.unilu.ch/bibliothek. Der Bereich wurde komplett neu konzipiert – weg von der bisherigen Ausrich- tung auf das Dienstleistungsangebot der ZHB hin zum Fokus auf die Bedürfnisse der verschiedenen Gruppen von Nutzen- den an der Universität. Neu gibt es ein Informationspaket speziell für die Erstsemesterstudierenden, begleitet von Informationen für die fortgeschrittenen Studierenden sowie ebenso für die Forschenden und Lehrenden – bei Letzteren auch im Zusammenhang mit den nationalen und internatio- nalen Entwicklungen im wissenschaftlichen Publikations- wesen. Ergänzend hierzu wurde das Schulungsangebot der ZHB im Rahmen der Informationskompetenz prominenter platziert. Dr. Wolfram Lutterer, ZHB Luzern, Standortleiter Bibliothek im Uni/PH-Gebäude PARTNERIN 80 FÖRDERINSTITUTIONEN UNIVERSITÄTSVEREIN Der Universitätsverein Luzern verstärkt die Verankerung der Universität in der Bevölkerung und unterstützt ihre Weiter- entwicklung. Gegründet wurde der politisch und konfessio- nell neutrale Verein im Jahr 1997. Er hat bei kantonalen und städtischen Abstimmungen eine bedeutende Rolle gespielt, so bei der Universitätsgründung (2000), beim Bau des Universitätsgebäudes (2006) und bei der Errichtung der Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät (2014). Unter ande- rem stiftet der Universitätsverein Dissertationspreise für herausragende Doktorarbeiten. Er besteht zurzeit aus rund 1200 Mitgliedern und steht allen natürlichen und juristischen Personen offen. www.unilu.ch/verein Vorstandsmitglieder Stand: 1. Mai 2022 Rico Fehr, Präsident Regionalleiter Zentralschweiz und Partner Ernst & Young AG Rolf Bossart Geschäftsführer Detaillistenverband Kanton Luzern Adrian Derungs Direktor Industrie- und Handelskammer Zentralschweiz IHZ Christine Kaufmann-Wolf Stadtpräsidentin Kriens Helene Meyer-Jenni Geschäftsleitung Kinderspitex Zentralschweiz Marienne Montero Bachelorstudentin Rechtswissenschaft Dr. Markus Schreiber Oberassistent Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät Universität Luzern Prof. Dr. Bruno Staffelbach Rektor Universität Luzern Ruth Wipfli Steinegger Rechtsanwältin Gaudenz Zemp Direktor KMU- und Gewerbeverband Kanton Luzern FACTS AND FIGURES ALUMNI ORGANISATION Die ALUMNI Organisation der Universität Luzern vertritt die Interessen ihrer Absolventinnen und Absolventen. Ihr Ziel ist es, die Vernetzung unter den Ehemaligen zu fördern sowie deren Verbundenheit mit ihrer Alma Mater aufrechtzuerhal- ten – und damit einen Nutzen für beide Seiten zu schaffen. Der Verein unterstützt regelmässig Projekte, die den Studie- renden zugutekommen, auch stiftet er Preise für beste Masterabschlüsse bzw. -arbeiten und vergibt Stipendien. Seit 2020 darf die ALUMNI Organisation den Preis «Alumna und Alumnus des Jahres» verleihen. Mitglieder können alle Studienabgängerinnen und -abgänger sein; sie profitieren von verschiedenen Services. www.unilu.ch/alumni Präsidium und Sektionsvorstehende Stand: 1. Mai 2022 Matthias Angst, Präsident Rektor Kantonsschule Wohlen Vera Bender, Sektionsvorsteherin Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften Freischaffende Texterin Roxane Bründler, Co-Sektionsvorsteherin Wirtschaftswissenschaften Business Development Coordinator Gonser AG Vanessa Furrer, Co-Sektionsvorsteherin Theologie Theologin/Seelsorgerin Pastoralraum Region Brugg-Windisch Dr. Ralph Hemsley, Sektionsvorsteher Rechtswissenschaft Team Head Employee Monitoring UBS Felix Hunger, Co-Sektionsvorsteher Theologie Katholischer Pfarrer, freiberuflicher Coach und Organisationsberater Yves Spühler, Co-Sektionsvorsteher Wirtschaftswissenschaften Wirtschaftspolitischer Mitarbeiter Industrie- und Handels- kammer Zentralschweiz IHZ Beirat Prof. Dr. Klaus Mathis Ordinarius für Öffentliches Recht, Recht der nachhaltigen Wirtschaft und Rechtsphilosophie Universität Luzern Ruth Wipfli Steinegger Rechtsanwältin 81 UNIVERSITÄTSSTIFTUNG Die private Stiftung ist unabhängig von der Universität. Sie ermöglicht es, Forschung und Lehre in Richtung Exzellenz weiterzuentwickeln, indem sie Partnerschaften mit Unter- nehmen, Organisationen, Stiftungen und Privatpersonen begründet. Auf diese Weise macht sie es möglich, die Uni- versität zu einer der führenden humanwissenschaftlichen Universitäten in Europa zu entwickeln. In besonderer Weise sucht die Stiftung die Zusammenarbeit mit gesellschaft- lichen und wirtschaftlichen Akteurinnen und Akteuren in den Bereichen Verhaltenswissenschaften und Psychologie, Gesundheit sowie Digitalisierung. Im Berichtsjahr hat sie gemeinsam mit der Universität die erste «Presidential Lec- ture» mit dem Philosophen und Publizisten Dr. Richard David Precht durchgeführt. www.stiftung-unilu.ch Stiftungsratsmitglieder Stand: 1. Mai 2022 Prof. Dr. Bruno Staffelbach, Präsident Rektor Universität Luzern Bruno Jenny, Vizepräsident Managing Director Bank Vontobel Thomas Bergen Co-Founder/CEO getAbstract Fanni Fetzer Direktorin Kunstmuseum Luzern Dr. Diel Tatjana Schmid Meyer Stv. Generalsekretärin Kantonsgericht Luzern Prof. Dr. Robert Vorholt Dekan Theologische Fakultät Universität Luzern BEIRAT DER UNIVERSITÄT LUZERN Der Beirat unterstützt die Universitätsleitung bei der lang- fristigen strategischen Ausrichtung der Universität. Er hilft bei der Identifikation zukunftsgerichteter Arbeitsfelder und macht es möglich, Partnerinnen und Partner in Gesellschaft und Wirtschaft zu finden. Die Mitglieder üben ihre Funktion ehrenamtlich aus. Es handelt sich um Persönlichkeiten aus Wissenschaft, Gesellschaft, Wirtschaft, Medien und Politik sowie um eine Delegierte bzw. einen Delegierten der Uni- versität. Möglich ist auch die Aufnahme von Vertreterinnen und Vertretern von Verbänden und Institutionen oder von Repräsentanten anderer Universitäten. Die Inaugurations- sitzung des Beirats hat im September 2021 stattgefunden. Mitglieder Stand: 1. Mai 2022 Dr. Hugo Bänziger Gastprofessor University of Chicago, Vorstand Deutsche Bank 2006–2012, Partner bei Lombard Odier 2014–2018 Philomena Colatrella CEO CSS Versicherung Ingrid Deltenre Verwaltungsrätin Josef Felder Verwaltungsrat Etienne Jornod Mitinhaber und exekutiver Präsident OM Pharma, Verwal- tungsratspräsident NZZ Bettina Junker Geschäftsleiterin UNICEF Schweiz und Liechtenstein Dr. Jakob Kellenberger Staatssekretär 1992–1999, Präsident IKRK 2000–2012, Präsident Swisspeace Philip Lorenz Kramer Geschäftsführer Stiftung Universität Luzern Dr. Monika Krüsi Verwaltungsrätin Damian Müller Ständerat Kanton Luzern Dr. Gabriela Maria Payer VR-Vizepräsidentin Sygnum Bank AG Patrizia Pesenti Regierungsrätin Kanton Tessin 1999–2011, Verwaltungsrätin Credit Suisse Schweiz, Universitätsrätin Universität Luzern Jeannine Pilloud Verwaltungsrätin FehrAdvice & Partners AG Markus Reinhard CEO NOMIS Stiftung Doris Russi Schurter VR-Präsidentin Helvetia Versicherungen Prof. Dr. Bruno Staffelbach Rektor Universität Luzern Marcel Schwerzmann Regierungsrat, Bildungs- und Kulturdirektor Kanton Luzern, Präsident Universitätsrat Universität Luzern Prof. Dr. Karin Stüber VR-Präsidentin Merbag Holding AG Suba Umathevan CEO Drosos Foundation Philipp Wyss CEO Coop Prof. Dr. Sophie Mützel, Professorin für Soziologie mit Schwerpunkt Medien und Netzwerke Antwort: www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Wie werden wir in Zukunft (digital) bezahlen? 84 WEITERE INFORMATIONEN STUDIENANGEBOT BACHELOR Theologische Fakultät Theologie Flex-Studium Religionspädagogik Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultät Ethnologie Geschichte Gesellschafts- und Kommunikationswissenschaften Judaistik Kulturwissenschaften Philosophie Philosophy, Politics and Economics (PPE) Politikwissenschaft Religionswissenschaft Soziologie Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät Rechtswissenschaft Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät Wirtschaftswissenschaften Philosophy, Politics and Economics (PPE) Departement Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin Gesundheitswissenschaften (ab Herbstsemester 2021) MASTER Theologische Fakultät Theologie Liturgical Music NEU Philosophy, Theology and Religions (PhilTeR) Religion – Wirtschaft – Politik Religionslehre Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultät Lucerne Master in Computational Social Sciences (LUMACSS) Ethnologie Geschichte Geschichte bilingue LU / NE Gesellschafts- und Kommunikationswissenschaften Judaistik Kulturwissenschaften Philosophie Philosophy, Politics and Economics (PPE) Politikwissenschaft Dual Degree in Political Science Public Opinion and Survey Methodology Religion – Wirtschaft – Politik Religionswissenschaft Soziologie Weltgesellschaft und Weltpolitik Wissenschaftsforschung Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät Rechtswissenschaft Master Plus: – Rechtswissenschaft + Economics & Management – Rechtswissenschaft + International Relations – Rechtswissenschaft + Health Policy Rechtswissenschaft Double Degree (MLaw/LLM) Zweisprachiger Master (MLaw LU/NE) Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät Wirtschaftswissenschaften – Marktorientierte Unternehmensführung, Politische Öko nomie, Gesundheitsökonomie und -management, Applied Data Science Philosophy, Politics and Economics (PPE) Departement Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin Health Sciences Medizin DOKTORAT Theologische Fakultät Theologie Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultät Ethnologie Geschichte Judaistik Kulturwissenschaften Philosophie Politikwissenschaft Religionswissenschaft Soziologie Wissenschaftsforschung Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät Rechtswissenschaft Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät Wirtschaftswissenschaften Departement Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin Health Sciences NEU Humanmedizin WEITERBILDUNG Theologische Fakultät CAS Katechese CAS Kirchliche Jugendarbeit CAS Partnerschafts-, Ehe- und Familienpastoral CAS Religionsunterricht Nachdiplomstudium Berufseinführung Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultät NEU CAS Diskurskompetenzen für Führungskräfte CAS und MAS Philosophie und Medizin CAS, DAS und MAS Philosophie und Management Philosophie 4.0: Philosophie für die Gegenwart Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät Express-Fortbildung für Anwältinnen und Anwälte Formazione continua e aggiornamento per giuristi CAS Agrarrecht CAS Arbitration CAS Krankenversicherungsrecht CAS Privatversicherungsrecht CAS Prozessführung Schweizerische Richterakademie – CAS Judikative Staatsanwaltsakademie – CAS Forensics I & II Staatsanwaltsakademie – CAS Forensische Psychiatrie und Psychologie Staatsanwaltsakademie – CAS Wirtschaftsstrafrecht Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche Fakultät MAS in Effective Leadership / Einzelseminare CAS in Decision Making and Leadership CAS in Human Factors in Leadership CAS in Information Management and Leadership NEU CAS in Decisive Leadership CAS in Decision Making and Situation Monitoring CAS/MAS in Humanitarian Leadership CAS in Business and Marketing Analytics CAS in Innovation Management CAS in Innovation Implementation CAS in Ecosystem Management CAS in Growth and Transformation Departement Gesundheitswissenschaften und Medizin CAS Palliative Care Stand: 1. Mai 2022 85 INSTITUTE, SEMINARE UND FORSCHUNGSSTELLEN THEOLOGISCHE FAKULTÄT Institut für Jüdisch-Christliche Forschung (IJCF) www.unilu.ch/ijcf Institut für Sozialethik (ISE) www.unilu.ch/ise Religionspädagogisches Institut (RPI) www.unilu.ch/rpi Zentrum für Religion, Wirtschaft und Politik (ZRWP) www.zrwp.ch Zentrum für Religionsverfassungsrecht (ZRV) www.unilu.ch/zrv Zentrum Religionsforschung (ZRF) www.unilu.ch/zrf Zentrum für Theologie und Philosophie der Religionen (TheiRs) www.unilu.ch/theirs KULTUR- UND SOZIALWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Ethnologisches Seminar www.unilu.ch/ethnosem Historisches Seminar www.unilu.ch/histsem Institut für Jüdisch-Christliche Forschung (IJCF) www.unilu.ch/ijcf Philosophisches Seminar www.unilu.ch/philsem Politikwissenschaftliches Seminar www.unilu.ch/polsem Religionswissenschaftliches Seminar www.unilu.ch/relsem Seminar für Kulturwissenschaften und Wissenschaftsforschung www.unilu.ch/kuwifo SNF-Förderprofessur Literatur und Kulturwissenschaften www.unilu.ch/snf-foerderprofessur-literatur Soziologisches Seminar www.unilu.ch/sozsem Zentrum für Religion, Wirtschaft und Politik (ZRWP) www.zrwp.ch Zentrum Religionsforschung (ZRF) www.unilu.ch/zrf RECHTSWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Institut für Juristische Grundlagen (lucernaiuris) www.unilu.ch/lucernaiuris Institut für Wirtschaft und Regulierung (WiRe) www.unilu.ch/wire Justiciability of the Energy Strategy 2050 www.unilu.ch/energy-strategy-2050 Kompetenzstelle für Logistik und Transportrecht (KOLT) www.unilu.ch/kolt Luzerner Zentrum für Sozialversicherungsrecht (LuZeSo) www.unilu.ch/luzeso Zentrum für Konflikt und Verfahren (CCR) www.unilu.ch/ccr Zentrum für Recht und Gesundheit (ZRG) www.unilu.ch/zrg Zentrum für Recht und Nachhaltigkeit (CLS) www.unilu.ch/cls Staatsanwaltsakademie an der Universität Luzern www.unilu.ch/staatsanwaltsakademie WIRTSCHAFTSWISSENSCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT Center für Human Resource Management (CEHRM) www.unilu.ch/cehrm Institute of Marketing and Analytics (IMA) www.unilu.ch/ima DEPARTEMENT GESUNDHEITSWISSENSCHAFTEN UND MEDIZIN Center for Rehabilitation in Global Health Systems www.unilu.ch/crghs Clinical Trial Unit Central Switzerland (CTU-CS) www.unilu.ch/ctu-cs Swiss Learning Health System (SLHS) www.slhs.ch Zentrum für Gesundheit, Politik und Ökonomie (CHPE) www.unilu.ch/chpe Zentrum für Hausarztmedizin und Community Care www.unilu.ch/hausarztmedizin AN-INSTITUTE (ORGANISATORISCH UNABHÄNGIG) NEU: Institut für Schweizer Wirtschaftspolitik an der Universität Luzern (IWP) www.iwp.swiss Ökumenisches Institut Luzern (ÖI) www.unilu.ch/om Urner Institut Kulturen der Alpen an der Universität Luzern www.kulturen-der-alpen.ch Stand: 1. Mai 2022 86 Impressum Herausgeberin Universität Luzern Redaktion Universität Luzern, Universitätskommunikation Dave Schläpfer Frohburgstrasse 3 Postfach 6002 Luzern T +41 41 229 50 92 unikomm@unilu.ch Mitarbeit: Anna Chudozilov Gestaltung Universität Luzern, Universitätskommunikation Daniel Jurt Bilder Titelbild, Kapitelbilder und Portraits, Fotografie und grafische Bearbeitung: Silvan Bucher; S. 12: ©swiss-image.ch/Andy Mettler; S. 21: ©iStock.com/caughtinthe; S. 25: ©iStock.com/ BorisBrown; S. 29: ©iStock.com/imaginima; S. 37: ©iStock. com/andrei_r; S. 38: Valentin Luthiger / Institut Kulturen der Alpen; S. 39: Roberto Conciatori; S. 50: ©Unsplash/Claudio- Schwarz, ©iStock.com/Natali_Mis, Benno Bühlmann; S. 51: ©iStock.com/metamorworks; S. 52: ZFV; S. 53: Simon Leib- undgut, Winteruniversiade; S. 54: ©iStock.com/peterschrei- ber.media; S. 55: Silvan Bucher; S. 56: Roberto Contiatori; S. 57: ©iStock.com/AdamSmigielski Lektorat / Korrektorat Erika Frey Timillero Druck gammaprint ag Elektronische Version und Archiv www.unilu.ch/jahresbericht Gedruckt in der Schweiz auf Papier aus nachhaltig bewirtschafteten Wäldern Universität Luzern, Mai 2022 UNIVERSITÄT LUZERN Frohburgstrasse 3 Postfach 6002 Luzern T +41 41 229 50 00 www.unilu.ch

    Grösse: 8 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 18.08.2022

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Paper Buchheim

    Dynamics of Political Systems∗ Lukas Buchheim University of Munich Robert Ulbricht Toulouse School of Economics May 14, 2016 Abstract We develop a model of regime dynamics that embeds the principal transition scenarios examined by the literature. Political systems are a priori unrestricted and dynamics emerge through the combination and interaction of transition events over time. The model attributes a key role to beliefs held by political outsiders about the vulnerability of regimes, governing the likelihood and outcome of tran- sitions. In equilibrium, transition likelihoods are declining in a regime’s maturity, generating episodes of political stability alternating with rapid successions of revolts, counter revolts, and reforms. The stationary distribution of regimes is bimodal. The model dynamics match the data remarkably well. Keywords: Critical junctures, democratization, invariant distribution, iron law of oligarchy, regime dynamics, revolts. JEL Classification: D74, D78, P16. ∗This paper supersedes an earlier working paper circulated in 2014 under the title “Emer- gence and Persistence of Extreme Political Systems”. We would like to thank Daron Acemoglu, Toke Aidt, Matthias Doepke, Florian Englmaier, Matthias Fahn, Johannes Maier, Torsten Persson, Klaus M. Schmidt, Daniel Sturm, Uwe Sunde, and various seminar and conference participants for helpful comments and discussions. Financial support from the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft through SFB/TR 15 is gratefully acknowledged. Email Addresses: lukas.buchheim@econ.lmu.de, robert.ulbricht@tse-fr.eu. 1 Introduction A growing literature in political economy explores the causes and circumstances of political transitions. So far, this literature has focused on explaining specific patterns of regime changes, initiated by either reforms or revolts. In contrast, the unfolding dynamics of political systems, which result from the combination and interaction of individual transition events over time, have received little attention. In this paper, we take a step towards filling this gap, placing the dynamic process of political systems at the center of analysis. In particular, we provide a unified framework that integrates the principal transi- tion scenarios discussed in the previous literature: (i) democratization (a move from autocratic regimes to democratic ones); (ii) reversely, the collapse of democracies; and (iii) the replacement of autocracies by other autocracies. Although simple in its nature the framework is rich enough to generate observable statistics of the transition process of political systems, allowing us not only to study regime dynamics unfolding in an environment that jointly allows for the main transition events, but also to quantitatively compare them to the data. Following the literature, we focus on reforms and revolts as means of political tran- sitions, but generalize earlier models to endogenize the outcome of political transitions and to ensure that there are no exogenously absorbing political systems. Specifically, our model builds on the seminal paper by Acemoglu and Robinson (2000b), which posits that the threat of revolts is an important cause for democratizing reforms. To endogenize the outcome of reforms, we allow franchise extensions to be of arbitrary scope. For revolts, we model a coordination process that determines the mass of revolting outsiders, who in turn form the newly emerging regime if a revolt succeeds. In consequence, our model defines a continuous space of political systems, ranging from single-person dictatorships to full-scale democracies. All political regimes within this space are, in principle, attainable through political transitions.1 Two important features of political transitions in the data are that (i) transitions tend to be clustered over time, with the flipside that both autocratic and democratic 1As is common in the politico-economic literature, we characterize political systems by the fraction of the population with access to political power. Examples for regimes where political power is concentrated in the hands of exclusive elites are, e.g., Chile (1973–90) and today’s North Korea. The majority of the population is, by contrast, enfranchised in most Western democracies. Regimes between the two extremes, where parts of the population is deprived from political rights in an otherwise inclusive system, are, e.g., Hungary (1921–31) and Madagascar (1960–72). 1 regimes tend to stabilize in the long run, and (ii) the co-existence of both reforms and revolts as means of transition. The model sketched so far does not capture these facts well. We propose that these features can be accounted for in a parsimonious way if political outsiders know less about the regime’s vulnerability to a revolt than political insiders. On the one hand, such an information asymmetry will lead insiders to sometimes take “tough stance” rather than to negotiate on moderate reforms when facing revolutionary pressure, opening the door for significant revolts along the equilibrium path. On the other hand, we will show that learning about a regime’s vulnerability across periods also provides a natural explanation for both the emergence of episodes of political instability as well as the long-run stabilization of political regimes. In addition to generating realistic patterns for the likelihoods of transitions, asym- metric information also helps generating properties for the outcomes of transitions that are consistent with the data. In particular, we show that the modal reform leads to a democratic political system, while the typical revolt establishes an autocracy. We proceed by outlining the intuition for our main findings in greater detail. Regime dynamics Because of asymmetric information, the likelihood of transitions crucially hinges on how vulnerable the regime is perceived to be by political outsiders. To illustrate this as cleanly as possible, we first consider a baseline version of our model where we treat the prior of political outsiders regarding the regime’s vulnerability as exogenous. In this environment, if it is a priori unlikely that the regime is vulnerable to a revolt, few outsiders find it worthwhile to support a revolt, posing a negligible threat to the regime, and reforms and revolts are ultimately unlikely. When, by contrast, a regime is perceived to be vulnerable, more outsiders are in principle willing to support a revolt, which in turn also increases the regime’s incentives to reform. In equilibrium, this generates a non-trivial likelihood of either type of transition. The link between prior beliefs and transition likelihoods suggests a crucial role for learning dynamics in shaping the timing of transitions. Specifically, if the institutional characteristics underlying the vulnerability of a regime are persistent, then outsiders may not only learn from the regime’s contemporaneous actions, but also from the history of political transitions (or their absence). In our main exploration of regime dynamics, we use a version of the model where we allow for such learning dynamics. The key insight regarding the timing of regime changes is a negative relationship between the likelihood of observing a transition and the maturity of a regime, which 2 accounts for the long-run stabilization of regimes seen in the data. The reason for this finding is that both reforms and revolts are more likely to occur when a regime is vulnerable, whereas the absence of a transition is a sign of internal stability. Accordingly, outsiders gradually become more and more convinced that a regime is invulnerable as it matures, reducing their willingness to revolt. Once a transition eventually occurs, however, outsiders rationally believe the new regime to be relatively more vulnerable, entailing a rise in the likelihood of further transitions. A consequence of the negative relation between a regime’s hazard rate and its maturity is that transition events tend to be clustered across time, giving rise to episodes of political stability alternating with episodes of political turbulence. Accounting for the rich transition patterns that can be observed in the data, episodes of political turbulence can be composed of rapid successions of revolts, of alternations between reforms and counter-revolts, as well as of gradual democratization episodes through a series of reforms. One aspect recently highlighted is the existence of critical junctures for the evolution of political systems, where small differences in initial conditions can lead to diverging paths with long-lasting consequences (Acemoglu and Robinson, 2012). In the model, political turbulences pose such critical junctures. Whereas the outcome of such episodes is largely determined by small and random variations in current states, the type of political system that eventually survives an episode of political turbulence is likely to persist for a long time. Another prediction of the model is what is sometimes labeled as the “iron law of oligarchy”. Because outsiders believe mature regimes to be invulnerable, mature regimes in turn find it generally attractive to abstain from reforms regardless of their true vulnerability. Accordingly, mature regimes are bound to eventually fall by means of a revolt and to be succeeded by an autocratic regime. The flipside of this result is that the typical path to democracy starts with a revolt triggering a critical juncture. However, because revolts are likely to be small, the event that ultimately establishes a democracy is usually a reform. This is consistent, e.g., with the observation of Karl (1990, p. 8) that no stable South American democracy has been the result of mass revolutions (see also Rustow, 1970; O’Donnell and Schmitter, 1973; Huntington, 1991). 3 Invariant distribution At an aggregate level, perhaps the most salient characteristic of the process defining the dynamics of regimes is its invariant distribution. Matching the data, the model’s distribution of political systems across time is bimodal with mass concentrated on autocratic and democratic political systems and with little mass on intermediate polities. The model identifies two forces underlying the bimodal shape of the invariant distribution. First, there is a polarization of political systems during their emergence, with transitions resulting in regimes that tend to be either autocratic or democratic. In particular, observing concessions in the form of a reform, outsiders in the model conclude that the regime is weak. Accordingly, small reforms fuel coordination amongst outsiders along the intensive margin, while doing little to reduce revolutionary pressure along the extensive margin. To be effective, reforms thus need to be far-reaching, leading to the establishment of fairly democratic regimes with little opposition. In contrast, revolts in the model result in fairly autocratic regimes. This is because revolts with widespread support that are likely to succeed would be preempted by insiders. On the other hand, revolts that are likely to fail cannot grow too large either, since only a small set of outsiders with sufficiently high gains from revolting would be willing to take the risk of supporting an ill-fated revolt. The second force underlying the bimodal shape of the long-run distribution is a persistence of both autocracies and democracies relative to intermediate types of systems. Democracies are more likely to survive (though not indefinitely2) due to a lack of meaningful opposition. Autocracies, by contrast, face higher transition probabilities than democracies, in particular when they are young, but these transitions are likely to lead to a succession of an autocratic regime by another autocracy. While the identity of autocratic leaders may change more frequently, autocratic systems therefore tend to survive over time. Comparison to the data Our model breaks down the dynamics of political systems into statistics describing the short-run outcomes of transition events, the stability of political regimes over time, as well as the long-run distribution of political systems. We contrast these statistics as generated by the model with their empirical counterparts using panel data on regime dynamics for the majority of countries from 1919 onwards. 2Even though democratic regimes enfranchise the majority of the population, there is typically a small group of oppositional “hardliners” in equilibrium that will eventually succeed in overthrowing even the most democratic political system. 4 Considering that the model’s predictions are derived from a simple framework, the match of the model to the data is remarkably good, both qualitatively and quantitatively Related literature To study the dynamics of political system, our work builds on a number of ingredients that have previously been studied mainly in isolation. In particular, the preemptive logic of reforms is based on the seminal work by Acemoglu and Robinson (2000b), Conley and Temini (2001), as well as Boix (2003).3 Closely related to our paper is the analysis by Acemoglu and Robinson (2001) where preemptive reforms co-exist with coups against democracies. Similarly, Acemoglu, Ticchi and Vindigni (2010), Acemoglu and Robinson (2000a), and Ellis and Fender (2011) explore settings that feature both reforms and revolts against autocracies, where the latter two are particularly close to us as they also make use of asymmetric information to achieve co-existence of reforms and revolts. However, all these papers focus on specific, exogenously imposed transition patterns and, with the exception of Acemoglu and Robinson (2001), rule out repeated transitions. Regarding revolts, our modeling strategy builds on a long tradition of using coordi- nation games in conflict situations (see, e.g., Granovetter, 1978, Kuran, 1989, and the discussion of Morris and Shin, 1998 by Atkeson, 2000). Depending on the context, in- formation has been noted to be able to both spur or hinder coordination (e.g. Lohmann, 1994, Chwe, 2000, Bueno de Mesquita, 2010, Fearon, 2011). In such situations, political leaders have obvious incentives to manipulate public signals directly, as in the works of Angeletos, Hellwig and Pavan (2006) and Edmond (2013), or to carefully consider the information costs associated with their policies, as in our model. Supporting the mechanism proposed in this paper, Finkel, Gehlbach and Olsen (2015) present empirical evidence that halfhearted reforms may fuel revolts by raising the expectations of success among disenfranchised parts of the population. Our paper also relates to a theoretical political economy literature that studies environments characterized by rich polity spaces. This includes the work on gradual enfranchisement by Justman and Gradstein (1999), Jack and Lagunoff (2006), and 3A related strand of the democratization literature argues that reforms may also be reflective of situations where autocratic decision makers are better off in a democratized political system than under the status quo (e.g., Bourguignon and Verdier, 2000; Lizzeri and Persico, 2004; and Llavador and Oxoby, 2005). On the empirical side, Przeworski (2009), Aidt and Jensen (2014), and Aidt and Franck (2015) provide evidence suggesting that preemptive reforms are indeed the driving force behind democratization. In a similar spirit, Besley, Persson and Reynal-Querol (2014) show theoretically and empirically that a higher risk to lose political power induces leaders to conduct constitutional reforms. 5 Gradstein (2007), as well as a number of recent papers analyzing different manifestations of the dynamic tradeoff that arises when the future distribution of power, and thus future policy, is driven by current political decisions (Roberts, 1999a,b; Barberà, Maschler and Shalev, 2001; Lagunoff, 2009; Acemoglu, Egorov and Sonin, 2008, 2012, 2016; Bai and Lagunoff, 2011; Prato, 2016). Due to their theoretical focus, these papers, however, either restrict transitions to be reforms (often modeled by means of dynamic voting games) or do not specify the exact transition mechanism in detail. Relative to all the aforementioned literature, a key novelty of this paper is its focus on providing a rationale for the dynamics of political systems observed in aggregate data. As such, this paper adds to the literature by, first, making explicit predictions regarding the relative importance of the most frequent types of transitions—reforms and revolts—, and by, second, relating the mode of transitions to the characteristics of the resulting regimes.4 Both these steps are necessary to obtain a quantifiable model of aggregate political dynamics. In addition to the aforementioned predictions, this paper also provides an explanation for the decreasing hazard rates of regimes, which has been previously documented by, e.g., Bienen and van de Walle (1989, 1992) and Svolik (2008). Earlier theories have attributed this fact to a consolidation of power over time (e.g., Svolik, 2008, 2009) and to the establishment of institutions that allow for a credible sharing of power amongst autocratic elites (Gandhi and Przeworski, 2007; Magaloni, 2008; Boix and Svolik, 2013; Francois, Rainer and Trebbi, 2015). We complement these rationales by highlighting how, in the presence of asymmetric information, learning over time naturally leads to a stabilization of regimes as they mature. Layout The rest of the paper is organized as follows. Section 2 introduces the baseline model with exogenous priors. Section 3 characterizes the likelihood and outcomes of transitions conditional on the prior. Section 4 extends the model to the case with endogenous priors. Sections 5 and 6 contain our main results on regime dynamics and the long-run properties of political systems. Section 7 compares the theoretical predictions to the data, and Section 8 concludes. Technical details are confined to the appendix. 4In this sense, we also relate to Cervellati, Fortunato and Sunde (2012, 2014) who show that con- sensual transitions foster civil liberties and property rights provisions in contrast to violent transitions. 6 2 The model with exogenous priors In this section we set up a simple, dynamic model of repeated political transitions that are driven by both reforms and revolts. Political systems are defined by the fraction of the population with access to power and can attain any value on [0, 1]. 2.1 Setup We consider an infinite horizon economy with a continuum of two-period lived agents. Each generation has a mass equal to 1. At time t, fraction λt of the population has the power to implement political decisions, whereas the remaining agents are excluded from political power. We refer to these two groups as (political) “insiders” and “outsiders”. When born, the distribution of political power among the young is inherited from their parent generation; that is, λt agents are born as insiders, while 1− λt agents are born as outsiders. However, agents who are born as outsiders can attempt to overthrow the current regime and thereby acquire political power. To this end, outsiders choose individually and simultaneously whether or not to participate in a revolt. Because all political change will take effect at the beginning of the next period (see below), only young outsiders have an interest in participating in a revolt. Accordingly, we denote young outsider i’s choice by φit ∈ {0, 1} and use the aggregated mass of supporters, st = ∫ φit di, to refer to the size of the resulting revolt. Given the mass of supporters st, the probability that a revolt is successful is given by p(θt, st) = θth(st), (1) where θt ∈ Θ is a random state of the world that reflects the vulnerability of the current regime or their ability to put down a revolt, and h is an increasing and twice differentiable function, h : [0, 1]→ [0, 1], with h(0) = 0. That is, the threat of a revolt to the current regime is increasing in the mass of its supporters and in the vulnerability of the regime. When a revolt has no supporters (st = 0) or the regime is not vulnerable (θt = 0), it fails with certainty. The purpose of θt in our model is to introduce asymmetric information between insiders and outsiders that, as will become clear below, ensures that revolts are prevalent along the equilibrium path. Formally we have (for now) that the state θt is exogenously distributed on Θ = [0, 1], is i.i.d. from one period to the next, and is revealed to insiders 7 at the beginning of each period. Outsiders only know the prior distribution of θt. We assume that θ has a differentiable distribution function F with F ′(θ) > 0 for all θ in the interior of Θ. After they learn θt, insiders may try to alleviate the threat of a revolt by conducting reforms. We follow Acemoglu and Robinson (2000b) by modeling these reforms as an extension of the franchise to outsiders, which is effective in preventing them from supporting a revolt.5 Aiming to endogenize the political system λt, we, however, generalize this mechanism by allowing insiders to continuously extend the regime by any fraction, xt − λt, of young outsiders, where xt ∈ [λt, 1] is the reformed political system. Because preferences of insiders will be perfectly aligned, there is no need to specify the decision making process leading to xt in detail. Given the (aggregated) policy choices st and xt, and conditional on the outcome of a revolt, the political system evolves as follows: λt+1 = st if the regime is overthrown, and xt otherwise. (2) When a revolt fails (indicated by ηt = 0), reforms take effect and the old regime stays in power. The resulting political system in t+ 1 is then given by xt. In the complementary case, when a revolt succeeds (ηt = 1), those who have participated will form the new regime. Accordingly, after a successful revolt, the fraction of insiders at t+ 1 is equal to st. Note that this specification prevents non-revolting outsiders from reaping the benefits from overthrowing a regime so that there are no gains from free-riding in our model. To complete the model description, we still have to specify how payoffs are distributed across the two groups of agents at t. As for outsiders, we assume that they receive a constant per period payoff of γit which is privately assigned to each agent at birth and is drawn from a uniform distribution on [0, 1]. This heterogeneity is meant to reflect differences in the propensity to revolt, possibly resulting from different degrees of economical or ideological adaption to a regime. In contrast, insiders enjoy per period payoffs u(λt), where u is twice differentiable, u′ < 0, and u(1) is normalized to unity. We think of u(·) as a reduced form function that captures the various benefits of having political power (e.g., from extracting a 5That it is indeed individually rational for enfranchised outsiders to not support a revolt is shown in Appendix B. 8 common resource stock, implementing preferred policies, etc.).6 One important feature of u is that it is decreasing in the current regime size and, hence, extending the regime is costly for insiders (e.g., because resources have to be shared, or preferences about policies become less aligned). Another thing to note is that u(λt) ≥ γit for all λt and γit; that is, being part of the regime is always desirable. In the case of full democracy (λt = 1) all citizens are insiders and enjoy utility normalized to the one of a perfectly adapted outsider. To simplify the analysis, we assume that members of an overthrown regime and participants in a failed revolt are worst-adapted to the new regime (γit = 0). For the upcoming analysis it will be convenient to define the (future) utility of agents that are born at time t, which is given by: V I(ηt, xt) = (1− ηt)u(xt), (3) V O(ηt, γit, st, φit) = φitηtu(st) + (1− φit)γit, (4) where superscript I and O denote agents that are born as (or were enfranchised) insiders and outsiders, respectively. In both cases, the terms correspond to the second period payoffs accruing from date t+ 1 (which are a function of date-t choices), omitting the first period payoffs (which are unaffected by the policy choices of generation-t). Since agents do not face an intertemporal tradeoff, we do not need to define a discount rate here. The timing of events within one period can be summarized as follows: 1. The state of the world θt is revealed to insiders. 2. Insiders may extend political power to a fraction xt ∈ [λt, 1] of the population. 3. Observing xt, outsiders individually and simultaneously decide whether or not to participate in a revolt. 4. Transitions according to (1) and (2) take place, period t+ 1 starts with the birth of a new generation, and payoffs determined by λt+1 are realized. 6More specifically, u should be interpreted as a value function where all policy choices associated with having political power—except enfranchising political outsiders—are replaced by optimal policy rules. In particular, this applies to all question about the organization of the economy, resource reallocation, or (similarly) the design of political institutions used to enfranchise outsiders. Subsuming these issues into u allows us to tractably focus on the inherent dynamics of political systems spanned by political reforms and revolts. Notice, however, that all other policy choices still affect our analysis inasmuch as they determine the shape of u (see also the discussion in Footnote 13). 9 We characterize the set of perfect Bayesian equilibria. To increase the predictive power of our model, we impose two equilibrium refinements. First, we rule out “instable” coordination outcomes where an infinitesimal perturbation of the conjectured equilibrium support ŝt would result in a first-order shift in st. 7 Second, we limit attention to equilibria that are consistent with the D1 criterion introduced by Cho and Kreps (1987), a standard refinement for signaling games. The D1 criterion restricts outsiders to believe that whenever they observe a reform x′ that is not conducted in equilibrium, the reform has been implemented by a regime with vulnerability θ′, for which a deviation to x′ would be most attractive.8 Anticipating some equilibrium properties, we simplify our notation as follows. First, outsiders’ beliefs regarding the regime’s vulnerability will be uniquely determined in our setup. We therefore denote the commonly held belief by θ̂t, dropping the index i. Second, there are no nondegenerate mixed strategy equilibria in our game (see the proofs to Propositions 1 and 2). Accordingly, we restrict notation to pure strategies. This leads to the following definition of equilibrium for our economy. Definition. Given a history δ = {λ0} ∪ {{φiτ}, θτ , xτ , ητ}t−1 τ=0, an equilibrium in this economy consists of strategies xδ : (θ, λ) 7→ x and {φiδ : (θ̂, x) 7→ φi}, and beliefs θ̂δ(λ, x) 7→ θ̂, such that for all possible histories δ: a. Reforms xδ maximize expected insider’s utility E{V I(·)} given states (θt, λt), and outsiders’ beliefs θ̂δ and strategies {φiδ}; b. Each outsider’s revolt choice φiδ maximizes E{V O(·)} given insiders’ reforms xδ, other outsiders’ revolt choices {φjδ}, and beliefs θ̂δ; 7This rules out coordination on st = 0 supported by the belief that ŝt = 0 (implying a zero probability of success), but where an infinitesimal small chance of success would persuade a non- marginal mass of outsiders to revolt. In a previous version of this paper (Buchheim and Ulbricht, 2014), we demonstrate that this restriction is formally equivalent to characterizing the set of trembling-hand perfect equilibria (at the expense of additional notation). An alternative (and outcome-equivalent) approach to rule out these instabilities would be to restrict attention to equilibria which are the limit to a sequence of economies with a finite number of outsiders, where each agent’s decision has non-zero weight on st. 8More precisely, beliefs are attributed to the state in which a deviation to x′ is attractive for the largest set of possible inferences about the regime’s vulnerability. Formally, let V ∗(θ) ≡ E{V I(η, x∗(θ, λ))|θ} be the insiders’ expected payoff in state θ under a candidate equilibrium x∗. Then the D1 criterion restricts beliefs for off-equilibrium events x′ to states θ′ that maximize Dθ′,x′ = {θ̂ : E{V I(η, x′)|θ′, s = s(θ̂, x′)} ≥ V ∗(θ′)}, where s(θ̂, x) is the mass of outsiders that revolt given a belief θ̂ under the conjectured equilibrium (Dθ′,x′ is maximal here if there is no θ′′, such that Dθ′,x′ is a proper subset of Dθ′′,x′). 10 c. Beliefs θ̂δ are obtained using Bayes rule given xδ, and θ̂δ satisfies the D1 criterion; d. States (λt, ηt) are consistent with (1) and (2); e. Coordination among outsiders is stable; i.e., perturbing perceived coordination ŝt by ε shifts the coordination outcome st by at most ν where ν → 0 as ε→ 0. 2.2 Political equilibrium We now derive the equilibrium strategies of insiders and outsiders, pinning down the political equilibrium in the model economy. Our analysis is simplified by the overlapping generations structure of the model, which gives rise to a sequence of “generation games” between young insiders and young outsiders. Since (for now) the distribution of political power at time t captures all payoff-relevant information of the history up to t, the only link between generations is λt. We can therefore characterize the set of equilibria in the baseline model by characterizing the equilibria of the generation games as a function of λt. All other elements of the history up to time t may affect the equilibrium at t only by (hypothetically) selecting between multiple equilibria (if the equilibrium in the generation game would not be unique). The generation game consists of two stages that determine the political system at t+ 1. In the second stage, outsiders have to choose whether or not to support a revolt. Because the likelihood that a revolt succeeds depends on the total mass of its supporters, outsiders face a coordination problem in their decision to revolt. In the first stage, prior to this coordination problem, insiders decide on the degree to which political power is extended to outsiders. On the one hand this will decrease revolutionary pressure along the extensive margin by contracting the pool of potential insurgents. On the other hand, extending the regime may also contain information about the regime’s vulnerability. As a result, reforms may also increase revolutionary pressure along the intensive margin by increasing coordination among outsiders who are not subject to reforms. Insiders’ policy choices will therefore be governed by signaling considerations. We proceed by backward induction in solving for the equilibrium of the generation game, beginning with the outsiders’ coordination problem. 11 Stage 2: Coordination among outsiders Consider the outsiders’ coordination problem at time t. Without loss of generality, define θ̂t ≡ E{θt}.9 For any given belief, (θ̂t, ŝt) ∈ Θ × [0, 1], individual rationality requires all outsiders to choose a φit that maximizes their expected utility E{V O(·)}. At time t, outsider i with opportunity cost γit will therefore participate in a revolt if and only if γit ≤ p(θ̂t, ŝt)u(ŝt) ≡ γ̄(ŝt). (5) In equilibrium γ̄(ŝt) is the expected benefit of participating in a revolt that is supported by a mass ŝt of outsiders. Since γ̄(ŝt) is independent of γit, it follows that in any equilibrium the set of outsiders who support a revolt at t is given by the agents who are least adapted to the current regime. Suppose for the time being that γ̄(ŝt) ≤ 1. Then, γ̄(ŝt) defines the fraction of young outsiders that participates in a revolt, and, therefore, the size of a revolt, st, that would follow from γ̄(ŝt) is given by st = (1− xt) γ̄(ŝt). (6) Further note that in any equilibrium it must hold that st = ŝt. Therefore, as long as γ̄(ŝt) ≤ 1, the share of outsiders that support a revolt at t has to be a fixed point to (6). To guarantee that this is always the case and to further ensure that a well-behaved fixed point exists, we impose the following assumption. Assumption A1. For ψ(s) ≡ h(s) · u(s), a. ψ′ ≥ 0 and ψ′′ ≤ 0; b. lims→0 ψ ′(s) =∞. Intuitively, Assumption A1 states that participating in a revolt becomes more attractive as the total share of supporters grows; i.e., the participation choices of outsiders are strategic complements. This requires that the positive effect of an additional supporter on the success probability outweighs the negative effect of being in a slightly larger regime after a successful revolt. To ensure existence, we further require that the positive effect of an additional supporter is sufficiently strong when a revolt is smallest, and is decreasing as revolts grow larger. 9From our specification of p, E{V O} is linear in θt so that E{θt} is a sufficient statistic for the full posterior distribution of θt. 12 Using Assumption A1, the above discussion together with our stability requirement leads to the following proposition. Proposition 1. In any equilibrium, the mass of outsiders supporting a revolt at time t is uniquely characterized by a time-invariant function, s : (θ̂t, xt) 7→ st, which satisfies s(0, ·) = s(·, 1) = 0, increases in θ̂t, and decreases in xt. All proofs are in the appendix. Proposition 1 establishes the already discussed tradeoff of conducting reforms: On the one hand, reforms reduce support for a revolt along the extensive margin. In particular, in the limit where regimes reform to a full-scaled democracy, any threat of revolt is completely dissolved. On the other hand, if reforms signal that a regime is vulnerable, they may backfire by increasing support along the intensive margin. Stage 1: Reforms by insiders We now turn to the insiders’ decision problem. Since more vulnerable regimes have higher incentives to reform than less vulnerable ones, conducting reforms will be associated with being intrinsically weak and, therefore, indeed increases coordination along the intensive margin. For the benefits along the extensive margin to justify these costs, reforms have to be far-reaching, inducing regimes to enfranchise a large proportion of the population whenever they conduct reforms. The following proposition summarizes the resulting equilibrium schedule of reforms. Proposition 2. In any equilibrium, policy choices of insiders and beliefs of outsiders are uniquely10 characterized by time-invariant functions x : (θt, λt) 7→ xt, ξ : θt 7→ ξt, θ̂ : (λt, xt) 7→ θ̂t, and θ̄ : λt 7→ θ̄t, such that x(θt, λt) = λt if θt < θ̄(λt) ξ(θt) if θt ≥ θ̄(λt), 10Uniqueness results from the D1 equilibrium refinement. However, even without D1 reforms are always weakly increasing, starting from a strictly positive pool at xt = λt and having a discontinuity at the marginally reforming regime θ̄t. Accordingly, the D1 refinement merely pins down a unique shape of ξ—i.e., xt conditional on that there is a reform (see the proof for details)—ensuring global uniqueness of reforms. 13 and θ̂(λt, xt) = E{θt|θt ≤ θ̄(λt)} if xt = λt θ̄(λt) if λt < xt < ξ(θ̄(λt)) ξ−1(xt) if ξ(θ̄(λt)) ≤ xt ≤ ξ(1) 1 if xt > ξ(1), where ξ′ > 0 with ξ(θt) > λt for all θt > θ̄(λt) and θ̄(λt) > 0 for all λt. Proposition 2 defines insiders’ policy choices for generation t as a function of (θt, λt). Because the logic behind these choices is the same for all values of λt, we can discuss the underlying intuition keeping λt fixed. To this end, Figure 1 plots reform choices (left panel) and the implied probability to be overthrown (right panel) for a given λt. It can be seen that whenever a regime is less vulnerable than θ̄(λt), insiders prefer to not conduct any reforms (i.e., xt = λt), leading to a substantial threat for regimes with θt close to θ̄(λt). Only if θt ≥ θ̄(λt), reforms will be conducted (xt = ξ(θt)), which in equilibrium effectively mitigates the threat to be overthrown, ruling out marginal reforms where ξ(θt)→ λt. To see why marginal reforms are not effective in reducing revolutionary pressure consider Figure 2. Here we plot equilibrium beliefs (left panel) and the corresponding mass of insurgents (right panel) as functions of xt. If the political system is left unchanged by insiders, outsiders only know the average state θ̂pool t ≡ E{θ|θ ≤ θ̄(λt)} of all regimes that pool on xt = λt in equilibrium. On the other hand, every extension of the regime—how small it may be—leads to a non-marginal change in outsiders’ beliefs from θ̂pool t to θ̂t ≥ θ̄(λt) and, hence, results in a non-marginal increase in revolutionary pressure along the intensive margin. It follows that there exists some x̃(λt), such that for all xt < x̃(λt) the increase of pressure along the intensive margin dominates the decrease along the extensive margin. Thus, reforms smaller than x̃(λt) will backfire and increase the mass of insurgents (as seen in the right panel of Figure 2), explaining why effective reforms have to be non-marginal. Furthermore, optimality of reforms requires that the benefit of reducing pressure compensates for insiders’ disliking of sharing power. Because x̃(λt) > λt, it follows that u(x̃(λt)) < u(λt). Moreover, any reform marginally increasing the regime beyond x̃(λt) leads only to a marginal increase in the likelihood to stay in power. Hence, there exists a non-empty interval, given by [x̃(λt), ξ(θ̄(λt))], in which reforms are effective, yet 14 λt ξ(θ̄t) 1 0 θ̄t 1 Equilibrium Reforms θt xt 1 2 0 θ̄t 1 Probability to Be Overthrown θt pt Figure 1. Equilibrium reforms and implied probability to be overthrown. θ̂pool t θ̄t 1 0 λt ξ(θ̄t)1 Equilibrium Beliefs xt θ̂t s(θ̂pool t , λt) 1 0 λt x̃ ξ(θ̄t)1 Mass of Insurgents xt st Figure 2. Equilibrium beliefs and implied mass of insurgents. insiders prefer to gamble for their political survival in order to hold on to the benefits of not sharing power in case they survive. This explains the substantial threat for regimes with θt close to θ̄(λt), as seen in the right panel of Figure 1.11 Existence and uniqueness of equilibrium Propositions 1 and 2 uniquely pin down all policy choices in every state, which in turn determine the evolution of political systems. We conclude that there is no scope for multiple equilibria in our model. Verifying that an equilibrium exists, then permits us to reach the following conclusion. 11More precisely, gambling for survival increases the likelihood to be overthrown in two ways. First, since at the margin more vulnerable regimes join the pool at xt = λt, these regimes obviously face a high threat by not conducting reforms. Second, since these regimes also shift the pooling belief towards pooling regimes being more vulnerable, the threat further increases for regimes of all vulnerabilities in the pool (reflected by an upward-rotation of the revolt probability for pooling regimes around zero). 15 Proposition 3. There exists an equilibrium, in which for all histories δ, policy map- pings xδ and {φiδ}1 i=0, as well as beliefs θ̂δ correspond to the time-invariant mappings underlying Propositions 1 and 2. Furthermore, for any given initial political system λ0, the equilibrium is unique. 3 Likelihood and outcomes of transitions We begin our analysis of regime dynamics by investigating the properties of political transitions conditional on the current regime λt (and conditional on the exogenous prior of outsiders). By Proposition 3, policy mappings are time-invariant, implying that (λt, θt) is a sufficient statistic for characterizing the transition dynamics of the political system from time t to t+ 1. Integrating out θt, political systems in the unique equilibrium follow a Markov process Q(λt,Λ) where Q is the probability that λt+1 ∈ Λ in state λt. To qualitatively and quantitatively explore this process, We decompose Q into observable statistics as follows: Q(λt,Λ) = ρS(λt)×QS(λt,Λ) + ρR(λt)×QR(λt,Λ) + {1 − ρS(λt) − ρR(λt)} × 1λt∈Λ. (7) Here, ρS and ρR are the probabilities that in state λt a transition occurs via revolts or reforms; QS and QR are conditional transition functions (specifying the probability that in state λt the system λt+1 ∈ Λ emerges from a revolt or reform); and 1 is an indicator function equal to unity whenever λt ∈ Λ.12 Accordingly, the first term in (7) defines the probability that system λt+1 ∈ Λ emerges through a revolt, the second term defines the probability that λt+1 ∈ Λ emerges from a reform, and the third term indicates the event of no transition. 12Formally, let s̃(λ, θ) ≡ s(θ̂(λ, x(λ, θ)), x(λ, θ)) and p̃(λ, θ) ≡ p(θ, s̃(λ, θ)). Then: ρS(λ) = ∫ 1 0 p̃(λ, θ) dF (θ) QS(λ,Λ) = ρS(λ)−1 ∫ {s̃(λ,θ)∈Λ} p̃(λ, θ) dF (θ) ρR(λ) = ∫ 1 θ̄(λ) (1− p̃(λ, θ)) dF (θ) QR(λ,Λ) = ρR(λ)−1 ∫ {x(λ,θ)∈Λ\{λ}} (1− p̃(λ, θ)) dF (θ). 16 Parametrization Before proceeding, let us introduce a simple parametric example, which we will use for all simulations throughout the paper. For this, let u(λt) = − exp(λtβ1) + β0 and h(st) = sαt . Here one may think of β0 as a common resource stock or some other private benefits that decline at an exponential rate β1 as power is shared with more insiders. The parameter β1 hence measures the costs of enfranchising political outsiders. In practice, we expect these costs to be high for resource-rich and less developed economies.13 To reduce the number of free parameters, further suppose that ψ′(1) = 0; i.e., the strategic effect of an additional outsider supporting a revolt becomes negligible when revolts are supported by the full population. Together with our assumptions on u and h, this pins down α and β0 in terms of β1, which is restricted to approximately satisfy β1 ∈ (0, 0.56).14 While the qualitative predictions of our model are similar for different values of β1, the magnitude of β1 will control the relative frequency of reforms to revolts. For β1 close to its lower bound, reforms are essentially free and there will be a single, comprehensive reform at t = 0 that leads to an (almost) universal democracy. For β1 close to its upper bound, reforms will be prohibitively expensive and regime dynamics will be exclusively driven by revolts. For all illustrations throughout the main paper, we set β1 to an intermediary value of 0.385 that is chosen to roughly match the empirical distribution of autocratic regimes relative to democratic ones (see Section 6 for details). Alternative parametrization are discussed in Appendix D. In the remainder of this section we explore the properties of ρS, ρR, QS and QR and their dependence on the exogenous prior of outsiders. While it highlights some of the forces that eventually shape dynamics in the endogenous prior model, readers mainly interested in the dynamics under endogenous priors may wish to skip to Section 4. Outcomes of transitions Using (7), the type of political systems that emerge from transitions are defined by the conditional transition functions QS and QR. From Proposition 2 it is clear that reforms in state λt will be bounded below by ξ(θ̄(λt)), 13In particular, we expect that in modern production economies with strong labor complementarities and high capital returns a commitment to honor property rights by enfranchising outsiders generates positive effects on aggregate income. In particular, property rights are likely to encourage enfranchised outsiders to acquire human capital, to supply high-skilled labor, or to invest their savings. We therefore expect u′ to be small when elites profit from these benefits, mitigating the costs of sharing power. 14In particular, α = β1 exp(β1) and β0 = exp(β1) + 1, restricting β1 ∈ (0, exp(−β1)) ≈ (0, 0.56). 17 4 8 12 0 λ̄S 0.5 1 Polities after Revolts λt+1 pdf 4 8 12 0 0.5 λ̄R 1 Polities after Reforms λt+1 pdf Figure 3. Distribution of political systems after revolts and reforms (uniform prior). since smaller reforms would be ineffective in reducing revolutionary pressure as they would increase coordination of outsiders along the intensive margin. Accordingly, there is an interval [0, λ̄Rλ ] that is not attained by reforms originating in state λ; i.e., QR(λ, [0, λ̄Rλ ]) = 0. Similarly, revolts cannot grow too large, since otherwise insiders would prefer to preempt them.15 In particular, effectiveness of reforms implies that revolts will be bounded above by s(θ̂pool t , λt), implying QS(λ, [λ̄Sλ , 1]) = 0 for some λ̄Sλ . In a previous version of this paper (Buchheim and Ulbricht, 2014, Proposition 4), we have shown for uniform F that λ̄Rλ > 1/2 and λ̄Sλ < 1/2 for all λ. That is, regardless of the originating regime, reforms would always result in regimes where a majority of citizens holds political power, whereas revolts would always result in autocracies with a small elite ruling over a majority of political outsiders. Figure 3 illustrates the uniform case using the parametric example introduced above. Here we plot the conditional distributions of political systems that emerge from reforms and from revolts.16 From the left panel, it becomes apparent that approximately two types of autoc- racies emerge after revolts: dictatorships, corresponding to regimes that emerge after revolts against democracies, and autocracies which emerge after succeeding other non- democratic regimes. The right panel, in turn, displays the distribution of political 15More precisely, insiders would preempt large revolts if they are vulnerable. Accordingly, outsiders know the regime to be resistant in the absence of reforms, so that joining a revolt becomes risky and only outsiders with high potential gains from revolting—i.e., low realizations of γi—are willing to take the risk. This further reduces the chances of success, reducing the support even more, etc. 16The reported distributions weight the transition functions, QS(λt, ·) and QR(λt, ·), with the invariant distribution of λt. E.g., letting Ψ denote the invariant distribution, the distribution of political systems after reforms is given by ∫ 1 0 QR(λt, λt+1) dΨ(λt). 18 0 1 2 1 0.1 0.5 0.9 σ2 = 1/12 µ λ̄R, λ̄S 0 1 2 1 0.1 0.5 0.9 σ2 = 1/50 µ λ̄R, λ̄S µ λ̄R, λ̄S Figure 4. Smallest reforms (solid) and largest revolts (dashed) for different distributions of θt. systems after reforms, which only has positive weight on fairly democratic political systems. Clearly visible, there is a set of intermediate political systems, reaching from λ̄S ≈ 0.22 to λ̄R ≈ 0.87, that do neither emerge from reforms, nor from revolts. While the finding that λ̄Rλ > 1/2 and λ̄Sλ < 1/2 does not generalize to non-uniform distributions of θ, the observed polarization pattern generally pertains. Figure 4 illustrates this for the case where θ is drawn from a Beta distribution. The figure plots the smallest reforms (solid lines) and largest revolt (dashed lines) that may occur along the equilibrium path, whereas each point on the curves represents a different parametrization of the Beta distribution defining F . In particular, the left panel shows how the bounds change for different unconditional means of θ, holding the variance of θ fixed at its uniform value of 1/12 (e.g., for µ = 1/2, the plot shows λS ≈ 0.22 and λS ≈ 0.87 as seen in Figure 317). The right panel repeats the exercise for a more precise distribution of θ where we set the variance to 1/50. In both panels, for low values of µ, outsiders’ expect the regime to be strong, implying small revolts and the absence of reforms (θ̄ = 1). As prior mass is shifted towards intermediate levels of θt, the impact of revealing θt by conducting reforms on beliefs becomes smaller, so that conducting small reforms becomes increasingly attractive for sufficiently high levels of θt. Eventually, as prior mass is shifted towards unity (and to the right side of θ̄), the impact of conducting reforms on beliefs becomes again larger, so that again only large reforms are effective in reducing revolutionary pressure. This explains the U-shape of λ̄R and inverse U-shape of λ̄S. Comparing the 17The uniform distribution is a special case of the Beta distribution with shape parameters a = b = 1 or, equivalently, with moments µ = 1/2 and σ2 = 1/12. 19 left panel to the right, it can be seen that for more precise priors, both larger revolts and smaller reforms are feasible along the equilibrium path whenever the regime is a priori likely to be vulnerable. An interesting implication of these results is that democracies tend to arise only by means of reforms. By contrast, even the largest revolts typically lead to at most intermediate-sized regimes that require further reforming in order to become fully democratic. In that sense the commonly made assumption in the previous literature that democracies are established by means of reforms is an endogenous outcome in our model. In Section 7 we will see that this is also largely in line with the data. Likelihood of transitions Along with the conditional transition functions, regime dynamics are defined by the likelihoods of reforms and revolts. In the model, rev- olutionary pressure becomes naturally negligible as regimes become fully inclusive (limλ→1 ρ S(λ) = 0), which in turn reduces incentives to reform (limλ→1 θ̄(λ) = 1).18 These forces are amplified by the intensive margin of revolutionary pressure which, conditional on beliefs, reinforces any change in the extensive margin. That is, as regimes become more inclusive and prospective support for revolts falls, also incentives to support a revolt decline, leading to correspondingly less supporters and hence even less revolutionary pressure. In sum, there is a strong force of stabilization for democratic regimes. Yet, the likelihood of political transitions for democracies is not necessarily zero. This is because the limit case of a fully inclusive regime might never emerge along the equilibrium path. In general, whether or not λ = 1 is emerging along the equilibrium path depends on whether ξ(1) = 1 or ξ(1) < 1. Whenever ξ(1) < 1, there always remains a small fraction of outsiders that in principle is willing to participate in subversive attempts, implying a small but positive probability of a regime reversal. In our example we have ξ(1) = 0.988, so that there is indeed a small probability of observing reversals— even for the largest feasible democracy along the equilibrium path.19 In the next sections, we will demonstrate that young democracies are particular prone to such reversals, once we allow for θt to persist from one period to the next. In contrast to democracies, the likelihood of transitions is generally bounded away 18To see this, observe that θ̄(λ) defines the largest θ̄ such that E{V I(η, λ)|θ̄, s = s(E{θ|θ ≤ θ̄}, λ)} ≥ E{V I(η, ξ(θ̄))|θ̄, s = s(θ̄, ξ(θ̄))}. Since both sides of the inequality are continuous in θ̄ and λ, so is λ 7→ θ̄, implying the result as it clearly holds that θ̄(1) = 1. 19Evaluated at the invariant distribution of polities, the implied probability of a regime reversal against democracies is 0.42 percent per period. 20 0.05 0.10 0.15 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Revolts λt ρSt 0.10 0.20 0.30 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Reforms λt ρRt Figure 5. Likelihood of revolts and reforms for different political systems λt (uniform prior). from zero for autocracies. On the one hand, a large fraction of outsiders poses significant threats, which due to the discussed incentives of small regimes to “gamble for their survival” translate into sizable equilibrium revolts. On the other hand, the flipside of large equilibrium threats is that once regimes become sufficiently vulnerable (θ > θ̄(λ)), they face strong incentives to conduct reforms.20 Figure 5 illustrates these points, plotting the transition likelihoods of revolts ρS and reforms ρR as a function of the current regime type λt. Both mappings are decreasing, so that autocracies are significantly more likely than democracies to experience a transition of either type. Accordingly, autocracies are on average relatively short-lived due to their high transition probabilities. (This last point will be qualified in the next section, where autocracies can become stable once they become sufficiently mature.) Nevertheless, even if individual autocracies are short-lived, there is a tendency for autocracies to persist across regimes. This is because after a revolt against an autocratic regime, the succeeding regime will be very similar to its predecessor as becomes evident from Figure 3. Hence, while the identity of autocratic leaders may change frequently over time, autocratic systems tend to be persistent across regimes. Finally, consider the impact of distributional shifts in the prior towards more vulnerable states. Similar to how such a shift affects QS and QR, it also increases the likelihood of transitions: If a regime appears to be immune to revolts, outsiders consider it indeed unattractive to revolt; accordingly, the regime has no incentives to reform. As a regime is perceived to be more vulnerable, both the probability of revolts and 20For priors F which place a lot of mass on stable regimes, reforms will be completely off the equilibrium path; i.e., θ̄t(λ) = 1 for all λ ∈ [0, 1] (c.f., the left panel of Figure 4). 21 0 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.9 Likelihood of Revolts µ ρSt 0 0.5 1 0.1 0.5 0.9 Likelihood of Reforms µ ρRt Figure 6. Likelihood of revolts and reforms for different distributions of θt. The likelihoods are plotted for λ = 0.5 and σ2 = 1/12. The likelihoods for other values of λ and σ are similar in shape, whereas magnitudes decrease in σ and λ. reforms initially increase until eventually the threat grows so large that the regime conducts inclusive reforms in almost every state and revolts disappear in equilibrium. Importantly, due to a regime’s incentive to gamble for its survival, there is an interim region, where both revolts and reforms co-exists with significant probabilities. Figure 6 illustrates this relation. 4 The model with endogenous priors The preceding analysis suggests that the prior beliefs of outsiders are an important determinant for the likelihood of transitions and their outcome. So far we have exogenously specified the prior of outsiders by imposing a distribution for θt that is i.i.d. across time. We now relax this assumption, allowing the institutional characteristics underlying a regime’s vulnerability to persist from one period to the next. Assuming that outsiders learn the public history of transitions when they are born, this will naturally give rise to fluctuations in the prior beliefs of outsiders over time.21 Let F (θt|δt−1) be the exogenous cdf of θt for a given history δt−1, and let δpt ≡ {λ0} ∪ {xτ , sτ , ητ}tτ=0 denote the publicly observable partition of the history at the end of date t. Accordingly, the conditional belief θt|δpt−1 defines the prior of outsiders born at date t. One technical challenge is that priors of generation t, θt|δpt−1, will generally 21Here we use the term “prior” to refer to the beginning-of-period t beliefs regarding θt, which is a combination of the unconditional prior about θt implied by F and the information inferred from observing the public history of transition up to date t− 1. 22 not conjugate with the ones of generation t − 1, making it difficult to keep track of beliefs in a dynamic setting. We address this challenge by backward-engineering F , such that the prior of outsiders is always Beta-distributed. In particular, let µ̂t and σ̂2 t denote the first two moments of θt|δpt—i.e., the belief regarding θt conditional on information available at the beginning of t+ 1. Similarly, let µt+1 and σ2 t+1 denote the first two moments of outsiders’ prior θt+1|δpt at date t+ 1. In general, to obtain the latter, one would form θt|δpt using Bayes rule and then use the exogenous distribution F to project the prior regarding θt onto θt+1. Our assumption is that F is such that the prior of outsiders can be parametrized by a Beta distribution, so that µt+1 = πµ̂t + (1− π)µ0 (8) σ2 t+1 = πσ̂2 t + (1− π)σ2 0 + π(1− π)(µ̂t − µt)2 (9) for some π ∈ (0, 1) and µ0, σ0 > 0 where σ2 0 < µ0(1− µ0). Intuitively this states that the first two moments of outsiders’ beliefs evolve as if the state θt+1 is left unchanged with probability π, and is otherwise drawn from a fixed distribution with mean µ0 and variance σ2 0.22 Learning dynamics Introducing learning affects the equilibrium dynamics by adding the prior moments µt and σ2 t as additional state variables to the Markov process defined in (7). Conditional on (µt, σ 2 t ) the previous equilibrium characterization in Section 2.2 remains fully valid. In particular, it holds that for any prior (µt, σ 2 t ), the transition process at date t is described by the (previously time-invariant) versions of QS, QR, ρS and ρR that would arise when the previously exogenous prior is replaced by the now endogenous prior (i.e., the Beta-cdf with mean and variance (µt, σt)). The equilibrium dynamics are therefore completely determined by (7) and the law of motion for µt and σ2 t that is implicit in (8) and (9). 22Note that given our specification of outsiders’ priors there is no need to pin down the precise shape of F . One possible way for F to implement the specified beliefs, would be to set F (·|δt) equal to the cdf of a Beta distribution with moments equal to µt+1 and σ2 t+1. With such a choice of F , outsiders could trivially infer the current distribution of θt+1 from observing δpt , whereas by design the resulting first two prior moments are consistent with the moments that would follow from agents invoking Bayes law in the presence of the described mixture process for θt. An alternative interpretation would be to let θt indeed follow a mixture process, but use an approximation similar to Krusell and Smith (1998) by matching the first two moments of outsiders’ beliefs to a Beta distribution. 23 Appendix C provides a detailed characterization of µt and σ2 t as a function of (µt−1, σ 2 t−1) and the events at date t − 1. Intuitively, µt is small when there is no transition event and is high after a transition is observed. Specifically, reforms and revolts against reforming regimes fully reveal the state θt, which conditional on a reform is larger than θ̄t−1, so that µt > πθ̄t−1+(1−π)µ0. Similarly, Bayesian updating implicates that the regime is likely to be vulnerable when a revolt is observed in the absence of reforms. In contrast, when neither a reform nor a revolt are observed, Bayesian updating implies that θt is likely to be low. In sum, for a given state (λt−1, µt−1, σ 2 t−1), it holds that µt|(reformt−1) ≥ µt|(revoltt−1) > µt|(no transitiont−1). (10) Regarding σ2 t , we have that uncertainty is smallest after reforms and revolts against reforming regimes. The ordering of σ2 t between no transition event and revolts in the absence of reforms depends on the precise prior distribution. 5 Regime dynamics We are now ready to explore the emerging dynamics of political regimes. Relative to the conditional properties explored in Section 3, learning across periods now adds an implicit dependence of transition likelihoods and outcomes on the current regime’s maturity. The next subsection characterizes this relation, before discussing the emerging transition patterns in Subsection 5.2. 5.1 Regime maturity and likelihood of transitions In Section 3 we have seen that regimes that are perceived to be vulnerable (large µt) are more likely to face reforms or revolts than regimes that are perceived as invulnerable. Combining this with (10), young regimes tend to be less stable than more mature ones conditional on λt. Figure 7 illustrates this distinction between young and mature regimes, plotting the likelihoods of reforms ρRt (left panel) and revolts ρSt (right panel) as a function of λt and conditional on whether there was a reform (solid), a revolt (dashed), or no transition event (thin dotted lines) at date t − 1.23 It is apparent how the likelihood of either 23The figure is plotted using the same parametrization introduced in Section 3. Throughout, the 24 1 8 1 4 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Revolts λt ρSt 1 8 1 4 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Reforms λt ρRt Figure 7. Likelihood of revolts (left panel) and reforms (right panel) conditional on λt and conditional on that there was a reform (solid line), revolt (dashed line), or no transition event (thin dotted line) at date t− 1. 0.05 0.1 0.15 0 10 20 30 Likelihood of Revolts τ ρSt 0.05 0.1 0 10 20 30 Likelihood of Reforms τ ρRt Figure 8. Likelihood of revolts (left panel) and reforms (right panel) conditional on the maturity τ of the current regime and conditional on that the regime was originally established via reform (solid line) or via revolt (dashed line). transition type is higher immediately after a transition compared to when the regime was already in place the previous period (see below for an intuition about the shapes). Figure 8 further illustrates this point by averaging the likelihoods across λt and plotting them against the maturity of a regime. It can be seen that the hazard rates for either transition type are generally decreasing in the maturity of the regime in line learning parameters are set to π = 0.99, µ0 = 2/5 and σ0 ≈ 1/4 (or, equivalently, a0 = 1, b0 = 3/2), implying a highly persistent distribution of θt with a slow drift towards a moderate vulnerability of 2/5. All distributions and conditional likelihoods in Figures 7–12 are evaluated at the invariant equilibrium distribution over regimes and priors. 25 0 1 2 1 t λt 0 1 10 t ρRt 0 1 5 0 100 200 300 t ρSt Figure 9. Simulated time series of the model with learning. Notes: Reforms are marked by “×”, successful revolts are marked by “4”. Middle and lower panels display the hazard rates of reforms and revolts. Black dots in the graph of ρR indicate truncation of 0.35, 0.80 and 0.96 at 0.1, respectively. with empirical findings that regimes become more stable as they age (see Section 7 and, e.g., Bienen and van de Walle, 1989, 1992; Svolik, 2008). In our model, this is because outsiders’ prior means µt converge towards µ0 in each period without a transition event, while observing any type of transition is a signal of political vulnerability. 5.2 Patterns of regime changes We now discuss the types of transition patterns that can emerge in equilibrium. To have an example at hand, we simulated the model to generate a random time series of 300 periods. Figure 9 shows the resulting regime dynamics. The top panel plots the political system, λt, at time t and indicates the dates where transitions occur via revolts (marked by ∆) and reforms (marked by ×). The middle and bottom panel further plot the corresponding hazard rates, ρR and ρS. 26 Critical junctures From Figure 9 it is evident how transition events tend to be clustered across time, giving rise to episodes of political stability (periods 45–173, 176–215 and 239 to end) and episodes of political turbulence that are characterized by rapid successions of revolts, counter revolts, and reforms (2-44, 174–175 and 216–238). This clustering is a direct consequence of the decline of hazard rates in a regime’s maturity. In the model, political turbulences are triggered by small probability transition events against mature regimes.24 Once triggered, such episodes pose critical junctures in the sense that small and random variations in current conditions may cause persistent differences in future political systems (e.g., notice how the similar looking critical junctures starting in period 2 and period 216 eventually lead to a stable autocracy and democracy, respectively). On the one hand, this is because the outcome of political turbulences is largely determined by the random variables θt and ηt and further hinges on small variations in the current state λt, µt and σ2 t (e.g., whether θ̄(λt, µt, σ 2 t ) is slightly above or below θt). On the other hand, because democracies and autocracies both stabilize once they become mature, the type of political system that eventually survives an episode of political turbulence is likely to persist for a long time. Gradual reforms and counter revolts From the previous discussion it follows that newly established democracies first go through a phase of instability, before they eventually stabilize. Specifically, young democracies face heightened threats of counter revolts (see the solid line in the right panel of Figure 7 in comparison to the dotted line). While fully consolidated democracies tend to be stable, “transitional” democracies are therefore prone to regime reversals (period 237 in Figure 9). The flipside of these regime reversals is that young democracies have strong incentives to conduct further reforms, in particular if the initial reform was small (see solid lines in the right panels of Figures 7 and 8). The model can thus generate patterns of gradual democratization (periods 230–233 in Figure 9) that are similar to the predictions by Jack and Lagunoff (2006), Justman and Gradstein (1999), and Gradstein (2007).25 24More generally, political turbulences are ultimately caused in our model by a change in outsiders’ sentiment that causes them to perceive the regime to be more vulnerable. Accordingly, critical junctures could also be triggered by exogenous shifts in outsiders’ beliefs, for instance caused by the deaths of political leaders which are known to increase the likelihood of transitions (Jones and Olken, 2009; Besley, Persson and Reynal-Querol, 2014). While it would be straightforward to incorporate the possibility of such belief shifts into our model, we abstract from this possibility for the sake of simplicity. 25Underlying the possibility for gradual enfranchisement in our model is that reforms reveal the current vulnerability of the regime, increasing coordination along the intensive margin. Accordingly, 27 Revolutions and democratization Based on the model, what are viable paths to democracy? We have seen in Figure 4 that the most inclusive political systems are always established via reform. Yet, in the model with learning, revolts can become quite large in some states of the world.26 In particular after counter revolts against reforming regimes, the newly emerged autocracy is known to be vulnerable with high precision, helping outsiders to coordinate and thus leading to large revolts (c.f., the right panel of Figure 4). However, even though there are large revolts, regimes that emerge from revolts are far away from being inclusive and, in addition, are known to be vulnerable. Whether or not a major revolt may ultimately lead to democratization therefore depends on whether the resulting regime chooses to reform before it falls to a counter revolt. As it turns out, the probability of observing a reform after a revolt is decreasing in the size of the preceding revolt (the dashed line in the right panel of Figure 7), reflecting again that more inclusive regimes are less vulnerable to revolutionary threats. As the flipside of a downward sloping probability for reforms is an upward sloping likelihood of revolts (the dashed line in the left panel of Figure 7), it is, ultimately, unlikely that a large revolt leads to democratization. This is consistent with, e.g., the observation of Karl (1990, p. 8) that no stable South American democracy has been the result of mass revolutions (see also Rustow, 1970; O’Donnell and Schmitter, 1973; Huntington, 1991). Below, we will provide further empirical evidence that mass revolutions leading to democracies are indeed the rare exception. Iron law of oligarchy Finally, the characterization above implies that regimes consolidate their power as they mature, meaning that µt converges to its baseline value µ0 over time. Once µt is sufficiently low, however, regimes prefer to abstain from reforms for (almost) all instability levels and the probability of reforms drops (close) to zero (c.f., right panel of Figure 8). Accordingly, the likelihood of a “direct” route to democratization is low and (mature) autocracies are bound to be eventually succeeded the likelihood of survival of future regimes becomes highly sensitive to adverse changes in θt, providing strong incentives to conduct further reforms in such an event. Our model thus provides a completely different rational for gradual enfranchisement compared to the literature on dynamic voting games. In these models, the current median voter needs to delegate power to another median voter to implement her preferred policy, but chooses a path of gradual enfranchisement due to the anticipation of further franchise extensions conducted by her “preferred” median voter. 26In our parametrization the largest revolt along the equilibrium path is supported by approximately one third of the entire population. While equally sized revolutions are also possible when θt is i.i.d., this would require a parametrization in which transitions occur almost exclusively via revolts. 28 1 2 3 0 0.5 1 λt pdf Figure 10. Invariant distribution of political systems in the model with learning. by another autocratic regime—a pattern that is sometimes dubbed as the “iron law of oligarchy”. In the context of our model, the path to democratization therefore necessarily leads through a critical juncture, whereas mature regimes are bound to fall—if ever—to a revolt (periods 174 and 216 in Figure 9).27 6 Long-run distribution of political systems We now discuss the distribution of political systems that should be expected in the long-run. The key implication of both the model with and without learning is that the long-run distribution of political systems is bimodal with mass being concentrated on the extremes. Figure 10 displays the long-run distribution for the model with learning. Similar results hold for the model without learning and are discussed in Appendix D.28 Specifically, it can be seen that our parametrization (see Section 3) yields about equal mass on both autocratic and democratic regimes. While different parametrizations shift mass between autocratic and democratic systems, the overall bimodal shape is always 27In line with our discussion in Footnote 24, critical junctures are not necessarily tied to transition events. A shift in beliefs may thus well lead to enfranchisement directly out of a state of oligarchy. 28While both versions of the model yield qualitatively similar results, the model without learning requires parametrizations with significant higher frequencies of revolts in order to generate nontrivial mass on the autocratic side of the political spectrum. Since learning introduces a mechanism for autocracies to stabilize, the model naturally gives rise to more mass on the autocratic spectrum, while keeping the overall frequency of revolts low. 29 preserved. To see what is underlying the bimodal shape recall from Section 3 that the model gives rise to a polarization of political regimes during their emergence and a tendency for both autocratic and democratic systems to persist across time. For an illustration consider Figures 11 and 12 where we display the conditional distributions of newly emerging regimes and the marginal likelihood of reforms and revolts as a function of λt (the counterparts to Figures 3 and 5 in our baseline model). Clearly, the model with learning shows the same type of polarization forces discussed in Section 3, which lays out the grounds for the bimodal shape of the long-run distribution.29 The initial polarization of regimes is reinforced by the higher persistence of extreme political systems as compared to intermediate ones, which is driven by two effects. First, as in the baseline model, repeated successions of autocratic regimes via revolts introduce a persistence of autocratic systems that exceeds the stability of individual autocratic regimes. Second, the model with learning also gives rise to hump-shaped likelihoods of reforms and revolts as visible in Figure 12. This is because intermediate political systems are statistically most likely to inherit an intermediate vulnerability from their predecessor, since predecessors with low values of θt are unlikely to transform and predecessors with high values of θt are choosing farther-reaching reforms. Due to their intermediate stability and their limited inclusiveness, these regimes face a substantial threat of revolts and, as a consequence, have high incentives to reform. 7 A look at the data Our model makes a number of predictions about statistics that describe the dynamics of political systems: the frequency of transitions conditional on the current political system and its age, the political systems emerging from transitions, as well as the distribution of political systems in the long-run. While these predictions are based on a simple framework that emphasizes the importance of asymmetric information and learning for political dynamics, they are rich enough to allow for a sensible quantitative comparison with aggregate data. In this section, we contrast the model’s predictions with data on regime dynamics for the majority of countries from 1919 onwards. While we make no claim on causality, we find that the model is able to capture important 29Due to the nature of the time-varying priors in the model with learning and the resulting shifts in QR and QS the outcomes, in particular for reforms, are more smooth and have wider support compared to the model without learning. 30 4 8 0 0.5 1 Polities after Revolts λt+1 pdf 2 4 0 0.5 1 Polities after Reforms λt+1 pdf Figure 11. Distribution of political systems after revolts and reforms in the model with learning. 0.1 0.2 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Revolts λt ρSt 0.025 0.05 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Reforms λt ρRt Figure 12. Likelihood of revolts and reforms for different regimes λt in the model with learning. features of regime dynamics in the data. 7.1 Data To construct empirical counterparts to the model statistics that characterize the regime dynamics, we combine information on the inclusiveness of political systems (the em- pirical counterpart to λt) with information on transition events. As a measure for the inclusiveness, we use the polity variable, scaled to [0, 1], from the Polity IV Project (Marshall and Jaggers, 2002), which ranks political regimes on a 21 point scale between autocratic and democratic.30 30In contrast to our model, the de facto distribution of political power may sometimes differ from the de jure scope of the franchise. For this reason, we use the polity index to measure political power as it 31 To classify successful revolts, we use the Archigos Dataset of Political Leaders (Goemans, Gleditsch and Chiozza, 2009). The dataset is available for the years between 1919 and 2004, which defines the overall time frame of our panel. We record a successful revolt if a leader is irregularly removed from office due to domestic popular protest, rebel groups, or military actors (defined by Archigos’ exitcodes 2, 4 and 6), and if at the same time the leader’s successor takes office in irregular manner (defined by an entrycode 1). Furthermore, we take a revolt to be causal for a change in the political system if a change in the political system is recorded in the Polity IV database within a two week window of the revolt.31 Finally, we use the dataset on the Chronology of Constitutional Events from the Comparative Constitution Project (Elkins, Ginsburg and Melton, 2010) to classify reforms. We define reforms by a constitutional change (evnttype equal to new, reinstated, or amendment) accompanied by a change in the political system (as indicated by the variable durable from the Polity IV Project) that is not matched to a revolt or another irregular regime change from the Achigos Dataset. To be consistent with the model’s definition of reforms, we restrict attention to positive changes. The resulting dataset is a daily panel on the country level, which covers 175 countries and records 251 revolts and 97 reforms. 7.2 Empirical properties of political systems and transitions At the aggregate, the long-run distribution generated by our model matches the shape of the empirical distribution of political systems in our dataset (shown in Figure 13). Comparing Figure 13 with Figure 10, both distributions are bimodal, with mass concentrated mainly on autocratic and democratic political systems. The model identifies two forces underlying the bimodal shape of the long-run dis- tribution. First, political transitions are subject to polarization: Reforms establish predominantly democratic political systems, while revolts mainly establish autocracies. Figure 14—the empirical counterpart to Figure 11—shows that political systems emerg- attempts to measure the de facto scope of the franchise—which is the relevant aspect of the model’s concept of political power—using various proxies regarding the openness of political institutions to participation. Alternatives based on a de jure interpretation of constitutions such as data on the formal right to vote from the Comparative Constitution Project (Elkins, Ginsburg and Melton, 2010) or data on electoral turnout from the Polyarchy Index (Vanhanen, 2000) are less useful for this purpose. 31To prevent the data from generating a mechanical correlation between revolts and small polity scores, we use the polity score at the end of periods indicated by the Polity IV Project to be “transitionary” to code the outcome of transitions. 32 1 2 0 0.5 1 Polity Density Figure 13. Distribution of political systems since World War I. ing from revolts (left panel) and reforms (right panel) share a similar shape with their theoretical counterparts. In particular, revolts are indeed by and large autocratic, while the modal political system established via reforms is democratic (right panel). Second, democratic and autocratic regimes are more stable than intermediate types of political systems, reflected in theoretical transition likelihoods that are hump-shaped in the inclusiveness of the political systems (Figure 12). Figure 15 shows that a similar pattern can be seen in the data. In the presence of learning, our theory also predicts a negative correlation between transitions and the maturity of a regime. Analogously to Figures 7 and 8, Figures 16 and 17 relate the empirical frequency of transitions to the maturity of regimes. Specifically, Figure 16 displays local polynomial estimates of the empirical likelihoods of either transition for young regimes (between two and five years of age) conditional on being established via reform (solid lines) or revolt (dashed lines), as well as for mature regimes (older than five years; dotted lines).32 It can be seen that transitions are far more frequent when there was a recent transition compared to the case when a regime is mature. Similarly, Figure 17 relates the frequency of reforms and revolts directly to the age of a regime, showing that consistent with the theoretical predictions the frequencies are (i) decreasing, with (ii) similar levels for reforms (right panel) and (iii) higher 32To avoid conclusions from very small samples, we restrict the support of young regimes to systems for which we observe the equivalent of at least 12 country-years. 33 2.5 5 0 0.5 1 Polities After Revolts (Data) λt+1 pdf 1.25 2.5 0 0.5 1 Polities After Reforms (Data) λt+1 pdf Figure 14. Empirical distribution of political systems after revolts and reforms. 0.03 0.06 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Revolts (Data) λt ρSt 0.015 0.03 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Reforms (Data) λt ρRt Figure 15. Annual empirical likelihood of revolts and reforms. probabilities to observe revolts after revolts than after reforms (left panel). In sum, the model does a remarkably good job in matching central observable properties of the data, even at a quantitative level. One objection to this conclusion, however, could be that the descriptive statistics shown so far are mainly driven by the cross-sectional variation in the data, while the model predicts these to arise through transition dynamics of individual countries over time. In the remainder of this section, we hence complement our graphical analysis by panel regressions including year and country fixed effects and show that our results do not rely on either times of global political instability or country specific effects. Columns 1 and 2 of Table 1 substantiate the finding that revolts and reforms lead to a polarization of political systems. Specifically, Column 1 shows that revolts lead, on 34 0.05 0.10 0.15 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Revolts (data) λt ρSt 0.03 0.06 0.09 0 0.5 1 Likelihood of Reforms (data) λt ρRt Figure 16. Annual empirical likelihood of revolts (left panel) and reforms (right panel) for political systems between two and five years of age established via reform (solid lines) or revolt (dashed lines) as well as for political systems five years or older (dotted). See the text for details. 0.03 0.06 0.09 0 5 10 15 Likelihood of Revolts (data) τ ρSt 0.01 0.02 0.03 0 5 10 15 Likelihood of Reforms (data) τ ρRt Figure 17. Annual empirical likelihood of revolts (left panel) and reforms (right panel) for political systems established via reform (solid lines) or revolt (dashed lines) as function of regime age in years. average to a decrease in the polity index of 0.06 points, while reforms lead to an increase of 0.39 points. Column 2 further dissects these average effects by conditioning on the polity index of the originating regime. It can be seen that revolts against all regimes with an index value greater than 0.2/0.7 ≈ 0.29 have a negative effect on the future polity with large reverting effects against democratic regimes. Reforms, in contrast, do not affect the political system by much when they are conducted within already democratic societies (0.56− 0.59×polityt = 0 for polityt = 0.94), but represent a major push towards democracy otherwise. In the absence of transition events, the current political system has naturally no impact on political change. 35 Table 1. Empirical results controlling for country and year fixed effects (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Dependent Var. ∆ Polityt ∆ Polityt Revoltt Reformt Revoltt Reformt Revoltt Reformt Revoltt −0.062∗∗∗ 0.202∗∗∗ (0.016) (0.028) Reformt 0.386∗∗∗ 0.564∗∗∗ (0.024) (0.038) Polityt × Revoltt −0.699∗∗∗ (0.082) Polityt×Reformt −0.594∗∗∗ (0.066) Polityt −0.000∗∗∗ −0.000∗∗∗ 0.002 −0.052∗∗∗ 0.196∗∗∗ 0.009 (0.000) (0.000) (0.017) (0.008) (0.059) (0.027) Polity2 t −0.200∗∗∗−0.062∗∗ (0.056) (0.028) Polityt × Revolt-Episode 0.083∗ −0.052∗∗∗ (0.043) (0.014) Polityt × Reform-Episode −0.044 −0.071∗∗ (0.027) (0.030) Age in 25 yrs −0.001 −0.005∗∗ −0.002 −0.005∗∗ −0.001 −0.003 (0.004) (0.002) (0.003) (0.002) (0.003) (0.002) Control variables Episode-Dummy No No No No No No Yes Yes Year FE Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Country FE Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Notes.— All parameters estimated via OLS. Number of observations are 3 289 400 country-days. Standard errors clustered at the country level are reported in parentheses. The dependent variable in Columns 1 and 2 is the change in the polity index between date t and t+ 1. The dependent variables in Columns 3 to 8 are dummies indicating whether a revolt or reform is observed at date t. Revolt-Episodes (Reform-Episodes) indicate regimes that are established via revolt (reform). Coefficients and standard errors in Columns 3–8 are multiplied by 365.25 to indicate annual likelihoods. Level of significance: * p 0 defined below. Having ruled out ŝt = 0 as a solution to the coordination problem for θ̂t 6= 0 and xt 6= 1, we now show that there is a unique, stable ŝt > 0 solving (6) for θ̂t 6= 0 and xt 6= 1. From γ̄ ∈ [0, 1] it follows that f is bounded by its support, [0, 1− xt]. Moreover, by Assumption A1 we have that limŝ→0 ψ ′(ŝ) =∞, implying that limŝ→0 f ′(ŝ) =∞. Hence, there exists a s̃ > 0, such that f(s̃) > s̃. Together with continuity of ψ (and thus of f), it follows that there exists a strictly positive fixed point to (6), which by concavity of ψ (and thus of f) is unique on (0, 1]. Let s∗t = f(s∗t ) denote this fixed point. Clearly, it must hold that f ′(s∗t ) < 1, and so s∗t is stable. The above arguments establish that st is uniquely determined by a (time-invariant) function s : (θ̂t, xt)→ st. It remains to be shown that ∂s/∂θ̂t ≥ 0 and ∂s/∂xt ≤ 0. Given that st is a fixed point to (6), we have that π(st, xt) ≡ st − (1− xt) θ̂t ψ(st) = 0. Implicit differentiation implies that ∂st ∂xt = −θ̂t ψ(st)× ( ∂πt ∂st )−1 and ∂st ∂θ̂t = (1− xt)ψ(st)× ( ∂πt ∂st )−1 , 42 where ∂πt ∂st = −(1− xt) ∂γ̄ ∂st + 1. Since ψ is bounded by ψ(1) = 1, (6) implies that limθ̂t→0 s ∗ t = limxt→1 s ∗ t = 0, and therefore the case where θ̂t = 0 or xt = 1 is a limiting case of θ̂ 6= 0 and xt 6= 1. From the implicit function theorem it then follows that s is differentiable on its whole support. Moreover, the previous arguments imply that f(s̃) > s̃ for all s̃ < s∗t and f(s̃) < s̃ for all s̃ > s∗t , implying that f ′(s∗t ) < 1 or, equivalently, ∂γ̄/∂st < (1−xt)−1 at s∗t . Thus ∂πt/∂st > 0 for all (θ̂t, xt) ∈ Θ× [0, 1], which yields the desired results. Finally, while we focus on pure strategies above, it is easy to see that the proposition generalizes to mixed strategies. By the law of large numbers, in any mixed strategy equilibrium, beliefs about s are of zero variance and, hence, the arguments above apply, implying that all outsiders, except a zero mass i with γi = γ̄(s∗t ), strictly prefer φi = 0 or φi = 1. We conclude that there is no scope for (nondegenerate) mixed best responses. A.2 Proof of Proposition 2 The proof proceeds by a series of lemmas. To simplify notation, in what follows we drop λt as an argument of x and θ̂ where no confusion arises. Furthermore, we use Ṽ I(θt, θ̂t, xt) = (1 − θth(st))u(xt) to denote insider’s indirect utility, as follows from st = s(θ̂t, xt) given Proposition 1. Lemma 1. x is weakly increasing in θt. Proof. Suppose to the contrary that x(θ′′) < x(θ′) for θ′ < θ′′. Let x′ ≡ x(θ′), x′′ ≡ x(θ′′), u′ ≡ u(x′), u′′ ≡ u(x′′), h′ ≡ h(s(θ̂(x′), x′)), and h′′ ≡ h(s(θ̂(x′′), x′′)). Optimality of x′ then requires that Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x′′), x′′) ≤ Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x′), x′), implying u′h′ − u′′h′′ ≤ (u′ − u′′)/θ′ < (u′ − u′′)/θ′′, where the last inequality follows from θ′ < θ′′ and u′ < u′′. Hence, Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x′′), x′′) ≤ Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x′), x′) implies that Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x′′), x′′) < Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x′), x′), contradicting optimality of x′′ for θ′′. Lemma 2. Suppose x is discontinuous at θ′, and define x− ≡ limε↑0 x(θ′ + ε) and x+ ≡ limε↓0 x(θ′ + ε). Then for any x′ ∈ (x−, x+), the only beliefs consistent with the D1 criterion are θ̂(x′) = θ′. Proof. Let θ′′ > θ′, and let x′′ ≡ x(θ′′). Optimality of x′′ then requires that Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x′′), x′′) ≥ 43 Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x+), x+) and, thus for any θ̃, Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̃, x′) ≥ Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x′′), x′′) implies that Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̃, x′) ≥ Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x+), x+) . Moreover, arguing as in the proof of Lemma 1, Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̃, x′) ≥ Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x+), x+) implies that Ṽ I(θ′, θ̃, x′) > Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x+), x+) . Hence, if Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̃, x′) ≥ Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x+), x+) = V̄ I(θ′′), then Ṽ I(θ′, θ̃, x′) > Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x+), x+) = V̄ I(θ′). Therefore, Dθ′′,x′ is a proper subset of Dθ′,x′ if θ′′ > θ′. (For the definition of Dθ,x, see Footnote 8.) A similar argument establishes that Dθ′′,x′ is a proper subset of Dθ′,x′ if θ′′ < θ′ and, thus, the D1 criterion requires that θ̂(x′) = θ′ for all x′ ∈ (x−, x+). Lemma 3. There exists θ̄(λt) > 0, such that x(θt, λt) = λt for all θt < θ̄(λt). Moreover, x(θ′′) > x(θ′) > λt + µ for all θ′′ > θ′ ≥ θ̄(λt) and some µ > 0. Proof. First, consider the existence of a connected pool at xt = λt. Because for θt = 0, xt = λt dominates all xt > λt, we have that x(0) = λt. It follows that there exists a pool at xt = λt, because otherwise θ̂(λt) = 0 and, therefore, p(·, s(θ̂(λt), λt)) = 0, contradicting optimality of x(θ) > λt for all θ > 0. Moreover, by Lemma 1, x is increasing, implying that any pool must be connected. This proves the first part of the claim. Now consider x(θ′′) > x(θ′) for all θ′′ > θ′ ≥ θ̄(λt) and suppose to the contrary that x(θ′′) ≤ x(θ′) for some θ′′ > θ′. Since x is increasing, it follows that x(θ) = x+ for all θ ∈ [θ′, θ′′] and some x+ > λt. W.l.o.g. assume that θ′ is the lowest state in this pool. Then Bayesian updating implies that θ+ ≡ θ̂(x+) ≥ E{θt|θ′′ ≥ θt ≥ θ′} > θ′ and, therefore, Ṽ I(θ′, θ−, x+) > Ṽ I(θ′, θ+, x+) for all θ− ≤ θ′. Hence, because θ′ prefers x+ over x(θ−), it must be that x(θ−) 6= x+ for all θ− ≤ θ′ and, hence, x(θ−) < x+ by Lemma 1. Accordingly, let x− ≡ maxθ−≤θ′ x(θ−). Then from continuity of Ṽ I and θ+ > θ′ it follows that there exists an off-equilibrium reform x′ ∈ (x−, x+) with Ṽ I(θ′, θ′, x′) > Ṽ I(θ′, θ+, x+). Hence, to prevent θ′ from choosing x′ it must be that θ̂(x′) > θ′. However, from Lemma 2 we have that θ̂(x′) = θ′, a contradiction. Finally, to see why there must be a jump-discontinuity at θ̄(λt) note that Ṽ I(θ̄(λt),E{θt|θt ≤ θ̄(λt)}, λt) = Ṽ I(θ̄(λt), θ̄(λt), x(θ̄(λt))); otherwise, there necessarily exists a θ in the neighborhood of θ̄(λt) with a profitable deviation to either λt or x(θ̄(λt)). From the continuity of Ṽ I and the non-marginal change in beliefs from E{θt|θt ≤ θ̄(λt)} to θ̄(λt) it follows that x(θ̄(λt)) > λt + µ for all λt and some µ > 0. 44 Lemma 4. x is continuous and differentiable in θt on [θ̄(λt), 1]. Proof. Consider continuity first and suppose to the contrary that x has a discontinuity at θ′ ∈ (θ̄(λt), 1). By Lemma 1, x is monotonically increasing in θt. Hence, because x is defined on an interval, it follows that for any discontinuity θ′, x− ≡ limε↑0 x(θ′) and x+ ≡ limε↓0 x(θ′) exist, and that x is differentiable on (θ′ − ε, θ′) and (θ′, θ′ + ε) for some ε > 0. Moreover, from Lemmas 2 and 3 it follows that in equilibrium θ̂(x′) = θ′ for all x′ ∈ [x−, x+]. Hence, Ṽ I(θ′, θ′, x−) = Ṽ I(θ′, θ′, x+), since otherwise there necessarily exists a θ in the neighborhood of θ′ with a profitable deviation to either x− or x+. Accordingly, optimality of x(θ′) requires Ṽ I(θ′, θ′, x′) ≤ Ṽ I(θ′, θ′, x−) and, thus, Ṽ I(θ′, θ′, x−) must be weakly decreasing in x. Therefore, ∂Ṽ I/∂θ̂t < 0 and limε′↓0 ∂θ̂(x − − ε′)/∂xt > 0 (following from Lemma 3) imply that limε′↓0 ∂Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x− − ε′), x− − ε′)/∂xt < 0. Hence, a profitable deviation to x− − ε′ exists for some ε′ > 0, contradicting optimality of x(θ′). We establish differentiability by applying the proof strategy for Proposition 2 in Mailath (1987). Let g(θ, θ̂, x) ≡ Ṽ I(θ, θ̂, x) − Ṽ I(θ, θ′, x(θ′)), for a given θ′ > θ̄(λt), and let θ′′ > θ′. Then, optimality of x(θ′) implies g(θ′, θ′′, x(θ′′)) ≤ 0, and optimality of x(θ′′) implies that g(θ′′, θ′′, x(θ′′)) ≥ 0. Letting a = (αθ′ + (1− α)θ′′, θ′′, x(θ′′)), for some α ∈ [0, 1] this implies 0 ≥ g(θ′, θ′′, x(θ′′)) ≥ −gθ(θ′, θ′′, x(θ′′))(θ′′ − θ′)− 1 2gθθ(a)(θ′′ − θ′)2, where the second inequality follows from first-order Taylor expanding g(θ′′, θ′′, x(θ′′)) around (θ′, θ′′, x(θ′′)) and rearranging the expanded terms using the latter optimality condition. Expanding further g(θ′, θ′′, x(θ′′)) around (θ′, θ′, x(θ′)), using the mean value theorem on gθ(θ ′, θ′′, x(θ′′)), and noting that g(θ′, θ′, x(θ′)) = gθ(θ ′, θ′, x(θ′)) = 0, these inequalities can be written as 0 ≥ gθ̂(θ ′, θ′, x(θ′)) + x(θ′′)− x(θ′) θ′′ − θ′ × [gx(θ′, θ′, x(θ′)) + 1 2gxx(b(β))(x(θ′′)− x(θ′)) + gθ̂x(b(β))(θ′′ − θ′)] + 1 2gθ̂θ̂(b(β))(θ′′ − θ′) ≥ −[gθθ̂(b(β ′)) + 1 2gθθ(a)](θ′′ − θ′)− gθx(b(β′))(x(θ′′)− x(θ′)), for b(β) = (θ′, βθ′ + (1− β)θ′′, βx(θ′) + (1− β)x(θ′′)) and some β, β′ ∈ [0, 1]. Because Ṽ I is twice differentiable, all the derivatives of g are finite. Moreover, continuity of x implies that x(θ′′)→ x(θ′) as θ′′ → θ′ and, therefore, for θ′′ → θ′, 0 ≥ gθ̂(θ ′, θ′, x(θ′)) + lim θ′′→θ′ x(θ′′)− x(θ′) θ′′ − θ′ gx(θ′, θ′, x(θ′)) ≥ 0. By Lemma 3, x and, hence, θ̂ are strictly increasing for all θ ≥ θ̄(λt). Arguing similarly as we did to show continuity, optimality of x, therefore, requires that gx = ∂Ṽ I/∂xt 6= 0 and, hence, 45 the limit of (x(θ′′)− x(θ′))/(θ′′ − θ′) is well defined, yielding dx dθt = − ∂Ṽ I/∂θ̂t ∂Ṽ I/∂xt . (11) Lemma 5. x(θt, λt) = ξ(θt) for all θt > θ̄(λt), where ξ is unique and ∂ξ/∂θt > 0. Proof. From Lemma 4 we have that ξ is differentiable, and by Lemma 3, ∂ξ/∂θt > 0. We thus only need to show that ξ is unique. By the proof to Lemma 4, dx/dθt is pinned down by the partial differential equation (11), which must hold for all xt ≥ x(θ̄(λt)). Moreover, whenever θ̄(λt) < 1, in equilibrium θ̂(x(1)) = 1 and, therefore, it obviously must hold that x(1, λt) = arg maxxt Ṽ I(1, 1, xt), providing a boundary condition for (11). Because Ṽ I is independent of λt, it follows that x(θt, λt) is uniquely characterized by a function, i.e., ξ : θt 7→ xt, for all θt ≥ θ̄(λt). Lemma 6. θ̄(λt) is unique. Proof. Suppose to the contrary that θ̄(λt) is not unique. Then there exist θ̄′′ > θ̄′, defining two distinct equilibria for a given λt. By Lemma 5, there is a unique ξ(θ) characterizing reforms outside the pool for both equilibria. Optimality for type θ ∈ (θ̄′, θ̄′′) then requires Ṽ I(θ, θ, ξ(θ)) ≥ Ṽ I(θ,E{θt|θt ≤ θ̄′}, λt) in the equilibrium defined by θ̄′, and Ṽ I(θ, θ, ξ(θ)) ≤ Ṽ I(θ,E{θt|θt ≤ θ̄′′}, λt) in the equilibrium defined by θ̄′′. However, Ṽ I(θ,E{θt|θt ≤ θ̄′}, λt) > Ṽ I(θ,E{θt|θt ≤ θ̄′′}, λt), a contradiction. This establishes uniqueness of x(θt, λt), with all properties given by Lemmas 3 and 5, and the corresponding beliefs θ̂(λt, xt) following from Lemma 2 and Bayesian updating. Again, for the purpose of clarity we have established this proposition by focusing on pure strategy equilibria. In the following we outline how the proof generalizes to mixed strategy equilibria; a detailed version of these steps can be attained from the authors on request. Replicating the proof of Lemma 1, it is trivial to show that if Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x′), x′) = Ṽ I(θ′, θ̂(x′′), x′′), then Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x′), x′) < Ṽ I(θ′′, θ̂(x′′), x′′) for all θ′ < θ′′ and x′ < x′′. It follows that (i) supports, X (θ), are non-overlapping, and (ii) minX (θ′′) ≥ maxX (θ′). More- over, noting that x̃(θ) ≡ maxX (θ) has a jump-discontinuity if and only if type θ mixes in a nondegenerate way, (ii) further implies that there can be only finitely many types that mix on the closed interval [0, 1]. The logic of Lemmas 2, 3, and 4 then apply, ruling out any jumps of x̃ on [θ̄(λt), 1]. This leads to the conclusion that at most a mass zero of types (i.e., θt = θ̄(λt)) could possibly mix in any equilibrium (with no impact on θ̂) and, thus, there is no need to consider any nondegenerate mixed strategies. 46 A.3 Proof of Proposition 3 From the discussion in the main body of the paper it is clear that the equilibrium is uniquely pinned down by the time-invariant mappings given by Propositions 1 and 2 if it exists. Existence requires that the candidate equilibrium also is consistent with the D1 criterion. This is true by construction and can be seen from the proof of Proposition 2 where we apply Lemma 2 to restrict off-equilibrium beliefs, such that θ̂ is necessarily consistent with the D1 criterion. B Becoming an insider is optimal Here we show formally that outsiders have no incentives to ever refuse becoming enfranchised. To show this, we need to show that (1− p(·, xt))u(xt) ≥ max { θ̂tψ(st), γit } . A lower bound on the utility as an enfranchised insider is u(1), since xt = 1 is in the choice set of insiders; i.e., by revealed preferences it holds that (1−p(·, xt))u(xt) ≥ (1−p(·, 1))u(1) = u(1). When the best outside option is to not support a revolt, the result trivially follows from u(1) ≥ γit for all i and t. For the case, where an outsider’s best outside option is to revolt, an upper bound on the utility is given by ψ(1) = h(1)u(1), since by Assumption A1 revolts are more rewarding when they have more supporters; i.e., θ̂tψ(st) ≤ ψ(st) ≤ ψ(1). Noting that h(1) ≤ 1 gives the result. C Learning dynamics In this appendix we characterize the evolution of outsiders’ priors θt+1|δpt , which jointly with (7) define the dynamics in the model with learning. Given our specification of F , it is sufficient to derive the first two moments for θt|δpt . Once we have µ̂t and σ̂2 t , we can derive µt+1 and σ2 t+1 from (8) and (9), which then pin down the shape parameters of the prior at date t+ 1: at+1 = µt+1 ( µt+1(1− µt+1) σ2 t+1 − 1 ) bt+1 = (1− µt+1) ( µt+1(1− µt+1) σ2 t+1 − 1 ) To obtain µ̂t and σ̂2 t , we need to consider 3 cases. First, whenever insiders conduct reforms xt > λt, the state is fully revealed so that µ̂t = θt and σ̂2 t = 0. The same is true when there is 47 a revolt against a separating regime. Second, whenever insider abstain from reforms (xt = λt) and a successful revolt is observed (ηt = 1), we use Bayes law to compute gat,bt(θ|θ ≤ θ̄t, ηt = 1) = θh(st)∫ θ̄t 0 θh(st)gat,bt(θ) dθ gat,bt(θ), where gat,bt(·) denotes the prior pdf with shape parameters at, bt, and gat,bt(·|θ ≤ θ̄t, ηt = 1) is the resulting posterior pdf when conditioning on (θ ≤ θ̄t, ηt = 1). It follows that µ̂t = ∫ θ̄t 0 θgat,bt(θ|θ ≤ θ̄t, ηt = 1) dθ = M2 at,bt (θ̄t) M1 at,bt (θ̄t) and σ̂2 t = ∫ θ̄t 0 (θ − µ̂t)2gat,bt(θ|θ ≤ θ̄t, ηt = 1) dθ = M3 at,bt (θ̄t) M1 at,bt (θ̄t) − µ̂2 t . Here M i at,bt (θ̄t) denotes the i-th raw moment of the θ̄t-truncated Beta-distribution, M i at,bt(θ̄t) ≡ E{θi|θ ≤ θ̄t} = B(θ̄t, at + i, bt)/B(θ̄t, at, bt), where B is the incomplete Beta function and where at and bt are the shape parameters of the prior at t. Finally, when insiders abstain from reforms and no revolt is observed, we can similarly use Bayes law to obtain gat,bt(θ|θ ≤ θ̄t, ηt = 0) = 1− θh(st)∫ θ̄t 0 [1− θh(st)]gat,bt(θ) dθ gat,bt(θ), so that µ̂t = ∫ θ̄t 0 θgat,bt(θ|θ ≤ θ̄t, ηt = 0) dθ = M1 at,bt (θ̄t)− h(st)M 2 at,bt (θ̄t) 1− h(st)M1 at,bt (θ̄t) and σ̂2 t = ∫ θ̄t 0 (θ − µ̂t)2gat,bt(θ|θ ≤ θ̄t, ηt = 0) dθ = M2 at,bt (θ̄t)− h(st)M 3 at,bt (θ̄t) 1− h(st)M1 at,bt (θ̄t) − µ̂2 t . It remains to be checked that the resulting moments are consistent with a Beta distribution. In general, any combination of µt and σt is consistent with some at and bt (and uniquely so), 48 if σ2 t < µt(1− µt), or equivalently πσ̂2 t + (1− π)σ2 0 + π(1− π)(µ̂t − µ0)2 < [πµ̂t + (1− π)µ0]× [π(1− µ̂t) + (1− π)(1− µ0)] = π2µ̂t(1− µ̂t) + (1− π)2µ0(1− µ0) + π(1 − π) [µ̂t(1− µ0) + (1− µ̂t)µ0] . (12) By assumption, σ2 0 < µ0(1− µ0). Further, suppose for a moment that σ̂2 t ≤ µ̂t(1− µ̂t). Then subtracting the known inequalities and dividing by π(1− π), (12) simplifies to σ̂2 t + σ2 0 < µ̂t(1− µ̂t) + µ0(1− µ0), which is true under the maintained assumption. Hence, a sufficient condition for µt and σt to be Beta-implementable is that σ̂2 t ≤ µ̂t(1− µ̂t) or, equivalently, E{θ2 t |δ p t } ≤ E{θ|δpt }. Given that θt ∈ [0, 1], this is trivially true, which concludes the proof. (Note how the addition of nondegenerate noise in the event of a redraw suffices to retain the strict inequality for the prior, even when the posterior has zero variance and unit mean). To summarize, outsiders’ beliefs at date t can be recursively computed, where we use the updating formulas derived above to go from (µt, σ 2 t )—or, equivalently, (at, bt)—to (µ̂t, σ̂ 2 t ), and then apply (8) and (9) to go to (µt+1, σ 2 t+1) and (at+1, bt+1). D Cost of reforms and equilibrium dynamics In this appendix we show how variations in the cost of reforming, β1, impact the equilibrium dynamics and the long-run distribution of political systems. For simplicity, we focus on the model with exogenous priors, but analogous conclusions apply to the case with learning. As alluded to in the main text, variations in the cost of reforms affect equilibrium dynamics by changing the frequency of reforms relative to the frequency of revolts. To see this, consider Figure 18. Here we display a simulated time series for different values of β1 and for 300 periods each. To make the three parametrization comparable, we keep the sequence of {θt} fixed across all three specifications, which is drawn from a uniform distribution F . Similar, we fix the random sequence of quantile ranks that determine the realizations of {ηt}, so that any differences in transition dynamics are purely driven by deterministic changes in QS , QR, ρS and ρR that are due to the variations in β1. For each time path, we plot the political system, λt, at time t, and indicate the dates where transitions occur via revolts (marked by ∆) and reforms (marked by ×). It can be seen that low costs of reforms in Setting 1 (β1 = 0.35) result in immediate democratic reforms 49 0 1 2 1 0 100 200 300 Setting 1 t λt 0 1 2 1 0 100 200 300 Setting 2 t λt 0 1 2 1 0 100 200 300 Setting 3 t λt Figure 18. Simulated time series of the model with exogenous priors. Notes: Reforms are marked by “×”, successful revolts are marked by “4”. Costs of reforms (β1) are increasing from Setting 1 to 3. 50 and the absence of successful subversive attempts. As the costs of reforms are increasing in Setting 2 (β1 = 0.40) and Setting 3 (β1 = 0.45), insiders initially prefer to abstain from reforms and gamble for their survival—despite facing the same sequence of θt. Their gambling for survival eventually leads to a successful revolt in Settings 2 and 3 in periods 12 and 15. Given the realization of θ16, insiders then conduct reforms in period 16 for intermediate costs β1, but continue to gamble for their survival in the case of high costs. The paths converge back towards each other in period 47, when insiders eventually reform in the case of high costs (the convergence is not perfect though, since given high costs of reforming the reforms will be less inclusive for larger values of β1).33 Around period 200, we then observe a reversal for intermediate and high values of β1, while the more inclusive democracy in the case of small costs is sufficiently stable to survive the threat. The subsequent periods then show similar patterns, where insiders conduct reforms for intermediate values of β1 and abstain in the high value case. Despite these differences in the frequency of reforms and revolts, the observed patterns of stable democracies, instable autocracies, and polarization are similar across specifications. Mirroring our results in the model with learning (Section 6), the long-run distribution with exogenous priors is hence bimodal with mass concentrated on the extremes. Variations in β1 thereby manifest themselves in shifts between the long-run mass on autocratic and democratic regimes. Figure 19 shows this, plotting the invariant distribution of political systems for various values of β1 obtained from running a kernel density regression on simulated time series of 3.2 Million observations each.34 For low values of β1 (Settings 1 and 2), reforms are likely relative to revolts such that mass is mainly concentrated on democratic systems. The converse is true when the costs of conducting reforms are high (Settings 3 and 4). 33The inclusiveness of reformed regimes also differs across specifications, since reforms ξ(θt) depend on the precise realization of θt which differs across dates. 34To retain a constant scale across all settings, we smooth the simulated distribution using a bandwidth of 0.025. Somewhat hidden by this is that in Setting 4 all mass is collapsed into a single mass point at λ = 0.12, which in Setting 4 is absorbing. More generally, there are two scenarios under which a certain political system can be absorbing. First, if ξ(1) = 1, then λ arbitrary closely to 1 is reached in equilibrium, which is almost surely absorbing. However, since ξ(1) < 1 in all of the reported settings, we do not observe λ→ 1 along any of the equilibrium paths. Second, if there exists a λ̃, such that θ̄(λ̃) = 1 and s(µ, λ̃) = λ̃, then the system λ = λ̃ is locally attracting and absorbing (despite frequent regime changes), as is the case in Setting 4. 51 5 10 15 0 0.5 1 Setting 1 λt pdf 5 10 15 0 0.5 1 Setting 2 λt pdf 5 10 15 0 0.5 1 Setting 3 λt pdf 5 10 15 0 0.5 1 Setting 4 λt pdf Figure 19. Invariant distribution of political systems. Note: Costs of reforms (β1) are increasing from Setting 1 to 4. 52

    Grösse: 590 KB

    Erstellungsdatum: 08.03.2018

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Lukas Forschungsseminar2016

    Concurrent Elections, the Calculus of Voting, and Political Decisions Lukas Schmid University of Lucerne August 2016 — Preliminary draft — Abstract This paper explores the consequences of concurrent elections on turnout, information acquisi- tion, and individual voting decisions. I exploit a natural experiment in which all voters decide on the exact same federal direct-democratic propositions. A fraction of voters, however, also votes in high-salience subnational elections that change the calculus of voting for federal propositions. The analysis of survey and administrative voting data for Switzerland between 1981 and 2010 reveals that concurrent elections increase voter turnout for federal propositions, make vote deci- sions more difficult, decrease proposition knowledge, and increase the share of individuals who cast a blank ballot. JEL Classification: D72, D82 Keywords: Multiple Elections, Turnout, Information Aggregation Lukas Schmid, University of Lucerne, Department of Economics, P.O. Box 4466, 6002 Lucerne, Switzerland; phone: +41 41 229 58 50. E-mail: lukasdavid.schmid@unilu.ch. Funding for this research was generously provided by the Swiss National Science grants #NPBBEP1 141484 and #100017- 141317/1. I thank Ken Benoit, Tim Besley, David Dorn, Andrew Eggers, Reto Föllmi, Dominik Hangartner, Roland Hodler, Katharina Hofer, Jouni Kuha, Benjamin Lauderdale, Stefan Legge, Daniel Sturm, and the participants of the Annual Doctoral Meeting in Bern, the Sinergia Seminar in Hurden, the Department of Methodology Seminar (LSE), the PSPE Doctoral Seminar (LSE), the Annual Congress of the European Economic Association for helpful comments. 1 Introduction Political participation rates in most Western democracies have fallen dramatically since the 1950s. This has provoked widespread concerns about the legitimacy of democratic institutions and unequal representation against disadvantaged citizens. To counteract the trend of falling turnout, scholars and politicians have proposed several means to lower the costs of voting including the abolition of literacy tests, the registration via driver license, and the introduction of postal voting.1 Others have argued to increase the costs of non-voting, most prominently by making voting compulsory (Lijphart, 1997), although many have remained skeptical towards compulsory voting because it may increase the share of poorly informed citizens (Börgers, 2004; Krishna and Morgan, 2011). A much simpler and cost-effective approach to increase voter turnout is holding concurrent elec- tions and referendums in which the physical costs of casting only one vote are basically equal to the costs of casting multiple votes. Thus, if individuals act according to the calculus of voting, they vote in all elections and propositions after having paid the costs of voting. The evolution of turnout over time, depicted in Figure 1 for referendums in Switzerland, is consistent with this conjecture. The figure documents that aggregate turnout rates are heavily clustered at the referendum day which are graphically separated by the vertical white and gray-shaded areas. But how do citizens behave in concurrent referendums when voting on some propositions comes at zero costs? [Figure 1 about here] To explore the effect of concurrent elections on voting behavior, I use a natural experiment in Switzerland in which all individuals vote on the exact same federal propositions but only a fraction of voters also votes in the election to the cantonal (state-level) parliament. Swiss cantons have their own legislative and executive branches with considerable policymaking powers and thus cantonal parlia- mentary elections are highly salient and provide exogenous variation in the salience of concurrent elections. I examine the consequences of concurrent elections on turnout, information acquisition, political knowledge, and individual voting decisions by studying survey data on more than 72,000 eligible voters in 244 popular votes from 1981 to 2010 as well as administrative voting records for 1Husted and Kenny (1997) explore of the consequences of abolishing literacy tests, Knack (1995) studies the effects of the driving license program, and Hodler, Luechinger and Stutzer (2015) examine the consequences of postal voting. 1 the same period. Direct democracy in Switzerland provides a unique opportunity to study the conse- quences of concurrent propositions in a real-world context because the country’s major decisions are taken in popular votes.2 The results suggests that concurrent cantonal elections increases turnout in federal referendums by 8.4 percentage points (13.4%) among eligible voters in the post-referendum survey (“VoxIt”) and by 8.6 percentage points in the administrative record data. The findings show that actual voters in cantons with concurrent elections assess the voting decision to be more difficult, the relevant measure increases by 20.6% compared to a voter who has no concurrent cantonal election. This increases voters’ information search behavior, measured by the total of information sources used, by 3.0% and decreases proposition knowledge by 4.6%. These effects are most pronounced for relatively young male voters in the center of the political spectrum who do not regularly participate. I also explore the effect of concurrent elections on the voting decision and find that about 5% of voters who are mobilized by concurrent elections delegate their vote by casting a blank ballot. In addition, I provide some evidence that concurrent elections increase support for the alternative put forward by the government in close and important referendums. Finally, I show that the main results extend beyond the natural experiment of concurrent cantonal elections to a setting in which salient concurrent propositions change the calculus of voting. I perform five robustness tests to explore concerns that the findings may be driven by factors other than concurrent elections. First, I explore whether the results of the post-referendum survey can be replicated using administrative voting data. Second, I compare the balance of treatment group, those individuals who face a concurrent election, and control group in the survey data. Third, I explore the possibility that cantonal and federal authorities use strategic scheduling to maximize their vote share. Fourth, I discuss the impact of ballot position on the results. Finally, I examine the study’s external validity, namely whether the main findings generalize to a time span longer than the post-referendum survey. The main results are not sensitive to these robustness tests. This paper contributes to two strands of the literature. First, the political economy literature has documented that concurrent elections matter because they may change the electoral influence of special-interest groups (Anzia, 2011), the incentives for strategic scheduling (Meredith, 2009), and split-ticket voting (Degan and Merlo, 2011). Furthermore, several scholars have provided evidence that the ordering of propositions affects electoral outcomes of multiple elections (Arrow, 1950; Hum- 2Important popular votes during the study period include a proposition to join the European Economic Area (1992), three referendums on the sectoral agreements with the European Union (2000, 2006, 2009), a proposition on the mem- bership to the United Nations (2002), as well as important changes to the federal tax code (1986, 1993, 2001, 2004, 2009, 2010, among others). See Table C.3 in the Appendix for a complete list of all propositions. 2 mel, 2012; Augenblick and Nicholson, 2015). However, there is little real-world empirical evidence on the effects of holding high-salience concurrent referendums and elections that change the calculus of voting. Second, the findings add to the literature on the aggregation of dispersed information that is a key feature of elections. Since Condorcet’s (1785) famous Jury Theorem, a large body of literature has pointed out the positive welfare properties of large elections and voluntary voting when it comes to aggregating dispersed information (Feddersen and Pesendorfer, 1997; Krishna and Morgan, 2011). Furthermore, a growing body of literature has emphasized that voter information increases the quality of political decisions (Besley and Prat, 2006). However, despite its importance in modern democra- cies, the effects of multiple concurrent elections on aggregate information has not been examined empirically, mostly because there is little exogenous variation in bundling propositions with different salience levels. From a policy perspective, the results from this study have important implications for many coun- tries that hold concurrent elections and referendums. A large number of presidential democracies, such as the United States, elect executive and legislative bodies on the same day, while other coun- tries, most notably France, Germany, and the United Kingdom, hold concurrent elections for different levels of government.3 In addition to concurrent elections, there are important examples of countries and subnational units holding direct-democratic votes in concurrent referendums.4 Previous litera- ture has shown that elections for the higher administrative level change the calculus of voting (Anzia, 2011). The rest of the paper is organized as follows. Section 2 describes the institutional background and the data. Section 3 outlines the estimation strategy. Section 4 presents the empirical results. Section 5 concludes. 2 Institutional Background and Data 2.1 Direct Democracy in Switzerland Switzerland is a federal republic with a two-chamber-parliament. Besides the parliament’s full legis- lation competences at the level of federal acts, four different institutions of direct democracy evolved during the 19th and 20th century. The mandatory referendum requires every amendment to the con- 3Voters in the United States elect a subset of seats in the Congress (33%) and the House of Representatives (50%) concurrent with the presidential election. 4California, for example, held 115 propositions and elections on 14 referendum days in the period of 2000–2009. 3 stitution to be approved by the majority of the votes cast (Volksmehr) as well as by the majority of the federal units (Staendemehr).5 In addition, citizens can oppose bills approved in parliament by launching an optional referendum that takes place if 50,000 signed petitions are submitted within 100 days.6 The third direct-democratic institution is the popular initiative that gives voters the right to vote on partial amendments to the constitution. This direct-democratic form has been mainly used by the opposition parties from the left and right and requires the submission of 100,000 signed petitions within a time window of 18 months.7 The counter proposition is the fourth direct-democratic institu- tion and allows both government and parliament to launch an alternative, more moderate proposition to an initiative and is held concurrent with the initiative. In this case, citizens cast three votes, one vote for both initiative and counter proposition, and one vote on their preference between the two, in case both will be approved. 2.2 Popular Votes in the Period of 1981–2010 Overall, Swiss voters decided on 254 federal popular votes in the period between 05. April 1981 and 28. November 2010. Most of the propositions were held concurrent with other propositions, while only 13 days were voting days with a single referendum, corresponding to a fraction of 15.7% of all voting days. The average number of propositions for voting days with multiple referendums was 2.9 propositions per referendum day with a maximum of nine popular votes on 18. May 2003. Average turnout was 43.3% in the study period. The sample of single referendum days includes important foreign policy decisions, such as the proposed membership to the United Nations (1986), membership to the European Economic Area (1992), the sectoral agreements with the European Union (2000), as well as the extension of the sectoral agreements to the new member states (2005). Yet arguably less important propositions, such as the complete abolishment of animal testing (1985) and subsidies for small farmers (1989), were also decided as single referendums. Thus, the descriptive evidence suggests that many single referendums are mainly if not exclusively high stake decisions. The referendum on the membership to the European Economic Area had the highest turnout in the sample. A fraction of 78.7% of eligible voters turned out to reject the membership proposition by a narrow margin of 50.3%. In contrast, the 5Every canton has one federal unit vote (Staendestimme), except for Basel-County, Basel-City, Nidwalden, Obwalden, Appenzell Outer Rhodes, and Appenzell Inner Rhodes. Due to their small population size, these cantons have only half a vote. 6An optional referendum can also be called by eight cantons. This option, however, has been chosen only once. 7The requirements were 30,000 signed petitions for the optional referendum and 50,000 for the popular initiative before 1979. I will account for this change in the empirical analysis below. 4 referendum day with the lowest turnout was on 21 March 2006 when only 27.9% of voters decided on reforms of the Swiss education system. The set of concurrent propositions includes 225 propositions on a variety of topics, namely the future of the Swiss pension system, asylum regulations, introduction of a debt brake, and changes to the criminal code. The initiative that proposed to abolish the Swiss Army (1988) marked the highest turnout of 69.2% in the sample of multiple concurrent referendums and was rejected by 74.4% of voters. Concurrent with the vote on the future of the Swiss Army, an initiative that intended to increase speed limits on highways and main roads was rejected by 72% of voters. Some propositions were put to a popular vote several times during the period of study. There were, for instance, three failed attempts to shut down nuclear power plants (1984, 1990, and 2000) and three unsuccessful attempts to introduce a compulsory maternity insurance (1984, 1987, 1999) until the proposition was eventually approved in 2004. Table C.3 in the Appendix provides a complete list of all popular votes included in the analysis. 2.3 Individual and Administrative Voting Data To explore the effects of concurrent referendums on voting outcomes, I use individual voting data from the post-vote survey “VoxIt” covering 72,658 eligible voters in 244 popular votes on 83 voting days (FORS 2014).8 The average total number of observations per proposition is 895. The data includes information on individual turnout, proposition knowledge, the voting decision as well as detailed personal characteristics, such as age, gender, party identification, and whether individuals classify as regular voters. All major federal parties issue a voting recommendation in advance to a popular vote. This data comes from the “Swissvotes” database that was collected in a joint project by the Swiss Federal Office for Statistics, the Swiss Federal Chancellery, and the Institute of Political Science at the University of Bern (Swissvotes 2012).9 Appendix B provides a detailed list of all variables used in the analysis. The VoxIt data on concurrent referendums allows me to explore the impact of concurrent refer- endums on individual decision-making, proposition knowledge and the voting decision. The variable Difficult Decision captures whether voters assess the voting decision to be difficult, measured on a four-point scale from 0 to 1. To measure the extent individuals invest in information search, I con- 8Note that there was no post-referendum survey for 12 votes between 1981 and 1993. Moreover, the original VoxIt data includes 4,636 individuals more with no information on their residence canton. Since the canton is essential to determine whether a voters faces a concurrent election, I exclude these individuals from the analysis. 9The data may be downloaded from the website www.swissvotes.ch. 5 struct the variable Information Search that combines four dummies whether voters made use of media outlets (TV, radio, newspaper, and official information) for political information. I rescale this mea- sure to a range from 0 to 1. To measure proposition knowledge, I use a binary measure that captures if the respondents could answer the two questions on the proposition title and content. I use five variables to examine the effects of concurrent referendums on the voting decision. The first variable, Blank Ballot, is a dummy that measures whether a voter cast a blank ballot. The variable Government Support is a dummy that captures whether a voter voted for the alternative endorsed by the federal government. In a similar vein, the variable Support Left (Support Right) is a binary indicator that is 1 if the respondent supported the position recommended by the Social-Democratic Party (Swiss People’s Party). The fourth variable of interest, Ideological Voting, is defined only for partisan voters and captures whether a voter followed the voting recommendation of her most preferred party. In addition to the post-referendum survey data I use administrative information on aggregate voting outcomes at the cantonal level. This dataset is based on the official voting record of the Swiss Federal Statistical Office (SFS 2014) and includes turnout, the total number of yes and no votes, the number of empty ballots, and the number of invalid ballots. 2.4 Descriptive Statistics Table 1 summarizes the individual characteristics of respondents in the VoxIt sample split into all respondents (Panel A), actual voters (Panel B), and partisan voters (Panel C). The average respondent is 47.4 years old and most likely to be married. The group of respondents is balanced in its gender composition. Average sample turnout is 63.0% compared to the observed average turnout which was 43.2%. This pattern has two explanations. First, the higher share of voters in the survey sample reflects the fact that individuals who went to the polls are more likely to participate in the survey. Second, there might be reporting bias. I investigated whether this difference between observed and survey turnout varies over time. This would be a major concern for the interpretation of the results, mainly if there are systematic reporting differences across referendums with and without concurrent elections. However, the turnout difference remains fairly constant over time (see Figure A.1 in the Appendix). Among actual voters, about 30% assess the voting decision to be difficult. The average voter invests about 0.72 in information search on a scale from zero to one and 67% of voters know both the title and details of the proposition. At the same time, about 4% cast a blank ballot, while 62% vote for the alternative endorsed by the government, 54% vote according to the voting recommendation 6 issued by the left party, and 58% support the right-wing party.10 Among voters who identify with a particular party, about 72% vote according to the voting recommendation of their party. [Table 1 about here] Previous research has provided evidence that the salience of a proposition as well as political knowledge are important determinants of the individual turnout decision (Feddersen and Pesendorfer, 1996; Coate and Conlin, 2004; Coate, Conlin and Moro, 2008). To get a sense of whether voters and non-voters differ along these dimensions, I compare salience and information for the two groups. Panel (A) in Figure 2 depicts a histogram of individually assessed proposition salience on an eleven- point scale, with 0 indicating “very unimportant” and 10 indicating “very important”.11 The solid (dashed) line depicts a non-parametric estimation of the salience density for voters (non-voters). Average salience is 5.7 for voters and 4.0 for nonvoters. Panel (B) in Figure 2 shows the distribution of proposition knowledge on a two-point scale. A score of 1 indicates knowledge of the proposition title and details, a score of 0 indicates no knowledge of either proposition title or details. While 67.6% of voters possess high proposition knowledge, only 42.0% of nonvoters attain this score. These figures suggest that both dimensions, salience and proposition knowledge, differ significantly between voters and nonvoters. [Figure 2 about here] To what extent do these differences help us understand aggregate turnout in direct-democratic votes? Figure 3 shows average salience of the proposition with the highest average salience per referendum day on the x-axis and referendum day turnout on the y-axis. The black line is a least-square fit with a 95% confidence interval indicating a clear positive relationship between the two variables, the correlation coefficient is r = 0.53. Three propositions clearly do not fit the pattern. While the least- square fit underpredicts observed turnout in the referendum on the EEA membership in 1992 and in the referendum on the abolition of the Swiss army in 1987, it overpredicts turnout in the referendum on education reform held in 2006. If I exclude these outlier observations, the correlation between the average salience and turnout increases to r = 0.64. [Figure 3 about here] 10Note that these numbers do not add up to 100% because the three parties issued the same voting recommendation in 25.6% of all propositions. 11The exact wording of the question is: “Speaking about the vote in general, what is the impact of a yes or a no outcome on your person? Please indicate your choice using an eleven-point scale, with 0 indicating “very unimportant” and 10 indicating “very important”.” 7 3 Empirical Strategy The aim of this paper is to study the effects of concurrent referendums that change the trade-off between the gains and costs of voting. Of particular interest is the question how individuals vote in propositions for which they cast a ballot if they are mobilized by a salient or close concurrent proposition. But disentangling the effects of different concurrent propositions is difficult because it is hard to measure which proposition on a specific referendum day actually drives turnout, information acquisition, and the vote decision.12 In Section 4.5 I will examine how concurrent propositions with different salience levels affect political choices as an extension. To identify the causal effects of concurrent elections, I focus on a natural experiment in which citizens vote on the exact same propositions but only a fraction of voters elects the cantonal executive and legislative branch on the same day. Concurrent cantonal elections generate plausibly exogenous variation in the salience of concurrent elections. The reason is the strongly decentralized structure of Switzerland that grants cantons a high degree of political self-determination.13 All cantons have their own legislative and executive branches with considerable policymaking powers. As a consequence, cantonal elections are important for voters and can significantly alter the calculus of voting for federal referendums if these take place on the same day. Figure 4 depicts all federal referendums days and all cantonal election days for each canton (y- axis). The white triangles show cantonal elections days with no concurrent federal referendum, the white dots depict federal referendum days with no concurrent cantonal election. The black squares indicate days for which a federal referendum was concurrent with a cantonal election. The figure reveals that it is common practice for cantons to hold cantonal elections concurrent with cantonal elections. Fifteen of the twenty-six cantons held at least one election concurrent with federal refer- endums. Importantly, the graph shows no clear timing pattern in the sense that all cantons would hold concurrent elections on a particular referendum day. This allows me to separate the concurrent election effect from the proposition fixed effects. I will address potential strategic scheduling as a threat to internal validity in Section 4.4. [Figure 4 about here] 12The identification problem is particularly apparent when exploring the effect of concurrent proposition salience on information acquisition using individual voting data. It is very likely that voters with low information on a proposition will also consider it to be less salient. Thus, a regression of information knowledge on the salience of concurrent referendums will likely yield negative coefficients but the resulting estimates cannot be interpreted as causal effects. 13Most notably the policy domains of education, police, taxes, and part of the health care system are in the responsibility of the cantons. 8 In the first step of the analysis, I explore how concurrent cantonal elections affect turnout in federal referendums. I estimate the following fixed effect model: Yi jp = Concurrent Electioni jpβ1 + µ j + δp + εi jp (1) where i indexes voters, j indexes cantons, p indexes propositions; Yi jp is turnout, Concurrent Electioni jp is a dummy that is 1 if voter i in canton j has a concurrent cantonal elections on the voting day of the federal proposition p, β1 is a coefficient, µ j is a cantonal fixed effect, δp is a proposition fixed effect, and εi jp is a random error that I will cluster at the voter level. In the second step of the analysis, I estimate equation (1) for proposition knowledge, decision difficulty, information search, and the voting decision described in the data section. 4 Results 4.1 Main Results I begin the empirical investigation by examining how concurrent cantonal elections affect turnout and the decision-making process of voters using the post-referendum survey data. Table 2 reports the results of estimating equation (1) for four different outcome variables. All specifications include cantonal and proposition specific fixed effects. Column (1) shows that concurrent cantonal elections increase voter turnout in federal referendums by 8.4 percentage points, which is equivalent to a 13.4% increase compared to the baseline turnout for propositions with no concurrent cantonal election. This result establishes that concurrent elections significantly alter the basic trade-off between the gains and costs of voting. Columns (2) to (4) report the effects of concurrent elections on information acquisition and proposition knowledge for all voters who cast a ballot. Column (2) documents that concurrent elections increase the likelihood that actual voters consider the voting decision to be dif- ficult by 6.1 percentage points (+20.6%). Column (3) presents the results of estimating the effect of concurrent elections on information search on a scale from 0 to 1. The result indicates that voters who have a concurrent election increase their information efforts by 2.2 percentage points (+3.0%). This suggests that voters who are mobilized by a concurrent election may want to compensate a lack of general political knowledge by reading newspapers and the official voting brochure, watching TV, and listening to the radio. I further examine how concurrent elections affect political knowledge, a dummy that takes the value one if individuals recall title and content of the proposition and zero oth- erwise. The entries in column (4) indicate that concurrent elections decrease proposition knowledge 9 by 3.1 percentage points (-4.6%). This result suggests that voters who vote on federal referendums joint with cantonal elections are less informed about the propositions at stake, even though they invest more in information search. [Table 2 about here] These results provide evidence that concurrent elections significantly affect the calculus of voting, thereby increasing turnout among eligible voters and decreasing proposition knowledge among indi- viduals who go to the polls. However, it remains unclear whether concurrent affect political choices. To assess the effect of concurrent referendums on the individual voting decision, I estimate equa- tion (1) for five different outcome variables. The results are reported in Table 3. Column (1) shows that concurrent elections do not raise the likelihood to cast a blank ballot when using data from the post-referendum survey. Columns (2)–(4) report the results of estimating the effect of concurrent referendums on support for the government’s position, support for the Social-Democratic Party, and support for the Swiss People’s Party, respectively. The results suggest that concurrent referendums do not alter voting decisions in the full sample of referendums. Finally, column (5) reports the results from a regression of ideological voting on concurrent elections. I define ideological voting as casting a ballot according to the recommendation of the party that is ideologically closest to the voter.14 The entries show that the point estimate on the concurrent elections is essentially zero and not significant. This result implies concurrent referendums have no effect on ideological voting. [Table 3 about here] All in all, the evidence of this section has established a clear and important relationship between concurrent referendums, turnout and individual decision-making but has provided no evidence that concurrent elections affect the voting decision. I now turn to the question of whether the effects of concurrent referendums differ across proposition types and different types of voters. 4.2 Effects of Concurrent Referendums in High-Salience and Close Propositions The main analysis has estimated the effect of concurrent elections using the full set of propositions. Yet direct-democratic votes in Switzerland are heterogeneous in several dimensions. The following analysis tries to shed light on the question whether voters react differently to concurrent elections depending on proposition salience and the expected closeness of the vote. A large body of literature 14This definition obviously excludes non-partisan voters from the estimation. 10 has provided evidence that salience is a major determinant of the individual turnout decision (Downs, 1957; ?; Coate and Conlin, 2004). The strong positive relationship between salience and turnout is also a notable feature of referendums in Switzerland as Figure 3 illustrates. A more recent strand of literature has emphasized that the expected closeness is positively related to individual turnout because close elections increase political leaders’ mobilization effort (Shachar and Nalebuff, 1999). In general, close and important propositions are likely to have a high mobilization potential but, since those referendums tend to be crucial for the future of the country, may also affect the decision- making process and the vote decision. As a consequence, it is likely that voters more often use recommendations issued by political actors, such as the federal government or their ideologically closest party. Table 4 reports the results from an estimation of the effect of concurrent elections on nine variables of interest. I split the sample by salience and closeness. The high salience propositions are those with the highest salience measure for a particular citizen on a referendum day. To split the sample into close and non-close propositions, I calculate the winning margin in parliament and split the propositions at the median.15 Proposition over which the main parties disagree tend to have higher turnout.16 [Table 4 about here] The results in the top panel of Table 4 suggest that concurrent elections do increase turnout for every category of propositions, somewhat more for those with high salience compared to those with low salience. Moreover, the figures indicate that the effect of concurrent elections lead to a higher perceived difficulty of the voting decision for propositions with high salience and for the sample of close propositions. This result is not surprising given the fact that salient and close referendums are mostly critical junctures for the country, thereby making the individual voting decision more diffi- cult, particularly for voters who vote primarily because of a concurrent cantonal election. In terms of information search, the results indicate that voters increase their information effort particularly for highly salient and not close propositions. Turning to proposition knowledge, the entries in Table 4 suggest that concurrent elections decrease proposition knowledge mainly for proposition with low salience and for propositions that are not close. This finding is consistent with the view that concur- rent elections do not reduce the information aggregation mechanism of democracy for important and 15The two chambers of parliament issue a vote recommendation for every proposition that is put to a popular vote. 16A linear regression of official turnout on proposition closeness in the final vote in parliament and a constant yields a negative coefficient of -8.07 (t-value: 3.38). Based on this calculation, a one standard deviation increase in the winning margin in parliament decreases overall turnout by 2.12 percentage points. 11 close propositions (Feddersen and Pesendorfer, 1997; Krishna and Morgan, 2011). The bottom panel of Table 4 presents evidence for the question of whether the effect of concurrent elections on the voting decision differs as a function of the proposition type. The probability to cast a blank ballot increases with a concurrent election for the sample of less salient and close proposition. This result is in line with the previous finding that proposition knowledge decreases primarily for low- salience propositions, which makes voters more likely to delegate their vote to their more informed fellow voters. An interesting pattern emerges when we analyze the effect of concurrent elections on government support. It turns out that concurrent elections increase government support but only for highly salient and close propositions. This finding suggests that exogenously mobilized voters tend to vote according to the generally moderate recommendation issued by the government. Finally, I find that in propositions that are not close, concurrent elections increase support for the left, which is in line with previous evidence suggesting that higher turnout benefits left-wing parties (Fowler, 2013; Bechtel, Hangartner and Schmid, 2015). 4.3 Heterogeneous Effects of Concurrent Referendums A number of scholars have found that the determinants of turnout, such as civic duty (Enos, Fowler and Vavreck, 2013), postal voting (Hodler, Luechinger and Stutzer, 2015), the elimination of obsta- cles to voting, such as poll taxes and literacy tests (Husted and Kenny, 1997), have an unequal impact across the population of voters. The question of whether concurrent proposition affect citizens dif- ferently is particularly important because a non-constant treatment effect leads to changes in the constituency that may affect political outcomes. To explore this, I estimate equation (1) for different subgroups. I split the sample by age, gender, party identification, and political interest. Figure A.2 in the Appendix depicts the results. Panel (A) indicates that concurrent elections increase turnout mostly for young (+12.4 percentage points) and male voters (+11.2 percentage points) compared to the baseline estimate of 8.5 percentage points. Yet turnout probabilities increase equally across the whole political spectrum. This results suggests that concurrent elections does not lead to unequal mo- bilization of different political groups. The turnout effect is highest for voters who do not regularly participate because they have a low a priori turnout propensity, while regular voters would also have voted with no concurrent election. Panel (B) presents the results for the difficulty of the voting deci- sion. While there is no significant difference between age groups, individuals with different political identification, and regular and irregular voters, it seems that men (+10.0 percentage points) assess the voting decision in concurrent elections to be significantly more difficult than women. A similar 12 pattern with regard to gender emerges when considering the effects on information search reported in Panel (C). Men increase their information search effort more than women. Notably, the effect of concurrent elections on search effort is highest among centrist and irregular voters. Finally, Panel (D) depicts the effects of concurrent elections on proposition knowledge that is largest among young (-5.4 percentage points) and irregular (-5.1 percentage points) voters who hold centrist political views (-3.9 percentage points). 4.4 Robustness Checks and External Validity In this section, I examine the sensitivity of the main results with regard to five major concerns. First, I check whether the results of the post-referendum survey can be replicated using administrative voting data. Second, I compare the balance of the group of voters who have a concurrent election and the group of voters who have not. Third, I explore strategic scheduling. Fourth, I discuss whether the results can be explained by the position of a proposition on the ballot and choice fatigue, the empirical regularity that voters are more likely to abstain and use heuristics for propositions at the bottom of the ballot. Finally, I examine the external validity, namely whether the findings generalize to a broader time span. Validity check using administrative data — The analysis of the post-referendum survey data has provided important insights how concurrent elections affect political decisions. Yet it remains unclear whether these results can be generalized to the full population of voters. This concern is particularly relevant because respondents of the post-referendum survey tend to be more politically interested than the average voter in the population. As a consequence, aggregate turnout in the post-referendum data is higher than in the official results in the administrative data (see Figure A.1 in the Appendix). [Table 5 about here] To probe the generalizability of the findings, I reestimate equation (1) using turnout and the five vote decision variables as outcomes. Column (1) in Table 5 reports the effect for each dependent variable using the full sample, columns (2)–(5) report the results for four subsamples split by salience and closeness. The overall effect of concurrent elections on turnout is 8.4 percentage points and thus very similar to the results obtained using the post-referendum survey data. The turnout effect is larger for low-salience propositions than it is for high-salience propositions. Furthermore, concurrent elections increase the share of blank ballots by 0.4 percentage points that corresponds to a 5% increase 13 for voters who turned out because of the concurrent election. This result suggests that concurrent elections increase the probability to abstain in certain propositions, a phenomenon known as “roll- off”. Note that we found no effect of concurrent elections on roll-off behavior in the post-referendum survey, which is most likely a consequence of the fact that the survey oversamples individuals with high political interest who do not delegate their vote by abstaining. In contrast, the results indicate that there is no relationship between concurrent elections and the probability to cast an invalid ballot. Consistent with the empirical results from the post-referendum survey, I find that concurrent elections increase the support for propositions endorsed by the government for the set of close referendums, namely those propositions with a narrow final vote in parliament. In contrast, there is a small increase for the propositions endorsed by the Social-Democratic Party for a priori not close referendums. This finding is also consistent with the individual-level results. Balance of treatment and control group — A second concern is that voters in the treatment group, those individuals who had the opportunity to vote not only in a federal referendum but also in a concurrent cantonal election, are systematically different from voters in the control group. This might occur, for instance, if actual turnout increases the likelihood to be a respondent in the post- referendum survey. If voters who are mobilized by concurrent elections are systematically different to voters who vote in federal referendums anyway and if turnout increases survey response rates, individuals in the treatment group are likely to be different to individuals in the control group. As a consequence, it would not be possible to interpret the concurrent election estimate as a causal effect because the differences obtained might be due to differences in the sample composition. [Figure 5 about here] To check the balance of treatment and control group, I regress ten pre-determined covariates on the treatment indicator, time and cantonal fixed effects as specified in equation (1). The dots in Figure 5 depict the p-values of the coefficient on Concurrent Electioni jp for all estimations, the vertical line indicates the 5% significance level. The results suggest that nine out of ten coefficients are not significant. There is, however, a significant difference for age, indicating that individuals in the treatment group are on average about one year older than individuals in the control group. What are the implications of this imbalance for the interpretation of the main results? With re- gard to turnout, the imbalance in age is a potential problem because older individuals have a higher propensity to vote. Using a simple linear model for the relationship between turnout and age (in- cluding time and cantonal fixed effects) indicates that one additional year of age increases turnout by 14 0.5 percentage points. Thus, this imbalance may account for about 5.8% of the concurrent election treatment effect of 8.5 percentage points. Similarly, old voters invest more in acquiring information which might explain why we find a substantial difference in information search effort. Performing the same calculation as for turnout reveals that the effect of one year of age on information search is 0.28 percentage points and may thus explain about 12.8% of the treatment effect found in column (3) of Table 2. On the other hand, old people find it easier to form an opinion, score higher on propo- sition knowledge and are less likely to cast a blank ballot. Because age has an effect that works in the opposite direction to the treatment effect for these variables, the estimates in Tables 2, 3 and 4 provide a lower bound for the true effect of concurrent elections. Strategic scheduling — The third robustness tests explores the potential impact of strategic schedul- ing. Basically, there are two different ways how strategic scheduling can occur. First, cantons po- tentially chose their election days based on expected turnout in federal referendums. For example, if high turnout favors left-wing parties, a left-wing cantonal government would schedule cantonal elections to a referendum day with high expected turnout. This is very unlikely to happen because most cantons schedule their election dates at least one year in advance when the bundle of federal proposition is still unknown. The second strategic scheduling concern is more relevant and requires careful examination. It may be that members of the Swiss government strategically bundle proposi- tions. Based on the estimates from the post-referendum survey reported in Table 4, a rational federal government would assign favorable salient and close propositions to high turnout referendum days to maximize the number of government support votes. If voter preferences are correlated with gov- ernment preferences, the relationship between the salience of the concurrent proposition and voting outcomes may simply be driven by strategic scheduling. To address this concern, I discuss strategic scheduling in Switzerland and then run a robustness test to probe the sensitivity of the results. Officially, it is the federal government that allocates the propositions to the four yearly referen- dum days that are pre-determined many years in advance. According to article 10/1bis of the Federal Act on Political Rights, the government has to communicate the set of propositions for the next referendum day at least four months in advance. To gain insights into the scheduling procedure, I conducted a semi-structured interview with the person at the Federal Chancellery who is in charge of the proposition bundling. The three central messages from this interview are the following. First, the government has no long-term plan for direct-democratic votes and decides separately for each refer- endum day which propositions to put on the ballot. Basically, all propositions that are up for a vote 15 are scheduled for the next referendum day.17 Second, there are no official dates until a proposition has to be put to a vote except for initiatives, which require the parliament to decide within 30 months after the official submission about the recommendation to voters.18 Third, the responsible person acknowledges that propositions of utmost importance, such as the membership to the European Eco- nomic Area or the sectoral agreements with the European Union, should be scheduled to referendum days with only one proposition. The main concern of the Federal Chancellery is that political actors primarily focus their campaign efforts on highly salient propositions, thereby crowding out political information for other propositions. This argument is consistent with the empirical result of this study that highly salient concurrent elections decrease proposition knowledge. Overall, the semi-structured interview has provided evidence that the Federal Assembly is well aware that some particularly salient propositions may affect the campaign of other propositions. Yet only 6% of all propositions in the sample period are scheduled to referendum days with only one proposition. To probe the robustness of the results with regard to strategic scheduling, I reestimate the main model using propositions for which the difference between the expected yes and no votes is particularly high. The expected yes votes (no votes) are calculated as the sum of vote share of all parties who endorse a Yes (No) vote.19 For the set of propositions with a high score of this measure, it is very unlikely that the government uses strategic scheduling because the likelihood that the actual vote outcome is different to the predicted outcome is very low.20 [Figure 6 about here] Figure 6 reports the coefficients of the main specification in Table 2 (white dots) together with the coefficients from a regression that uses only the set of propositions that score higher than the median on the measure described above (black dots). The results suggest that restricting the sample to propositions with low incentives for strategic scheduling does not significantly alter the coefficients of interest for turnout, information search, and proposition knowledge. It seems, though, that there is no relationship between concurrent elections and decision difficulty for the set propositions that are not close. I conclude that the result on decision difficulty is sensitive to potential strategic scheduling, 17A proposition is up for a vote if both chambers of parliament and the government have issued an endorsement and, in the case of popular initiatives, have decided either not to launch a counterproposition or on the details of the counterproposition. 18See also, Federal Act on the Federal Assembly article 100. 19The respective measure is given as (∑Nyes i=1 Vote S harei − ∑Nno j=1 Vote S hare j ) / (∑Nyes i=1 Vote S harei + ∑Nno j=1 Vote S hare j ) where Vote S harei (Vote S hare j) is the vote share of party i ( j) who endorses a yes vote (no vote) and Nyes (Nno) is the number of parties who recommend a yes vote (no vote). 20The measure correctly predicts the voting outcome in 82% of all propositions in the study period. 16 while all other main results are not. A different interpretation of the zero effect on decision difficulty is that voters tend to find it easier to take a decision on broadly supported propositions. This conjecture is supported by the analysis of the relationship between expected closeness and decision difficulty revealing that voters find it more difficult to decide on close propositions. The difference of 2.8 percentage points is statistically significant at the 1% level. Ballot order and choice fatigue — Previous literature has documented that the ordering of propo- sition on a voting ballot can affect voters’ decision. In particular, Augenblick and Nicholson (2015) show that voters are more likely to abstain and to rely on heuristics in propositions that appear lower on the ballot because of the high cognitive effort exerted for previous propositions, a phenomenon that is known as “choice fatigue”. Figure A.3 in the Appendix documents that the total number of propositions increases the number of blank ballots, particularly for votes further down the ballot. Yet neither the total number of ballots nor the ballot position seem to affect turnout in the sample of Swiss referendums. Because the ballot position is the same across cantons, the inclusion of proposition fixed effect captures all heterogeneity among ballot positions. Thus, the main effects of concurrent referendums are not affected by differences in ballot position. It is, however, possible that the effect of concurrent propositions varies depending on the ballot position. To explore the impact of ballot position, I split the sample at the median position, which is equal to two, and reestimate the main regression for turnout and the share of blank ballots using the administrative data. The entries in Table A.2 in the Appendix reveal that the effect on turnout is constant across ballot positions, while the share of blank ballots increases only significantly for propositions at the bottom of the ballot. This result is consistent with the notion that concurrent referendums exacerbate the impact of choice fatigue. External validity — So far, I have analyzed the effect of concurrent referendums for the sample period 1981 to 2010 due to the availability of the survey data. However, it remains unclear whether the results for this particular period extend to a larger time span. To explore the generalizability of the main results, I reestimate the main specification using voting record data for the period of 1945– 2010. Table A.1 in the Appendix reports the results. The point estimate of the overall turnout effect is slightly higher, possibly a consequence of the fact that cantonal elections had higher turnout rates in the period previous to 1981.21 Consistent with the main findings, the effect of concurrent elections is higher in salient and relatively less close referendums. About 5% of the actual voters who turn 21Average turnout in cantonal elections was 67.1% in the period of 1945–1980 and 46.3% in the period of 1981–2010. 17 out because of concurrent elections delegate their voting decision to their fellow citizens by casting a blank ballot. I find no evidence that concurrent elections would increase the share of invalid ballots, the aggregate votes cast in favor of the position endorsed by the government, and total votes for the position endorsed by the left-wing or right-party. 4.5 Extension to Salient Concurrent Propositions The analysis thus far has identified the effect of concurrent elections by focusing on the impact of concurrent cantonal elections. This is a credible source of exogenous variation in the salience of concurrent elections because cantons do not know the federal propositions that voters will vote for when they schedule their elections. Furthermore, the proposition scheduling of the federal govern- ment scheduling is motivated by considerations other than whether cantonal elections take place. Yet the exclusive focus on concurrent elections neglects that there are multiple concurrent referendums with different salience levels. It is thus likely that highly salient propositions have similar effects as concurrent cantonal elections because they mobilize voters who would otherwise not vote. To explore the effects of concurrent referendums, I focus on propositions with low salience and examine the question of whether the salience of concurrent proposition matters for political deci- sions. The key mechanism is similar to the analysis of referendums that are concurrent with cantonal elections: A concurrent proposition with high salience decreases the opportunity costs of casting a ballot for the proposition with lower salience. Thus, as the salience of the concurrent proposition increases, the opportunity costs of voting decrease and therefore I expect that turnout is a positive function of the concurrent proposition’s salience.22 To simplify the analysis, I focus on the value of the proposition with the highest individual salience level on a given referendum day as the key independent variable. The estimation specification is the following fixed effect model: Yi jp = Max S aliencei jpβ1 + S aliencei jpβ2 + µ j + δp + εi jp (2) where i indexes voters, j indexes cantons, p indexes propositions; Yi jp is the dependent variable, Max S aliencei jp is the maximal individual salience level per referendum day, S aliencei jp is the indi- vidual salience level for proposition p, β1 and β2 are coefficients, µ j is a cantonal fixed effect, δp is a 22Note that recent models of group voting model the variation in turnout using exactly this heterogeneity in voting costs (see, for instance, Coate and Conlin (2004)). 18 proposition fixed effect, and εi jp is a random error. [Figure 7 about here] Figure 7 reports the results of the regression as described in equation (2) using the sample of concurrent propositions. The white dot represents the baseline predicted probability for a proposition with a concurrent proposition of average salience, the black dot represents the same probability but computed for a concurrent proposition of average salience plus one standard deviation. The results indicate that a one standard deviation increase in the salience of the concurrent proposition increases turnout from 66% to 76%. This effect is very similar in magnitude when compared to the effect of concurrent cantonal elections. In contrast to the main results using concurrent cantonal elections I find no effect of salience on the individually assessed voting difficulty and the information search efforts of voters. Yet proposition proposition decreases by 2 percentage points which is equivalent to a 2.7% decrease. This effect is slightly smaller than the findings obtained for cantonal elections (-4.6%). Overall, it appears that the within-referendum-day heterogeneity of salience has similar effects on turnout and proposition knowledge as concurrent cantonal elections but do not affect voting difficulty and information search. 5 Conclusion This paper isolates the effect of concurrent elections using a natural experiment in which all voters vote on the same propositions but some have a concurrent high-salience cantonal election. I find that concurrent cantonal elections affect the calculus of voting, thereby substantially increasing turnout in federal referendums. The findings suggest that voters in cantons with concurrent elections assess the voting decision to be more difficult, increase their information search efforts and possess lower levels of proposition knowledge. These effects are most pronounced for relatively young male voters with centrist views who do not turn out regularly. I also find that concurrent elections increase the share of blank ballots casts but only in propositions with a relatively low salience. In addition, the findings indicate that voters who are exogenously mobilized by concurrent elections tend to follow the recommendation of the government in close and important propositions. Understanding the consequences of concurrent political decisions is important because most countries hold concurrent elections and referendums. Taken together, the findings of this study have important implications for the literature on voting behavior. For single elections, a large literature has established that majority voting efficiently aggregates dispersed information in large elections. If 19 voters are free to decide about turnout or abstention, majority voting will result in socially optimal decisions. It is, however, not surprising that the endogenous information aggregation mechanism can fail in multiple concurrent elections and reduces aggregate information in the electorate, thereby increasing the share of voters who cast a blank ballot in less salient and not close propositions. The findings of this study suggest that this reduction in proposition knowledge has only minor effects on individual voting decisions. References Anzia, Sarah F. 2011. “Election Timing and the Electoral Influence of Interest Groups.” Journal of Politics, 73(02): 412–427. Arrow, Kenneth J. 1950. “A Difficulty in the Concept of Social Welfare.” Journal of Political Econ- omy, 58(4): 328–346. Augenblick, Ned, and Scott Nicholson. 2015. “Ballot Position, Choice Fatigue, and Voter Behav- ior.” Review of Economic Studies, forthcoming. Bechtel, Michael M., Dominik Hangartner, and Lukas Schmid. 2015. “Does Compulsory Voting Increase Support for Left Policy?” American Journal of Political Science, forthcoming. Besley, Timothy, and Andrea Prat. 2006. “Handcuffs for the Grabbing Hand? Media Capture and Government Accountability.” American Economic Review, 96(3): 720–736. Börgers, Tilman. 2004. “Costly Voting.” American Economic Review, 94(1): 57–66. Coate, Stephen, and Michael Conlin. 2004. “A Group Rule? Utilitarian Approach to Voter Turnout: Theory and Evidence.” American Economic Review, 94(5): 1476–1504. Coate, Stephen, Michael Conlin, and Andrea Moro. 2008. “The Performance of Pivotal-Voter Models in Small-Scale Elections: Evidence from Texas Liquor Referenda.” Journal of Public Eco- nomics, 92(3-4): 582–596. Condorcet, Marquis. 1785. “Essai sur l’application de l’analyse a la probabilité des decisions ren- dues a la pluralité des voix.” In Foundations of Social and Political Theory, translated and edited by Iain McLean and Fiona. . 1996 ed., , ed. Marquis de Condorcet. Elgar:Elgar. Degan, Arianna, and Antonio Merlo. 2011. “A Structural Model of Turnout and Voting in Multiple Elections.” Journal of the European Economic Association, 9(2): 209–245. Downs, Anthony. 1957. An Economic Theory of Democracy. New York:Harper and Row. Enos, Ryan D., Anthony Fowler, and Lynn Vavreck. 2013. “Increasing Inequality: The Effect of GOTV Mobilization on the Composition of the Electorate.” Journal of Politics, 76(01): 273–288. Feddersen, Timothy J., and Wolfgang Pesendorfer. 1996. “The Swing Voter’s Curse.” American Economic Review, 86(3): 408–424. Feddersen, Timothy J., and Wolfgang Pesendorfer. 1997. “Voting Behavior and Information Ag- gregation in Elections With Private Information.” Econometrica, 65(5): 1029–1058. 20 FORS - Swiss Foundation for Research in Social Sciences. 2014. “Vox Data: Standardized Post- Referendum Surveys.” University of Lausanne. Fowler, Anthony. 2013. “Turnout Matters: Evidence from Compulsory Voting in Australia.” Quar- terly Journal of Political Science, 8(2): 159–182. Hodler, Roland, Simon Luechinger, and Alois Stutzer. 2015. “The Effects of Voting Costs on the Democratic Process and Public Finances.” American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 7(1): 141–171. Hummel, Patrick. 2012. “Sequential Voting in Large Elections with Multiple Candidates.” Journal of Public Economics, 96(3): 341–348. Husted, Thomas A., and Lawrence W. Kenny. 1997. “The Effect of the Expansion of the Voting Franchise on the Size of Government.” Journal of Political Economy, 105(1): 54. Knack, Steve. 1995. “Does” motor voter” work? Evidence from state-level data.” The Journal of Politics, 57(3): 796–811. Krishna, Vijay, and John Morgan. 2011. “Overcoming Ideological Bias in Elections.” Journal of Political Economy, 119(2): 183–211. Lijphart, Arend. 1997. “Unequal Participation: Democracy’s Unresolved Dilemma.” American Po- litical Science Review, 91(1): 1–14. Meredith, Marc. 2009. “The Strategic Timing of Direct Democracy.” Economics & Politics, 21(1): 159–177. SFS - Swiss Federal Statistical Office. 2014. Official voting records 1866-2014. Neuchâtel. Shachar, R., and B. Nalebuff. 1999. “Follow the leader: Theory and evidence on political participa- tion.” American Economic Review, 89(3): 525–547. Swissvotes - Database of Swiss Federal Referendums. 2012. Integraler Datensatz. Bern:Institute of Political Science and Annee Politique. 21 Figures and Tables Figure 1: Turnout in Federal Referendums in Switzerland ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●● ● ● ●●●●●● ●●●● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●●●●●●●●●● ●● ●● ●● ●●●●●●● ● ●●●●● ● ●●● ●● ●●●●● ●●●●●● ●●●●● ●●● ●● ●●● ●●●● ●●● ●●●●●●● ●● ●●● ●●●●● ●●● ●●●●●●●● ● ●●●●● ●●●●● ● ●●●●● ●●●●● ●●● ●●● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ●●●●●●●●● ●●● ●●● ●●●● ●●● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●● ● ● ●● ●●● ●●●●● ● ●● ● ● ● ●● ●●● ● ●● ● 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 1981 1990 2000 2010 Year Tu rn ou t Note: The figure depicts turnout in federal referendums in Switzerland from 1981 to 2010. Each dot represents turnout, e.g. the number of valid votes cast as a fraction of the eligible population, for a particular proposition. The verthical white- and gray-shaded regions span a referendum day. 22 Figure 2: Histogram of Salience Measure and Proposition Knowledge for Nonvoters and Voters (A) Individual Salience 0% 5% 10% 15% 0 Low 5 10 High Nonvoters Voters (B) Proposition Knowledge Nonvoters Voters 0% 20% 40% 60% 0 Low 1 High 0 Low 1 High Note: Panel (A) of this figure depicts the histogram of the individually attributed salience of a proposition on a 0-10 scale for all voters as well as an estimate of the salience density for voters (solid line) and non-voters (dashed line). Panel (B) depicts a histogram of proposition knowledge on a 0-1 scale for voters and nonvoters. The sample includes all federal propositions in Switzerland from 1981 to 2010. Source: VoxIt (FORS 2014). 23 Figure 3: Descriptive Relationship between Average Salience and Turnout ●●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Euroepean Economic Area membership (06.12.1992) Army abolishment (26.11.1989) 20% 40% 60% 80% 4 5 6 7 Average proposition salience score Tu rn ou t Note: The figure shows a scatter plot of average proposition salience and turnout, the latter is based on administrative voting records. Average proposition salience is shown for the proposition with the highest salience value on a particular referendum day. The black line depicts a least-square fit with a 95% confidence interval. The correlation coefficient is r = 0.53 overall and r = 0.64 when excluding the three outliers shown in the figure. The sample includes all referendum days in Switzerland from 1981 to 2010. 24 Figure 4: Dates of Federal Referendums and Cantonal Elections ● ●●●●● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●● ● ● ●● ●●● ●●● ●●● ● ●●● ● ● ●●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●●● ●●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ●●●●● ● ●●● ● ● ● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●●● ●●● ●●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●●●●● ● ●●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●● ●●● ●●●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●●●● ●●● ●●●●●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●●●●● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ● ● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●●●● ● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●●● ● ●●● ●● ●●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●●●●●● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●●●● ●● ●●● ● ● ●●● ●● ●●●● ● ● ●●●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ●●●● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ● ●●●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●●● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ● ●● ● ● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ● ●●● ●●● ●●●●● ●●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ● ● ●●● ● ●●● ●●● ● ● ●●● ● ● ●● ● ●●●● ● ● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ●●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●●●● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●●●● ●● ● ● ●● ●● ● ● ●●●● ●● ●●●● ●● ● ●● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●●●● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●●●● ● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●●●● ● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●● ●●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●●●● ● ●●● ●●● ●● ● ●●●●● ● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ●●●● ●●● ● ●●●● ●●● ● ●●●●●● ●●● ● ● ●●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ● ●●● ●●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●●●●●● ● ● ●●● ● ●●● ● ●●● ●●●● ●●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●● ● ● ●● ●●● ●●● ● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●● ●● ●●●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●●● ● ● ● ●● ●●● ●●● ●●● ● ●● ●●● ●● ●●●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ● ● ●●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●●●●● ● ●● ● ●●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●●●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ●●●● ●● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●● ● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●●●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●●●● ●●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●●●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ● ●● ●●●● ●● ●● ● ● ●●●●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●●● ● ●● ● ●● ●●●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●●●● ●● ● ●●● ●●●● ● ●● ●●● ● ● ● ●●● ●●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ● ● ●●● ● ●●● ●●● ●● ● ●●● ● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●●● ●●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ●●●● ● ●● ● ● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ● ●●●●●● ● ● ●●● ● ●● ●●● ●●●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ● ●● ●●● ● ● ●● ●● ●●●● ●● ●● ● ● ●●● ● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●●●● ● ● ●●● ● ●●●● ● ●●●● ●●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ● ●●●●●● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●●●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●●●● ●● ●● ● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ●● ● ● ●●●● ●●●●●● ● ● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ● ●● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ● ● ●●●● ●●●●● ●●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●● ●●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ● ●●● ● ● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●●● ● ● ●●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●●● ●●● ● ● ●●● ●●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●● ●● ●●● ● ●●●● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ●●● ●● ●●●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●●● ●● ●● ●● ●●● ● ●AG AI AR BE BL BS FR GE GL GR JU LU NE NW OW SG SH SO SZ TG TI UR VD VS ZG ZH 1981 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 ● Only federal referendum Concurrent federal referendum and cantonal election Only cantonal election Note: The figure depicts the dates of all federal referendums and cantonal elections between 1981 and 2010 for each canton. The white triangles show cantonal elections dates with no concurrent federal referendum. The white dots depict federal referendum dates with no concurrent cantonal election. The black squares indicate dates for which a federal referendum was concurrent with a cantonal election. Note that there is missing information on the election days for Appenzell Inner Rhodes (before 2000) and Appenzell Outer Rhodes (before 1990). All these observations are excluded from the estimation. The set of cantons includes Aargau (AG), Appenzell Inner Rhodes (AI), Appenzell Outer Rhodes (AR), Basel-Landschaft (BL), Basel-Stadt (BS), Bern (BE), Fribourg (FR), Geneva (GE), Glarus (GL), Graubuenden (GR), Lucerne (LU), Neuchatel (NE), Nidwalden (NW), Obwalden (OW), Schaffhausen (SH), Schwyz (SZ), Solothurn (SO), St Gallen (SG), Thurgau (TG), Ticino (TI), Uri (UR), Valais (VS), Vaud (VD), Zug (ZG), and Zurich (ZH). 25 Figure 5: Balance of Covariates ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Age Marital status Gender Education Left−right position Left−wing dummy Moderate dummy Right−wing dummy Political interest Trust in government 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 Note: The figure shows the results of 10 different regressions using pre- determined covariates as dependent variable in equation (1). The dots depict the p-value of the coefficient on ConcurrentElection. The dashed vertical line indicates the 5% significance level. 26 Figure 6: Robustness to Strategic Scheduling ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● −0.10 −0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 Turnout Difficult decision Information search Proposition knowledge ● ● Main regression Robustness regression Note: The figure shows the results of eight different regressions using four different dependent variables in equation (1), namely turnout, the difficulty to take a voting decision, information search, and proposition knowledge. The white dots represent estimated coefficients on Concurrent Election with a 95% confidence interval using the baseline regression, the black depict the coefficients on Concurrent Election using a sample propositions with low incentives for strategic scheduling. 27 Figure 7: The Effects of Multiple Propositions ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Dependent variable: 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Turnout Difficult decision Information search Proposition knowledge ● ● Average salience Average salience + one std Note: The figure shows predicted values based on the results of four different regressions using turnout, the difficulty to take a voting decision, information search, and proposition knowledge as dependent variable in equation (2). The dots depict the predicted level of the dependent variable for concurrent propositions with an average salience level (white dot) and for propositions with an average salience level plus one standard deviation (black dot). The vertical line indicates the 95% confidence interval. 28 Table 1: Sample Descriptive Statistics Mean Std. Dev. Min. Max. No. No. Available Observations Individuals Years Panel A: All Respondents Age 47.40 17.33 13 97 205,519 72,667 1981–2010 Married 0.60 0.49 0 1 205,519 72,667 1981–2010 Men 0.50 0.50 0 1 205,519 72,667 1981–2010 Turnout 0.63 0.48 0 1 205,519 72,667 1981–2010 Panel B: Actual Voters Difficult decision 0.30 0.46 0 1 124,019 44,481 1981–2010 Information search 0.72 0.25 0 1 108,242 38,062 1990–2010 Proposition knowledge 0.67 0.47 0 1 128,995 45,384 1981–2010 Blank ballot 0.04 0.20 0 1 121,314 43,756 1981–2010 Support government 0.62 0.48 0 1 115,974 43,477 1981–2010 Support left 0.54 0.50 0 1 109,897 43,271 1981–2010 Support right 0.58 0.49 0 1 115,991 43,505 1981–2010 Panel C: Partisan Voters Ideological voting 0.72 0.45 0 1 61,549 23,238 1981–2010 Note: This table reports individual descriptive statistics for all respondents (Panel A), for actual voters (Panel B), and for partisan voters (Panel C) from the post-referendum survey VoxIt (FORS 2014). Columns 2 to 5 report mean, standard deviation, minimum and maximum value. Column 6 reports the total number of observations, column 7 reports the total number of individuals, and column 8 reports the data availability period for the respective variable. The variable “Difficult decision” captures whether people find it difficult to decide on a proposition, “Information search” denotes the extent to which people search information about the proposition (on a 0-1 scale), and “Proposition knowledge” is a dummy whether individuals know the proposition name and content. “Blank ballot” is the probability of casting an blank ballot. “Support government” is a dummy that is 1 if the respondent voted for the proposition that was endorsed by the government. “Support left” is a dummy that equals 1 if the respondent voted according to the recommendation of the left-wing Social-Democratic Party. “Support left” is a dummy that equals 1 if the respondent voted according to the recommendation of the right-wing Swiss People’s Party. “Ideological Voting” is dummy defined for partisan voters only and takes the value 1 if a partisan voters votes according to his/her preferred party’s endorsement. 29 Table 2: The Effect of Concurrent Elections on Turnout, Information, and Proposition Knowledge Turnout Difficult Information Proposition decision search knowledge Sample All eligible voters All actual voters (1) (2) (3) (4) Concurrent elections 0.084*** 0.061*** 0.022* -0.031** (0.018) (0.018) (0.012) (0.014) Effect size (% change) 13.4% 20.6% 3.0% -4.6% Observations 207,347 124,961 109,083 130,051 R-squared 0.030 0.063 0.016 0.179 Project FE X X X X Cantonal FE X X X X Note: This table reports the estimates of a linear probability model of equation (1) using four different dependent variables: turnout, a variable that captures whether people find it difficult to decide on a proposition, the extent to which people search information about the proposition (on a 0-1 scale), and a dummy whether individuals know the proposition name and content. The sample in the first column includes all eligible voters, the sample in columns (2) to (4) include all actual voters. The differences in the number of observations are due to the fact that the post-referendum survey covers the variables “Difficult decision” and “Proposition knowledge” for 241 propositions, while “Information search” is available for only 189 proposi- tions. All specifications include cantonal and proposition fixed effects. Significance at the 10% level is indicated by *, at the 5% level by **, and at the 1% level by ***. Table 3: The Effect of Concurrent Elections on the Vote Decision Blank Support Support Support Ideological ballot government left right vote (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Concurrent elections 0.006 0.013 0.026 -0.009 0.005 (0.007) (0.015) (0.016) (0.015) (0.019) Observations 122,173 116,792 110,691 116,806 61,980 R-squared 0.036 0.113 0.161 0.148 0.050 Project FE X X X X X Cantonal FE X X X X X Note: This table reports the estimates of a linear probability model of equation (1) using five different dependent vari- ables: blank ballot, voting for the alternative supported by the government, voting for the alternative supported by the left-wing Social-Democratic Party, voting for the alternative supported by the right-wing Swiss People’s Party, and ide- ological vote. The sample in columns (1) to (4) includes all actual voters, column (5) includes only partisan voters. All specifications include cantonal and proposition fixed effects. Significance at the 10% level is indicated by *, at the 5% level by **, and at the 1% level by ***. 30 Table 4: The Effect of Multiple Concurrent Referendums for Different Propositions Salience Closeness Dependent variable Low High Close Not close (1) (2) (3) (4) Panel A: Turnout, Information, and Proposition Knowledge Turnout 0.052*** 0.096*** 0.074*** 0.082*** (0.020) (0.014) (0.016) (0.017) Difficult decision 0.041* 0.068*** 0.090*** 0.032* (0.022) (0.015) (0.018) (0.018) Information search 0.019 0.050*** 0.013 0.047*** (0.013) (0.013) (0.014) (0.012) Proposition knowledge -0.056*** -0.019 -0.012 -0.053*** (0.021) (0.015) (0.017) (0.017) Panel B: Vote decision Blank ballot 0.021* 0.002 0.014* 0.002 (0.012) (0.005) (0.008) (0.008) Support government -0.006 0.048*** 0.036* 0.026 (0.023) (0.017) (0.019) (0.019) Support left 0.044 -0.014 -0.017 0.061* (0.030) (0.020) (0.019) (0.033) Support right -0.025 0.020 0.025 -0.012 (0.023) (0.017) (0.019) (0.019) Ideological vote 0.057* -0.005 0.024 0.009 (0.031) (0.022) (0.026) (0.025) Project FE X X X X Cantonal FE X X X X Note: This table reports the results of a linear regression of equation (1) using nine dependent variables, namely turnout, difficult decision, information search, and proposition knowledge (panel A) as well as blank ballot, voting for the alternative supported by the government, voting for the alternative supported by the left-wing Social-Democratic Party, voting for the alternative supported by the right-wing Swiss People’s Party, and ide- ological voting (panel B) as dependent variables. Sample is split by salience (columns (1) and (2)) and by closeness (columns (3) and (4)). High salience referendums include all referendums for which a voter assigns the highest salience measure per referendum date, low salience referendums all others. Closeness is determined in terms of the winning margin of the final vote in the Swiss National Council (split at the median). Significance at the 10% level is indicated by *, at the 5% level by **, and at the 1% level by ***. 31 Table 5: The Effect of Concurrent Elections using Administrative Data Salience Closeness Dependent variable Main Effect Low High Close Not close (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Turnout 0.086*** 0.116*** 0.052** 0.085*** 0.085*** (0.024) (0.029) (0.022) (0.026) (0.024) Blank ballot 0.004* 0.006*** 0.002 0.004 0.004* (0.002) (0.002) (0.003) (0.003) (0.002) Invalid ballot -0.000 0.001 -0.000 -0.001* 0.000 (0.000) (0.001) (0.001) (0.000) (0.001) Support government 0.006 0.009 0.000 0.010 -0.006 (0.009) (0.011) (0.010) (0.008) (0.016) Support left 0.001 -0.014 0.013 0.010 0.012 (0.009) (0.011) (0.012) (0.010) (0.007) Support right -0.008 0.005 -0.012 -0.011 -0.006 (0.012) (0.007) (0.013) (0.010) (0.020) Project FE X X X X X Cantonal FE X X X X X Note: This table reports the estimates of a linear model using six different dependent variables: turnout, the share of blank ballots, the share of invalid ballots, the share of voters who vote for the alternative supported by the government, the alternative supported by the Social-Democratic Party, and the alternative supported by the Swiss People’s Party, re- spectively. The sample is split by salience and closeness. High salience referendums include all referendums for which a voter assigns the highest salience measure per referendum date, low salience referendums all others. Closeness is deter- mined in terms of the winning margin of the final vote in the Swiss National Council (split at the median). All variables are measured at the cantonal level, all shares except turnout are calculated in terms of total votes cast. All specifications include cantonal and proposition fixed effects. Standard errors are clustered at the canton level. Significance at the 10% level is indicated by *, at the 5% level by **, and at the 1% level by ***. 32 Appendix (For Online Publication) Appendix A: Additional Figures and Tables Figure A.1: Sample and Record Data on Turnout (1981-2010) Year Tu rn ou t i n % 30 40 50 60 70 80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1981 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2009 Observed Sample Note: The graph depicts turnout per referendum day in the sample period of 1981–2010. The black line is observed turnout while the dashed line marks average turnout in the sample. The mean of the difference is 16.2 percentage points. 33 Figure A.2: The Effects of Multiple Referendums for Different Voters (A) Turnout ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Young Old Women Men Left Center Right Irregular Regular Age Gender Party identification Turnout 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 Effect on turnout (in percentage points) (B) Difficult decision ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Young Old Women Men Left Center Right Irregular Regular Age Gender Party identification Turnout 0.00 0.05 0.10 Effect on difficult decision (in percentage points) (C) Information search ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Young Old Women Men Left Center Right Irregular Regular Age Gender Party identification Turnout −0.05 0.00 0.05 Effect on information search (in percentage points) (D) Proposition knowledge ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Young Old Women Men Left Center Right Irregular Regular Age Gender Party identification Turnout −0.05 0.00 0.05 Effect on proposition knowledge (in percentage points) Note: Figure shows the results of 36 different regressions on four dependent variables, namely turnout (Panel (A)) , the difficulty to take a voting decision (Panel (B)), information search (Panel (C)), and proposition knowledge (Panel (D)) as specified in equation (1). The sample is split into young (age ≤ 45 = median of age) and old voters, men and women, voters with left (Left-right measure ≤ 3 on a 11-point left-right scale), center (4 ≤Left-right measure ≤ 6) and right political identification (Left- right measure ≥ 8), and regular (average turnout in 10 propositions ≥ 8 =median) and irregular voters (average turnout in 10 propositions < 8). The dots depict the effect of multiple elections on the outcome variable with a 90% confidence interval. The dashed vertical line indicates the zero line. All regressions include cantonal and proposition fixed effects. 34 Figure A.3: The Effects of Total Ballots and Ballot Position on Turnout and Blank Ballots (A) Total ballots and turnout ● ● ● ● ● ● ● −5.0 −2.5 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 Total number of ballots E ffe ct o n tu rn ou t i n pe rc en ta ge p oi nt s (B) Ballot position and turnout ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● −0.25 0.00 0.25 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ballot position E ffe ct o n tu rn ou t i n pe rc en ta ge p oi nt s (C) Total ballots and blank ballots ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 Total number of ballots E ffe ct o n bl an k ba llo ts in p er ce nt ag e po in ts (D) Ballot position and blank ballots ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ballot position E ffe ct o n bl an k ba llo ts in p er ce nt ag e po in ts Note: Figure shows the results of four different regressions using administrative data on cantonal outcomes for the period 1981– 2010. The two dependent variables are turnout (Panels A and B) and the share of blank ballots (Panels C and D). Panel (A) reports the results of regressing turnout on dummies for each realization of “total number of ballots”, a variable that captures how many propositions were on the voting ballot, with the corresponding 95% confidence interval. Panel (B) reports the results from the same turnout regression for “ballot position”, a variable that captures a proposition’s position on the voting ballot. Panel (C) is the same as Panel (A) but uses blank votes as dependent variable, Panel (D) is equivalent to Panel (B) using blank votes as dependent variable. All regressions include cantonal fixed effects. 35 Table A.1: External Validity Salience Closeness Dependent variable Main Effect Low High Close Not close (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Turnout 0.099*** 0.116*** 0.093*** 0.084*** 0.115*** (0.026) (0.029) (0.029) (0.026) (0.033) Blank ballot 0.005* 0.006*** 0.005 0.004 0.006 (0.003) (0.002) (0.004) (0.003) (0.003) Invalid ballot -0.000 0.001 -0.000 -0.000 0.001 (0.000) (0.001) (0.001) (0.000) (0.001) Support government -0.003 0.009 -0.012 0.007 -0.022 (0.008) (0.011) (0.009) (0.007) (0.016) Support left 0.001 -0.014 0.017 0.012 0.017 (0.007) (0.011) (0.016) (0.011) (0.013 Support right -0.007 0.005 -0.014 -0.010 -0.017 (0.010) (0.007) (0.014) (0.010) (0.019) Project FE X X X X X Cantonal FE X X X X X Note: This table reports the estimates of a linear model using six different dependent variables: turnout, the share of blank ballots, the share of invalid ballots, the share of voters who vote for the alternative supported by the government, the alternative supported by the Social-Democratic Party, and the alternative supported by the Swiss People’s Party, respectively. The sample spans the period from 1945 to 2010. All variables are measured at the cantonal level, all shares except turnout are calculated in terms of total votes cast. All specifications include cantonal and proposition fixed effects. Standard errors are clustered at the canton level. Significance at the 10% level is indicated by *, at the 5% level by **, and at the 1% level by ***. 36 Table A.2: The Effect of Concurrent Elections by Ballot Position Turnout Blank ballot Ballot position Top Bottom Top Bottom (1) (2) (3) (4) Concurrent elections 0.085*** 0.086*** 0.003 0.006** (0.021) (0.031) (0.003) (0.003) Observations 4,171 2,317 4,171 2,317 R-squared 0.716 0.585 0.770 0.769 Project FE X X X X Cantonal FE X X X X Note: This table reports the estimates of a linear regression of equation (1) using two different dependent variables: turnout and the share of blank ballots. All variables are measured at the cantonal and based on administrative information for the period of 1981–2010. All specifica- tions include cantonal and proposition fixed effects. Significance at the 10% level is indicated by *, at the 5% level by **, and at the 1% level by ***. 37 Appendix B: Data Sources 1. Individual voting data: − Turnout: Individual turnout. Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014). − Difficult decision: Individually stated difficulty of voting decision (dummy). Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014). − Information search: Individually stated information search effort (rescaled from a 0-4 scale to a 0-1 scale). Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014). − Proposition knowledge: Individual political knowledge about the proposition. Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014). − Blank ballot: Dummy for casting a blank ballot. Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014). − Support government: Individual support of government endorsement. Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Support left: Individual support of endorsement of Social Democratic Party (SPS). Source. Post- electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Support right: Individual support of endorsement of Swiss People’s Party (SVP). Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Ideological vote: Binary variable that equals one if the voting decision is the same as the party endorse- ment. Sources. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Salience: Individually stated salience of a proposition. Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014). − Turnout probability: Individual turnout probability measured by the following question: “If there are ten referendums in a year, in how many of them do you turn out?’. Source. Post-electoral survey data VoxIt: FORS (2014). 2. Aggregate voting data: − Turnout: Turnout. Source: Administrative voting records: SFS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Blank ballot: Share of blank ballots in terms of total votes cast. Source: Administrative voting records: SFS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Invalid ballot: Share of invalid ballots in terms of total votes cast. Source: Administrative voting records: SFS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Support government: Share of support of government recommendation in terms of total votes cast. Source: Administrative voting records: SFS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Support left: Share of support of recommendation by the Social Democratic Party (SPS) in terms of total votes cast. Source. Administrative voting records: SFS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). − Support right: Share of support of recommendation by the Swiss People’s Party (SVP) in terms of total votes cast. Source. Administrative voting records: SFS (2014) and Swissvotes (2012). 38 Appendix C: List of Propositions Included in the Estimation Table C.3: Overview of Federal Referendums Included in the Analysis Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 14.06.1981 Federal decree “Equal Rights for Men and Women” C 4.3 33.9% 60.3% 15.5 14.06.1981 Federal decree on the “Protection of Consumer Rights” C 4.4 33.9% 65.5% 20 29.11.1981 Federal decree on the continuation and improvement of federal finances M 4.8 30.4% 69.0% 23 28.11.1982 Initiative on the “Prevention of Excessive Prices” I 4.6 32.9% 56.1% 18 28.11.1982 Counterproposition to the initiative on the “Preven- tion of Excessive Prices” C 3.9 32.9% 21.6% 0 27.02.1983 Federal decree on a new system of fuel taxes M 4.1 32.4% 52.7% 15.5 27.02.1983 Federal decree on a new energy article in the federal constitution M 3.9 32.4% 50.9% 11 26.02.1984 Federal decree to levy a tax on heavy vehicles M 4.9 52.8% 58.7% 15.5 26.02.1984 Federal decree on a federal road tax M 5.3 52.8% 53.0% 16 26.02.1984 Initiative to introduce a civilian service as an alterna- tive to military service I 3.6 52.8% 36.2% 1.5 20.05.1984 Initiative against “Abuse of the Banking Secrecy and the Power of Banks” I 3.8 42.5% 27.0% 0 20.05.1984 Initiative against “Selling off the homeland” I 3.7 42.5% 48.9% 8.5 23.09.1984 Initiative for a “Future without new Nuclear Power Plants” I 5.8 41.6% 45.0% 6 23.09.1984 Initiative for a “Secure, Efficient, and Environmen- tally Friendly Energy Supply” I 5.7 41.6% 45.8% 6 02.12.1984 Initiative for an “Effective Protection of Motherhood” I 3.4 37.6% 15.8% 0 02.12.1984 Federal decree on a constitutional article on radio and television operators M 3.2 37.5% 68.7% 23 39 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 02.12.1984 Federal decree on the initiative on the “Compensation Payments for Victims of Violent Crime” C 4.0 37.6% 82.1% 23 10.03.1985 Federal decree on the abolition of a federal contribu- tion for primary education M 3.1 34.4% 58.5% 18 10.03.1985 Federal decree on the abolition of a federal contribu- tion in the health sector M 3.4 34.4% 53.0% 13 10.03.1985 Federal decree on the financial contributions for edu- cation M 3.3 34.4% 47.6% 8.5 10.05.1985 Initiative for paid vacations I 3.9 34.6% 34.8% 2 09.06.1985 Initiative “Right to Live” I 3.8 35.7% 31.0% 5.5 09.06.1985 Federal decree on the abolition of the cantonal share of the revenues from the federal stamp duty M 2.8 35.2% 66.5% 22 09.06.1985 Federal decree on the allocation of revenues from liq- uids M 2.9 35.2% 72.3% 22 09.06.1985 Federal decree on the abolition of supporting an self- sufficient corn supply M 3.0 35.3% 57.0% 18.5 22.09.1985 Federal decree on the initiative “For a Federal Coor- dination of School Calenders” C 3.9 41.0% 58.8% 16 22.09.1985 Federal decree on the innovation risk guarantee for small and medium-sized companies O 2.8 40.9% 43.1% 5.5 22.09.1985 Swiss Civil Code (Effects of Marriage in General, Marital Property, Bequest Act”) O 4.5 41.1% 54.7% 12 01.12.1985 Initiative on the “Abolition of Vivisection” I 4.5 38.0% 29.5% 0 16.03.1986 Federal decree on the membership to the United Na- tions M 4.9 50.7% 24.3% 0 28.09.1986 Initiative “Federal Cultural Initiative” I 3.9 34.7% 16.7% 0 28.09.1986 Counterproposition to the “Federal Cultural Initia- tive” C 3.5 34.7% 39.3% 7.5 40 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 28.09.1986 Initiative for a “Secure Vocational Education and Pro- fessional Retraining” I 4.0 34.8% 18.4% 0 28.09.1986 Federal decree on the national sugar industry O 4.5 34.9% 38.2% 5 05.04.1987 Asylum Act O 4.3 42.4% 67.3% 23 05.04.1987 Federal Act on the residence and settlement of for- eigners O 4.3 42.2% 65.7% 23 05.04.1987 Initiative for a “Popular Vote about Military Expendi- tures” I 4.2 42.4% 40.6% 2.5 05.04.1987 Federal decree on the procedure for initiatives with counterpropositions M 4.0 42.3% 63.3% 21 06.12.1987 Federal decree for a new railroad concept (BAHN 2000) O 5.1 47.7% 57.0% 18.5 06.12.1987 Federal Act on public health care O 4.5 47.7% 28.7% 1 06.12.1987 Popular initiative for the “Protection of the Rothen- turm Moor” I 5.0 47.7% 57.8% 20 12.06.1988 Federal decree for a “Coordinated Transportation Ser- vice M 4.6 41.9% 45.5% 4 12.06.1988 Initiative to reduce the retirement age I 4.7 42.0% 35.1% 2 04.12.1988 Initiative “City-Countryside Initiative against Prop- erty Speculation” I 4.6 52.8% 30.8% 0 04.12.1988 Initiative on the “Reduction of Working Hours” I 4.4 52.9% 34.3% 2 04.12.1988 Initiative to “Curb Immigration” I 4.6 52.8% 32.7% 0 04.06.1989 Initiative against factory farming I 3.9 36.0% 48.9% 8 26.11.1989 Initiative “For a Switzerland without an Army and an Overall Peaceful Political Stance” I 5.3 69.2% 35.6% 2 26.11.1989 Initiative to increase tempo limits on Swiss main roads and highways I 4.8 69.2% 38.0% 6 01.04.1990 Initiative “Stop Concrete - for a Limitation of Road Construction” I 4.1 41.1% 28.5% 0 41 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 01.04.1990 Initiative to prohibit the highway construction be- tween Murten and Yverdon I 4.3 41.1% 32.7% 0 01.04.1990 Initiative to prohibit the highway construction in the district of Knonau I 4.3 41.1% 31.4% 0 01.04.1990 Initiative to prohibit the highway construction be- tween Biel and Solothurn/Zuchwil I 4.3 41.1% 34.0% 0 01.04.1990 Federal decree on viticulture O 3.3 40.8% 46.7% 11 01.04.1990 Federal Supreme Court Act O 3.5 40.7% 47.4% 7 23.09.1990 Initiative to shut down nuclear plants I 4.6 40.4% 47.1% 7 23.09.1990 Initiative to stop the construction of nuclear plants I 4.6 40.4% 54.5% 19.5 23.09.1990 Federal decree on the energy article M 4.4 40.3% 71.1% 23 23.09.1990 Federal Road Traffic Act O 4.3 40.3% 52.8% 15 03.03.1991 Federal decree to decrease the legal voting age from 20 to 18 years M 3.7 31.3% 72.7% 23 03.03.1991 Initiative on the “Public Support for Public Transport” I 4.0 31.2% 37.1% 1.5 02.06.1991 Federal decree on the reorganization of federal fi- nances M 4.4 33.3% 45.6% 2.5 02.06.1991 Military Justice Act O 3.7 33.3% 55.7% 19 16.02.1992 Initiative for a “Financially Affordable Health Care System” I 4.5 44.4% 39.3% 1 16.02.1992 Initiative on to limit vivisection I 4.7 44.5% 43.6% 3.5 17.05.1992 Federal decree on the membership to the Bretton Woods institutions O 4.1 38.8% 55.8% 18.5 17.05.1992 Federal decree on the protection of waters O 5.1 39.2% 66.1% 18.5 17.05.1992 Initiative to “Save our Waters” I 4.9 39.2% 37.1% 0 17.05.1992 Food from Agriculture Free from Genetic Engineer- ing C 4.7 39.2% 73.8% 22 17.05.1992 Federal decree to introduce a civilian service as an alternative to military service C 4.7 39.2% 82.5% 23 42 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 17.05.1992 Criminal Code (violent acts against the sexual in- tegrity) O 4.6 39.1% 73.1% 22 27.09.1992 Federal decree on the construction of a new railway through the Alps (AlpTransit NEAT) O 4.7 45.9% 63.6% 21 27.09.1992 Federal act on the organization of the federal parlia- ment O 3.6 45.4% 58.0% 17 27.09.1992 Federal Act on the compensation of federal members of parliament and factions O 3.6 45.6% 27.6% 0 27.09.1992 Federal Act on the financial contributions for infras- tructure of factions and members of the federal par- liament O 3.6 45.5% 30.6% 1 27.09.1992 Federal Stamp Duty Act O 3.9 45.7% 61.5% 23 27.09.1992 Federal Act on the property rights of farmers O 3.8 45.7% 53.6% 15 06.12.1992 Federal decree on the membership to the European Economic Area M 5.7 78.7% 49.7% 7 07.03.1993 Federal decree to increase fuel taxes O 4.8 51.3% 54.5% 15 07.03.1993 Federal decree on the abolition of the ban to operate a casino M 3.3 51.2% 72.5% 23 07.03.1993 Initiative on the “Abolition of Vivisection” I 4.8 51.2% 27.8% 0 06.06.1993 Initiative to ban the construction of military camps I 5.8 55.6% 44.7% 7 06.06.1993 Initiative against the purchase of new military aircraft I 6.2 55.6% 42.8% 4 26.09.1993 Federal decree against the abuse of weapons M 5.3 39.8% 86.3% 23 26.09.1993 Federal decree on the accession of the Bernese district of Laufen to the canton of Basel-Land M 2.5 39.5% 75.2% 23 26.09.1993 Initiative to establish the Swiss National Day (August 1st) as a national holiday I 5.3 39.9% 83.8% 23 26.09.1993 Federal decree on measures to limit cost increases in the health care system O 7.3 39.8% 80.5% 23 43 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 26.09.1993 Federal decree on financial measure in the unemploy- ment insurance O 6.6 39.7% 70.4% 23 28.11.1993 Federal Finance Act M 5.6 45.4% 66.7% 22 28.11.1993 Federal decree on a contribution to improve federal finances M 5.5 45.4% 57.7% 18 28.11.1993 Initiative to “Limit Alcohol Problems” I 4.2 45.5% 25.3% 0 28.11.1993 Initiative to “Limit Tobacco Problems” I 4.2 45.5% 25.5% 0 20.02.1994 Federal decree on the continuation of the federal na- tional road tax M 4.4 40.8% 68.5% 21 20.02.1994 Federal decree on the continuation of the federal tax on heavy vehicles M 4.0 40.8% 72.2% 23 20.02.1994 Federal decree to introduce a Distance-Related Heavy Vehicle Fee M 4.2 40.7% 67.1% 21 20.02.1994 Initiative for “The Protection of the Alps against Tran- sit Traffic” I 6.7 40.8% 51.9% 16 20.02.1994 Federal Air Traffic Act O 4.5 40.6% 61.1% 23 12.06.1994 Federal decree on a constitutional article on culture promotion M 5.1 46.6% 51.0% 11 12.06.1994 Federal decree on the revision of the Naturalization Act (simplified naturalization for 2nd generation im- migrants) M 6.1 46.8% 52.8% 10 12.06.1994 Federal decree on sending Swiss troops to interna- tional peace-keeping operations O 5.5 46.8% 42.8% 4 25.09.1994 Federal decree on the abolition of price support for domestic corn financed by tariff revenues M 3.5 45.5% 64.6% 23 25.09.1994 Swiss Military Justice Act O 6.1 45.9% 54.6% 11.5 04.12.1994 Federal Health Insurance Act (KVG) O 5.4 44.0% 51.8% 12 04.12.1994 Initiative for a sane health care system I 4.0 44.0% 23.4% 0 44 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 04.12.1994 Federal Act on coercive measures in the federal law on aliens O 6.0 44.0% 72.9% 23 12.03.1995 Counterproposition to the initiative “For an environmentally-friendly and efficient agricultural sector” C 4.3 37.9% 49.1% 9 N 12.03.1995 Federal degree on milk production O 4.2 37.9% 36.5% 4 12.03.1995 Agricultural Act O 4.1 37.9% 33.6% 3 12.03.1995 Federal decree on a federal debt brake M 5.6 37.9% 83.4% 23 25.06.1995 Federal Pension System Act O 5.5 40.4% 60.7% 18 25.06.1995 Initiative to increase the pension and disability insur- ance I 3.9 40.3% 27.6% 0 25.06.1995 Federal Act on the purchase of property by foreigners O 4.9 40.3% 46.4% 7 10.03.1996 Federal decree about the revision of the language ar- ticle in the federal constitution (article 116) M 3.1 31.0% 76.2% 23 10.03.1996 Federal decree on the accession of the Bernese mu- nicipality of Vellerat to the canton of Jura M 2.5 31.0% 91.6% 23 10.03.1996 Federal decree on the abolition of the cantonal re- sponsibility to equip members of the armed forces M 3.2 31.0% 43.7% 3 10.03.1996 Federal decree on the abolition of the duty to buy liquor and liquor machines M 3.2 30.9% 80.8% 23 10.03.1996 Federal decree to abolish federal contributions for railway station parking M 3.2 31.0% 53.9% 14 09.06.1996 Counterproposition to the initiative “Farmers and Consumers — For an Environmentally-Friendly Agri- culture” C 4.4 31.4% 77.6% 23 N 09.06.1996 Federal Council and Administration Organization Act O 3.7 31.3% 39.4% 3 01.12.1996 Initiative “Against Illegal Immigration” I 5.2 46.7% 46.3% 11 01.12.1996 Federal decree on the working conditions in industry, trade, and services O 5.8 46.7% 33.0% 0 45 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 08.06.1997 Initiative for a “Popular Decision on the EU member- ship talks” I 5.4 35.4% 25.9% 0 08.06.1997 Initiative to ban the export of war materiel I 5.7 35.5% 22.5% 0 08.06.1997 Federal decree to abolish the federal ammunition de- pot M 2.7 35.3% 82.2% 23 28.09.1997 Federal decree on financing the unemployment insur- ance O 6.3 40.6% 49.2% 14 28.09.1997 Initiative “Youth without Drugs” I 6.2 40.8% 29.3% 0 07.06.1998 Federal decree on the measures to balance the federal financial household M 6.1 40.9% 70.7% 23 07.06.1998 Initiative to “Protect Human Lives and the Environ- ment from Genetic Engineering” I 6.9 41.3% 33.3% 0 07.06.1998 Initiative on the abolition of the domestic intelligence service I 4.9 41.0% 24.6% 0 27.09.1998 Federal Act on the Distance-Related Heavy Vehicle Fee O 6.4 51.8% 57.2% 16 27.09.1998 Initiative “for affordable food and organic farming” I 4.8 51.6% 23.0% 0 N 27.09.1998 Initiative to reform the pension system and increase retirement age I 6.2 51.6% 41.5% 5 29.11.1998 Federal decree on the construction and financing pub- lic transport M 5.9 38.3% 63.5% 20.5 29.11.1998 Federal decree for a temporal new corn article M 3.2 38.0% 79.4% 23 N 29.11.1998 Initiative “For a Sensible Drug Policy” I 5.9 38.4% 26.0% 0 29.11.1998 Federal Act on working in industry and trade O 5.1 38.1% 63.4% 20 07.02.1999 Federal decree on the amendment of the eligibility requirements for becoming member of the Federal Council M 4.5 38.0% 74.7% 21 07.02.1999 Federal decree concerning the constitutional restric- tions on transplantation medicine M 5.6 38.0% 87.8% 23 46 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 07.02.1999 Initiative “Housing for Everyone” I 5.6 38.2% 41.3% 3 07.02.1999 Land Use Planning Act O 5.0 38.0% 55.9% 19.5 18.04.1999 Federal decree on the new Federal Constitution M 4.8 35.9% 59.2% 13 13.06.1999 Asylum Act O 5.8 45.6% 70.6% 23 13.06.1999 Federal decree on urgent measures in the area of alien law O 5.9 45.6% 70.8% 23 13.06.1999 Federal decree on the prescription of heroin O 5.4 45.7% 54.4% 14 13.06.1999 Federal Disability Insurance Act O 6.1 45.6% 30.3% 0 13.06.1999 Federal Maternity Leave Act O 6.5 45.9% 39.0% 6 12.03.2000 Federal decree on judicial reforms M 3.9 41.9% 86.4% 23 12.03.2000 Inititiative for faster direct-democratic decision- making I 4.5 42.1% 30.0% 0 12.03.2000 Initiative for “An Equal Representation of Women in the Federal Administration” I 4.6 42.2% 18.0% 0 12.03.2000 Initiative “To Protect Humans from Manipulation in Reproduction Technology” I 5.1 42.2% 28.2% 0 12.03.2000 Initiative to “Cut Motor Vehicle Traffic by Half to Maintain and Improve the Environment” I 5.9 42.4% 21.3% 0 21.05.2000 Federal decree on the sectoral agreements between Switzerland and the European Union O 6.6 48.3% 67.2% 21 24.09.2000 Initiative for “A Solar Cent” I 5.0 44.7% 31.3% 0 24.09.2000 Constitutional article on renewable energy subsidies C 4.8 44.7% 45.3% 4.5 24.09.2000 Constitutional article on the energy tax C 4.7 44.9% 44.5% 2.5 24.09.2000 Initiative to “Steer Immigration” I 6.4 45.3% 36.2% 0 24.09.2000 Initiative “More Rights to the People by Establishing a Referendum with Counterproposition” I 3.5 44.8% 34.1% 0 26.11.2000 Initiative for “A Flexible Retirement and Disability Insurance System - Against the Increase of the Re- tirement Age for Women” I 5.5 41.7% 39.5% 6 47 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 26.11.2000 Initiative for “A Flexible Retirement Age for Men and Women (Starting at 62 Years)” I 5.6 41.7% 46.0% 7 26.11.2000 Initiative to “Reduce Military Spending - for more Peace and Jobs with a Future” I 5.4 41.7% 37.6% 4 26.11.2000 Initiative for “Lower Hospital Costs” I 6.3 41.7% 17.9% 0 26.11.2000 Federal Personnel Act O 4.6 41.5% 66.8% 21 04.03.2001 Initiative “Yes to Europe” I 6.6 55.8% 23.2% 0 04.03.2001 Initiative for “Lower Drug Prices” I 5.8 55.7% 30.9% 0 04.03.2001 Initiative for “More Traffic Security by Establishing a Speed Limit of 30 kmh in municipalities” I 5.5 55.8% 20.3% 0 10.06.2001 Federal Army and Military Administration Act II (Ar- mament) O 5.4 42.5% 51.0% 10 10.06.2001 Federal Army and Military Administration Act I (Training Cooperation) O 5.2 42.5% 51.1% 10 10.06.2001 Federal decree to abolish the approval requirement to establish new dioceses M 2.9 42.0% 64.2% 23 02.12.2001 Federal decree on the debt brake M 5.3 37.8% 84.7% 23 02.12.2001 Initiative for a “Secure Pension System - Tax Energy instead of Work” I 4.8 37.8% 22.9% 0 02.12.2001 Initiative for a “Credible Security Policy and a Switzerland without an Army” I 5.8 37.9% 21.9% 0 02.12.2001 Initiative “Solidarity Creates Security: For a Volun- tary Civilian Peace Service” I 4.9 37.9% 23.2% 0 02.12.2001 Initiative for a “Capital Gains Tax” I 5.0 37.8% 34.1% 0 03.03.2002 Initiative for “Switzerland’s Membership to the United Nations” I 6.6 58.4% 54.6% 12 03.03.2002 Initiative for “Shorter Working Hours” I 5.3 58.3% 25.4% 0 02.06.2002 Criminal Code (abortion) O 6.0 41.8% 72.2% 21.5 48 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 02.06.2002 Initiative “For Mothers and Children - for the Protec- tion of the Unborn Child and for Help to his or her Mother in Need” I 5.2 41.7% 18.2% 0 22.09.2002 Initiative “Gold Reserves for the Pension System” I 5.5 45.2% 46.4% 6 22.09.2002 Initiative “Gold for the Pension System, Cantons and Foundations” C 5.1 45.2% 46.4% 6.5 22.09.2002 Electricity Market Act O 5.1 44.8% 47.4% 9 24.11.2002 Initiative “Against the Abuse of the Asylum System” I 6.7 47.9% 49.9% 12.5 24.11.2002 Federal Act on the mandatory unemployment insur- ance and insolvency payments O 5.7 47.6% 56.1% 19 09.02.2003 Federal decree on changing voting rights M 3.8 28.7% 70.4% 23 09.02.2003 Federal Hospital Contribution Act O 4.6 28.7% 77.4% 23 18.05.2003 Federal Army Act (Army XXI) O 4.9 49.6% 76.0% 23 18.05.2003 Federal Civil Protection Act O 4.9 49.5% 80.6% 23 18.05.2003 Initiative “Yes to Fair Rents” I 4.4 49.6% 32.7% 1 18.05.2003 Initiative for “A Car-Free Sunday per Season During a Trial Period of Four Years” I 4.6 49.8% 37.6% 0 18.05.2003 Initiative “Health Has to Remain Affordable” I 6.2 49.7% 27.1% 0 18.05.2003 Initiative “Equal Rights for Disabled Persons” I 6.0 49.7% 37.7% 3 18.05.2003 Initiative “Electricity without Nuclear Power - For an Energy Change and Phasing Out the Use of Nuclear Power Plants” I 6.2 49.7% 33.7% 0.5 18.05.2003 Initiative “MoratoriumPlus - For a Continuation of the Moratorium to Construct New Nuclear Plants and for Limiting the Risk of Nuclear Power Supply” I 6.0 49.6% 41.6% 1 18.05.2003 Initiative for “A Sufficient Supply of Professional Ed- ucation” I 5.3 49.6% 31.6% 0 08.02.2004 Counterproposition to the initiative “Avanti - For Se- cure and High-Performance Highways” C 6.2 45.6% 37.2% 0 49 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 08.02.2004 Federal Act on the Amendment of the Swiss Civil Code (Rent) O 5.4 45.4% 35.9% 0 08.02.2004 Initiative for “Life Imprisonment for Extremely Dan- gerous Sex and Violent Offenders” I 6.9 45.5% 56.2% 21.5 16.05.2004 Federal Act on the Amendment of the Pension and Disability Insurance O 6.1 50.8% 32.1% 0 16.05.2004 Federal decree on financing the pension and disability insurance by increasing the VAT M 6.0 50.8% 31.4% 0 16.05.2004 Federal Act on the Amendment of Family Bequest, Housing Property, and Stamp Duty O 6.4 50.8% 34.1% 0 26.09.2004 Federal decree on the naturalization of second- generation immigrants M 6.6 53.8% 43.2% 5.5 26.09.2004 Federal decree on the naturalization of third- generation immigrants M 6.7 53.8% 48.4% 6.5 26.09.2004 Initiative “Postal Service for Everyone” I 5.6 53.5% 49.8% 9.5 26.09.2004 Federal decree on the compensation scheme for ser- vice in the army, civilian servic, and civil protection O 7.1 53.8% 55.5% 9.5 28.11.2004 Federal decree on the new national fiscal equalization M 5.0 36.9% 64.4% 20.5 28.11.2004 Federal decree on the new financial regulations M 4.7 36.8% 73.8% 22 28.11.2004 Federal Act on Research on Embryonic Stem Cells O 6.4 37.0% 66.4% 23 05.06.2005 Federal decree on the sectoral agreement with the Eu- ropean Union and the association of Schengen/Dublin O 6.6 56.8% 54.6% 11 05.06.2005 Federal decree on registering a civil partnership for homosexual couples O 5.1 56.6% 58.0% 16.5 25.09.2005 Federal decree on the extension of the sectoral agree- ments with the European Union to include the new EU member states O 6.7 54.4% 56.0% 17.5 27.11.2005 Initiative for “Food from Agriculture without Genetic Manipulation” I 6.1 42.2% 55.7% 23 50 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 27.11.2005 Federal Act on Shop Opening Hours O 6.0 42.4% 50.6% 6 21.05.2006 Federal decree on the new constitutional article on ed- ucation M 5.3 27.9% 85.6% 23 24.09.2006 Initiative “Gains of the Swiss National Bank Shall for the Pension Fund” I 5.8 48.9% 41.7% 2.5 24.09.2006 Federal Alien Act O 6.5 49.0% 68.0% 23 24.09.2006 Asylum Act Amendment O 6.8 49.1% 67.8% 23 26.11.2006 Federal Act on the Cooperation with the Countries in Eastern-European O 5.5 45.1% 53.4% 14 26.11.2006 Federal Act on Child Allowance O 6.3 45.1% 68.0% 22.5 11.03.2007 Initiative for a “Social Single-Payer Health Care Sys- tem” I 6.2 45.9% 28.8% 2 17.06.2007 Federal decree on the revision of the disability insur- ance O 5.5 36.2% 59.1% 19 24.02.2008 Initiative to “Counter Fighter Jet Noise in Tourism Regions” I 4.2 38.7% 31.9% 0 24.02.2008 Federal Act on the Improvement of the Federal Tax Scheme for Entrepreneurs O 4.8 38.6% 50.5% 16 01.06.2008 Initiative for “Democratic Naturalization” I 6.6 45.2% 36.2% 1 01.06.2008 Initiative “People Sovereignty instead of Institutional Propaganda” I 5.7 44.9% 24.8% 0 01.06.2008 Constitutional article for “Quality and Efficiency in the Health Care System” C 6.6 44.8% 30.5% 0 30.11.2008 Initiative on the “Non-Applicability of Statutory Lim- itations for Sexual Offences Against Children” I 5.0 47.5% 51.9% 18 30.11.2008 Initiative for “A Flexible Retirement Age” I 6.0 47.6% 41.4% 4 30.11.2008 Initiative “An Organization’s Right to Appeal: For an End to the Obstructionist Policy - More Growth for Switzerland” I 4.5 47.2% 34.0% 0 51 ... table C.3 continued Date Proposition Form Average Turnout Yes Share Ctl Salience Votes 30.11.2008 Initiative for “A Sensible Marijuana Policy including Effective Protection of the Youth” I 4.6 47.3% 36.7% 0 30.11.2008 Federal Act on Narcotic Substances and Psychotropic Substances O 4.5 47.1% 68.1% 23 08.02.2009 Federal decree on the continuation of the sectoral agreemetns with the European Union and extending it to Romania and Bulgaria O 6.1 51.4% 59.6% 19.5 17.05.2009 Consititutional article on “The Future with Comple- mentary Medicine” C 5.4 38.8% 67.0% 23 17.05.2009 Biometric passports O 4.6 38.8% 50.1% 9 27.09.2009 Federal decree for a temporal financing of the disabil- ity insurance by increasing the value added tax M 6.0 41.0% 54.6% 12 27.09.2009 Federal decree not to introduce the general popular initiative M 3.1 40.4% 67.9% 23 29.11.2009 Federal decree on special financing for air traffic projects M 3.8 52.6% 65.0% 23 29.11.2009 Initiative for “A Prohibition of War Materiel Exports” I 6.3 53.4% 31.8% 0 29.11.2009 Initiative “Against the Construction of Minarets” I 6.9 53.8% 57.5% 19.5 07.03.2010 Constitutional article on human subject research M 4.9 45.5% 77.2% 23 07.03.2010 Initiative “Against Animal Abuse and for a Better Le- gal Protection of Animals” I 3.7 45.8% 29.5% 0 07.03.2010 Federal Pension Act (minimal conversion rate) O 6.9 45.8% 27.3% 0 26.09.2010 Federal Unemployment and Insolvency Act O 4.9 35.8% 53.4% 15.5 28.11.2010 Initiative “Expulsion of Criminal Foreigners” I 6.4 52.9% 52.9% 17.5 28.11.2010 Counterproposition to the initiative “Expulsion of Criminal Foreigners” C 5.3 52.9% 45.8% 0 28.11.2010 Initiative for “Fair Taxes. For an End of the Abuse of Tax Competition” I 5.8 52.4% 41.5% 3.5 Note: This table provides a list of all ballot propositions during the period of study from 1981–2010. The column “Form” includes a abbreviation for the legal form of the propisition, namely popular initiatives (I), mandatory referendums (M), optional referendums (O), and counterpropositions to popular initiatives (C). The column “Average Salience” reports the average salience measure among voters using the post-referendum survey, “Turnout” and “Yes-Share” is obtained from the official records. The column “Ctl votes” lists the total of cantons that approved the proposition. Note that all changes to the federal constitution, i.e. mandatory referendums, initiatives and counterpropositions, require bot a majority voters and a majority of cantonal votes which equals 12. 52 Introduction Institutional Background and Data Direct Democracy in Switzerland Popular Votes in the Period of 1981–2010 Individual and Administrative Voting Data Descriptive Statistics Empirical Strategy Results Main Results Effects of Concurrent Referendums in High-Salience and Close Propositions Heterogeneous Effects of Concurrent Referendums Robustness Checks and External Validity Extension to Salient Concurrent Propositions Conclusion Appendices Appendix A: Additional Figures and Tables Appendix B: Data Sources Appendix C: List of Propositions

    Grösse: 263 KB

    Erstellungsdatum: 26.03.2019

    pdf

    • Dokument

    untitled

    to the anthropology of global engineering. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 139 (1): 73-98. 23 Religiöse

    Grösse: 2 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 14.07.2017

    pdf

Zeige Ergebnisse 41 bis 49 von 49.

  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • 4
  • 5
Universität Luzern

Universität Luzern
Frohburgstrasse 3
Postfach
6002 Luzern

T +41 41 229 50 00

Kontakt
Lageplan

  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • YouTube
  • Instagram
  • LinkedIn
  • TikTok
  • Bluesky
    • Schulklassen und Lehrpersonen
    • Studieninteressierte
    • Studierende
    • Forschende
    • Mitarbeitende
    • Alumni
    • Stellensuchende
    • Förderer
    • Medien
    • Bibliothek
    • Hochschulsport
    • Mensa
    • Online-Shop
    • Studiladen & Café «Baloo»
    • Kindertagesstätte
    • Vorlesungsverzeichnis
    • Uniportal
    • Follow-Me-Printing­ ­(nur Uni/ZHB-Standorte)
    • StudMAIL
    • OLAT
swissuniversities
  • Impressum und Datenschutz
  • Inhaltsverzeichnis
  • DE Sprachmenü öffnen, um die Sprache zu ändern
  • EN Sprache auf Englisch umschalten
Uni-Tools Links auf Portalseiten der Uni @todo: wording
  • Schulklassen und Lehrpersonen
  • Studien­interessierte
  • Studierende
  • Forschende
  • Mitarbeitende
  • Alumni
  • Stellensuchende
  • Förderer
  • Medien
  • Personen
  • Projekte & Publikationen
  • Studiengänge Bachelor
  • Studiengänge Master
  • News
  • Agenda
  • Magazin
  • Kontakt
  • Studium Zeige das Studium Untermenü
    • Studieren in Luzern
    • Studien­angebot
    • Infoveranstaltungen
    • Schnupper- und Förderangebote
    • Anmeldung und Zulassung
    • Lehrveranstaltungen, Prüfungen, Reglemente
    • Termine und Informationen
    • Beratung
    • Mobilität
  • Weiterbildung Zeige das Weiterbildung Untermenü
    • Übersicht
    • Theologische Fakultät
    • Kultur- und Sozial­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Rechts­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Wirtschafts­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Fakultät für Gesundheits­wissenschaften und Medizin
    • Fakultät für Verhaltenswissenschaften und Psychologie
    • Weiterbildungsakademie
  • Forschung Zeige das Forschung Untermenü
    • Übersicht
    • Forschung in Luzern
    • Förderung und Finanzierung
    • Wissenschaftliche Integrität und Forschungsethik
    • Open Science und Forschungsdaten
  • Campus Zeige das Campus Untermenü
    • Bibliothek
    • Career Services
    • Gesundheitswoche
    • Beratung und Seelsorge
    • Informatik
    • Krankenversicherung
    • Kultur
    • Mensa
    • Sport
    • Sprachkurse
    • Studentische Organisationen
    • Studiladen & Café «Baloo»
    • Online-Shop
    • Wohnen
    • Homecoming Party
    • Uni/PH-Gebäude
    • Uni für alle
  • Universität Zeige das Universität Untermenü
    • Porträt
    • Organe und Vertretungen
    • Akademien
    • Institute mit externer Trägerschaft
    • Dienste
    • Kommissionen
    • Förderung
    • Reglemente und Weisungen
  • Fakultäten Zeige das Fakultäten Untermenü
    • Theologische Fakultät
    • Kultur- und Sozial­­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Wirtschafts­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Fakultät für Gesundheits­­wissenschaften und Medizin
    • Fakultät für Verhaltens­wissen­schaften und Psychologie
  • International Zeige das International Untermenü
    • Übersicht
    • News
    • Veranstaltungen
    • Internationale Kooperationen
    • Mobilität
    • Strategie
    • Internationale Studierende
    • Internationale Forschende
    • Internationale Forschungsförderung
  • News
  • Agenda
  • Magazin
  • Kontakt

Letzte Suchen

Sie haben noch keine Suche getätigt.

Die Uni für…

  • Schulklassen und Lehrpersonen

  • Studien­interessierte

  • Studierende

  • Forschende

  • Mitarbeitende

  • Alumni

  • Stellensuchende

  • Förderer

  • Medien

Beliebte Inhalte

  • Vorlesungsverzeichnis

  • Bibliothek

  • Sportangebot

  • Menuplan Mensa

  • Anmeldung und Zulassung

Suchvorschläge

    Inhalte

      Uni-Tools

      (externe Websites)

      • Vorlesungsverzeichnis
      • UniPortal
      • StudMAIL
      • Webmail Ma
      • OLAT
      • SWITCHfilesender
      • SWITCHdrive
      • SWITCHtube
      • Follow-me-Print (nur Uni-Standorte)

      Service

      • Über «cogito»
      • PDF und Archiv
      • Newsletter
      • Printabo
      • Inserieren
      • Impressum
      • Kontakt
      • Extra